Inventors list

Assignees list

Classification tree browser

Top 100 Inventors

Top 100 Assignees


Channel assignment

Subclass of:

370 - Multiplex communications

370310000 - COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE

370328000 - Having a plurality of contiguous regions served by respective fixed stations

Patent class list (only not empty are listed)

Deeper subclasses:

Class / Patent application numberDescriptionNumber of patent applications / Date published
370331000 Hand-off control 1974
370336000 Combining or distributing information via time channels 899
370330000 Having both time and frequency assignment 447
370335000 Combining or distributing information via code word channels using multiple access techniques (e.g., CDMA) 380
Entries
DocumentTitleDate
20080279143METHOD FOR SUPPORTING SHORT LATENCY DATA TRANSMISSION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for supporting short latency data transmission in a mobile communication system is provided. A frame is divided into an uplink subframe and a downlink subframe. Each of the uplink and downlink subframes includes at least one zone for the short latency data transmission and each of the at least one zone includes a first channel for indicating data resource assignment, a second channel over which to transmit data, or a third channel for feedback signal reception. The method includes indicating a location and a size of the second channel using the first channel included in any one of the at least one zone by a transmitting end, transmitting data over the second channel, and receiving feedback information for the data, which has been transmitted over the second channel, over the third channel.11-13-2008
20130039305REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND BASE STATION APPARATUS - To efficiently use radio resources used in transmission of SRS, a base station apparatus (eNode B) transmits a scheduling grant including an instruction for transmission of a Sounding Reference Signal (SRS), and a mobile station apparatus (UE) transmits the SRS in response to the scheduling grant. The SRS is transmitted in the same subframe, another subframe or a previous subframe by the predetermined number of subframes as, immediately before, or before a subframe of a PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel) that the scheduling grant instructs to transmit.02-14-2013
20130039304METHOD FOR SENDING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNALS (SRS), TRIGGER METHOD AND DEVICE THEREOF - The present invention discloses a method for triggering the sending of Sounding Reference Signals (SRS), a method for sending the SRS and an device thereof. The method for triggering the sending of SRS includes that a base station sends a downlink transmission scheduling signal to the user equipment (UE), wherein the signal carries the indication information for instructing the UE to send the SRS. By adopting the present invention, one or a plurality of UEs can be triggered by one piece of physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) signal to send the SRS.02-14-2013
20130039303MAPPING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMISSION OF DATA IN A MULTI-CARRIER BROADCAST SYSTEM - An apparatus and a corresponding method for mapping payload data of mapping input data streams onto a mapping output data stream having a channel bandwidth for transmission in a multi-carrier broadcast system includes first and second frame forming mechanisms. The first frame forming mechanism is adapted to form first frames having a first frame structure and the second frame forming mechanism is adapted to form second frames having a second frame structure. Preferably, in a second frame structure the data blocks of a particular mapping input data stream are spread in time and frequency over various data symbols and various data segments of the second frames to provide high robustness against disturbances. The payload portion of the second frame is preferably segmented into various data segments enabling use of a narrow-band receiver, even if both the first and second frames cover the same total channel bandwidth.02-14-2013
20130039300Orthogonal Resource Selection Transmit Diversity and Resource Assignment - Methods of allocating orthogonal resources of a wireless communication network to a user equipment (UE) that uses transmit diversity are disclosed. In one or more embodiments, the UE is configured to transmit a reference symbol and a modulated symbol on multiple orthogonal resources on an antenna. The method includes: selecting, by the UE, a first and a second orthogonal resource, respectively, from a plurality of orthogonal resources according to the state of information bits to be communicated by the UE; and transmitting, by the UE, the reference and data symbols on the first and the second orthogonal resource, respectively, on one antenna. The first and the second resource are different for at least one of the states of the information bits. The first and the second resource are both in the same physical resource block.02-14-2013
20130039302RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND USER TERMINAL - The present invention maintains communication even during a transition period in which ON/OFF of the CIF is switched by higher layer signaling or during a transition period in which the number of component carrier aggregations is increased/decreased. In a radio communication system in which an LTE-A system, in which an LTE-A system to add or remove the frequency band to assign for communication between a base station apparatus (02-14-2013
20130039299EXTENSION OF PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNELS IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses are described for a User Equipment (UE) to receive enhanced Control CHannels (eCCHs), including enhanced Physical Downlink Control CHannels (ePDCCHs), transmitted in a set of Resource Blocks (RBs) over a Transmission Time Interval (TTI). A method includes transmitting a first control signal to a first UE over a first number of Resource Elements (Res) in a subset of the RBs and over a first number of the transmission symbols in the TTI; transmitting a second control signal to a second UE over a second number of the REs in the subset of the RBs and over a second number of the transmission symbols in the TTI; and transmitting a reference signal of the first type over a third number of the REs in the subset of the RBs and over a third number of the transmission symbols in the TTI.02-14-2013
20130039298METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC FREQUENCY SELECTION IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SYSTEM - A method of transmitting channel management information by an access point (AP) in a wireless local area network and configured to communicate via a primary subchannel and a secondary subchannel is provided. The method includes: transmitting a frame including a quiet channel element, the quiet channel element including a quiet mode field indicating whether a communication to the AP is allowed via part or all of the primary subchannel during a quiet interval, the quiet interval being an interval during which no transmission occurs in the secondary channel; and performing communications using the part or all of the primary subchannel, if the quiet mode field is set to a value that indicates the communication to the AP is allowed to communicate via the part or all of the primary subchannel during the quiet interval.02-14-2013
20130039297METHOD FOR DATA TRANSMISSION AND BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT USING THE SAME - A method for data transmission, a base station using the same and a user equipment (UE) using the same are proposed. The present disclosure configures at a base station at least two user equipments into a UE group for aggregate transmission by sending a control message from the base station to the at least two user equipments. Next, the base station transmits aggregated data to the UE group containing a aggregated PDU format containing a unique group identifier. Next, the base station receives a response signal from the UE group based on whether the first transmission is received or not. The base station re-transmits the aggregated data to the UE group if the first transmission is not received. After all the aggregate transmission is complete, the base station de-configures the UE group from the aggregate transmission.02-14-2013
20130039294Method of Handling Random Access Procedure Associated to Cell Deactivation - A method of handling random access procedure associated to cell deactivation for a mobile device in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises activating a secondary cell configured by a network of the wireless communication system, performing a random access procedure for the activated secondary cell, and when the secondary cell is deactivated during the random access procedure, continuously performing the random access procedure.02-14-2013
20130039293MULTI-BLOCK RADIO ACCESS METHOD AND TRANSMITTER MODULE AND RECEIVER MODULE USING THE SAME - A multi-blocks radio access method is provided and includes the following steps. A plurality of resource blocks are grouped into a plurality of groups. One resource block is respectively selected from the groups to form a plurality of resource block sets. Data to be accessed are transmitted in corresponding one of the resource block sets. A code division multiplexing code sequence is determined for the corresponding one of the resource block sets according to at least one of a plurality of parameters. Encoding or decoding operations are performed on the data to be accessed according to the corresponding one of the resource block sets and the corresponding code division multiplexing code sequence. The encoded or decoded data is accessed. A transmitter module and a receiver module using the foregoing method are also provided.02-14-2013
20130039292MITIGATION OF LOST RESOURCE ALLOCATION SYNCHRONIZATION BETWEEN A USER EQUIPMENT (UE) AND AN EVOLVED NODE B (eNodeB) - A method for mitigation of lost resource allocation synchronization between a user equipment (UE) and an evolved Node B (eNodeB) during a Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) transmission and/or retransmission process is described. The method includes determining whether resource allocation is out of synchronization between a user equipment (UE) and an evolved Node B (eNodeB) during a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) transmission and/or retransmission process. The method further includes mitigating a loss of resource allocation synchronization between the UE and the eNodeB during the HARQ transmission and/or retransmission process.02-14-2013
20130039288Orthogonal Resource Selection Transmit Diversity and Resource Assignment - Methods of allocating orthogonal resources of a wireless communication network to a user equipment (UE) that uses transmit diversity are disclosed. In one or more embodiments, the UE is configured to transmit a reference symbol and a modulated symbol on multiple orthogonal resources on an antenna. The method includes: selecting, by the UE, a first and a second orthogonal resource, respectively, from a plurality of orthogonal resources according to the state of information bits to be communicated by the UE; and transmitting, by the UE, the reference and data symbols on the first and the second orthogonal resource, respectively, on one antenna. The first and the second resource are different for at least one of the states of the information bits. The first and the second resource are both in the same physical resource block.02-14-2013
20130044720TERMINAL APPARATUS AND RESPONSE SIGNAL MAPPIING METHOD - This invention relates to a terminal apparatus that can possibly reduce situations in which upstream channel data are punctured by a plurality of response signals. When having received at least one piece of downstream allocation control information corresponding to a second downstream unit band, which is other than a first downstream unit band, of a plurality of unit bands, a control unit (02-21-2013
20130044722METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK SIGNALS, AND BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR THE METHOD - According to one aspect of the present invention, values which are specifically defined for each user equipment are reflected when resource allocation/mapping of downlink/uplink ACK/NACK channels is performed, so as to vary uplink/downlink ACK/NACK information transmitting resources for each user equipment allocated to the same downlink/uplink resource. According to another aspect of the present invention, nodes for transmitting uplink/downlink ACK/NACK information vary for each user equipment allocated to the same downlink/uplink resource. According to the present invention, even when downlink/uplink signals for a plurality of user equipment are transmitted from the same resource, uplink/downlink ACK/NACK signals of the plurality of user equipment are transmitted from different resources, thereby reducing interferences among ACK/NACK signals of the plurality of user equipment.02-21-2013
20130044721METHOD, SYSTEM AND RELAY NODE FOR PROCESSING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION ON BACKHAUL LINK - The disclosure discloses a method, system and RN for processing UCI on a backhaul link. The method comprises that: the RN determines Q′ which is the number of the coded modulation symbols of the backhaul UCI according to the number of SC-FDMA symbols occupied by a GP, wherein the GP comprises RN state switch time deltaT and/or the time interval deltat which is reserved for avoiding the interference caused by RN uplink transmission, and deltaT is the switch time required by the RN to switch from an uplink reception state to an uplink transmission state and/or from the uplink transmission state to the uplink reception state; and the RN codes the backhaul UCI into a Q=Q′×Q02-21-2013
20130044716METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR APERIODICALLY TRANSMITTING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL - A method and apparatus that includes configuring the parameters of the sounding reference signal for the channel which is to be detected by a user device, in order to allocate the resource of the sounding reference signal for the user device; transmitting the information, which includes the sounding reference signal resource allocated to the user device, to the user device through a high layer signaling; and transmitting an activation signal to the user device through a low layer signaling to activate the user device to transmit the sounding reference signal. Therefore, an activation signal is transmitted to the user device by transmitting a low layer signaling with higher speed, thus the use efficiency of the resource of the sounding reference signal of the system can be improved, and more users can be supported by the system.02-21-2013
20130044718METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK - A technology enabling a base station to transmit acknowledgement (ACK)/negative ACK (NACK) information about data received from a terminal is provided. A cyclic shift value difference of each terminal may be maximized and a radio resource for transmitting the ACK/NACK information may be assigned without collision.02-21-2013
20130044717METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNALS AND PARAMETERS THEREOF, BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION - A method for transmitting sounding reference signals (SRSs) and parameters thereof, a base station and a mobile station are provided by the present invention. The method for transmitting sounding reference signals includes: according to SRS parameters for one antenna received from a base station, allocating SRS resources for one antenna in a mobile station; according to the received SRS parameters and based on the predetermined relationships between SRS parameters of each antenna in the mobile station, determining SRS parameters of other antennas in the mobile station; according to the determined SRS parameters of the other antennas, allocating SRS resources for the other antennas; and transmitting corresponding SRS signals on the allocated SRS resources via the one antenna and the other antennas respectively. The method and apparatus can save signaling resources in a wireless communication system.02-21-2013
20130044719Dynamic Allocation of Host IP Addresses - The present invention facilitates dynamic allocation of home IP addresses for a mobile node, when it is roaming away from a home network and supported by a foreign network. After the mobile node obtains a care-of address from the foreign network, a stateful or stateless configuration process is used to dynamically allocate a home IP address for the mobile node. In the stateful approach, a binding update message is used to request a home IP address for the mobile node from its home agent. In a stateless embodiment, the mobile node will create a home IP address, which is sent to the home agent for verification via the binding update message. The home agent will receive the home IP address in the binding update message, verify the home IP address, and send acknowledgement of the verification, assuming the home IP address is verified, to the mobile node.02-21-2013
20130044714CHANNEL RANK FEEDBACK IN MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Embodiments of a system and methodology are disclosed for aperiodic (i.e., non-periodic) feedback of channel-side information, such as channel rank information, to a base station by having the receiver/UE initiate the feedback instead of using a scheduled feedback approach. The autonomous feedback of channel-side information may use one of several different types of physical channel structures for uplink scheduling requests, such as those being discussed for inclusion in the emerging LTE platform standard.02-21-2013
20130044715POWER RAMPING FOR RACH - The present invention relates to a method for requesting access to a resource, said method comprising a secondary station transmitting an access preamble to a primary station, upon failure of correct transmission of the access preamble, the secondary station starting a first power ramping scheme for transmitting the access preamble, upon failure of correct transmission of the access preamble with the first power ramping scheme, the secondary station transmitting a second access preamble with a second power ramping scheme being different from the first power ramping scheme.02-21-2013
20130044713METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING RESOURCE ALLOCATION INFORMATION FOR APERIODIC TRANSMISSION OF SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL - A method for transmitting resource allocation information for an aperiodic transmission of a sounding reference signal (SRS) includes: determining, by a base station (BS), resource to be allocated for a transmission of an aperiodic SRS to a user equipment (UE) to which an aperiodic SRS is to be transmitted; transmitting indication information regarding the determined resource by using extra information of a physical control channel; and receiving an aperiodic SRS transmitted by the UE in the determined resource after the transmission of the physical control channel.02-21-2013
20130044708METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING MULTIPLE FREQUENCY BANDS EFFICIENTLY IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for transmitting a small size data packet efficiently while reducing signaling overhead in a mobile communication system are provided. The method includes determining to apply a low security transfer procedure, transmitting, to a base station, a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection request message including a temporary Data Radio Bearer (DRB) request to which Access Stratum (AS) security is not applied, receiving an RRC connection setup message, including a temporary DRB configuration, from the base station, and transmitting an Internet Protocol (IP) packet over the temporary DRB.02-21-2013
20130044712METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING SIGNALS BETWEEN A BASE STATION AND A RELAY NODE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present application relates to a method in which a relay node receives control signals from a base station in a wireless communication system. More particularly, the method comprises: a step of receiving, from the base station, a relay-node-dedicated physical downlink control channel (R-PDCCH) via a specific subframe; and a step of performing a blind decoding process on the physical downlink control channel to detect control information for the relay node, wherein said specific subframe includes a first slot and a second slot, and the size of a relay-node-dedicated control channel element (R-CCE) for performing the blind decoding process is individually defined depending on the number of reference signals contained in the first slot and in the second slot.02-21-2013
20130044709METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USING NON-ACCESS STRATUM PROCEDURES IN A MOBILE STATION TO ACCESS RESOURCES OF COMPONENT CARRIERS BELONGING TO DIFFERENT RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGIES - Methods and apparatus are disclosed for a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) to perform a multi-radio access technology (RAT) access (MRA) operation. The apparatus may include a WTRU non-access stratum (NAS) entity to communicate with a first and second NAS entity of a first and second core network (CN). Alternatively, the first WTRU NAS entity communicates with a first NAS entity of a first CN, and a second WTRU NAS entity communicates with a second NAS entity of a second CN. The apparatus may include a radio resource control (RRC) entity which controls a first RAT connected to the first CN and a second RAT connected to the second CN. Alternatively, the apparatus includes an RRC entity which controls a first connection using a first RAT connected to the first CN and a second connection using a second RAT connected to a second CN.02-21-2013
20130044703SYSTEMS AND METHODS FACILITATING HIGH THROUGHPUT CONTROL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Embodiments include systems and methods for frame tunneling in a wireless communications system comprising digital beam forming. Embodiments comprise a first and second frame control field with the second frame control field comprising a High Throughput Control (HTC) enabling field. If the HTC enabling field is enabled, then an HTC field is sent.02-21-2013
20130044700CROSS-SCHEDULED RANDOM ACCESS ORDER TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING METHODS, DEVICES AND SYSTEMS - A node of a wireless network includes processor circuitry that is configured to obtain an identification of a cell on which a user equipment shall transmit a random access preamble and to encode the identification of the cell on which the user equipment shall transmit the random access preamble into at least one unused bit position of a physical downlink control channel random access order. A transmitter is responsive to the processor circuitry and is configured to transmit the physical downlink control channel random access order including the identification of the cell that was encoded into the at least one unused bit position of the physical downlink control channel random access order. Related user equipment, systems and methods are also described.02-21-2013
20130044706WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - When a common search space and a user equipment-specific search space overlap with each other, and bit numbers of DCI formats transmitted in the common search space and the user equipment-specific search space, respectively are the same as each other, a mobile station apparatus identifies a type of the DCI format. When the common search space and the user equipment-specific search space overlap with each other, and a bit number of a DCI format allocated in the common search space and a bit number of a DCI format allocated in the user equipment-specific search space are the same as each other, a base station apparatus does not allocate the DCI format allocated in the user equipment-specific search space in the overlapped space, and a mobile station apparatus performs blind decoding only of the DCI format allocated in the common search space in the overlapped space.02-21-2013
20130044699Method and Arrangement for Handling a Scheduling Request - A method in a user equipment for handling a scheduling request, SR, is provided. The user equipment is served by a base station in a cellular communications network. The user equipment receives a first message from the base station. The first message comprises a first assignment of SR resources. The first message is received using a first protocol. The first assignment of SR resources is semi-static. The user equipment further receives a second message from the base station. The second message comprising a second assignment of SR resources. The second message is received using a second protocol. The second protocol is associated with a layer that is lower than a layer associated with the first protocol. The user equipment then applies the SR resources according to the first assignment and the SR resources according to the second assignment at the same time or separately.02-21-2013
20130044697NETWORK COORDINATION FOR IMPROVED INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION - Communications by base stations in wireless communication networks may be coordinated in a manner to improve performance by mobile devices experiencing interference from non-serving base stations. In particular, base station communications may be coordinated to improve the performance of interference cancellation by mobile devices. If a user equipment (UE) experiencing interference is capable of interference cancellation, then the base stations may coordinate to increase interference to that user equipment so as to improve that UE's ability to perform interference cancellation. Base stations may also coordinate to reduce interference for a UE, regardless of the UE's ability to perform interference cancellation. Mobile device performance improvements may also be achieved by coordinating scheduling of resources by the non-serving base stations, by using communication formats compatible with interference cancellation, by spatial coordination.02-21-2013
20130044704METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING ALMOST BLANK SUBRAMES - The present application describes embodiments of methods and apparatuses for controlling communications within a first cell that is overlapped by a second cell. One embodiment of the method includes receiving a signal at the second cell indicating a number of devices selected to communicate with the first cell and identifying a set of subframes during which communications are permitted to take place within the first cell based on the number of devices selected to communicate with the first cell. This embodiment of the method also includes delivering an indication of the set of subframes to the first cell.02-21-2013
20130044701FLEXIBLE TRANSMISSION OF MESSAGES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH MULTIPLE TRANSMIT ANTENNAS - Devices and methods for transmitting information in resource blocks between a base station and one or more communication devices are disclosed. In each resource block (RB) used for a data or control channel transmission, a plurality of non-overlapping regions of resource elements (REs) are defined. Each region is associated with one or multiple unique reference symbols (RSs), and may be further associated with one or more antenna ports. When user equipment (UE) demodulates the information it receives in a particular region of an RB, it uses the RS and/or antenna port associated with that region. The RS and/or antenna port information may be used, for example, to estimate a channel of the communication network or to demodulate and decode the data contained within the associated regions.02-21-2013
20130044705Smart RAN - A smart RAN for wireless distributed cloud computing with a UE, the RAN in communication with a Wi-Fi network, an LTE network and a 3G network. The RAN includes a network interface unit that communicates with the LTE in 3G networks. The RAN includes a processing unit which chooses which of the Wi-Fi, LTE and 3G networks to use to send and receive data at a given time based on loading condition of each radio access network technology, user's application/service requirements and user's policy. A method for sending and receiving data of a smart RAN for wireless distributed cloud computing with an UE and the RAN that is simultaneously in communication with a Wi-Fi network, an LTE network and a 3G network.02-21-2013
20130044694USING USER DEVICE FEED BACK TO DYNAMICALLY ALLOCATE NETWORK RESOURCES FOR PROVISIONING SERVICES - A system may receive, from one or more user devices, service information that identifies applications that are being accessed by the user devices and levels of service quality, received by the user devices, when accessing the applications; identify, based on the service information, that a user device is accessing an application at a level of service quality that is less than a threshold; assign, one or more quantities of bandwidth, to the applications, based on the service information; and transmitting, to the base station, scheduling information that identifies how the quantities of bandwidth are assigned to the applications, where transmitting the scheduling information allows the base station to use a quantity of bandwidth, assigned to the application, to provide the application to the user device at a level of service quality that is not less than the threshold.02-21-2013
20130044698BACKWARDS-COMPATIBLE APPROACH TO FIELDS OF A PROTOCOL LAYER - Fields such as sequence numbers and length indicators of protocol layers are extended in extended headers so as to be backwards compatible with corresponding legacy headers. The existing fields of the legacy headers are not directly extended. Instead, existing fields are logically concatenated with other fields of the extended header. Whether the extended fields or legacy fields will be used can be determined dynamically based on current transport block size or semi-statically by higher layers.02-21-2013
20130044692REFERENCE SIGNAL FOR A CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A wireless communication terminal receives a first set of pilot signal resource elements and control information in one or more spatial layers in a first resource block in a subframe and a second set of pilot signal resource elements and data in one or more spatial layers in a second resource block in the subframe, wherein the first and second resource blocks span a set of time symbols in a sub-frame, the first resource blocks span a first set of frequency carriers in the sub-frame, and the second resource blocks span a second set of frequency carriers in the sub-frame. The terminal decodes the one or more spatial layers in which the control information is received using the first set of pilot signal resource elements, wherein the first set of pilot signal resource elements comprises a first number of pilot signal resource elements per layer. The terminal also decodes the one or more spatial layers in which the data is received in the second resource block using the second set of pilot signal resource elements, wherein the second set of pilot signal resource elements comprises a second number of pilot signal resource elements, per layer, present in the second resource block, wherein the first number is greater than the second number.02-21-2013
20130044696CIRCUIT SWITCHED FALL BACK WITHOUT CONNECTION RELEASE AUTHORIZATION - A mobile wireless communication device, in response to a circuit switched page message, suspends an LTE session and engages in a circuit switched call without a determination of receipt of a connection release message from the LTE network. The mobile wireless communication device, therefore, suspends the LTE session before, or without, receiving any connection release message authorizing the termination of the LTE session.02-21-2013
20130044695Fast link establishment for wireless stations operating in millimeter-wave band - A technique to transmit feedback frames from a control point in each slot of an Association-Beamforming Training Period, as specified in a 60 GHz DBand specification, where at least one sector sweep frame is transmitted from a responding station and at least one sector sweep frame is received by the control point, in order to increase the chance of establishing a directional communication link between the control point and the station.02-21-2013
20130044693Method For Signaling The Overlap Of Downlink Control And Data Channels - A network signals an allocation (PDCCH) for a downlink shared channel (PDSCH); and also signals an indication (reference signal RS) whether a resource block (PRB) comprising the allocated downlink shared channel is used for a control channel transmission (E-PDCCH). Examples include the E-PDCCH being time or frequency multiplexed with the PDSCH; and the indication being a different RS sequence (at least one element being phase shifted) than an original RS sequence used if the PRB were not used for the E-PDCCH. The UE tests for the phase shift by blind decoding. If the phase shift is present the UE a) decodes a portion of the PRB for data if the network is using TDM for its E-PDCCH/PDSCH multiplexing, orb) decodes the full PRB only for the E-PDCCH if the network is using FDM for its E-PDCCH/PDSCH multiplexing.02-21-2013
20130044711MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a system where two or more bands the channel state information of which is to be measured can be configured, measurement target of the channel state or the transmission resource is flexibly configured. In a mobile communication system in which a base station apparatus and a mobile station apparatus communicate with each other using a plurality of component carriers configured by the base station apparatus, the base station apparatus transmits, to the mobile station apparatus, a downlink control information format which is used for scheduling of a physical uplink shared channel on a certain uplink component carrier and, the mobile station apparatus transmits, to the base station apparatus, the channel state information for a downlink component carrier corresponding to the certain uplink component carrier in case that downlink control information included in the downlink control information format is set to request a transmission of the channel state information.02-21-2013
20130044710SYSTEM PROVIDING LAND MOBILE RADIO CONTENT USING A CELLULAR DATA NETWORK - A system and method for providing land mobile radio (LMR) content using a cellular data network is provided. The method includes communicating the LMR content via at least one of an LMR network and a cellular data network. The method further includes encapsulating the LMR content using a packet switching protocol when communicating the LMR content via the cellular data network.02-21-2013
20130044702Apparatuses and Methods For Controlling Access to a Radio Access Network - The present disclosure presents apparatuses and methods of accessing a communication network including obtaining extended access barring (EAB) data at a user equipment (UE), wherein the EAB data comprises an EAB uniform delay parameter, computing a uniform distribution parameter, determining an access bar period, wherein the access bar period is based on at least the EAB uniform delay parameter and the uniform distribution parameter, and initiating an access procedure to access the communication network after waiting at least the access bar period. Additionally, apparatuses and methods associated with a network apparatus controlling access to the communication network are also disclosed.02-21-2013
20130044707CONFIGURATION OF CSI-RS FOR CoMP FEEDBACK - This invention is a manner of Coordinated Multi-Point (CoMP) transmission between with plural base stations and at least one user equipment. The user equipment measures channel state information of plural base stations using plural CSI-RS resources based on the nodes to which that user equipment can communicate. Generally the identity of these nodes is signaled to the user equipment by one of the base stations. The user equipment calculates a channel state information for each of the base stations and transmits a corresponding channel state indicator response. A higher-layer signaling from at least one base station to the user equipment configures the CSI-RS sequence for each of plural CSI-RS resources. One base station determines communications parameters for communication with the user equipment and plural base stations and signals the user equipment. The user equipment establishes communication with the plural base stations via the determined communication parameters.02-21-2013
20130039287SIMPLIFIED UE + ENB MESSAGING - A method, mobile device (02-14-2013
20130039283QUANTIZING RELATIVE PHASE AND RELATIVE AMPLITUDE FOR COORDINATED MULTIPOINT (COMP) TRANSMISSIONS - A method for quantizing a relative phase and a relative amplitude is described. A received symbol is obtained. A relative phase is determined from the received symbol. A relative amplitude is also determined from the received symbol. A quantized relative phase is obtained for the relative phase. A quantized relative amplitude is obtained for the relative amplitude.02-14-2013
20130039282SYNCHRONIZED USE OF A WIRELESS CHANNEL BY MULTIPLE APPLICATIONS - A method includes allocating a first channel of a wireless communication device. The first channel is allocated in response to a request for a channel to be used by a first application executing at the wireless communication device. The method also includes preventing establishment of a second channel for a second application executing at the wireless communication device by indicating to the second application, from a modem of the wireless communication device, that the allocated first channel is to be used by or is available for use by the second application. For example, the second channel may not be established for the second application at a later point in time because the second application may instead complete data transfer operations via the allocated first channel at an earlier point in time.02-14-2013
20090103485SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR WIRELESS DATA COMMUNICATION HAVING MULTIPLE CHECKSUMS PER FRAME - A system and method for wireless communication of video data are disclosed. One embodiment of the method includes providing a header and a payload. The payload contains audiovisual data. The method also includes generating a first checksum for the header; generating a second checksum for substantially the entire portions of the header, the payload, and the first checksum; and transmitting over a wireless channel a data packet having a MAC frame including the header, the payload, the first checksum, and the second checksum. This method allows error concealment if errors are only in the payload while raising no fairness issue in old devices.04-23-2009
20080267122METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAPPING/DEMAPPING MODULATION SYMBOLS IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for mapping wireless resources of reference symbols for channel state estimation and modulation symbols for user information transmission in a transmitter of an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) mobile communication system is disclosed. The mapping method includes channel-encoding and modulating a user information stream to be transmitted, and then generating a systematic symbol stream and a parity symbol stream; and preferentially arranging systematic modulation symbols in resource elements of a symbol including no reference symbol, and then arranging parity modulation symbols in remaining resource elements.10-30-2008
20110199984MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND MOBILE STATION - When a radio resource allocation channel transmitted from a radio base station (eNB) at a discontinuous reception timing satisfies a specific condition, a mobile station (UE) is configured not to start a continuous reception of a signal transmitted from the radio base station (eNB), but to continue the discontinuous reception of a signal transmitted from the radio base station (eNB), even though the mobile station (UE) is performing the discontinuous reception of a signal transmitted from the radio base station (eNB).08-18-2011
20130028203Uplink Control Information Transmission - The invention is related to an apparatus including at least one processor and at least one memory including a computer program code, the at least one memory and the computer program code configured to, with the at least one processor, cause the apparatus at least to: reserve at least substantially equal number of modulation symbols for uplink control information symbols in each physical uplink shared channel transport block; create at least one layer-specific replica of the uplink control information symbols to be placed in some of reserved resources of the physical uplink shared channel transport blocks; and scramble uplink control information symbols including the symbols of the at least one layer-specific replica in a layer-specific manner for multiplexing the uplink control information with physical uplink shared channel data.01-31-2013
20090219863METHODOLOGY FOR DESIGNING ENVIRONMENT ADAPTIVE ULTRA LOW POWER WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS & METHODS - Low-power wireless receivers and low-power communication methods and systems are provided. According to some embodiments, a low-power wireless receiver can comprise an input module, a controller, and a feedback loop. The input module can receive a wireless signal from a wireless communication channel. The controller can receive the wireless signal and provide a control signal corresponding to the wireless communication channel. The controller can be operatively configured to dynamically modify the control signal responsive to conditions of the wireless signal and/or the communication channel. The feedback loop can be disposed between the controller and the input module and can dynamically provide the control signal to the input module such that the input module can modify quality conditions of the wireless signal. Dynamic adaptations can occur in real-time so that a low-power wireless device can manage power consumption in response to a quality of signal metric that reflects conditions of a wireless communication channel. Other embodiments are also claimed and described.09-03-2009
20090213805METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING DATA TRANSMISSION IN A MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for supporting data transmission on multiple carriers in a wireless communication system are described. A user equipment (UE) may determine available transmit power for data transmission on multiple carriers. The UE may distribute the available transmit power to multiple carriers (e.g., using uniform power distribution, greedy filling, water filling, etc.) to obtain allocated transmit power for data for each carrier. The UE may send at least one resource request with information indicative of the allocated transmit power for each of the multiple carriers to a Node B. The UE may receive at least one resource grant with information indicative of granted transmit power for each of at least one carrier, which may be all or a subset of the multiple carriers. The UE may send data on the at least one carrier and may limit its transmit power for each carrier to the granted transmit power for that carrier.08-27-2009
20120201221WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A decrease in weight calculation accuracy in MMSE combining caused by a shift in the discrete Fourier transform timing of received signals is prevented. A wireless communication apparatus BS08-09-2012
20130028232SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF PROVIDING COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES - An IP telephony system allows users of the IP telephony system to register extension telephony devices with the IP telephony system. An extension telephony device is one that is provided with service by a separate telephony service provider. Once an extension telephony device is registered, a user can obtain communications services from the IP telephony system using the extension telephony device. An extension telephony device may be tied to a user's main telephony services account with the IP telephony system such that when the user obtains communications services from the IP telephony system using an extension telephony device, the user will be billed for those communications services through the user's main account.01-31-2013
20130028224Method and Apparatus for Providing Machine Initial Access Procedure for Machine to Machine Communication - A method and apparatus are therefore provided that may enable the provision of M2M communication in a wireless network environment. In this regard, for example, relatively low power devices (specifically referencing low transmission power) such as sensors or other machines in an M2M system may be enabled to initiate communication with a network through a mobile terminal in a more reliable and robust manner. The machine may transmit a busy-signal to request a reservation of a machine access slot on a machine access control channel to reserve the slot before transmitting any machine information or data to reduce the likelihood of collisions with other machines. Once the machine has reserved the machine access slot, the machine may transmit identification information via randomly selected frequency division multi-plexed or code division multiplexed resources to further reduce the likelihood of collisions with other machines. Thus, delays in establishing connections may be reduced or eliminated.01-31-2013
20130028230ADAPTIVE ASSOCIATION AND JOINT ASSOCIATION AND RESOURCE PARTITIONING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Techniques for supporting communication in a wireless network are described. In an aspect, association and resource partitioning may be performed jointly to select serving base stations for user equipments (UEs) and to allocate available resources to base stations. In another aspect, adaptive association may be performed to select serving base stations for UEs. In one design, a base station computes local metrics for different possible actions related to association and resource partitioning (or only association). The base station receives local metrics for the possible actions from at least one neighbor base station and determines overall metrics for the possible actions based on the computed and received local metrics. The base station determines serving base stations for a set of UEs and resources allocated to the set of base stations (or just serving base stations for the set of UEs) based on the overall metrics for the possible actions.01-31-2013
20130028226WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, PROGRAM AND TRANSMISSION METHOD - A wireless communication system includes a first wireless communication apparatus, which includes a plurality of transmission antennas and transmits signals in an MIMO scheme, and a second wireless communication apparatus, which receives the signals. The first wireless communication apparatus performs the same frequency allocation for transmission antennas from which the same data is transmitted in case that transmission is performed in a rank less than the number of transmission antennas.01-31-2013
20130028221METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SCHEDULING REQUEST USING SHARED RESOURCE BASED FILTERING IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed herein is a method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a scheduling request using a shared resource based filtering method in a radio communication system. The method for supporting scheduling request using shared resources at a base station including assigning each of one or more users to each of one or more subsets of Scheduling Request (SR) resources of a set consisting of a number, M, of SR resources, receiving scheduling request for the one or more users, determining SR resources used for the scheduling request among M SR resources, determining one or more users associated with the received scheduling request based on the assigned SR resources and the determined SR resources, and transmitting scheduling control information to determined one or more users.01-31-2013
20130028225METHOD AND DEVICE FOR EFFICIENT FEEDBACK IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting channel status information comprising: transmitting a rank indicator (RI) and a precoding type indicator (PTI) based on a first reporting period, transmitting during the first reporting period a broadband first precoding matrix indicator (PMI) based on a second reporting period, and transmitting at least once during the second reporting period a broadband second PMI and a broadband CQI, when the PTI has a first value; transmitting the RI and the PTI based on the first reporting period, transmitting during the first reporting period the broadband second PMI and the broadband CQI based on a third reporting period; and transmitting at least once during the third period a subband second PMI and a subband CQI, when the PTI has a second value; wherein the subband CQI on an entire cycle of a set bandwidth portion can be transmitted at least once.01-31-2013
20130028222COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR OPERATING COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A communication terminal (01-31-2013
20130028216Resource Organization in an Apparatus and Method for Carrier Aggregation - Methods and apparatus for organizing reception on a channel by a user equipment are disclosed. A method includes detemnining a channel group based on a first physical resource block index of a physical uplink shared channel and a cyclic shift of uplink demodulation reference signals, without an offset value; determining a channel sequence based on the first physical resource block index, the cyclic shift, and the offset value; and determining a reception resource according to the channel group and the channel sequence.01-31-2013
20130028220METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR HANDLING QUEUES IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS, CORRESPONDING COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - In a communication network, a node receives from user equipment information on the length of a queue of information units to be transmitted to the node from the user equipment. The information, for possible use by the node in scheduling transmission of these information units from the user equipment, is in the form of quantized queue length information indicative of a lower bound and an upper bound for the queue length. Transmission of information units from the user equipment to the node is detected at the node, and an improved estimate of the queue length is produced by correcting the lower bound and the upper bound via subtraction of the number of the detected information units transmitted from the user equipment to the node.01-31-2013
20130028219UPLINK SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD VIA A COMPETITION-BASED UPLINK CHANNEL - Embodiments of the present invention provide methods for providing competition uplink channels while minimizing the frequency of blind decoding operations of a terminal, and devices of supporting the methods. An uplink signal transmission method via a competition-based uplink (CB UL) channel according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises: receiving the configuration information on the CB UL channel from a base station; receiving resource information from the base station, the resource information containing at last one of the following: information on usage time of the CB UL channel, information on activation and deactivation of the CB UL channel and information on cancellation; and inspecting the validity of the resource information. If the resource information is not valid, the resource information is individually allocated to each subframe; if the resource information is valid, the resource information can be periodically and continuously allocated.01-31-2013
20130028217WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided are a wireless communication apparatus and a wireless communication method capable of reducing distortion of a CSI-RS and interference with other CSI-RSs. The wireless communication apparatus according to the invention includes: a CSI-RS generation section that generates CSI-RSs, an arrangement section that arranges the CSI-RSs in a single or a plurality of consecutive OFDM symbols located between a plurality of OFDM symbols, in which a signal other than the CSI-RS is arranged, and adjacent to the plurality of OFDM symbols in which the signal other than the CSI-RS is arranged; and a transmission section that transmits a signal other than the CSI-RS arranged by the arrangement section and a transmission signal including the CSI-RS.01-31-2013
20130028210System and Method for MIMO Split-Physical Layer Scheme for a Wireless Network - A system employing split-PHY functionality across multiple access heads to establish multiple paths between a client device (CD) and an access network. Space-time coding includes transmitting one or multiple spatial streams through each access head. Macro transmit diversity includes transmitting a same signal, consisting of one or more spatial streams, from one or more access heads. A CD uses a strongest signal transmitted from at least one access head or diversity combining of two or more signals to recover the signal. Space-time coding includes receiving one or multiple spatial streams through each access head. Macro receive diversity includes receiving a same signal from a CD at one or more access heads. A strongest received signal is used to recover a signal or diversity combining of two or more signals received at different access heads is used to recover the transmitted signal.01-31-2013
20130028215METHOD FOR SCHEDULING USERS IN A MOBILE OR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CORRESPONDING MOBILE TERMINAL AND BASE STATION - The present invention relates to a method for scheduling users in a mobile or wireless radio communication system comprising a base station with a multiple antenna system and at least two users, said base station communicating with users using precoding weights at said multiple antenna system, an indication on precoding weights to be used for communication with a first user being sent by said first user on a feedback channel to said base station. According to the present invention, the method comprises the steps of: •Expressing said precoding weights used at said multiple antenna system as a combination of two types of precoding weights, a first type of precoding weights relating to long term channel information and a second type of precoding weights relating to short term channel changes; •Sending on said feedback channel from said first user an indication related to precoding weights of said first type which, if used at said multiple antenna system for communication with a second user, would cause interference below a threshold on said first user if both said first and second users were scheduled on identical resources.01-31-2013
20130028214TRANSMISSION DEVICE, TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD AND TRANSMISSION DETERMINATION METHOD - Provided is a transmission device, wherein even when the transmission device performs noncontiguous band allocation transmission, the same level of coverage and gain as when the contiguous band allocation transmission is assumed can be maintained. A transmission power control unit (01-31-2013
20130028213EFFECTIVE METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION FOR SUPPORTING UPLINK MULTI-ANTENNA TRANSMISSION - Disclosed is a method for transmitting control information on uplink multi-antenna transmission from a base station and the method includes: transmitting DCI that schedules uplink transmission of a first data block and a second data block through a PDCCH; receiving the first and second data blocks scheduled by the DCI; transmitting information indicating ACK or NACK for the received first and second data blocks, respectively, by using a first PHICH for the first data block and a second PHICH resource for the second data block; receiving a retransmission for a negative-acknowledged data block; and transmitting information indicating ACK or NACK of the retransmission of the negative-acknowledged data block by using the first PHICH resource when the number of negative-acknowledged data blocks is not identical to the number of data blocks that the PDCCH indicates.01-31-2013
20130028231UPLINK POWER HEADROOM REPORTING FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method for reporting power headroom is disclosed. Power headroom may be reported across all carriers (wideband), for a specific carrier, or for a carrier group. The formula used to calculate the power headroom depends on whether the carrier (or a carrier in the carrier group) has a valid uplink grant. If the carrier or carrier group does not have a valid uplink grant, the power headroom may be calculated based on a reference grant. The power headroom is calculated by a wireless transmit/receive unit and is reported to an eNodeB.01-31-2013
20130028212SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULED RESOURCE RELEASE PROCEDURE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The invention relates to a method for deactivating a semi-persistent resource allocation of a user equipment in an LTE-based mobile communication system. Furthermore, the invention also related to a user equipment and an eNode B implementing this method. To provide a mechanism for deactivating a semi-persistent resource allocation in a LTE system which is not requiring any changes to the Physical layer-to-MAC layer interface and/or preferably no changes to the PDCCH formats agreed by the 3GPP a combination of NDI value and MCS index is defined that is commanding the release of SPS resources. Alternatively, another solution proposed to define a special transport block size that when signaled in a PDCCH is commanding the release of SPS resources.01-31-2013
20130028208SIGNAL SEQUENCE ALLOCATING DEVICE AND SIGNAL SEQUENCE ALLOCATING METHOD - To efficiently and appropriately allocate signal sequences, a signal sequence allocation device includes a cell radius calculation module that calculates an area radius of an area in communication areas to which a signal sequence is to be allocated, a signal number calculation module that calculates the number of signals in a signal sequence to be allocated to a communication area based on the area radius, and a signal sequence allocation module that allocates a signal sequence to a communication area based on the number of signals.01-31-2013
20130028209MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AN UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION SIGNAL - To suppress and minimize changes from the method of transmitting an uplink control information in the LTE system, while supporting increases in the system band and increases in the transmission layer when there is a PUSCH signal transmitted in the same subframe, provided is a configuration for generating a UCI signal for a base station apparatus (01-31-2013
20130028205TRANSMISSION OF CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK WITH CARRIER AGGREGATION - Techniques for sending control information to support operation on multiple component carriers (CCs) are disclosed. A user equipment (UE) may be configured with multiple CCs for carrier aggregation. The multiple CCs may be associated with different uplink-downlink configurations and may have different downlink subframes and uplink subframes. In one aspect, uplink control information (UCI) for a secondary CC (SCC) may be sent on a primary CC (PCC) based on a UCI transmission timeline for the PCC (and not based on a UCI transmission timeline for the SCC). For example, a downlink grant for the SCC may be sent based on a downlink grant transmission timeline for the PCC. In another aspect, uplink grants for an SCC may be sent on the PCC based on an uplink grant transmission timeline for the PCC (and not based on an uplink grant transmission timeline for the SCC).01-31-2013
20130028207BASE STATION APPARATUS AND METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station apparatus includes: decoding units for an uplink control signal and an uplink shared data signal; and a reliability determination unit configured to determine a degree of reliability that predetermined information is included in the uplink control signal that is received periodically. In the case where timing of a predetermined period for the predetermined information agrees with reception timing of the uplink shared data signal, (1) whether to perform decoding by assuming that the uplink shared data signal includes the predetermined information is determined according to whether the period is equal to or less than a radio frame length, (2) if the period is longer than the radio frame length, whether to decode the uplink shared data signal by assuming that the uplink shared data signal includes the predetermined information is determined according to whether the degree of reliability is higher than a predetermined value.01-31-2013
20130028206METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPDATING SYSTEM INFORMATION IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for updating system information in a broadband wireless communication system includes: receiving information by means of superframes including a primary superframe header (P-SFH) and a secondary superframe header (S-SFH), wherein the information including control information transmitted via an information element of the P-SFH (P-SFH IE) and system information transmitted via an information element of a subpacket (SP) of the S-SFH (S-SFH SP IE); decoding the P-SFH IE, wherein the P-SFH IE including a scheduling information bitmap indicating transmitted S-SFH SP IEs in the superframe, a change count (CC) of the S-SFH, and a SP change bitmap indicating changing status of the S-SFH SP IEs; comparing the received CC with a previously stored CC; checking the S-SFH SP change bitmap, when a difference exists between the received CC and the stored CC; and decoding and updating corresponding SP IE of the S-SFH based on the checking result.01-31-2013
20130028204Time Alignment in Multicarrier Systems - Transmission timing of a random access preamble in an uplink carrier of a carrier group being determined employing a synchronization signal transmitted on a downlink carrier of the carrier group. The wireless device receives a time alignment command from the base station. The time alignment command comprises a time adjustment value and an index identifying the carrier group. The wireless device apply the time adjustment value to uplink signals transmitted on all activated uplink carriers in the carrier group.01-31-2013
20130028201Enhancement of In-Device Coexistence Interference Avoidance - A method, system and device are provided for avoiding in-device coexistence interference between different radio technologies deployed in adjacent bands on the same device by reporting uplink buffer status information to the radio network and configuring LTE and non-LTE components to provide an in-device coexistence operation mode where non-LTE components use radio resources during the non-LTE on-intervals and during off-intervals inserted into the LTE on-intervals in response to predetermined trigger events.01-31-2013
20130028202Method and Device for Data Processing in a Network - A method and a device for data processing in a network are provided, wherein a DTX state is used for conveying control information within a data unit that is also at least partially used for conveying a DTX information. Furthermore, a communication system is suggested including said device.01-31-2013
20130028200INTERFERENCE MITIGATION IN AN ACCESSORY FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method in a wireless communication terminal includes receiving configuration signaling for transmitting on a first set of radio resources wherein transmitting only on the first set of radio resources leads to a time-domain periodic repetitive pattern of transmissions from the terminal in a transmission interval that causes interference to a companion device communicably coupled to the wireless communication terminal. The terminals selects a second set of radio resources for transmitting on in the transmission interval such that transmissions on a combination of the second set of radio resources and the first set of radio resources does not lead to a periodic repetitive pattern of transmissions from the terminal in the transmission interval.01-31-2013
20130028199Method and System for Control Format Detection in Heterogeneous Cellular Networks - A user equipment having a first mechanism to obtain a control region size of a sub-frame of a cell, the user equipment having a processor; and a communications subsystem, wherein the processor and communications subsystem are configured to cooperate to: determine having a first mechanism to obtain a control region size of a sub-frame of the first cell, second cell, or both, whether the user equipment is within an area of the second cell; and utilize, a second mechanism to obtain a control region size of a sub-frame of the second cell while the user equipment is within the area of the second cell.01-31-2013
20090207800METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL MANAGEMENT IN COGNITIVE RADIO SYSTEM SUPPORTING MULTIPLE CHANNELS - A method and apparatus for channel management in a Cognitive Radio (CR) system supporting multiple channels are provided. The method includes generating a candidate channel set from an available channel list, configuring a backup channel set by combining at least one candidate channel, and updating the backup channel set when a channel change event occurs. Accordingly, the multiple channels can be effectively used in CR communication.08-20-2009
20100118824METHOD OF TRANSMITTING FEEDBACK INFORMATION IN AN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING (OFDM)/ OFDM ACCESS (OFDMA) MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting feedback information in a wireless communication system is disclosed. More specifically, the method comprises a mobile station (MS) which determines whether to transmit feedback information to a base station (BS) without solicitation from the BS. After determining to do so, the MS transmits a request message to request the BS to allocate an uplink resource for transmitting at least one unsolicited header and thereafter receives the uplink resource allocation from the BS. Lastly, the MS transmits the at least one unsolicited header via the allocated uplink resource.05-13-2010
20100118802METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DIRECTIONAL ASSOCIATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method of wireless communications is provided. The method includes transmitting, from the first device to the second device, at least one association request having a plurality of packets, each packet being respectively transmitted in a different direction; detecting an association response from the second device; and determining a preferred first device to second device direction of transmission based on the association response. An apparatus for performing the method is also disclosed.05-13-2010
20090201861Method for Efficient CQI Feedback - In a closed-loop wireless communication system (08-13-2009
20090034461MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT (MIMO) MODE OPTIMIZATION FOR LOW DATA RATES SERVICES - A method and an apparatus are provided for efficient transmission of low-data-rate packet services in a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) mode of operations in the presence of high-data-rate packet services. Precoding weight information (PWI) is signaled implicitly to a wireless transmit receive unit (WTRU). A precoding weight vector is signaled in a high speed shared control channel less (HS-SCCH-less) transmission using a new HS-SCCH type P. This explicit PWI signaling approach transmits the PWI with minimum power overhead. The data carried in the HS-SCCH type P is encoded to minimize the required transmitted power. A channel type HS-SCCH type 2M is also described.02-05-2009
20100142473METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONSTRUCTING MAP IE USING REDUCED CID IN BROADBAND OFDMA SYSTEMS - A method and mobile subscriber station in a broadband wireless communication system, wherein a receiver receives configuration information including a type field representing a type of a reduced connection identifier (CID) from a base station, and selectively applies the reduced CID based on the type field. The type of the reduced CID is determined based on a range of a basic CID of the mobile subscriber station connected to the base station. The type field includes at least two bits representing one of use of the basic CID and available types of the reduced CID. The available types represent available lengths of the reduced CID, and the reduced CID includes n Least Significant Bits (LSBs) of the basic CID, where n is a positive integer indicated by the type field.06-10-2010
20100142475METHOD OF TRANSMITTINGG CONTROL INFORMATIOON WIRELESS - A method of transmitting control information includes generating a cyclically shifted sequence by cyclically shifting a base sequence by a cyclic shift amount, generating a modulated sequence based on a modulation symbol for control information and the cyclically shifted sequence, and transmitting the modulated sequence on a plurality of subcarriers, wherein available cyclic shifts of the base sequence are divided into a first part and a second part according to a type of the control information, and the first part and the second part are separated by at least one unallocated cyclic shift of the base sequence.06-10-2010
20100142472Method And System For Efficiently Routing Messages - Efficient routing of a message over a data network. A first communication device sends a message to a telemetry gateway or short message arbitrator. The telemetry gateway or short message arbitrator determines the communication protocol of the first communication device and the communication protocol of a second communication device. The telemetry gateway or short message arbitrator converts the message to a data format compatible with the second communication device, wherein the message is converted to one of at least three different communication protocols. The telemetry gateway or short message arbitrator then forwards the message for receipt by the second communication device. The telemetry gateway or short message arbitrator can convert and forward the message without completing a store and forward process.06-10-2010
20100142470METHOD FOR RE-ATTEMPTING A RANDOM ACCESS EFFECTIVELY - Disclosed is a radio (wireless) communication system providing a radio communication service and the terminal, and more particularly, to a method for re-attempting a rapid random access when a problem occurs in the random access procedure in an Evolved Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (E-UMTS) evolved from the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) or a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system.06-10-2010
20100142453BASE STATION AND SCHEDULING METHOD - A base station (06-10-2010
20090097442METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR UTILIZING A RESERVED CHANNEL TO MANAGE ENERGY EFFICIENT NETWORK PROTOCOLS - Aspects of a method and system for utilization of a reserved and/or out of band channel for managing a data rate of an Ethernet channel are provided. In this regard, a data rate of a network link may be managed via traffic communicated over a reserved and/or out of band channel on said network link. The reserved and/or out of band channel may be an auxiliary channel established in the IEEE 802.11AN standard. Traffic communicated over the reserved and/or out of band channel may enable negotiating a data rate for the link, scheduling a change in the data rate on the link, exchanging link state information, configuring a number of active physical channels on the link, configuring a signal constellation utilized for representing data on said the link, configuring an inter-frame or inter-packet gap, and/or configuring signal levels utilized for signaling on the link.04-16-2009
20110182266SEQUENCE ALLOCATING METHOD, TRANSMITTING METHOD AND WIRELESS MOBILE STATION DEVICE - It is an object to provide a sequence allocating method that, while maintaining the number of Zadoff-Chu sequences to compose a sequence group, is configured to make it possible to reduce correlations between different sequential groups. This method comprises the steps of setting a standard sequence with a standard sequence length (Nb) and a standard sequence number (rb) in a step (ST07-28-2011
20110182259PARTITIONABLE ROUTER TO FACILITATE COMMUNICATION BETWEEN SYSTEMS - The disclosed subject matter describes a method, system, apparatus, and storage medium for interfacing multiple communication systems via a partitionable router. The router has at least two partitions, each partition having a subset of the router's resources allocated to it. Software programs are executed within each partition using their respective allocated resources. The resources, and any subset thereof, may be allocated non-exclusively, exclusively, and/or non-linearly to the partitions. The router receives information and determines the format of the information. The router identifies the receiving party and transforms the received information into a format compatible for the receiving party. The router then transmits the converted information to the receiving party, where the transmitting and/or receiving party is one of the software programs.07-28-2011
20110182257WHITE SPACE SPECTRUM COMMMUNCIATION DEVICE WITH MULTIPLEXING CAPABILTIES - In one example, a method includes receiving a plurality of input signals at a multiplexer of a white space device, and generating, via the multiplexer, a multiplexed output signal that includes at least two of the plurality of input signals. The method also includes sensing whether a white space frequency is available for unlicensed use, and communicating the multiplexed output signal over the white space frequency via a transmitter of the white space device when the white space frequency is available for unlicensed use.07-28-2011
20110182249DATA OFFLOADING AT WIRELESS NODE - A method performed by a wireless node includes receiving a data flow associated with user devices; performing a packet inspection of the data flow; determining whether a network address of the wireless node matches another network address associated with the data flow; converting the other network address to a layer 2 identifier when the other network address matches the network address; establishing a bearer link within the wireless node based on the layer 2 identifier; and offloading the data flow from layers of a network, which are higher relative to the wireless node, to the bearer link, wherein the data flow does not traverse the layers.07-28-2011
20120163329DISTRIBUTED MOBILE AGENT - Systems, apparatus, and methods for forwarding data packets towards a mobile node roaming in a foreign packet-switched data network are disclosed. The data packets having been addressed to a home address of the mobile node, the mobile node being provided with a care of address for use in the foreign network, the systems, apparatus, and methods comprise various features.06-28-2012
20120163308Method and system for mapping logical channel to MAC flow - The present disclosure discloses a method for mapping a logical channel to a Media Access Control (MAC) flow, the method includes: a Radio Network Controller (RNC) informs a User Equipment (UE) of corresponding relationship between a Common Control Channel (CCCH) and an Enhanced-Dedicated Channel (E-DCH) MAC flow through signaling; the UE receives the signaling, and obtains the corresponding relationship between the CCCH and the E-DCH MAC flow. The present disclosure further discloses a system for mapping a logical channel to an MAC flow. Through the method and system disclosed in the present disclosure, it is convenient for both a Node B (NodeB) and UE can accurately obtain the corresponding relationship between the CCCH and the E-DCH MAC flow, which ensures the NodeB decodes correctly, thus improving the success rate in receiving signaling and data.06-28-2012
20120163305ENERGY-SAVING BASE STATION AND METHOD - A wireless communication user terminal obtains uplink access configuration information on a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) addressed to a plurality of user terminals by processing the PDCCH based on a first system information received from a base station on a physical broadcast channel (PBCH) and based on synchronization information. The terminal sends a signature waveform based on the uplink access configuration information, prior to receiving system information in addition to the first system information, whereby the signature waveform enables the base station to transition from a relatively low power operating mode to a relatively high power operating mode.06-28-2012
20100254329UPLINK GRANT, DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT AND SEARCH SPACE METHOD AND APPARATUS IN CARRIER AGGREGATION - Methods of mapping, indicating, encoding and transmitting uplink (UL) grants and downlink (DL) assignments for wireless communications for carrier aggregation are disclosed. Methods to encode and transmit DL assignments and UL grants and map and indicate the DL assignments to DL component carriers and UL grants to UL component carriers are described. Methods include specifying the mapping rules for DL component carriers that transmit DL assignment and DL component carriers that receive physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), and mapping rules for DL component carriers that transmit UL grants and UL component carriers that transit physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) when using separate coding/separate transmission schemes.10-07-2010
20110205987PACKET AWARE SCHEDULER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Apparatuses and methodologies are described that facilitate packet aware scheduling are provided. In some embodiments, if all of the information of a packet cannot be scheduled in a single transmission period, additional resources may be assigned to transmission of the contents of the packet based upon latency requirements and/or transmission constraints of the packet.08-25-2011
20110205985DATA TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR A HIGH-SPEED PACKET ACCESS SYSTEM - A data transmission method for a high-speed packet access system includes: sending, by a user equipment, packet data containing scheduling information having size information of a packet buffer through an uplink channel to a base station, and sending quality indicator information and acknowledgement information through another uplink channel to the base station; determining, by the base station, the value of a turbo mode flag by comparing amounts of data stored in the packet buffer of the user equipment and a packet buffer of the base station respectively with preset thresholds; and deactivating, by the user equipment when the turbo mode flag of an order message contained in received control data, packet data reception and control data transmission, and redirecting transmit power of a specified transmitter to a packet data transmitter to increase transmit power of the packet data transmitter for faster packet data upload.08-25-2011
20130028223METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING SCHEDULING INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for processing scheduling information in a terminal into which a plurality of forward carriers and reverse carriers are aggregated are provided. The method includes receiving a control message from a base station, the control message including information on a reverse carrier added by the carrier aggregation, and determining a new buffer state table to be used for reporting the state of buffers to the base station, based on the information included in the control message.01-31-2013
20130028228RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, HIGH-POWER BASE STATION, LOW-POWER BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A radio communication system (01-31-2013
20130028229METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE APERIODIC TRANSMISSION OF A CONTROL SIGNAL, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING THE CONTROL SIGNAL USING THE SAME - A method for controlling the aperiodic transmission of a control signal, comprises the following steps: determining a period during which a base station is to transmit an aperiodic control signal; and generating indication information for indicating the determined period, and transmitting the indication information to user equipment.01-31-2013
20130028227METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERSISTENT RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present description relates to a method for persistent resource allocation in a wireless access system, comprising the following steps: receiving a first MAP message containing persistent resource allocation information from a base station; transceiving data bursts to/from the base station via the persistent resource domain contained in the persistent resource allocation information; and receiving a second MAP message containing persistent resource de-allocation type information from the base station, wherein said persistent resource de-allocation type information indicates whether a de-allocation of persistently allocated resources is a persistent de-allocation or a temporary de-allocation.01-31-2013
20120170538WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, PILOT SEQUENCE ALLOCATION APPARATUS, PILOT SEQUENCE ALLOCATING METHOD USED FOR THE SYSTEM AND APPARATUS, AND MOBILE STATION USED IN THE METHOD - A mobile station in a wireless communication system including a base station, and a method for the mobile station includes a unit that sends a pilot signal to the base station. A sub-frame used for sending the pilot signal includes a first pilot block and a second pilot block. A first Zadoff-Chu sequence allocated to the first pilot block is different from a second Zadoff-Chu sequence allocated to the second pilot block.07-05-2012
20120170537METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING A SIGNAL TO PROTECT AGAINST ERRONEOUS FEEDBACK INFORMATION - A base station includes a receiver receiving feedback information including a preferred weight determined by a user equipment (UE); a processor multiplying a weight and data to be transmitted; a transmitter including two antennas and transmitting the weight multiplied data to the UE through a specific physical downlink shared channel where a MIMO transmission scheme for a HS-DSCH (High Speed Downlink Shared Channel) is applied, the transmitter transmitting feed-forward information through a downlink shared control channel when the data is transmitted using the MIMO transmission scheme for the HS-DSCH, wherein the weight applied to the specific physical downlink shared channel is adjusted at a subframe boundary of the specific physical downlink shared channel and the feed-forward information is transmitted through a subframe of the downlink shared control channel corresponding to the specific subframe of the specific physical downlink shared channel.07-05-2012
20100061323METHOD FOR ACQUIRING RADIO NETWORK TEMPORARY IDENTIFICATION OF HIGH SPEED DOWNLINK SHARED CHANNEL AND THE DEVICE THEREOF - The present invention discloses a method for acquiring radio network temporary identification of High Speed Downlink Shared Channel, comprising: a radio network controller, via signaling, notifies to the base station the radio network temporary identification of High Speed Downlink Shared Channel which is available for an user equipment in the common state of enhanced connecting mode; the base station acquires the radio network temporary identification of High Speed Downlink Shared Channel from the signaling; and when the base station needs to send the data in the common state of enhanced connecting mode, the radio network temporary identification of High Speed Downlink Shared Channel is used as a mask for Shared Control Channel in High Speed Downlink Shared Channel to perform baseband processing such that it is used as an identification with which the user equipment monitors the Shared Control Channel in High Speed Downlink Shared Channel and the data of High Speed Physical Downlink Shared Channel is received, thereby guarantee the user service quality.03-11-2010
20090196242RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR ENHANCED UPLINK USING AN ACQUISITION INDICATOR CHANNEL - Techniques for supporting UE operation with enhanced uplink are described. A UE may select a first signature from a first set of signatures available for random access for enhanced uplink, generate an access preamble based on the first signature, and send the access preamble for random access while operating in an inactive state. The UE may receive an acquisition indicator (AI) for the first signature on an acquisition indicator channel (AICH) from a Node B. The UE may use a default enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) resource configuration for the first signature if the AI has a first predetermined value. The UE may determine an E-DCH resource configuration allocated to the UE based on an extended acquisition indicator (EAI) and a second signature if the AI has a second predetermined value. In any case, the UE may send data to the Node B using the allocated E-DCH resource configuration.08-06-2009
20090196239METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING RESPONSE INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method for transmitting radio resources in a mobile communication system is disclosed. The method includes receiving a random access channel (RACH) preamble from a plurality of UEs and transmitting response information associated with the received preambles over a common channel wherein the plurality UEs can access the common channel and receive corresponding information. If a HARQ scheme is used when a UE transmits data to the eNode-B using uplink radio resources allocated over the RACH, the eNode-B does not pre-allocate uplink radio resources required for re-transmission and performs allocation of radio resources for a first transmission of HARQ. If the re-transmission is required, the eNode-B allocates the radio resources required for the re-transmission with the NACK signal. If re-transmission is not required, the present invention can reduce an amount of wasted radio resources.08-06-2009
20090196246MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RADIO BASE STATION - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes: notifying, from a MAC-e functional unit 08-06-2009
20090196244METHOD FOR ENCODING DATA UNIT BY USING A PLURALITY OF CRC ALGORITHMS - A wireless communication system and a terminal providing a wireless communication service and to a method by which a base station and a terminal transmit and receive data in an evolved universal mobile telecommunications system (E-UMTS) evolved from universal mobile telecommunications system (UMTS) or a long term evolution (LTE) system, are disclosed. In transmitting RACH MSG 08-06-2009
20100150082TERMINAL DEVICE OF CARRIER AGGREGATION BASED MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND BUFFER STATUS REPORTING METHOD THEREOF - Provided is a buffer status reporting method of a terminal device in a mobile communication system. The buffer status reporting method includes obtaining a radio resource allocation for a plurality of component carriers from a base station, configuring a plurality of medium access control-protocol data units (MAC-PDUs) including buffer status information corresponding to the plurality of component carriers, the plurality of MAC-PDUs including generated sequence numbers (SNs), and transmitting the plurality of MAC-PDUs to the base station through the plurality of component carriers.06-17-2010
20100054200Method and apparatus for beamforming in OFDM wireless system - Systems and methods are disclosed for use in a wireless network that promotes simultaneous beamforming. These systems and methods include determining the Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) and Best Beam Index (BBI) for communications between a plurality of mobile stations and a base station, ranking the plurality of mobile stations in a list according to the determined CQI and BBI, and selecting a subset of the plurality of mobile stations for simultaneous beamformed communications. These systems and methods may also include verifying the selected subset of the plurality of mobile stations do not have a conflict and initiating beamformed communications. BBI is determined based on a predetermined codebook, which is function of antenna configuration as shown in equation 2 and 5. Any other codebook use equations 2 and 5 as their subset can also be applied.03-04-2010
20130044724METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING A CONNECTION BETWEEN A NODE OF A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND A NODE OF A DATA SERVICE NETWORK IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for establishing a connection between a mobility management entity and a node of a network includes acquiring, at the mobility management entity, an address of the node, transmitting a session creation request from the mobility management entity to a serving gateway, receiving, at the mobility management entity, a session creation response from the serving gateway in response to the session creation request, the session creation response including uplink bearer information for data transmission to the serving gateway and an address allocated to the mobility management entity by a packet data network gateway, transmitting, at the mobility management entity, downlink bearer information for data reception from the serving gateway to the serving gateway, and communicating, at the mobility management entity, with the node using the address of the mobility management entity and the address of the node according to the uplink bearer information and the downlink bearer information.02-21-2013
20130044726METHOD AND SYSTEM OF TRANSFERING DATA IN A CARRIER AGGREGATION ENVIRONMENT - Disclosed is a method for communicating service data units/Packet Data Units (PDUs) in a carrier aggregation environment, including receiving a plurality of grants on a plurality of active component carriers from an Evolved Node B, allocating transmission resources associated with the plurality of grants to at least one Radio Link Control (RLC) entity of a user equipment, identifying one of the allocated transmission resources associated with one of the plurality of grants by the at least one RLC entity based on criteria for communicating a status report, and transmitting a status PDU including the status report using the identified one of the allocated transmission resources.02-21-2013
20130044725METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES FOR UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for allocating a resource for an uplink control channel in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes allocating a first resource for an uplink control channel and a second resource for a dynamic ranging channel. The second resource is located right after the first resource.02-21-2013
20080259866WLAN having load balancing by access point admission/termination - A network includes access points that admit/terminate mobile station associations based upon the loading level of the access point and/or whether a mobile station can associate with a further access point. Mobile stations transmit information indicative of the access points to which they can associate. The access points determine whether to admit/terminate a mobile station association based upon access point loading.10-23-2008
20080259865Handling traffic flows in a mobile communications network - A method includes receiving a request for establishing a communication pathway end-to-end over a network. The communication pathway includes a radio communication channel and a packet communication channel. The request identifies a plurality of traffic flows to be carried by the communication pathway and quality-of-service attributes associated with the traffic flows. At least one traffic flow is associated with at least one quality-of-service attribute determining the quality-of-service requirement for the at least one traffic flow. A quality-of-service is negotiated, based on the quality-of-service attribute, and the negotiated quality-of-service is reported.10-23-2008
20080259864System and Method for Dynamic Allocation of Capacity on Wireless Networks - A wireless communication system is described for allocating limited network access according to priorities designated for requested transactions of wireless communications. The wireless network has a number of access links for transmitting transactions for wireless communications. A plurality of wireless communications devices request transmission of transactions on the wireless network. A designated priority level is associated with each transaction. In response to the transaction requests, an access control manager in the wireless network schedules transmission of transactions when all of the plurality of access links are occupied, by authorizing a transmission of a transaction of higher priority than another transaction that is being transmitted, and discontinuing the transmission of the transaction of lower priority.10-23-2008
20080259863Method for Configuring Channel and Carrier Resources for Multi-Carrier High Speed Downlink Packet Access - A channel for multicarrier high speed downlink packet access and a method for allocating the carrier resource include: the wireless network controller configures the multicarrier high speed downlink packet access resource of a multicarrier cell, the multicarrier high speed downlink packet access resource includes the high speed physical downlink shared channel resource, the high speed shared control channel and the high speed shared information channel pair resource. The resource is managed and allocated by the node B. The wireless network controller allocates the associated—dedicated physical channel according to the recorded original configuration information and original allocation information of each carrier, and sends the configuration information to the node B, then the node B allocates the high speed physical downlink shared channel carrier resource, the associated high speed shared control channel and the high speed shared information channel pair resource.10-23-2008
20080259862Method for Scheduling in Mobile Communication and Apparatus Thereof - The present invention relates to a scheduling device and method of a mobile communication system. In the packet scheduling method, a base station performs packet scheduling for a terminal station in a mobile communication system, and a transport channel comprising an uplink shared channel (UL-SCH) and a physical channel comprising an uplink grant channel (UL-GCH) between the terminal and the base station are classified into a plurality of channels. In addition, in the packet scheduling method: a) the base station receives scheduling information from the terminal; b) the base station allocates an uplink resource for uplink traffic transmission for terminal based on the received scheduling information; and c) information for the allocated uplink resource is transmitted to the terminal through the UL-GCH of the physical channel.10-23-2008
20080259861Preamble transmission method for wireless communication system - A preamble transmission method for a wireless communication system is provided for improving the probability of successful transmission and reducing unnecessary retransmission power consumption. The preamble transmission method of the present invention calculates an initial transmission power; transmits a preamble with the initial transmission power through a random access channel; if an acknowledgement is received in response to the preamble, starts transmission of data; and if no acknowledgement is received in response to the preamble—calculates a retransmission power, and retransmits the preamble with the retransmission power.10-23-2008
20080259860Radio frame control apparatus, radio frame control method, and radio communication apparatus - A radio frame control apparatus for controlling a radio frame of an orthogonal frequency division multiple access system, having a placement information generation section generating first placement information including a radio resource amount assigned to each terminal station based on a received radio resource request, a pseudo placement information generation section generating pseudo placement information including a temporal radio resource amount assigned to pseudo communication, a radio resource assignment section generating second placement information by inserting the pseudo placement information into the first placement information.10-23-2008
20080259858METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DISTRIBUTING CONTENT IN A MULTI-FREQUENCY NETWORK - Methods and apparatus for distributing content in a multi-frequency network. A method includes combining service overheads with a content multiplex to generate service layer multiplexes, determining regions of the multi-frequency network where a service layer multiplex is to be distributed, combining distribution overheads with the service layer multiplex to generate distribution layer multiplexes, and transmitting the distribution layer multiplexes over the regions of the multi-frequency network. An apparatus includes combining logic configured to combine service overheads with a content multiplex to generate service layer multiplexes; determine regions of the multi-frequency network where a service layer multiplex is to be distributed; and combine distribution overheads with the service layer multiplex to generate distribution layer multiplexes. The apparatus also includes output logic configured to transmit the distribution layer multiplexes over the regions of the multi-frequency network.10-23-2008
20080259857METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLEMENTING BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION BASED ON A RELAY STATION - The present invention relates to a method, a system and an apparatus for implementing bandwidth allocation and scheduling management based on a relay station. A mapping information unit for controlling a RS (MAP10-23-2008
20080259856Apparatus, method and computer program product providing dynamic sharing of resources between uplink and downlink allocations for separately coded users - Apparatus, methods and computer program products operate an electronic device to generate downlink allocation information and uplink allocation to be signaled to other electronic devices operative in a wireless communications system; and to operate radio apparatus to signal the downlink allocation information and uplink allocation information in a control channel, wherein the downlink allocation information is signaled in a downlink allocation portion of the control channel and the uplink allocation information is signaled in an uplink allocation portion of the control channel. In a variant, apparatus, methods and computer program products operate an electronic device to receive downlink and uplink allocation information signaled in a control channel by a wireless communications system, wherein the control channel is divided into a downlink allocation portion used for downlink allocation information and an uplink allocation portion used for uplink allocation information; to receive control channel division information indicating which portion of the control channel corresponds to the downlink allocation portion and which portion corresponds to the uplink allocation portion; and to search for downlink allocation information in the downlink allocation portion and uplink allocation information in the uplink allocation portion.10-23-2008
20080259854Communication Terminal Apparatus, Base Station Apparatus, and Resource Assigning Method - A communication terminal apparatus of wireless communication system wherein the data amount of report values is reduced and the accuracy of the report values is enhanced in OFDM wireless communication. In a communication terminal apparatus (10-23-2008
20090016280WIRELESS NETWORK ENHANCEMENTS - Apparatus are provided, which include a wireless transmit interface and a wireless receive interface. A payload receive processor is provided to identify a receive overhead portion from received data received via the receive interface, and it is configured to retrieve payload data in relation to the receive overhead portion in accordance with a data structure protocol. A payload transmit processor is provided to define or modify a transmit overhead portion in transmit data to be transmitted via the transmit interface. The payload transmit processor is configured to position payload data in relation to the transmit overhead portion in accordance with a data structure protocol. A controller is provided, to determine a given wireless media location defined at least in part by the controller determining a given frequency band, from among plural frequency bands, for a given data transfer, via wireless media, between a given node and a separate node.01-15-2009
20090219864Method for the Early Establishment of Uplink TBFS - A mobile station operating in EGPRS mode needs to the early establishment of an uplink TBF although has not data to send, at the only precautionary purpose of preventing an intolerable latency negatively affecting the subsequent delay-sensitive transmissions. To this aim, the mobile sends a Packet Channel Request message in one phase access mode including a new establishment cause called “Early TBF establishment”. The network establishes an uplink TBF indicating the requester and assigns a radio resource on one PDCH channel or more. Then the network schedules the transmission from the mobile station also when it does not have data to transmit other than dummy packets. This is performed through the USF flags in the usual manner. As soon as actual data become available for transmission, the mobile send them instead of dummy packets. In an alternative embodiment the mobile sends the Packet Channel Request message in two phase access mode. As soon as the Packet Uplink Assignment message is received by the mobile station, it sends a Packet resource Request message including an extended Uplink TBF information. The network behaves as in the previous case.09-03-2009
20130044723APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OBTAINING UPLINK DATA RECEIVING STATE INFORMATION IN USER EQUIPMENT - The present invention provides a method for obtaining an uplink data receiving state, including: receiving, by User Equipment (UE), an uplink resource allocation control signaling, wherein the uplink resource allocation control signaling includes information for indicating that one Transmission Block (TB) is inactivated; and obtaining information for indicating an uplink data receiving state of the inactivated TB from the uplink resource allocation control signaling or from a Physical Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) Indication Channel (PHICH). According to the present invention, when performing MIMO transmission for the uplink data in the LTE-A system, the UE can perform corresponding HARQ processing for the inactivated TB.02-21-2013
20100008315HIERARCHICAL CONTROL CHANNEL STRUCTURE FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Techniques for sending control information in a wireless network are described. In an aspect, a hierarchical control channel structure may be used, a first group of control channels may be sent in a low reuse segment, and a second group of control channels may be sent in a non-reuse segment. In another aspect, a first control channel is sent in the low reuse segment and is used to configure a second control channel sent in the non-reuse segment so that the second control channel can be reliably received in dominant interference scenarios. In one design, a first base station sends a first message on a first control channel to a user equipment (UE). The UE sends a second message to an interfering base station to request it to reduce interference to a second control channel. The first base station sends control information on the second control channel to the UE.01-14-2010
20100008305PACKET SCHEDULING METHOD FOR REAL-TIME TRAFFIC TRANSMISSION IN MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method of scheduling packets in a mobile telecommunication. The method includes the steps of: a) calculating a normalized standard data unit (SDU) drop rate based on the number of SDUs that will be dropped if the SDUs will not transmitted in a next slot, the number of SDUs dropped unit a current slot, the number of SDUs transmitted until the current slot and a maximum SDU drop rate allowed at each session; b) selecting sessions to transmit in a next slot and deciding a transmission amount of each session at a current slot based on the normalized SDU drop rate; and c) performing the steps a) and b) until all basic units (BU) in one slot are used.01-14-2010
20100085922System and method for improving bandwidth of wireless local area network - A system and method for improving bandwidth of a local area network is provided. The method includes splitting user data into multiple data fragments. The method further includes creating multiple beacon frames by placing each data fragment in a unique beacon frame. Further, the method includes broadcasting the beacon frames through a wireless medium by an access point of the network. Thereafter, the beacon frames are received by a wireless client and data fragments are extracted from each beacon frame. Finally, the user data is reconstructed from the extracted data fragments by reassembling the data fragments.04-08-2010
20100085921SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DATA DISTRIBUTION IN VHF/UHF BANDS - Whitespace devices can use unused television frequencies for transmission and reception of WiFi OFDM signals. Three contiguous bands, such as former channels 2, 3, and 4, may be bonded together to define a whitespace band. In order to fit a WiFi OFDM signal into this whitespace band, a whitespace device compresses the bandwidth of each WiFi OFDM signal using a specific spectrum mask. Very low transmission power is needed for the modified WiFi OFDM signals, eliminating the need for high power amplifiers and most of the WiFi OFDM designs such as PHY and MAC can be reused with minor modifications.04-08-2010
20100080180RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATON INFORMATION EXCHANGE BETWEEN BASESTATIONS - A method for improving distributed resource allocation in OFDMA based wireless communication networks such as WiMAX IEEE 802.16 for either fixed or mobile subscriber stations SSs is executed by neighbor Base Stations BSs serving the SSs. Each BS controls the allocation of respective permutation zones and radio resources encompassing different radio subchannels within each permutation zone. In this task the BS avails of RRM primitives and instances of a NCMS functionality promoting direct BS-to-BS communication, which can be exploited in a distributed RRM profile. A BS playing the role of RRC sends to Neighbor BSs a unique RRM Request for receiving event-driven Spare Capacity Reports. Among driving events, “Change of Radio Resources Allocation” is included. Neighbor BSs, at every allocation change is detected, send to the requester BS a Spare Capacity Report including a Bitmap indicating subchannels used for transmission in each Permutation Zone. In order to eliminate Co-Channel Interference CCI, the requester BS avoids using same subchannels already indicated in the received Bitmap.04-01-2010
20130028198DEVICES FOR MULTI-CELL COMMUNICATIONS - A User Equipment (UE) configured for multi-cell communications is disclosed. The UE includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The UE determines a primary cell (PCell) with a corresponding PCell time alignment timer. The UE also determines a secondary cell (SCell) with a corresponding SCell time alignment timer. The UE further determines whether the PCell time alignment timer is expired. The UE additionally sets the SCell time alignment timer as expired if the PCell time alignment timer is expired.01-31-2013
20130028218METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL IN A DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a signal from a base station to a user equipment in a multi-node system is disclosed. The method comprises the steps of allocating a resource of a certain zone to each of nodes in accordance with a radio resource multiplexing scheme; and transmitting the signal to the user equipment by using a resource zone allocated to the node.01-31-2013
20110194526Apparatuses, System, Methods, and Computer Program Products for Network Control - The invention is related to an apparatus including a receiver configured to receive communications from a control node of the macro cell in which the apparatus is located, the communications including system information about operation and maintenance support services the control node is able to provide and/or identity information of the control node; and a generator configured to generate messages including identity information of the apparatus, radio environment information, status information on connections to a core network and/or information on capabilities of the apparatus.08-11-2011
20110194525WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION EQUIPMENT, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE AND SEARCH SPACE SETTING METHOD - Disclosed is wireless communication base station equipment in which CCE allocation can be flexibly performed without collision of ACK/NACK signals between a plurality of unit bands, even when wideband transmission is performed exclusively on a downlink circuit. In this equipment, an allocation unit (08-11-2011
20110194509APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SOUNDING SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a wireless communication system, at least one sounding subchannel determining parameter is transmitted from a sounding signal receiving apparatus to a sounding signal transmitting apparatus. A sounding subchannel for the sounding signal transmitting apparatus is allocated according to the sounding subchannel determining parameter. A sounding signal is received from the sounding signal transmitting apparatus over the allocated sounding subchannel. The sounding subchannel determining parameter is determined for allocating a sounding subchannel considering a frequency correlation.08-11-2011
20110194508VIRTUAL UPSTREAM CHANNEL SCHEDULING IN BROADBAND COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Scheduling virtual upstream channels within one physical upstream channel is disclosed. The MAP messages of the virtual upstream channels that share the same physical upstream channel are synchronized together such that any one transmission opportunity for a given virtual upstream channel does not overlap with transmission opportunities of any other virtual channel. This includes converting all requests for tranmission opprotunities into a common unit and then scheduling these requests as appropriate.08-11-2011
20110194524Method and Apparatus for Selecting Control Channel Elements for Physical Downlink Control Channel - A selector (08-11-2011
20110194521Method and Apparatus for Feeding Back and Receiving Acknowledgement Information of Semi-Persistent Scheduling Data Packets - A method and apparatus for feeding back and receiving acknowledgment (ACK) information of semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) data packets are disclosed. The method for feeding back ACK information of SPS data packets includes receiving an uplink downlink assignment index (UL DAI) from a base station (BS), wherein the UL DAI indicates a number (N) of downlink data packets, mapping acknowledgements/negative acknowledgements (ACKs/NAKs) of k SPS data packets of the downlink data packets to positions from the (N−k+1)th ACK/NAK to the Nth ACK/NAK, and feeding back N ACKs/NAKs to the BS.08-11-2011
20110194520WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - To optimize transmission periods corresponding to kinds of feedback information, and minimize a reduction in system throughput caused by disagreement of the transmission period with the optimal period, by setting transmission frequencies individually with flexibility corresponding to the kinds of feedback information for a mobile station apparatus to transmit to a base station apparatus, in a wireless communication system in which a mobile station apparatus B measures reception quality of a signal received from a base station apparatus A, and transmits feedback information generated based on the reception quality to the base station apparatus A, the base station apparatus A allocates resources of transmission timing corresponding to the kinds of feedback information, and the mobile station apparatus B transmits a plurality of kinds of feedback information to the base station apparatus using the allocated resources.08-11-2011
20110194519DISTRIBUTED RESOURCE RESERVATION IN A WIRELESS ADHOC NETWORK - The invention relates to a method of communication in a wireless communication system comprising a first station and at least a second station wherein each of the station for at least a part of the time controls the communication within the system. The first station encodes and transmits messages having a first format in a first mode using at least one communication channel or having a second format in a second mode using one communication channel. The first and second formats have a common part. The second station receives and decodes at least the common part of messages transmitted either the first mode or the second mode. The common part comprises information on one or more upcoming transmissions of the first station.08-11-2011
20110194518TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, RECEPTION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD USING ADAPTIVE HYBRID AUTOMATIC RETRANSMISSION REQUEST METHOD - A transmission apparatus includes a first encoding unit configured to generate a new packet from a new portion obtained from a block generated from information bits, to generate a retransmission packet from a retransmission portion obtained from a block generated from information bits and held for a retransmission, and to assign the new packet and the retransmission packet to a communication channel respectively, a second encoding unit configured to assign, to a communication channel, a packet obtained by mixing the new portion and the retransmission portion, a encoding method switching unit configured to switch between operations of the first and second encoding unit, so that communication channel data output from the first or second encoding unit is transmitted, and a transmission control unit configured to control the encoding method switching unit based on information indicating a communication quality of the communication channel in a reception apparatus.08-11-2011
20110194517Wireless Packet Communication Method - When a transmission rate of each of lines that transmit data simultaneously between two STAs by using a plurality of radio channels and/or MIMO can be set independently, one data frame is fragmented in accordance with the transmission rates of the respective lines so as to generate a plurality of data packets having the same packet time length and data sizes equal to or smaller than a maximum data size. Those data packets are transmitted simultaneously by using a plurality of radio channels, or one radio channel and MIMO, or a plurality of radio channels and MIMO.08-11-2011
20110194516MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - When a base station apparatus and a mobile station apparatus communicate with each other using a wider frequency band consists of multiple carrier components, efficient communication is achieved without increasing control information (control signal) notified from the base station apparatus to the mobile station apparatus. The base station apparatus and the mobile station apparatus communicate with each other such that each of multiple uplink carrier components corresponds to each of multiple downlink carrier components or multiple downlink carrier component groups including multiple downlink carrier components.08-11-2011
20110194515BASE STATION, TERMINAL, BAND ALLOCATION METHOD, AND DOWNLINK DATA COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided are a base station, a terminal, a band allocation method, and a downlink data communication method with which bands can be efficiently allocated. In a base station (08-11-2011
20110194514METHOD AND APPARATUS OF RECEIVING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus of receiving data in a wireless communication system. The method includes receiving a downlink (DL) grant on a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) through a first DL component carrier (CC), and receiving data based on the DL grant through a second DL CC.08-11-2011
20110194513METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMITTING POWER OF CONTROL CHANNEL OF CSG PICO BASE STATION - Provided is a method of controlling a transmit power of a control channel transmitted from a pico base station. The pico base station may control the transmit power of the control channel based on a position of a macro terminal adjacent to the pico base station. When the macro terminal is positioned within a coverage of the pico base station, the pico base station enables the macro terminal to receive a control signal without interference from the macro base station by decreasing the transmit power of the control channel.08-11-2011
20110194512METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION SCHEDULING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for resource allocation scheduling in a wireless communication system are provided. The apparatus includes a scheduler for, if an UpLink (UL) scheduling for scheduling an allocation order of UL resources is performed prior to a DownLink (DL) scheduling for scheduling an allocation order of DL resources, setting a size α representing a size in which a DL burst region is maximally allocated in a DL sub frame, for, if the DL scheduling is performed prior to the UL scheduling, setting a size β representing a size in which the DL burst region is maximally allocated in the DL sub frame, for determining whether to discard a DL Medium Access Control (MAC) management message to be transmitted by using the size β, and for, if it is not determined to discard the DL MAC management message, determining a priority of a DL scheduling and a UL scheduling by using the size α and first performing one of the DL scheduling and the UL scheduling in accordance with the determined priority.08-11-2011
20110194511MULTI-USER CONTROL CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in which a resource assignment utilizing the PDCCH and/or the R-PDCCH may be addressed to a group of UEs, rather than an individual UE, by utilizing a group identifier for indicating to the group that there may be information for any UE in the group in the PDSCH. In this way, the capacity of the PDCCH, which is limited, is multiplied and a potential bottleneck at PDCCH scheduling can be relieved.08-11-2011
20110194510Method and Apparatus for Sending and Receiving a Low-Complexity Transmission in a Wireless Communication System - Techniques for supporting data transmission based on a low-complexity transmission scheme are described. In one design, a first user equipment (UE) generates a first transmission for a single subcarrier assigned to the first UE. The first UE sends the first transmission on the single subcarrier concurrently with a SC-FDMA transmission sent on multiple subcarriers by a second UE. In one design, the first UE generates a continuous sinusoidal signal at a frequency corresponding to the single subcarrier. The first UE modulates the continuous sinusoidal signal with data symbols and reference symbols. In one design, the first transmission includes a cyclic prefix followed by a useful portion in each symbol period and has phase discontinuity at symbol boundary. A base station processes a received signal to recover the first transmission sent by the first UE and the SC-FDMA transmission sent by the second UE.08-11-2011
20110194507METHOD FOR SCHEDULING TRAFFIC OF HOME NODE, AND APPLIED TO THE SAME - Disclosed are a method of scheduling traffic at a home node and an apparatus employing the same. The home node integrated with the femtocell function to interwork with a mobile phone, the home gateway function to control electronic devices, and a set-top box function schedules traffic data transmission according to the characteristics of available services, thereby ensuring the optimum QoS (Quality of Service) according to the service characteristics. Accordingly, the QoS of mobile communication services requiring real time is ensured independently from that of Internet application services. Priorities are assigned to Internet application services according to the characteristics thereof, so that data requirements are satisfied according to services.08-11-2011
20110194506WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS ARRANGEMENT, NETWORK AND APPROACH THEREFOR - Wireless communications over different networks using overlapping signal channels is facilitated. According to an example embodiment, information characterizing the usage of an overlapping channel by a first network is used to schedule communications on the overlapping channel by the second network. Another example embodiment is directed to the use of existing coexistence control lines between collocated communications circuits in a wireless device to communicate data indicative of the use of the overlapping channel. In some applications, these communications approaches are used with a network device operating on different networks, such as with a handheld device that communicates on both a Bluetooth network and wireless local area network (WLAN).08-11-2011
20110194504METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING SINGLE-USER MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT (SU-MIMO) AND MULTI-USER MIMO (MU-MIMO) - Techniques for supporting data transmission with single-user multiple-input multiple-output (SU-MIMO) and multi-user MIMO (MU-MIMO) are described. A base station may transmit multiple data streams on a given time-frequency resource to a single user equipment (UE) for SU-MIMO or to multiple UEs for MU-MIMO. In an aspect, an antenna port assignment for a UE for MU-MIMO may be conveyed by reusing one or more fields of a downlink control information (DCI) format. In another aspect, a hierarchical two-tier structure may be used to convey an antenna port assignment for a UE for MU-MIMO. In yet another aspect, a UE may be configured via higher layer to report only channel quality indicator (CQI), or both CQI and precoding matrix indicator (PMI), when operating in a transmission mode supporting SU-MIMO and MU-MIMO. In yet another aspect, a UE may report CQI such that SU-MIMO and MU-MIMO can be supported for the UE.08-11-2011
20110194503SPECTRUM ALLOCATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - Spectrum asset class determination is dynamically assessed so that a radio device may use a more preferred one of licensed spectrum or unlicensed spectrum for the specific wireless communications application of the radio device. Licensed spectrum, in addition to unlicensed spectrum, may be made available to preferred radio devices by validating that the radio system has an equipment ID and a secondary ID that authorizes the use of the licensed spectrum by the radio system.08-11-2011
20110194502METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING VOIP PACKET - A method for transmitting a voice over Internet protocol (VoIP) packet includes allocating a radio resource for VoIP packet transmission to a user, transitioning a VoIP service from a talk period, in which the VoIP packet is transmitted using the radio resource, to a silence period in which the VoIP packet is not transmitted, releasing the radio resource during the silence period, and transitioning the VoIP service to the talk period by reallocating the radio resource. Limited radio resources can be further effectively used.08-11-2011
20090245185Method of Scheduling Groups of Mobile Users - A method of scheduling groups of mobile users includes setting a group identifier for each mobile user and scheduling physical layer resources at a base station for those users requiring resources. The physical layer resources are divided into sub-resources shared between mobile users having the same group identifier and provide an indication with the physical layer resources of the occurrence and position within the physical layer resources of the sub-resources allocated to each mobile user in the group.10-01-2009
20090122756METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ESTABLISHING CLASSIFIER OF PRESET STREAM, AND USER TERMINAL THEREOF - The present invention relates to the mobile communication field. A method and a system for establishing a classifier of preset stream, and a user terminal thereof are provided. In the present invention, after the user terminal succeeds in accessing a network, an initial service flow for carrying Layer 3 signals is established between the network side and the user terminal, and an IP address is assigned to the user terminal through an interaction of the Layer signals. After the IP address has been assigned successfully, a classifier of preset stream is established.05-14-2009
20090122755DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD IN WIRELESS MESH NETWORK AND A-MSDU FORMAT - Provided are a method for transmitting data in wireless mesh networks and A-MSDU format for the method. In the method, in case the receiving MPs of all of the plural MSDUs to be transmitted are identical, a transmitting MP generates an A-MSDU using the plural MSDUs and transmits the A-MSDU to the receiving MP. The A-MSDU includes a plurality of A-MSDU sub-frames each of which includes a sub-frame header unit, an MSDU unit for containing data of each of the plural MSDU, and a padding unit for making each A-MSDU sub-frame a multiple of 4 octets in length. The sub-frame header unit comprises a mesh DA field for specifying an MAC address of the destination MP of the data contained in the MSDU unit, a mesh SA field for specifying an MAC address of the source MP of the data contained in the MSDU unit, and a mesh header field for containing information of the mesh header of each of the plural MSDUs.05-14-2009
20090122754SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and system for allocating resources in a communication system are provided. The system includes a Base Station (BS) for allocating persistent resources included in a persistent resource area to one or more a Mobile Stations (MS) using the persistent resource area, for allocating an Identifier (ID) indicating an allocation order of the persistent resources to each of the one or more the MS using the persistent resource area, for transmitting resource allocation information including the ID and the number of slots included in the persistent resources to each of the one or more MSs using the persistent resource area, and for allocating dynamic resources to one or more MSs using a dynamic resource area, after the persistent resource allocation is completed for all of the one or more MSs using the persistent resource area. The persistent resource area includes successive persistent resources along a time axis and along a frequency axis.05-14-2009
20090122751Bandwidth allocation in a wireless network - A method of determining a contention window for allocating bandwidth in a wireless network comprising a plurality of nodes, said nodes comprising at least a first and a second router and at least one client connected to each of said first and second routers, the method comprising the steps of: receiving information at the first router from the other nodes, said information relating to the condition of the other nodes; calculating a contention window for said first router based on the received information; and setting the delay for a retransmission of data by the first router to the calculated contention window, wherein the retransmission of data follows an unsuccessful transmission of said data.05-14-2009
20090122757INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR OPTIMIZING ACCESS POINT CHANNEL SELECTION - A wireless communication method and system for optimizing channel selection for an AP. The channel selection optimization process includes four sub-processes: (1) a measurement process; (2) a candidate channel determining process; (3) a channel selection process; and (4) a channel update process. Candidate channels used for supporting communication performed by the AP are determined. The candidate channels are chosen from an allowable channel set (ACS) if a detected interference of each candidate channel is less than an established maximum allowed interference.05-14-2009
20100157909Base Station Device, Method for Controlling Base Station Device, Receiving Device, Adaptation Algorithm Control Method, Radio Communication Device, and Radio Communication Method - A base station device according to the present invention includes: a first reception weight calculator 06-24-2010
20100157912METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR DL-MAP PROCESSING - Methods and apparatus for processing a downlink (DL) subframe of an orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing (OFDM) or an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) frame are provided. By arranging the DL-MAP information elements (IEs) in a DL-MAP of the DL subframe to correspond chronologically to the arrangement of their associated data bursts in the OFDM or OFDMA frame at a base station (BS), a user terminal receiving that frame may be able to start decoding the data bursts in the DL subframe without having to wait until all of the DL-MAP IEs have been parsed and decoded. In this manner, the user terminal may decode the data bursts while simultaneously parsing a remaining portion of the DL-MAP, and the time for processing the entire frame may be reduced, thereby increasing the processing speed.06-24-2010
20100157929CO-CHANNEL WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHODS AND SYSTEMS USING RELAYED WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Wireless communications are transmitted from at least two radioterminals to a base station co-channel over a return link using a return link alphabet. Wireless communications are also transmitted from the base station to the at least two radioterminals over a forward link using a forward link alphabet that has more symbols than the return link alphabet. The co-channel signals are deciphered at the receiver, while the radioterminals can use a smaller return link alphabet, which can reduce the power dissipation at the radioterminals.06-24-2010
20100157926REDUCING KEEP-ALIVE MESSAGES IN CONNECTION WITH ELEMENT TRAVERSAL BY RELAY MECHANISM - A network element, method and computer program product enable to reduce the need to send keep-alive messages when elements have to be traversed. Specifically, a network element comprises a port allocation request unit configured to request from a server over the transmission control protocol the allocation of a user datagram protocol port having a destination determined to take care of traffic for the network element. The network element further comprises a registration unit configured to create a message for requesting internet protocol registration and to send the message over the transmission control protocol.06-24-2010
20090274106METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ROUTING COMMUNICATIONS USING ACTIVE AND PASSIVE END-TO-END QUALITY-OF-SERVICE RESERVATIONS BASED ON NODE MOBILITY PROFILES - A method and apparatus for routing communications using end-to-end QoS reservations based on node mobility profiles is disclosed. The method may include setting up active quality of service reservations along a first path to a destination edge node, receiving a mobility profile from the destination edge node, setting up passive quality of service reservations based on the received mobility profile, switching communications from active quality of service reservations to passive quality of service reservations, and tearing down the active quality of service reservations based on the received mobility profile.11-05-2009
20100054201Method In A Network Node For Separating Circuit Switched And Packet Switched Traffic - The present invention relates to a method, devices, infrastructure network, and computer program for doing policy based routing in a tunnel terminating device (03-04-2010
20100118806UNEQUAL MULTIPATH PROTECTION OF DIFFERENT FRAMES WITHIN A SUPERFRAME USING DIFFERENT CYCLIC PREFIX LENGTHS - Techniques for providing multipath protection of a portion of a frame classified as having a first importance level (e.g., critical) are provided. Different cyclic prefix lengths may be used, depending on whether a frame contains information deemed critical.05-13-2010
20100118817CHANNEL QUALITY FEEDBACK IN MULTICARRIER SYSTEMS - A wireless communication system facilitates multichannel periodic and aperiodic feedback (e.g., Channel Quality Indicator (CQI), Rank indicator (RI), Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI)) from a population of user equipment while facilitating legacy single carrier communication. Paired downlink (DL)/uplink (UL) or many-to-one mapping communication can be established by common system information or dedicated signaling. In one aspect, a flag sent by system information or by dedicated signaling can indicate which means controls. Feedback can be configured for each carrier independently reported in a concatenated in frequency fashion, reported in a cycle in time fashion, or reported in a staggered in time and frequency fashion. Feedback can be reported jointly as one wide bandwidth. Feedback can be a single report perhaps reported on a data channel for more capacity or by cycled carrier/subband reporting.05-13-2010
20100118804WIRELESS PACKET COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RESOURCE SCHEDULING METHOD THEREOF - According to the present invention, a wireless packet communication system having a protocol structure that can improve radio resource efficiency while reducing the amount of control information in packet transmission for radio resource allocation to a mobile station, and a radio resource allocation method of the system, is provided.05-13-2010
20100118815DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION CONTROL METHOD OF USER EQUIPMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A Discontinuous Reception (DRX) control method and apparatus are provided for determining a start time of the duration period of DRX operation in a wireless communication system using a short DRX cycle and a long DRX cycle. A DRX control method of a user equipment of the present invention includes determining one of a long DRX mode and a short DRX mode, configuring, when the short DRX mode is selected, the short DRX mode with a start time determined based on short DRX parameters, and configuring, when the long DRX mode is selected, the long DRX mode with a start time determined based on long DRX parameters.05-13-2010
20100118809Apparatus and method for allocating ID cell to avoid preamble pseudo noise code duplication in broadband wireless communication system - An apparatus is configured to allocate an IDentification (ID) cell to avoid duplication of a preamble Pseudo Noise (PN) code in a broadband wireless communication system. The apparatus selects one sector inside the system. A temporary ID cell for the selected sector is selected. Whether an ID cell of a sector to which an ID cell has been already allocated inside a minimum unit group for ID cell allocation is the same as the temporary ID cell is determined. Whether PN codes of sectors inside a neighbor list of the selected sector are the same as temporary PN codes determined using the temporary ID cell are determined. When the temporary ID cell is not duplicated and the temporary PN codes are not duplicated, the selected temporary ID cell is allocated as an ID cell of the selected sector.05-13-2010
20100118795COGNITIVE ERROR CONTROL CODING FOR CHANNELS WITH MEMORY - Techniques for adapting error control codes (ECCs) based on memory conditions in a channel. A wireless communication system may be adapted to detect and quantify memory in a channel, such as memory resulting from multipath fading, and adjust an ECC to reduce the possibility of errors impacting communication in the channel. In some implementations, adjusting the ECC may comprise determining a probability that a channel in an error-prone state will remain in an error-prone state, and selecting an ECC based on that probability. In other implementations, a concatenated code may be used, and the relative size of an inner and outer code may be adjusted, and/or an interleaver between the inner and outer code may be adjusted, based on the parameter quantifying the memory in the channel.05-13-2010
20100118799METHOD FOR SELECTING RACH FREAMBLE SEQUENCE FOR HIGH-SPEED MODE AND LOW-SPEED MODE - A method for selecting a RACH preamble sequence for a high-speed mode and a low-speed mode is disclosed. In the case of acquiring sequence-type information to be used by a specific UE contained in a high-mobility region, a signaling reanalysis method under a general circular shift condition is disclosed, and a method for acquiring sequence-type information via the signaling using the sequence set configured by a restricted circular shift condition is also disclosed. Finally, a method for constructing a sequence set is disclosed.05-13-2010
20110292895Transmission Method and Devices in a Communication System with Contention-Based Data Transmission - A method is described for data transmission by user equipments adapted to transmit data using resource blocks allocated by a radio network. The radio network is adapted to allocate resource blocks to a dedicated one of the user equipments or to a plurality of the user equipments. The method comprises the step of allocating at least one of the resource blocks that is not allocated to any dedicated user equipment to a first plurality of the user equipments. The allocation is signaled to the user equipments. A first user equipment of said first plurality obtains data for transmission. At least a first part of the data is transmitted by the first user equipment using said at least one resource block. Devices embodying the invention and methods of operating the devices are also described. Contention based data transmission in uplink is enabled without previous scheduling request and scheduling grant.12-01-2011
20130208686MICRO BASE STATION, MICRO BASE STATION INTERFERENCE COORDINATION METHOD, AND USER TERMINAL - Micro base station interference coordination includes: shifting, relative to subframes in a macro base station subframe configuration, subframes in the subframe configuration used in the micro base station by several subframes, wherein the number of the shifted subframes causes subframes in the micro base station subframe configuration, which are corresponding to a specific channel in the macro base station subframe configuration, not to transmit any signal un-allocatable by the micro base station after the shifting; emptying uplink subframes in the micro base station subframe configuration after the shifting, which are corresponding to downlink subframes containing a designated channel in the macro base station subframe configuration; and emptying the subframes in the micro base station subframe configuration after the shifting, which are corresponding to the specific channel in the macro base station subframe configuration, or causing portions of the subframes corresponding to the specific channel not to transmit any signal.08-15-2013
20130208673METHOD FOR RECEIVING SYSTEM INFORMATION IN A RADIO ACCESS NETWORK, PERFORMED BY A MOBILE TERMINAL AND MOBILE TERMINAL FOR RECEIVING SYSTEM INFORMATION IN A RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - A method and transmission apparatus transmit broadcast system information in a mobile communication system. Further, a method and mobile terminal receive the broadcast system information. An improved method for broadcasting broadcast system information maps different partitions of broadcast system information to a shared transport channel or a broadcast transport channel for transmission. The mapping may take into account parameters inherent to the mobile terminals to which the broadcast system information is to be transmitted and/or parameters inherent to the different partitions of broadcast system information.08-15-2013
20100074209METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING UE EMISSION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for controlling the operation of user equipments (UEs) to mitigate emissions out of band are described. A base station may identify a UE potentially causing excessive emissions out of band due to transmission of control information and may schedule the UE to reduce the emissions out of band. In one design, the base station may schedule the UE to send control information on a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) instead of a Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH). In another design, the base station may assign the UE with resources for the PUCCH to send control information. The assigned resources may be selected to mitigate the emissions out of band and may be (i) located within a target frequency range, (ii) located away from a frequency band to be mitigated with the emissions out of band, or (iii) obtained with a reuse scheme and have less inter-cell interference from other UEs.03-25-2010
20100074208APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REDUCING OVERHEAD FOR COMMUNICATIONS - A method and apparatus reducing overhead usage associated with communications is provided. The method may comprise generating an acknowledgment (ACK) for a successfully received codeword from a group of codewords or a negative acknowledgement (NACK) for a codeword unsuccessfully received from the group of codewords, and populating a response information matrix with a plurality of response information elements, wherein the response information elements are determined as a function of the generated acknowledgement or negative acknowledgements.03-25-2010
20100074207METHOD FOR SIGNALING MU-MIMO PARAMETERS - Methods for signaling multi-user multiple-input multiple output (MU-MIMO) parameters for Evolved-UTRA (E-UTRA) are disclosed. Example signaling format methods are presented that allow use of distributed virtual resource blocks (DVRB) or support of four wireless transmit/receive units (WTRUs) but maintaining a predetermined signal format size. A signaling format is also presented that signals transmission precoding matrix indexes used by all co-scheduled WTRUs.03-25-2010
20100074204UPLINK HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST OPERATION DURING RANDOM ACCESS - Systems and methodologies are described that effectuate or facilitate avoidance of deadlock conditions during random access procedures. In accordance with various aspects set forth herein, systems and/or methods are provided that receive an uplink grant that specifies a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process identifier. The HARQ process identifier is analyzes to identify whether the identifier is associated with an ongoing random access procedure. The uplink grant is utilized for a data transmission when the identifier is not associated with the ongoing random access procedure.03-25-2010
20100074216METHOD OF MANAGING RADIO RESOURCES AND NODE B APPARATUS IMPLEMENTING THE SAME - A method of managing radio resources and a Node B implementing the same are provided. If the total radio resources used in a cell exceed target radio resources signaled by an RNC, uplink rates are equally allocated to primary UEs and non-primary UEs by controlling the signal strengths of the primary and non-primary UEs.03-25-2010
20100074215Method of data communication in a wireless communication system - A method of data communication in a wireless communication system is disclosed. A method of receiving data in a user equipment of a wireless communication system comprises receiving scheduling information from a network, the scheduling information including downlink (DL) resource assignment information and an indicator; if the scheduling information includes a first UE identity and the first indicator has a first value, utilizing the scheduling information as configuration information of a persistent scheduling to receive a downlink data packet from the network; and if the scheduling information includes the first UE identity and the first indicator has a second value, utilizing the scheduling information to receive a retransmission data packet from the network.03-25-2010
20100074214Packet transmission scheduling technique - A packet data transmission method of the HSDPA system includes collecting information on the quality of physical channels, a status of the MAC buffer, the priority level of data, the delay of data, and the like, determining the transmission order of data and the size of a data block to be transmitted based on the collected information, and transmitting the data block through the physical layer according to the order of transmissions. Since the HSDPA scheduler takes into account the delay of data, the quality of real-time services can be improved.03-25-2010
20100074213Packet transmission scheduling technique - A packet data transmission method of the HSDPA system includes collecting information on the quality of physical channels, a status of the MAC buffer, the priority level of data, the delay of data, and the like, determining the transmission order of data and the size of a data block to be transmitted based on the collected information, and transmitting the data block through the physical layer according to the order of transmissions. Since the HSDPA scheduler takes into account the delay of data, the quality of real-time services can be improved.03-25-2010
20100074211METHOD FOR RETRANSMITTING DATA IN THE MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - A method for modifying a synchronous non- adaptive retransmission scheme to solve the limitation of the synchronous non-adaptive retransmission scheme is disclosed. A method for indicating not only the new data transmission but also the retransmission using a data scheduling message is disclosed. A method for determining whether there is an error in the ACK signal transmitted from a data reception end using another message to -be received later is disclosed. The retransmission method for a multi-carrier system includes: receiving a grant message including scheduling information for transmitting uplink data wherein a retransmission scheme for the uplink data is predetermined by a first retransmission scheduling, transmitting the uplink data according to the scheduling information and retransmitting the uplink data according to second retransmission scheduling by receiving the second retransmission scheduling information associated with the uplink data with retransmission request.03-25-2010
20100074210APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR FACILITATING TRANSMIT DIVERSITY FOR COMMUNICATIONS - A method and apparatus facilitating transmit diversity for control information communications is provided. The method may comprise processing received content, generating control information in response to the processed content, allocating two or more resources associated with two or more transmit antennas for transmitting the control information using a transmit diversity scheme, and determining cyclic shifts by applying a predetermined cyclic shift delta parameter.03-25-2010
20100074203METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROL OF COMMON CONTROL CHANNEL TRANSMISSION OVER COMMON ENHANCED DEDICATED CHANNEL RESOURCES IN CELL_FACH STATE - A method and apparatus provide for the control of wireless communication signals over an enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) resource while operating in the CELL_FACH state with an allocated E-DCH radio network temporary identifier (E-RNTI). A determination is made that a periodic cell update timer is expired. In response to the periodic cell update timer expiring, a determination is made whether the WTRU has an allocated E-DCH resource. If the WTRU has an allocated E-DCH resource, the periodic cell update timer is re-started without performing a periodic cell update.03-25-2010
20100074202METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNALS IN CONSIDERATION OF TIME ALIGNMENT TIMER AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR THE SAME - A method for transmitting and receiving signals in consideration of a time alignment timer and user equipment (UE) for the same are provided. In this method, a UE performs initial transmission or retransmission of an uplink signal using wireless resources corresponding to an uplink grant signal received from a base station only when a time alignment timer of the UE is running. The UE does not transmit a HARQ feedback signal for a downlink signal received from the base station to the base station when the time alignment timer of the UE is not running.03-25-2010
20100074201METHOD FOR IMPROVING UPLINK SIGNALING TRANSMISSION FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND RELATED COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method of improving uplink signaling transmission for a user equipment of a wireless communication system includes performing a random access procedure, and applying resources of a physical uplink control channel and an uplink symbol used for channel quality determination when a message of the random access procedure received from a network of the wireless communication system is performed successfully.03-25-2010
20100074206Detection Time of Semi-Persistent Scheduling Activation/Reconfiguration Signaling - A method is provided for improving reliability in detection of an identifier for a user agent is provided. The method includes the user agent attempting to decode semi-persistent scheduling activation/reconfiguration signaling over a physical downlink control channel only during a discontinuous reception (DRX) on-duration.03-25-2010
20100074200METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SCHEDULING RESOURCE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for scheduling resource, a base station and a communication system. The method for scheduling resource includes: determining, when there is a real time service to be transmitted, reserved processes for an uplink semi-persistent scheduling if it is judged that processes need to be reserved for the real time service; transmitting to a user equipment a notification message including information on the reserved processes; instructing the user equipment to transmit data packets on uplink subframes corresponding to the reserved processes. With the resource scheduling method provided in embodiments of the present invention, signaling transmission is decreased and signaling overhead is reduced, and by reserving multiple processes for the uplink semi-persistent scheduling for service transmission, the collision problem with the uplink semi-persistent scheduling in the prior art may be well solved, system performance is dramatically improved and users' service experience is improved.03-25-2010
20100074199APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DISCOVERING NEIGHBOR CELL - A method of discovering a neighbor cell, the method including: determining whether a first Primary Synchronization Channel (PSCH) of a first cell in which a terminal is included is identical to a second PSCH of a second cell, and whether timings of the first cell and the second cell are synchronous; estimating third channel information of the second cell based on second channel information of the first cell from first channel information, when the first PSCH is identical to the second PSCH and the timings of the first cell and the second cell are synchronous, the second channel information being estimated using a first Secondary Synchronization Channel (SSCH) of the first cell, and the first channel information being estimated using the first PSCH and the second PSCH; and detecting a second SSCH of the second cell, and detecting a cell identifier (ID) of the second cell using the second SSCH.03-25-2010
20100074198SETTING OF NETWORK ALLOCATION VECTORS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a wireless communication system where packet transmission begins after a preparation process is performed between a source and a destination, the source stores, in a header of a preparation packet, first duration information corresponding to an end of a first response packet sent from the destination and second duration information corresponding to an end of a second response packet sent from the destination. A neighboring station having received the preparation packet sets a first NAV relating to a scheduled reception completion time of the first response packet based on the first duration information and a second NAV relating to a scheduled reception completion time of the second response packet based on the second duration information and ignores the second NAV when no packet transmission is detected within the first NAV period or within a predetermined time after the scheduled reception completion time of the first response packet.03-25-2010
20100074197COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, TERMINAL, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A multiservice is implemented by connecting one base station and one terminal via one wireless link.03-25-2010
20100074196Connection Addressing for Wireless Communications - Systems, apparatuses, and techniques can include using a mobile station identifier to identify a mobile station associated with a base station in wireless communications between the mobile station and the base station, using a connection identifier and the mobile station identifier to identify a connection between the mobile station and the base station; and transacting information with a radio station. The information can include the connection identifier, the mobile station identifier, and data associated with the connection.03-25-2010
20100074195SYSTEM AND METHOD OF MODULATION AND CODING SCHEME ADJUSTMENT FOR A LTE SHARED DATA CHANNEL - A system, method and node for modulation and coding scheme adjustment for a Long Term Evolution (LTE) shared Data Channel. The method determines an actual number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, N03-25-2010
20100074193Reliable uplink resource request - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate reliably requesting uplink resources in a wireless communications environment. In particular, mechanisms are provided for reliable uplink resource requests at instants when uplink resources are not retained. A mobile device transmits an uplink resource request on a feedback information channel conventionally utilized for channel quality indicators. The mobile device utilizes specific codewords reserved for uplink requests. In addition, a power spectral density of the feedback information channel is boosted to lower an error rate of the channel when reserved codewords are transmitted.03-25-2010
20100074191RANDOM ACCESS METHOD USING DIFFERENT FREQUENCY HOPPING PATTERNS BETWEEN NEIGHBORING CELLS AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Provided are a random access method of a mobile station and a mobile communication device performing the same. The mobile station can obtain a diversity gain without a Random Access Channel (RACH) burst collision by hopping according to a cell group in a frequency domain and transmitting a random access when random access resources are used between neighboring cells and detect an RACH even with low transmission power by applying switching diversity together with the frequency hopping.03-25-2010
20100074190Methods for multi-band wireless communication and bandwidth management - Embodiments of methods for multi-band wireless communication and bandwidth management are described herein. Other embodiments may be described and claimed.03-25-2010
20100074189Scheduling metric for delay sensitive traffic - Disclosed is a method, a computer-readable memory medium and apparatus to create a combined priority list that comprises both uplink users and downlink users ordered by priority for use in scheduling user transmissions based on their respective priority locations in the combined priority list. In an exemplary embodiment a first set of users are retransmission users, a second set of users are delay sensitive users, and a third set of users are other users that are neither retransmission users or delay sensitive users. The set of retransmission users has a higher priority than the set of delay sensitive users, which in turn has a higher priority than the set of other users.03-25-2010
20100074188Method and Apparatus for Uplink and Downlink Channel Alignments for 3GPP Continuous Packet Data Connection (CPC) Channels - An apparatus and method for implementing uplink and downlink channel fine time alignments for 3GPP continuous packet data connection (CPC) channels comprising determining if a HS-SCCH radio frame boundary is detected before a UL DPCCH radio frame boundary; aligning a transition of a UE_DTX_DRX_Enabled control signal from FALSE to TRUE to the HS-SCCH radio frame boundary or the UL DPCCH radio frame boundary, tagging a first DRX subframe to be 0, and tagging a first DTX subframe to be 0 depending on the determination; and monitoring configuration signals to determine alignments. In one aspect, the order of the tagging depends on the determination.03-25-2010
20100074192METHOD FOR MAPPING LOGICAL CHANNEL ON SHARED CHANNEL - According to the invention data in a number of logical downlink intended for one or more mobile terminals are received in a first mapping unit, where at least a first High Speed Radio Network Temporary identity is allocated to these logical downlink channels addressing a group of mobile terminals for allowing transmission of channel data for reception by mobile terminals. A mobile terminal then reads, from a Broadcast Control Channel, necessary information including a High Speed Radio Network Temporary identity allocated to at least one logical downlink channel, where at least said first identity exists among possible identities. It then listens to a high speed shared control channel for the read identity. In case it detects the identity, the terminal follows a scheduling command, receives data on a high-speed downlink shared channel and processes said data.03-25-2010
20100074187DYNAMIC QUALITY OF SERVICE CONTROL TO FACILITATE FEMTO BASE STATION COMMUNICATIONS - An exemplary method of facilitating communications involving a Femto base station (F-BS) includes establishing an association between the F-BS and a wireline backhaul resource used by the F-BS for initiating at least one traffic flow of the F-BS for a wireless communication session. Quality of service information for the wireless communication session is determined. The determined quality of service information allows for determining a corresponding quality of service requirement of the backhaul resource in the packet transport network. The established association is used for identifying the corresponding quality of service to the F-BS on the wireline backhaul resource of the established association during the wireless communication session.03-25-2010
20100074194RADIO AND BANDWIDTH AWARE ROUTING METRIC FOR MULTI-RADIO MULTI-CHANNEL MUTLI-HOP WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method and system are described for establishing an end-to-end route for data to traverse a wireless network, including calculating a link cost function, calculating a quantized link cost function using the calculated link cost, function, calculating a quantized cost of each of a plurality, of end-to-end routes for data to traverse the wireless network, wherein the plurality of end-to-end routes include routes between a same set of nodes in the wireless network, wherein, the quantized cost of each of the plurality of end-to-end routes for data to traverse the wireless network is performed using the quantized link cost function and selecting one of the plurality of end-to-end routes, for data to traverse the wireless network based on the quantized cost of each of the plurality of end-to-end routes. Also described is a node in a wireless network configured to participate in the establishment of a bi-directional end-to-end route for data to traverse the wireless network.03-25-2010
20100110994METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING A PHYSICAL RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL IN AN OTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and eNode B are disclosed that allocate a Physical random access channel (PRACH) in an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing communication system. In one embodiment, the eNode B maintains a predetermined location of a PRACH within a sub-frame, which predetermined location is adjacent to a Physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), allocates one or more sub-frames of a radio frame to a PRACH, and receives an access attempt over the PRACH based on the predetermined sub-frame location and the allocated one or more sub-frames. In another embodiment, the eNode B allocates one or more Physical Resource Blocks (PRBs) of one or more sub-frames of a PRACH hopping pattern period to a PRACH and informs a user equipment of the PRBs allocated for the PRACH by transmitting a first parameter informing of a slot configuration and a second parameter informing of a duration of a PRACH hopping period.05-06-2010
20130039291Design on Enhanced Control Channel for Wireless System - A method is provided for communication in a cell in a wireless telecommunication system. The method comprises, in a region that would otherwise carry a PDSCH, the region being defined by a number of resource blocks and a number of OFDM symbols, instead transmitting at least one of an uplink grant and a downlink assignment in a plurality of OFDM symbols within a first slot, a second slot, or both slots of the region, wherein the region can use either localized or distributed resources, and wherein the region contains one of: a transmission point-specific reference signal; a UE-specific reference signal; and a cell-specific reference signal.02-14-2013
20090257379Methods and apparatus for network capacity enhancement for wireless device coexistence - Methods and apparatus for enhancing network capacity in a network comprising multiple wireless communication that overlap at least partly in frequency spectrum. In one embodiment, the apparatus comprises a portable device such as a laptop or smartphone having both a WLAN (e.g., Wi-Fi) interface and a PAN (e.g., Bluetooth) interface which each operate with approximately the same frequency range. One variant places the WLAN interface into a power-saving mode as a default, thereby mitigating interference with the PAN interface in cases where the WLAN interface is not in active use. In another variant, an aggressive PAN management algorithm is used to enforce network policy on the PAN interface, thereby mitigating interference between the PAN interface and the WLAN interfaces of other devices in the network (as well as the parent device). AP-based variants are also described. Methods of operation and doing business utilizing the aforementioned apparatus are also disclosed.10-15-2009
20130077595USER EQUIPMENT, BASE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHODS FOR UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - A user equipment for performing effective coding scheme of uplink control information transmission is provided. The user equipment transmits, to a base station apparatus, channel state information for multiple downlink component carriers, the user equipment comprising: a determining unit for determining, the number of coded symbol for the channel state information for multiple downlink component carriers, using the number of bits, which is obtained by concatenating channel state information bits for each downlink component carrier and attaching Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) bits to the concatenated channel state information bits for each downlink component carrier.03-28-2013
20130077594COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS FOR MTC IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a communication method for machine type communication (MTC) in a wireless communication system. An MTC device transmits subscription information for indicating MTC subscribers to a base station, and receives a group identifier for indicating an MTC group to which the MTC device belongs, from the base station. The MTC device receives, from the base station, resource allocation information on a control channel based on the group identifier.03-28-2013
20130077592METHOD AND DEVICE FOR UPDATING TRACKING AREA IDENTITY LIST - The present application discloses a method and device for updating a tracking area list, which method comprises: determining, by a mobility management entity, whether a tracking area list allocated to a user device has been changed; determining, when the tracking area is changed, whether there is no tunnel management message on an S11 interface; and when there is no tunnel management message, sending, by the mobility management entity, a message to a serving gateway, with the message carrying a changed tracking area list or indication information capable of determining the changed tracking area list. The mobility management entity transfers a tracking area list to the serving gateway only when the tracking area list of the user device changes and can still transfer a new tracking area list to the serving gateway even when there is no tunnel management message on the S11 interface, thereby remedying the defects in the solutions in the prior art.03-28-2013
20130077590METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAPPING AND DETECTING CONTROL CHANNEL - Method and apparatus are provided for mapping and detecting a control channel. For the same aggregation level, according to a signaling length of a control channel corresponding to a component carrier, a corresponding search space is determined for at least two control channels that have the same signaling length, so as to enable the at least two control channels that have the same signaling length to use the same search space. The at least two control channels having the same signaling length are mapped to the determined corresponding search space. Therefore, conflicts between the control channels are reduced, and the number of times of blind detection of the control channels is also reduced.03-28-2013
20130077591SUBCARRIER GROUP BASED POWER CONTROL FOR OFDMA SYSTEMS - A system and method of wireless communication power control is provided which allows for adjusting power levels without requiring high bandwidth for control. Embodiments allocate subcarriers into unequal power groups, each group having a consistent subcarrier power level. Using interference parameter information from a user, a subcarrier is assigned from a group having adequate power to maintain the user's required power level. In general, users with higher power requirements, such as those near cell boundaries, will be assigned subcarriers from a group having a higher power level. A cell may use a different allocation than a neighbor, so that subcarriers with the highest power level in one cell may not also have the highest power level in a neighboring cell. Such diversity may reduce inter-cell interference of the subcarriers near a cell boundary, since no two subcarriers are transmitted with highest power simultaneously by neighboring base stations.03-28-2013
20130077589Method, Base Station, UE, and System for Sending and Receiving PDCCH Signaling - A method, a base station, a User Equipment (UE) and a system for sending and receiving Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) signaling are disclosed. A method includes determining locations of a first search space and a second search space of a User Equipment (UE). A method also includes sending PDCCH signaling with no Carrier Indication Field (CIF) to the UE in a physically overlapped region between the first search space and the second search space if the physically overlapped region exists and a length of the PDCCH signaling with no CIF in the first search space is equal to a length of PDCCH signaling with the CIF in the second search space.03-28-2013
20130077582SYSTEM ACCESS METHOD AND APPARATUS OF A NARROWBAND TERMINAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING WIDEBAND AND NARROWBAND TERMINALS - A system access method of a narrowband terminal is provided for supporting both wideband and narrowband terminals in a cellular radio communication system. The method includes broadcasting a Shared CHannel (SCH) for a terminal to acquire system synchronization; transmitting a Low-end Master Information Block (L-MIB) including control information on an L-subframe configuration for supporting a second type terminal and a sub-band configuration of the L-subframe; transmitting a Low-end System Information Block (L-SIB) including information on downlink reception and uplink transmission of the second type terminal; and performing a random access procedure, when an attach request is received from one of the first type terminals and the second type terminals.03-28-2013
20130077588WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - When transmission of uplink control information is necessary, a transmission processor (a03-28-2013
20130077586SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR OVER THE AIR LOAD INDICATOR FOR WIRELESS SCHEDULING - Systems and methods for facilitating inter-cell interference coordination using load indication are described. A UE may receive load indicator signals from a plurality of base stations in adjacent cells and determine, based at least in part on the load indicator signals, a transmit power metric. The transmit power metric may be provided to a serving base station, which may allocate uplink resources based on the transmit power metric. Additional information related to receiver sensitivity and/or path loss may be used to determine the transmit power metric.03-28-2013
20130077585UPLINK GRANT, DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT AND SEARCH SPACE METHOD AND APPARATUS IN CARRIER AGGREGATION - Methods of mapping, indicating, encoding and transmitting uplink (UL) grants and downlink (DL) assignments for wireless communications for carrier aggregation are disclosed. Methods to encode and transmit DL assignments and UL grants and map and indicate the DL assignments to DL component carriers and UL grants to UL component carriers are described. Methods include specifying the mapping rules for DL component carriers that transmit DL assignment and DL component carriers that receive physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), and mapping rules for DL component carriers that transmit UL grants and UL component carriers that transit physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) when using separate coding/separate transmission schemes.03-28-2013
20130077584METHOD FOR GENERATING RANDOM ACCESS SIGNAL OF MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION DEVICE USING NARROW BANDWIDTH - Disclosed are a method for generating a random access signal of a machine type communication (MTC) device using a narrow bandwidth, and an MTC device. The method generates a random access signal by allocating a position in a frequency domain of a random access signal dedicated to the MTC device, that is, a position of a frequency for transmission of a random access preamble, to a center position of a base station system bandwidth, or by shifting a center frequency of the MTC device to a position of a random access frequency allocated for a legacy LTE terminal by a base station.03-28-2013
20130077583RESOURCE ALLOCATING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION - There are provided a resource allocating method for machine type communication (MTC), a data transmission and reception method for an MTC device, and an MTC device using the data transmission and reception method. The transmission and reception method for the MTC device includes: receiving a downlink frame from a base station; searching for a control information block in a downlink control resource area of the downlink frame; determining whether the control information block is for MTC service or includes control information whose destination is the MTC device, using an MTC device identifier or an identifier designated for MTC service scheduling; and extracting MTC service packet data included in a radio resource for transmission of MTC data, using the control information block, according to the results of the determination.03-28-2013
20130077580METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING SIGNALS IN A DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a terminal which receives signals from a base station, and to a method in which the terminal receives signals from the base station in a distributed antenna system (DAS). The terminal receives, from the base station having a plurality of antennas, control information on one or more active transmission antennas allocated to the terminal, from among the plurality of antennas, and receives signals from the base station via said one or more active transmission antennas.03-28-2013
20130077581METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING FEEDBACK FOR COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for transmitting and receiving a feedback signal in a cellular mobile communication system is provided. The method of transmitting feedback in a Cooperative Multi-Point (CoMP) system, includes receiving feedback set information including allocation information of a Channel Status Information Reference Signal (CSI-RS) transmitted for estimating a channel of a User Equipment (UE), receiving IDentification (ID) information for identifying a CoMP set including CSI-RS allocation information from a cell operating in a CoMP mode, extracting the CoMP set using the ID information and a feedback set, detecting a first feedback mode and first feedback timing with a first CSI-RS not included in the CoMP set among CSI-RSs included in the feedback set, and generating and transmitting feedback with respect to the first CSI-RS according to the detected first feedback mode and the first feedback timing.03-28-2013
20130077576BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - To partially suppress interference to control channels of a pico-cell from a base station apparatus of a macro-cell and enable assignment of user data to a subframe besides the same subframe using a part of control channels with interference suppressed thereto, a base station apparatus disposed in a second system having a system band comprised of a plurality of component carriers for sharing at least a part of a frequency band with a first system having a macro-cell (C03-28-2013
20130077579METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for efficiently allocating resources to a terminal in a random access system are provided. A method for transmitting an abnormal power down report from a Machine to Machine (M2M) device in a wireless communication system may include transmitting a Bandwidth Request (BR) preamble sequence and a first message to a base station, receiving an uplink resource allocation from the base station, transmitting the abnormal power down report using the uplink resource allocation, and starting a first timer for confirmation of the transmitted abnormal power down report, wherein the first message may include an identifier of the M2M device and a BR index for transmitting an abnormal power down report.03-28-2013
20130077577MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND MOBILE STATION - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes a step A of receiving, by the mobile station UE, “UL grant” for permitting the mobile station UE to transmit an uplink data signal in UL CC#03-28-2013
20130077575Uplink Load Generation in Communication Networks - Uplink load generation and control simplify network testing and other tasks. For example, a network operator can decide to test the network by imposing a test load in a selected uplink. The operator can suitably configure an appropriate Mobility Management Entity (MME) with information using a network Operations and Maintenance Support System. In due course, the MME informs the selected user equipment (UE): if the UE is in Idle mode, the network sends a page message; if the UE is in Active mode, with an on-going communication session, the page message is sent after the session ends; and if the UE is detached from the network, the UE is informed during the initial network attach procedure. Thus, uplink load generation is controllable by the network operator, enabling the operator to adjust an existing network and perform realistic simulations on a “green field” network, i.e., a network before launch.03-28-2013
20130077574Resource Allocation and Signaling for Aperiodic Sounding - This patent application considers the configuration aperiodic sounding reference signal parameters by radio resource control signaling and the triggering of aperiodic SRS transmission by detection of a positive trigger in downlink control information. Transmission timing rules are also proposed to determine the valid subframes for aperiodic SRS transmission.03-28-2013
20090207798Apparatus and method for allocating bursts in a broadband wireless communication system - A wireless communication system using multiple channels is provided. An apparatus includes an allocator for, when bursts are allocated to an Accessing Terminal (AT) which utilizes a plurality of channels at the same time, allocating the same amount of the bursts to each channel in use; a generator for, when a map message to be transmitted in a primary channel of the AT is generated, generating the map message which comprises allocation information of the bursts allocated to the AT; and a transmitter for transmitting the map message in the primary channel of the AT.08-20-2009
20100034154Communication System, Base Station, and Communication Method - In a communication system of the OFDMA communication method, even when transmission data is decreased temporarily and then increased again while communication by a user terminal is in progress, the communication can be continued without lowering the communication throughput of the user terminal and the throughput corresponding to QoS can be provided to the user terminal. The OFDMA communication system for performing data communication using one or more subchannels between a base station (02-11-2010
20130039327APERIODIC CQI/PMI REQUEST IN CARRIER AGGREGATION - A user's downlink component carriers DL-CCs are divided into groups. An aperiodic CQI/PMI report is triggered by signaling (for example one bit). There is a pattern that maps the signaled trigger to a particular DL-CC within a group of DL-CCs that are configured for a user equipment UE, and that mapped particular DL-CC is determined to be the subject of the aperiodic report. In various embodiments the pattern is implicit and points to the DL-CC for which an aperiodic report has not been sent for more than a threshold time interval; or to the DL-CC for which resources have not been allocated for a periodic report; or to every DL-CC in the group that are activated for the user equipment. Examples are detailed for apparatus, method and computer program from the perspective of the network and from the perspective of the UE.02-14-2013
20130039330USER EQUIPMENT TERMINAL, BASE STATION, AND UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL CONFIGURATION METHOD - A user equipment terminal for transmitting an uplink control channel to a base station according to a single carrier scheme includes a reception determining unit configured to determine reception of data, which are transmitted from the base station according to scheduling, and generate a reception determination result as first control information; and a control information multiplexing unit configured to assign the first control information to a first radio resource positioned at an end of a system band and assign second control information, which is transmitted with a radio resource dedicated to the user equipment terminal, to a predetermined position in a second radio resource adjacent to the first radio resource, to multiplex the first control information and the second control information into the uplink control channel. The present invention also relates to a base station and an uplink control channel configuration method.02-14-2013
20130039329INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR CONTROLLING RADIO COMMUNICATION - Provided is a radio communication device which can prevent interference between SRS and PUCCH when the PUCCH transmission bandwidth fluctuates and suppress degradation of CQI estimation accuracy by the band where no SRS is transmitted. The device includes: an SRS code generation unit (02-14-2013
20130039328INTEGRATED SELF-OPTIMIZING MULTI-PARAMETER AND MULTI-VARIABLE POINT TO MULTIPOINT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The invention provides a method and system for adaptive point to multipoint wireless communication. The wireless physical layer and the wireless media-access-control (MAC) layer collectively include a set of parameters, which are adaptively modified by a base station controller for communication with a plurality of customer premises equipment. The base station controller adjusts communication with each customer premises equipment individually and adaptively in response to changes in characteristics of communication, including physical characteristics, amount of communication traffic, and nature of application for the communication traffic.02-14-2013
20130039325SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING RESOURCES IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK - A system and method for managing resources in a heterogeneous network, which includes a primary system and a secondary system, and in which a communication coverage range of the primary system is divided into a plurality of regions, the system including: a heterogeneous network resource management module configured to collect and manage resource usage status within a managed region; and a secondary system resource management module configured to acquire the resource usage status of each region from the heterogeneous network resource management module and to allocate resources to the secondary system by utilizing the acquired resource usage status of each region in accordance with a priority determined based on an efficiency of resource multiplexing between the primary system and the secondary system in each region. The system and method improve resource usage efficiency.02-14-2013
20130039323COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, CONTROL METHOD, PROGRAM, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - The communication terminal includes: a receiving unit and a transmission unit which serve as a communication unit for signal exchange; a beacon processing unit as a first detection unit that detects, for each channel, the number of the other communication terminals performing wireless communication by receiving a terminal number notification signal from a control device; a data processing unit as a second detection unit that counts, for each channel, the number of the other communication terminals found by receiving acknowledgement signals transmitted from the other communication terminals; a channel control unit that selects a frequency channel having a least difference between the number detected by the beacon processing unit and the number counted by the data processing unit, and causes the receiving unit and the transmission unit to perform the signal exchange via the selected frequency channel.02-14-2013
20130039324Direct Communication Between Devices - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for direct communication between terminals. The method for performing communication between terminals using a first terminal in a wireless communication system comprises the steps of: transmitting request information for communication between terminals to a base station; receiving, from the base station, control information necessary for setting a link for communication between the terminals after transmitting the request information; setting a direct link between the terminals for data flow between the first and second terminals using the control information; and the first and second terminals performing communication for data transmission using the direct link between the terminals when the control information is not transmitted from the base station.02-14-2013
20130039322METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING CHANNEL TRANSMISSION - The present invention discloses a method and device for controlling channel transmission. The control method includes: an MAC module receiving a resource configuration message; the MAC module parsing influence information from the resource configuration message, wherein the influence information indicates a radio bearer (RB) resource influenced by resource configuration; and during the resource configuration, the MAC module only pausing the data transmission borne by the RB resource influenced by the resource configuration. By way of the present invention, the RB resource not influenced by the resource configuration during the resource configuration can still carry out normal data transmission, avoiding the waste of RB resources not influenced by the resource configuration during the resource configuration.02-14-2013
20130039326ADAPTIVE FEEDBACK FOR MULTI-CELL COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION AND AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION MODE DETERMINING METHOD AND DEVICE - The present description relates to a method of using a terminal to adaptively feed back channel information relating to multi-cell cooperative communication includes: measuring an average signal-to-noise ratio of a virtual multi-antenna channel between a terminal and at least one cell to transmit same to a base station; receiving, from a base station, a number of allowable feedback bits determined on the basis of the average signal-to-noise ratio and cooperative communication information; selecting a codebook from a plurality of predetermined codebooks on the basis of the number of allowable feedback bits and the cooperative communication information; and quantizing channel information on a virtual multi-antenna channel using the selected codebook, and transmitting feedback information including the quantized channel information to a base station. The codebook may be selected to transmit the feedback information using the entire number of allowable feedback bits.02-14-2013
20130039320BASE STATION APPARATUS AND SCHEDULING METHOD - This invention relates to a base station apparatus (eNB) capable of reducing the data processing delay (U-plane latency) by more amount than an LTE system during a semi-persistent scheduling. In an eNB (02-14-2013
20130039319METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL - A method, an apparatus and a system for sending Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) and a method, an apparatus and a system for receiving SRS are disclosed in the present invention, which are used to reduce the requirement for Time Frequency Code (TFC) resource during the process of sending the SRS, and meanwhile to ensure the precision of channel information estimation. The method includes the steps of: determining a first frequency band required by sending the SRS, and determining a second frequency band whose width is smaller than the width of the first frequency band; according to the mode that the average interval for sending the SRS on the first frequency band is larger than the average interval for sending the SRS on the second frequency band, respectively sending the SRS on the first frequency band and the second frequency band.02-14-2013
20130039321METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN A CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method and apparatus for transmitting UCI (uplink control information) by user equipment in a carrier aggregation system. According to the method, the user equipment transmits UCI through a PUSCH (physical uplink shared channel) of a primary cell in a subframe that has PUSCH transmission of the primary cell; and if the subframe that does not have the PUSCH transmission of the primary cell has PUSCH transmission of at least one secondary cell, the user equipment transmits the UCI through the PUSCH of one of the at least one secondary cell. In this case, more than one serving cell is set up in the user equipment; simultaneous transmission of PUSCH and PUCCH (physical uplink control channel), with PUSCH being a data channel and PUCCH being a control channel, is not set up in the serving cells; and each of the serving cells includes the primary cell and the at least one secondary cell.02-14-2013
20130039318Method and device for de-mapping on LTE downlink control channel - The present disclosure discloses a method for de-mapping on a Long Term Evolution (LTE) downlink control channel. The method includes that: a resource element group table and a first parameter are acquired from the configuration parameters, and the resource element group table is analyzed according to the first parameter to acquire a mapping address of Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) data; a second parameter is acquired from the configuration parameters, and de-cyclic-shift processing is performed on the mapping address of the PDCCH data according to the second parameter to acquire a de-cyclic-shift address; and a third parameter is acquired from the configuration parameters, and de-interleaving processing is performed on the de-cyclic-shift address according to the third parameter to acquire a de-mapping address. The present disclosure further discloses a device for de-mapping on an LTE downlink control channel, which is capable of de-mapping PDCCH data in different scenes by using a pipelining processing structure in combination with configuring corresponding parameters by a software.02-14-2013
20130039317ACCESS CONTROL METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATIONS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A Machine Type Communication (MTC) device and method of the MTC device are provided for establishing a connection with a base station in a wireless communication network environment. The method includes receiving, by the MTC device, a broadcast message from a base station over a Machine-to-Machine (M2M) broadcast control channel, wherein the broadcast message includes header information and at least one M2M-Random Access CHannel (mRACH) parameter; determining whether an mRACH message can be sent to the base station, based on the header information in the received broadcast message; sending the mRACH message to the base station using the at least one mRACH parameter to establish an uplink connection with the base station, when the mRACH message can be sent to the base station; and receiving a resource assignment message indicating a successful connection establishment with the base station, in response to the mRACH message.02-14-2013
20130039314ENHANCED RANDOM ACCESS MECHANISM IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention proposes a mechanism to update/include the MAC Control information elements like PHR and BSR etc which are reported to ENB to schedule, maintain and operate the reporting UE. It also provides methods and means to handle Msg3 formation and reformation when RACH fails on one component carrier and is continued on another in Carrier Aggregation. New triggers for BSR and PHR reporting are provided in this scenario.02-14-2013
20130039316METHOD FOR EXPANSIVELY TRANSMITTING CHANNEL ESTIMATION REFERENCE SIGNAL AND METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CHANNEL ESTIMATION REFERENCE SIGNAL USING SAME - A method for transmitting control information to expansively transmit a channel estimation reference signal comprises the steps of: allowing a base station to determine not to transmit a channel estimation reference signal through a first frequency band, relative to a first user terminal which was set to transmit the channel estimation reference signal in the first frequency band; generating first control information which instructs a second user terminal to transmit the channel estimation reference signal in said first frequency band; and transmitting a wireless signal including said generated first control information to the second user terminal.02-14-2013
20130039313TRANSMISSION OF WIDE BANDWIDTH SIGNALS IN A NETWORK HAVING LEGACY DEVICES - A method for generating a preamble of a frame for a wide-bandwidth channel wireless communication begins by generating a legacy carrier detect field. The method continues by generating a channel sounding field, wherein the channel sounding field includes a plurality of tones within the wide-bandwidth channel, wherein a first set of the plurality of tones corresponds to tones of a legacy channel sounding field. The method continues by generating a legacy signal field, wherein, in time, the legacy signal field follows the channel sounding field, which follows the legacy carrier detect field.02-14-2013
20130039312TRANSMITTING PARTICULAR CONTROL INFORMATION ON AN UPLINK TRAFFIC CHANNEL ON A REPEATED BASIS - In a communications system, a mobile station receives, from a base station, a downlink control message associated with an indication that particular control information is to be transmitted by the mobile station on an uplink traffic channel on a repeated basis. In response to receiving the downlink control message associated with the indication, the particular control information is transmitted on the uplink traffic channel to a base station on a repeated basis.02-14-2013
20130039315METHOD FOR EFFICIENT CHANNEL USE - According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for efficient channel use is disclosed. The channel use method may comprise the steps of: selecting a specific channel from channels configured to be shared along with a homogeneous or heterogeneous communication scheme; and performing an interference avoidance procedure if the selected channel interferes with a neighboring access point. The avoidance procedure may comprise one or more of a process of making a request to switch a channel of the neighboring access point, a process of notifying to the neighboring access point, and a process of changing the selected channel into another channel.02-14-2013
20130039308METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING TIME INFORMATION ASSOCIATED WITH RANDOM ACCESS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for reporting time information associated with random access procedure and back-off process are provided. The method applicable to a user equipment proposes to record time stamp information related to random access procedure. For instance, the UE records time information indicating when an initial random access preamble is transmitted and additional time information indicating when the UE succeeds in contention resolution. By reporting the time information, the UE allows a network to calculate work-period during which the UE performs a successful random access procedure.02-14-2013
20130039310Identifiers in a Communication System - A process and system for controlling selection of which MS is to receive the next packet data transmission on a forward channel and selection of which plural MCS is to be used for the packet data transmissions on the forward channel. A process for controlling selection of MCS method to be used by a BTS to transmit data packets over a forward shared channel to a MS stores information at the BTS, the information containing MCS methods which may be selected to transmit data packets over the forward shared channel to the MS; receiving from the MS at the BTS a quality indication of transmission of data packets over the forward channel to the MS; and selecting a MCS method from a plurality of MCS methods which may be used to transmit data packets on the forward channel dependent upon the received quality indication.02-14-2013
20130039309METHOD FOR RENEWING INDICATION OF SYSTEM INFORMATION AND BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT USING THE SAME - A method for a method for renewing indication of system information, a base station using the same, a user equipment (UE) using the same, and a wireless communication system using the same is described. This disclosure proposes that renewing indication of system information and updating system information are not based on the traditional SIB (system information block) update and acquisition mechanisms. For the example of a random access (RA) procedure under extended access barring (EAB), an eNB could update EAB parameters at the time when the EAB SIB exists. Besides, a MTC (machine-type communication) device always assumes that the EAB is disabled & transmits preamble for RA directly. When the preamble is received by the eNB, the eNB notices the MTC device whether the EAB had been enabled or not. If EAB had been enabled, the MTC device interrupts current RA procedure, reads EAB SIB, and then performs EAB.02-14-2013
20130039307METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. The present invention relates to a method for transmitting ACK/NACK in a wireless communication system in which carrier aggregation is set, and an apparatus therefor. Specifically, the present invention relates to an ACK/NACK transmission method and an apparatus therefor, the method comprising the steps of: receiving information on a plurality of physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resources via upper layer signaling; receiving a transmit power control (TPC) field on a secondary carrier through a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH); receiving data indicated by the PDCCH; and transmitting ACK/NACK for the data, wherein the ACK/NACK is transmitted using a PUCCH resource which is indicated by the value of the TPC field among the plurality of PUCCH resources.02-14-2013
20130039311COMMUNICATION METHOD USING A CARRIER AGGREGATION AND APPARATUS THEREFORE - The present invention is directed to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention is directed to a method and an apparatus of controlling uplink transmission at a user equipment in a wireless communication system, wherein the user equipment is connected to multiple component carriers, which includes receiving configuration information for transmitting an uplink signal from a base station; and identifying a time for transmitting the uplink signal to the base station on a corresponding uplink component carrier in use of the configuration information, wherein if the corresponding uplink component carrier is in a non-available state at the time for transmitting the uplink signal, the uplink signal is not transmitted.02-14-2013
20130039306MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION, AND MOBILE STATION - A mobile communication method according to the present invention comprises: a step A of individually notifying, by a radio base station eNB, a mobile station UE performing CA of correspondence relation between a DL carrier for transmitting an02-14-2013
20130039286Method and Arrangement for Uplink Power Control - The disclosure relates to methods and devices for performing uplink power control in a radio communication system. An example method comprises a step of receiving, at a user equipment (UE) a transmit power control (TPC) command. The method also comprises, if the UE does not have an uplink transmission scheduled for a subframe associated with the TPC command, a step of accumulating, by the UE, the TPC command with previously received TPC commands based on whether the UE has reached a maximum transmit power or a minimum transmit power in a reference format for a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH), Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) or Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) transmission. Thus the UE is enabled to receive TPC commands while the UE is not transmitting anything in the uplink.02-14-2013
20130039301MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO ACCESS NETWORK APPARATUS AND MOBILE STATION - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes the steps of: transmitting an “Extended Service Request” from a mobile station UE in Idle mode to a mobility management node MME via a radio base station eNodeB; transmitting an “Initial UE Context Setup Request” from the mobile station UE to the radio base station eNodeB, the “Initial UE Context Setup Request containing priority call information; and preferentially allocating resources to the E-RAB for the mobile station UE by the radio base station eNodeB based on the priority call information contained in the received “Initial UE Context Setup Request.”02-14-2013
20130039296METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING OPERATION ON DEPENDENT CARRIERS - Techniques for supporting communication on multiple carriers are disclosed. In one design, a user equipment (UE) is configured with a base carrier and a dependent carrier linked to the base carrier. Data transmission on the dependent carrier is scheduled via a scheduling carrier, which is different from the dependent carrier. The UE receives a scheduling grant on the scheduling carrier and determines whether the scheduling grant is for the base carrier and/or the dependent carrier. The UE communicates (e.g., sends or receives data) on the base carrier and/or the dependent carrier based on the scheduling grant. The scheduling grant may be (i) a separate grant carrying scheduling information for only one carrier, (ii) a common grant carrying scheduling information for both carriers, (iii) a joint grant carrying separate scheduling information for each carrier, or (iv) a composite grant that may be a separate grant, a common grant, or a joint grant.02-14-2013
20130039295METHOD FOR DATA TRANSMISSION AND BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT USING THE SAME - A method for data transmission, a base station using the same and a user equipment (UE) using the same are proposed. The exemplary embodiments in accordance with the present disclosure implicitly allocate resources with overbooking by configuring M UEs to transmit or receive N protocol data units (PDU) where M>N. The overbooking is accomplished by using a base station to configure Small Data Sub-frame (SDS) for a plurality of UEs and request to process the SDS by sending a radio control message. The UEs would receive from the base station a sub-frame of data with multiple PDUs and perform processing on the PDUs to obtain a belonging data packet according to a candidate packet set and a search order previously embedded in the control message.02-14-2013
20130083744PHYSICAL-LAYER CELL IDENTITY (PCI) PARTITION FOR HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - Technology for partitioning small cell physical-layer cell identities (PCI) at a node in a heterogeneous network (HetNet) is disclosed. One method can include the node identifying at least one small cell PCI of a plurality of small cells in a macro cell. Each small cell PCI can be associated with a low power node (LPN) in the HetNet. The node can generate a small cell PCI list to include the at least one small cell PCI. The node can broadcast the small cell PCI list to a wireless device.04-04-2013
20130083737Handling Physical Uplink Shared Channel Transmissions - Systems, apparatus and methods can be implemented for handling physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) transmissions. A user equipment (UE) can decode, on a physical hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) indicator channel (PHICH), a negative acknowledgement (NACK) associated with an HARQ process. The UE can also receive, from a base station, an uplink grant without an associated transport block. The decoded NACK and the received uplink grant can trigger a respective transmission during a PUSCH transmission opportunity. The UE can then perform, during the PUSCH transmission opportunity, one of transmission of a PUSCH transmission associated with the HARQ process, transmission of control information based on the received uplink grant, or disregarding the decoded NACK and the received uplink grant.04-04-2013
20130083746METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES FOR AN ENHANCED PHYSICAL HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST INDICATOR CHANNEL - A method and apparatus are described for allocating resources for an enhanced physical hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) channel (E-PHICH). A subset of an enhanced physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) may be allocated for use by the E-PHICH. The E-PDCCH may be defined by at least one of enhanced resource element groups (eREGs) and enhanced control channel elements (eCCEs). Each eCCE may be formed by grouping a plurality of eREGs. Each eREG may contain at least one resource element (RE). Alternatively, a subset of eREGs may be allocated as E-PHICH resources. E-PDCCH physical resource block (PRB) pairs may be selected as a resource for the E-PHICH. An indication of the number of the eCCEs may be broadcast to a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU).04-04-2013
20130083745Multiplexing control and data in one resource block - A method for operating a control node for a wireless communication system. The control node creates a data frame having at least one resource block. The data elements of the resource block are subdivided into at least a first subset and a second subset The first subset comprises first control data for controlling a receiving node The second subset comprises data elements of said resource block not used for control data for controlling said receiving node. The method further comprises checking whether second control data for a second receiving node are to be put into the second subset, scheduling payload data for the receiving node into the second subset if second control data are not to be put into the second subset of data elements, and transmitting the data frame to the receiving node.04-04-2013
20130039290Method and System for Uplink Control Channel Transmit Diversity Using Multiple Downlink Control Channel Based Resource Allocation - A method and network element for allocating uplink resources for hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement at a user equipment (UE), the method indicating a first set of uplink resources to the user equipment; and indicating a first subset of the first set of uplink resources that the UE may transmit upon using a position of a first downlink control channel (DCCH) scheduling a downlink shared channel (DSCH) on a cell. Further, a method at a user equipment (UE) for receiving an allocation of uplink resources for HARQ acknowledgement, the method receiving a first set of uplink resources; deriving a first subset of uplink resources that the UE may transmit upon using downlink control information bits within a first downlink control channel on a primary cell, and deriving a second subset of the first set of uplink resources that the UE may transmit upon within a second downlink control channel.02-14-2013
20130039289METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMIT POWER - A radio communication system is disclosed. The method for transmitting a signal by a user equipment in a radio communication system includes generating a plurality of uplink signals, reducing maximum transmit power of the user equipment in consideration of a signal configuration for the plurality of uplink signals, and transmitting the plurality of uplink signals to a network within the range of the reduced maximum transmit power of the user equipment.02-14-2013
20130039285Methods and Apparatuses for Handling Reference Signals in a Cellular Network - Methods and apparatuses for enabling a configured demodulation reference signal to be transmitted from a User Equipment, UE, (02-14-2013
20130039284SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR AN ENHANCED CONTROL CHANNEL - Methods and systems for sending and receiving an enhanced downlink control channel are disclosed. The method may include receiving control channel information via an enhanced control channel. The method may also include using the control channel information to receive a shared channel. The method may include detecting the presence of the enhanced control channel in a given subframe. The enhanced control channel may be transmitted over multiple antenna ports. For example, code divisional multiplexing and de-multiplexing and the use of common and UE-specific reference signals may be utilized. New control channel elements may be defined, and enhanced control channel state information (CSI) feedback may be utilized. The presence or absence of legacy control channels may affect the demodulation and or decoding methods. The method may be implemented at a WTRU.02-14-2013
20130083762APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A wireless communication apparatus which can simultaneously conduct communication on at least two frequency channels is described. The apparatus includes a communication unit which refers to a connection management table to determine a communication system which can be used by a wireless communication terminal using an identifier of the wireless communication terminal, and conducts communication with the wireless communication terminal on a second frequency channel using the communication system, when a request from the wireless communication terminal to change the first frequency channel to the second frequency channel is permitted.04-04-2013
20130083760TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND TRANSMISSION METHOD USING A PLURALITY OF DIVIDED FREQUENCY BANDS IN A COMMUNICATION BAND - A radio communication apparatus capable of alleviating a burden in setting a transmission format and suppressing increases in the scale of the apparatus. In this apparatus, space multiplexing adaptability detection section (04-04-2013
20130083767WIRELESS TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, CONTROL PROGRAM, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - In a communication system for performing transmission using non-contiguous frequency bands, transmit power control is performed in which minimum MPR is applied. A wireless transmission apparatus allocates at least one spectrum within a system band and performs transmit power control. The wireless transmission apparatus includes a dividing unit that divides a spectrum into non-contiguous clusters on the basis of band allocation information, a power control amount determining unit that determines transmission power for the spectrum or each of the clusters in accordance with a frequency band to which the spectrum or the cluster is allocated, a power control unit that performs transmit power control on the spectrum or each of the clusters by using the determined transmission power, and an allocating unit that allocates the spectrum or each of the clusters on which transmit power control has been performed to a frequency band on the basis of the band allocation information.04-04-2013
20100142466OPTIMIZATION TO SUPPORT UPLINK COORDINATED MULTI-POINT - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate assigning uplink resources for utilization by a mobile device for sending an uplink signal in an uplink coordinated multi-point (CoMP) wireless communication environment. For instance, a hopping tree can be defined across base stations, and neighboring base stations can schedule interfering mobile devices upon uplink resources mapped to different nodes from the hopping tree. By way of another example, a plurality of hopping trees can be employed across base stations in the uplink CoMP wireless communication environment. Moreover, an acknowledgment can be sent to the mobile device upon downlink resources identified as a function of the uplink resources. Further, the downlink resources can be distinct from disparate downlink resources utilized for sending an acknowledgment to a disparate mobile device from a neighboring base station.06-10-2010
20130039281SCRAMBLING CODE PLANNING DEVICE AND METHOD FOR USING SAME IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A scrambling code planning device and method are described herein for allocating primary scrambling codes to sites (e.g., Node B's sites) within a wireless communication network. In addition, a wireless communication network is described herein that includes the scrambling code planning device which allocates the primary scrambling codes to the sites (e.g., Node B's sites).02-14-2013
20130077593Method and Apparatus for Transmitting Control Information in a Wireless Communication System - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting control information in a wireless communication system and to an apparatus for the method, wherein the method comprises a step of receiving a plurality of scheduling information for transmission using a plurality of physical uplink shared channels (PUSCHs), and a step of transmitting uplink control information (UCI) through one PUSCH among the plurality of PUSCHs, if the transmission using the plurality of PUSCHs is present in the subframe which requires a UCI transmission. If a PUSCH transmission is present on a primary resource in the subframe, the UCI is transmitted through the PUSCH of the primary resource. If a PUSCH transmission is not present on the primary resource in the subframe, the UCI is transmitted through the PUSCH of the secondary resource having the smallest index among a plurality of secondary resources on which PUSCH transmissions are present.03-28-2013
20130077587METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL CHANNELS BY RESTRICTING A SET OF THE CONTROL CHANNELS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are provided for transmitting control information in a base station for a wireless communication system. The method includes transmitting, to a terminal, information associated with a number of Control Channel Elements (CCEs) included in control channels, determining a set of control channel candidates based on an IDentifier (ID) of the terminal and the information associated with the number of CCEs; selecting at least one control channel candidate from among the set of control channel candidates; and transmitting the control information to the terminal through the selected at least one control channel candidate.03-28-2013
20130083761INDICATING RADIO BEARER INFORMATION TO NETWORK APPLICATIONS - Providing information related to a quality of a mobile communication link to an internal and/or external application provider is described herein. By way of example, a system can include component(s) that can receive communication link quality information associated with a mobile session, incorporate such information into a data packet, and forward such data packet to an application provider. The system can provide such information for second generation network components, third generation network components, and advanced components compatible with both second and third generation network architectures.04-04-2013
20130034067MOBILE STATION AND RADIO BASE STATION - A mobile station UE according to the present invention comprises an RACH procedure unit 12 configured to attempt to detect an RA response for an RA preamble only through a DL carrier corresponding to an UL carrier, from among a plurality of DL carriers, when the mobile station performs CA and has transmitted the RA preamble through the UL carrier.02-07-2013
20130034076METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL - Embodiments addressing MAC processing for efficient use of high throughput systems are disclosed. In one aspect, an apparatus comprises a first layer for receiving one or more packets from one or more data flows and for generating one or more first layer Protocol Data Units (PDUs) from the one or more packets. In another aspect, a second layer is deployed for generating one or more MAC frames based on the one or more MAC layer PDUs. In another aspect, a MAC frame is deployed for transmitting one or more MAC layer PDUs. The MAC frame may comprise a control channel for transmitting one or more allocations. The MAC frame may comprise one or more traffic segments in accordance with allocations.02-07-2013
20130034078METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR TRANSMISSION OF MULTIPLE MODULATED SIGNALS OVER WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method and apparatus for requesting and allocating bandwidth in a broadband wireless communication system. The inventive method and apparatus includes a combination of techniques that allow a plurality of CPEs to communicate their bandwidth request messages to respective base stations. The CPE is responsible for distributing the allocated uplink bandwidth in a manner that accommodates the services provided by the CPE. By using a combination of bandwidth allocation techniques, the present invention advantageously makes use of the efficiency benefits associated with each technique.02-07-2013
20130034070METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL ESTIMATION FOR RADIO LINK BETWEEN A BASE STATION AND A RELAY STATION - A method and apparatus for channel estimation for radio link between a base station and a relay station in a radio communication system are disclosed. A method for receiving a downlink signal at a relay node in a wireless communication system, the method comprising receiving downlink control information by demodulating a R-PDCCH of a first RB pair based on a downlink channel estimated by a DMRS in the first resource block (RB) pair; and receiving downlink data by demodulating a PDSCH of the one or more RB pairs contiguous to the first RB pair based on a downlink channel estimated by a DMRS in the one or more RB pairs, wherein, if the PDSCH is assigned to the first RB pair, the downlink channel is estimated on the assumption that the same precoder is applied to one RB bundle including the first RB pair and the one or more RB pairs.02-07-2013
20130034077BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication apparatus capable of minimizing the degradation in separation characteristic of a code multiplexed response signal. In this apparatus, a control part (02-07-2013
20130034075MAC Packet Data Unit Construction for Wireless System - A method for wireless communication using MAC PDUs. The method includes determining one or more characteristics of a service flow and selecting on the basis of the one or more characteristics a MAC PDU header type among a plurality of MAC PDU header types. The service flow data is encapsulated in MAC PDUs with a header of the selected type. The MAC PDUs with the encapsulated service flow data are then wirelessly transmitted. Also, a method for communication between a Base Station (BS) and a Subscriber Station (SS). The method includes generating at the BS a plurality of MAC PDU packets with a payload component holding service flow data and a plurality of MAC PDU packets without payload component, carrying control information. The method also includes transmitting wirelessly the MAC PDU packets with the payload component and the MAC PDU packets with the control information to the SS.02-07-2013
20130034072METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK SIGNAL - The present invention relates to a method and a device for receiving a downlink control signal in a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a device and a method for receiving control information, the method comprising the following steps: receiving a subframe which includes two slots; executing a blind decoding for a first control channel in the control channel search region within a first slot; decoding a second control channel using a specific resource within a second slot when the first control channel has been detected; and executing a blind decoding for the second control channel in the control channel search region within the second slot when the first control channel has not been detected.02-07-2013
20130034073COMMUNICATION METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE ASSIGNMENT, AND BASE STATION, USER EQUIPMENT AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT THEREIN - A communication system in which a base station apparatus and a user equipment communicate on multiple component carriers comprising primary component carrier and non-primary component carrier, the base station apparatus, transmits, to the user equipment, four indices for physical uplink control channel resource using higher layer signaling, transmits, to the user equipment, an index indicator using transmission power control command for physical uplink control channel field, the user equipment, determines an index among the four indices according to the index indicator, transmits, to the base station apparatus, HARQ-ACK/NACK using physical uplink control channel resource the index, wherein the transmission power control command for physical uplink control channel field is included in a downlink control information format, which is used to schedule a physical downlink shared channel on the non-primary component carrier.02-07-2013
20130034074METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING A SIGNAL FROM A BASE STATION HAVING A PLURALITY OF ANTENNAS - In a communication system including a base station having a plurality of antennas, a first terminal supporting a first antenna system and a second terminal supporting a second antenna system, at least one of the first or second terminal acquires information that is contained in a signal received from the base station through a first wireless resource region and a second wireless resource region. The first terminal acquires the information contained in the first and second wireless resource regions through a signal transmitted by an antenna in a first group among the plurality of antennas. The second terminal acquires the information contained in the first wireless resource region through a signal transmitted by an antenna in the first group, and the information contained in the second wireless resource region through a signal transmitted by an antenna in the first group and/or in a second group among the plurality of antennas.02-07-2013
20130034068INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - Wideband transmission is performed efficiently using spectrum aggregation. When performing information transmission using spectrum aggregation that aggregates frequency spectra which are non-contiguous and in different frequency bands, first information requiring communication quality is allocated to an anchor spectrum with small path loss among different frequency spectra used for information transmission and transmitted to a mobile station apparatus (UE), and second information requiring lower communication quality than the first information is allocated to a payload spectrum having large path loss and transmitted to the mobile station apparatus (UE).02-07-2013
20130034071UPLINK SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD USING CONTENTION-BASED IDENTIFIERS - The present invention discloses various methods and apparatuses for allocating identifiers and resources associated with a contention-based uplink channel and using the identifiers and resources. An uplink (UL) signal transmission method using a contention-based identifier (CB identifier) according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises a step in which user equipment receives, from a base station, a first message containing a CD identifier (CB-RNTI); a step in which the user equipment receives, from the base station, a second message containing information on the allocation of the contention-based uplink (CB UL) channel associated with the CB identifier; and a step in which the user equipment transmits an UL signal to the base station via the CB UL channel.02-07-2013
20130034069MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS CONTROL PROGRAM - When a mobile station apparatus capable of being connected to a base station apparatus by using a plurality of frequency bands performs an uplink transmission, the mobile station apparatus selects the optimum combination among the combinations of a plurality of frequency bands and uplink transmission methods, and performs the uplink transmission. The mobile station apparatus aggregates a plurality of cells to connect the same to a base station apparatus and requests, from the base station apparatus, an uplink radio resource required to transmit uplink data. The mobile station apparatus selects, based on a first condition, an uplink for making a radio resource request using a random access channel from the plurality of cells, and selects, based on a second condition, either the radio resource request using the random access channel or the transmission of uplink data using an uplink radio resource common to other mobile station apparatuses.02-07-2013
20130034066RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE TERMINAL DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - To provide a radio base station apparatus, mobile terminal device and wireless communication method for enabling the SRS to be used efficiently in an LTE-A system, a wireless communication method of the invention is characterized in that a radio base station apparatus performs OFDM modulation on a transmission signal including transmission information on sounding reference signals for each transmission antenna, and transmits the OFDM-modulated transmission signal, and that a mobile terminal device receives the signal including the transmission information, controls a transmission aspect of the sounding reference signals for each transmission antenna based on the transmission information, and transmits the sounding reference signals in the transmission aspect for each transmission antenna.02-07-2013
20130077596Method and System for Processing an Uplink Control Signaling Feedback - The present invention provides a method and system for processing an uplink control signaling feedback. The method comprises: a base station configuring a feedback mode of an uplink control signaling for user equipment, wherein the feedback mode is used for instructing the user equipment a manner in which to transmit the uplink control signaling on a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) and/or a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH); and the user equipment sending the uplink control signaling according to the feedback mode. By way of the present invention, it is ensured that the base station can correctly demodulate the uplink control signaling.03-28-2013
20100046462WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Wireless communication arrangements including: performing scheduling of transmitting signal to each of the mobile stations so that interference of radio waves sent from each of the remote units to each of the mobile stations can be suppressed based on priority level of the mobile station and the interference area information; generating information to control the direction-variable antenna of each of the plurality of remote units, so that the corresponding remote unit forms beam according to scheduling result; and transmitting the information to control the direction-variable antenna to the plurality of remote units.02-25-2010
20100046461METHOD AND SYSTEM OF MANAGING CONTROL INFORMATION - The present disclosure relates to the management of control information in a multi-user multi-input multi-output system with a base unit and one or more user units, where respective user unit sends an index representing a vector from a user codebook belonging to the user unit. The base unit co-schedules compatible user units to simultaneously share one time-frequency recourse by selecting a precoding matrix from a transmitter codebook based on the indices received from co-scheduled user units, according to a predefined function. The base unit transmits control information regarding selected precoding matrix to each co-scheduled user unit. The predefined function is known to each user unit and the control information to each user unit only contains information on the index from every other user unit.02-25-2010
20100046456METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA OF RADIO BEARER HAVING PRIORITY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of allocating resources in a wireless communication system including configuring priorities for a plurality of logical channels according to a first criterion, wherein each of the plurality of logical channels has each priority and allocating resources to a subset of the plurality of logical channels according to a second criterion to transfer data through a transport channel, wherein the subset of the plurality of logical channels is configured with same priority. It is possible to reliably provide various services through a method of processing radio bearers having the equal priorities.02-25-2010
20100046455METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SWITCHING BETWEEN A BASE CHANNEL AND A 60 GHZ CHANNEL - A method for switching between channels on different bands is described. Communication with a wireless device occurs on a base channel. A channel switch request is sent to the wireless device. An acknowledgment is received from the wireless device. Communication with the wireless device switches to a 60 GHz channel.02-25-2010
20100046454METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR REQUESTING AND ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN MULTIPLE TRANSMISSION OPPORTUNITIES - In accordance with a method for scheduling transmission opportunities (TXOPs) in a wireless communications system, a subscriber station may send a request-to-send multiple (RTSM) frame to an access point. The access point may allocate resources for multiple TXOPs based on the RTSM frame. The access point may send a clear-to-send multiple (CTSM) frame.02-25-2010
20100046453METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR FRAME EXCHANGE FOR SDMA UPLINK DATA - Certain embodiments provide a method for scheduling simultaneous transmissions of data from multiple wireless nodes in a wireless communications system.02-25-2010
20100046452METHOD FOR GENERATING/ALLOCATING TEMPORARY ADDRESS IN WIRELESS BROADBAND ACCESS NETWORK AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCE BASED ON THE SAME - Provided a method for generating/allocating a temporary address in a wireless broadband access network, a method for allocating radio resource based on the same, and a computer-readable recording medium recording a program for realizing the methods. The method for generating the temporary address in the wireless broadband access network, includes the steps of: receiving a router advertisement message in a portable subscriber station; acquiring service flow identification (ID) based on a temporary address allocation guidance parameter of the router advertisement message in the portable subscriber station; and generating a wireless broadband Internet (WiMAX/Mobile WiMAX) temporary address based on the service flow ID in the portable subscriber station.02-25-2010
20100046451COMMUNICATION METHOD, BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND MOBILE TERMINAL - In accordance with the present invention, in a case of using persistent scheduling, when detecting a transition from a talk state to a silent state, resources to be allocated during a silent state are allocated to a channel exclusive for silent period, and the resources which have been allocated to a mobile terminal during the talk spurt are released. Therefore, the useless allocation of resources can be reduced, and the throughput of the system can be improved.02-25-2010
20100046450COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD OF COMMUNICATION THAT BONDS COMMUNICATION CHANNELS TOGETHER - A wireless device (02-25-2010
20100046449WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of allocating frequency channels in a wireless communication system comprising commo n channel framework enabled stations, said method comprising: —using by said common channel framework enabled stations a common frequency channel at common time intervals in order to determine a communication frequency channel on which a pair of common channel framework enabled stations will be allowed to exchange data frames, —periodically changing the common frequency channel at the beginning of each common time interval.02-25-2010
20100046448Single Bit Segmentation Indicator - Data units according to the first transmission format are divided into data units according to the second transmission format. A single-bit segmentation indicator inserted into the header of a data unit according to the second transmission format indicates whether the data unit according to the first transmission format ends in a data unit according to the second transmission format.02-25-2010
20100046460METHOD OF TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting uplink control signals in a wireless communication system includes preparing a ACK/NACK resource for transmitting the ACK/NACK signal for HARQ of downlink data on an uplink control channel, preparing a scheduling request resource for transmitting a scheduling request and the ACK/NACK signal on the uplink control channel in one subframe, and transmitting the ACK/NACK signal on the uplink control channel configured by the scheduling request resource for the positive transmission of the scheduling request and transmitting the ACK/NACK signal on the uplink control channel configured by the ACK/NACK resource for negative transmission of the scheduling request.02-25-2010
20100046459CHANNEL ARRANGEMENT METHOD AND RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE - Provided is a radio communication base station device which can prevent lowering of use efficiency of a channel communication resource for performing a frequency diversity transmission when simultaneously performing a frequency scheduling transmission and the frequency diversity transmission in a multicarrier communication. In the device, a modulation unit (02-25-2010
20100046458Methods and Apparatus for Operating a Wireless Communications System - A wireless communications system comprising at least one network station and a plurality of subscriber stations. As part of a network access procedure, a number of the subscriber stations selecting a time slot from a plurality of predefined time slots and transmitting an individual code to the network station in the selected time slot. At the network station, receiving and decoding the codes and broadcasting a preliminary decoding status report to the subscriber stations and broadcasting a detailed decoding status report associated with each time slot in which one or more codes were decoded successfully. At a subscriber station which transmitted a code, identifying successful decoding if the preliminary decoding status indicator associated with the time slot in which subscriber station transmitted its code comprises a positive indicator, and if the detailed decoding status report associated with that positive indicator identifies the code transmitted by the subscriber station.02-25-2010
20100046447BEACON SYMBOL ORTHOGONALIZATION - Beacon symbols are sent periodically from the base stations in an OFDM system. The entire power of the base station, or a large portion of it is concentrated in these symbols, thus they are very easily recognized by the mobile stations. The frequencies upon which these symbols are transmitted and the time at which they are transmitted communicates information such as the base station/sector identity and the preferred carrier of the given base station/sector to the mobile station. In order to avoid collision between the beacon symbols of different base stations and sectors, the beacon symbols from different base stations/sectors are transmitted at different symbols times and on different subcarriers.02-25-2010
20100046457METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING WIRELESS TRANSMISSIONS - Certain embodiments provide a method for scheduling packet transmissions in a wireless communications with stations that support spatial division multiple access (SDMA) transmissions. The method generally includes receiving channel state training signals from a plurality of wireless network nodes, constructing a schedule for uplink and downlink packet transmissions for the nodes based on the channel state training signals, and communicating the schedule to the nodes.02-25-2010
20100046439ANTENNA-AWARE METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING PACKETS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method for transmitting packets in a wireless communication network includes taking into consideration an antenna mode prior to transmission. The method includes determining a transmit antenna mode for a transmission between the node and at least one other node; when the transmit antenna mode is omni-directional, broadcasting a transmission schedule for the transmission omni-directionally; and when the transmit antenna is beamforming directional, broadcasting a transmission schedule for the transmission directionally on one or more transmitter beams. The method optionally can also take into consideration an antenna mode of a receive antenna between the node.02-25-2010
20100046445DOWNLINK MIMO TRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD AND BASE STATION APPARATUS - A method of controlling downlink transmission from a base station having multiple antennas to a mobile station having multiple antennas includes the steps of applying open loop-type MIMO diversity to one or more common control channels, an MBMS channel, and an L1/L2 control channel; and applying closed loop-type MIMO multiplexing and/or MIMO diversity to a shared data channel.02-25-2010
20100046444SCHEDULING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A method of scheduling wireless communication for one or more data flows, wherein, for each data flow, there is: a corresponding queue to store data of that data flow; one or more quality-of-service parameters associated with that data flow; and a flow type associated with that data flow, there being a plurality of possible flow types; wherein the method comprises, during each time frame of a sequence of time frames, the steps of: maintaining, for each of the plurality of possible flow types, a queue list that identifies the queues corresponding to data flows of that flow type; and processing the queue lists in a predetermined order, in which processing a queue list comprises, for each queue identified in that queue list, attempting to schedule the communication of data stored on that queue during a current time frame in dependence upon the one or more quality-of-service parameters associated with the corresponding data flow and an amount of bandwidth available for the wireless communication during the current time frame.02-25-2010
20100046443ADDRESSING SCHEMES FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - In an addressing scheme for wireless communication a communication channel may be defined based on a unique identifier associated with a destination node or a source node. In addition, a short identifier may be included in messages sent over the communication channel such that a node may uniquely identify the source node or destination node for the message. A node may use a short identifier as an index into a lookup table to determine one or more parameters to be used for communicating with another node.02-25-2010
20100046442METHOD OF CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION PARAMETER CHANGE AND RADIO BASE STATION - A disclosed method of controlling a change of a transmission parameter including the steps of generating a control data unit which does not include a specification of the change timing for changing a parameter value of the transmission parameter for which processing all within a certain layer or sublayer is possible; transmitting the control data unit only in a first half of a transmission frame; and conducting transmission and/or reception, at a timing of a frame following a frame in which the control data unit was transmitted, based on the changed transmission parameter.02-25-2010
20100046441POWER AND RESOURCE EFFICIENT APPDU BASED APPROACH WITH SCHEDULED BLOCK ACKS FOR WLAN - Disclosed are methods and apparatuses for communications by which a data packet is generated for transmission to a node, or by which a data packet is received from a node, the data packet including a header and data, wherein a channel designation for a node to send an acknowledgement to an apparatus or a transmitting node is embedded in the header of the data packet.02-25-2010
20100046440METHOD AND SYSTEM ENABLING USE OF WHITE SPACE RADIO SPECTRUM USING AN OUT OF BAND CONTROL CHANNEL02-25-2010
20090116438DIVISION OF THE SCHEDULING ALGORITHM INTO BACKGROUND AND FOREGROUND ALGORITHMS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate dividing scheduling algorithms into background and foreground aspects capable of simultaneously servicing a multiplicity of disparate flows in wideband communications networks. The systems provided herein arbitrarily select prospective time horizons, generate optimal bandwidth allocation targets based on a plurality of flows observed by the system, and utilizes the optimal bandwidth targets to assign flows to users over the entirety of the prospective time horizon.05-07-2009
20130077578SIGNALING OF OTHER-CELL SIGNAL'S CONFIGURATION INFORMATION TO FACILITATE INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION AT A MOBILE TERMINAL - In MU-MIMO scenarios, a target mobile terminal can be exposed to data streams intended for other mobile terminals. If the target mobile terminal is capable of interference cancellation, then a serving base station can provide the target mobile terminal with interference information so that the target mobile terminal can efficiently cancel interferences due to these interfering data streams. The interference information includes one or more configuration information, each of which characterizes a related interfering data stream. The serving base station provides the interference information over one or more radio resources that are exclusive allocated to the target mobile terminal or are allocated for common listening. The serving base station exchanges configuration information with neighboring base stations over inter-BS links. The inter-BS links use resources that are different from the radio resources used between the base stations and the mobile terminals.03-28-2013
20130034063COMBINATIONS OF SPACE-DIVERSITY, FREQUENCY-DIVERSITY AND ADAPTIVE-CODE-MODULATION - A method of communicating bi-directionally over a wireless communication system including sending data from a first location, from a first antenna, over a first plurality of signals at different frequencies, to a second plurality of spatially separated antennas at a second location, each of the second plurality of spatially separated antennas feeding a corresponding transmitter/receiver of a plurality of transmitter/receivers at the second location. A method of communicating over a wireless communication system including transmitting same data from a first location, using each one of a plurality of Adaptive Coding and Modulation (ACM) signals at different frequencies, to receivers corresponding to each one of the frequencies at a second location, receiving the transmitted signals, and combining the received signals. Related apparatus and methods are also described.02-07-2013
20130034064APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR UE-SPECIFIC DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNAL SCRAMBLING - A user equipment (UE) is configured to communicate with a plurality of base stations in a wireless network. The UE includes a processor that receive a downlink grant scheduling a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) for the UE, the downlink grant being transmitted in a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) or an enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH). The processor also receives UE-specific demodulation reference signals (UE-RS) provided for demodulation of the PDSCH, wherein the UE-RS are scrambled according to a scrambling sequence initialized with an initialization value c02-07-2013
20130034065METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ESTABLISHING A CONNECTION BETWEEN NETWORK ELEMENTS - Establishing or handling a connection between a first and a second network element connected to different networks such as GPRS/UMTS and IP-based networks is disclosed. The connection is established of via at least one a third network element such as a SGSN or GGSN arranged in one of the networks. The third network element is adapted to send, when receiving information on an establishment of a connection, a request to a fourth network element which may be a Call State Control Function, a Policy Control Function, or a Call Processing Server. The request requests permission for establishing a type of connection, or requests a check of a connection parameter, and specifies the first and/or second network element and/or the connection or connection type to be established. The fourth network element returns a response specifying a permission for establishing a connection or connection type, or a connection parameter.02-07-2013
20130034062UPLINK TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides an uplink transmission method and apparatus in a wireless communication system. A terminal receives an uplink resource allocation from a base station; and transmits uplink transmission blocks to a PUSCH (physical uplink shared channel) by using the uplink resource allocation. The uplink resource allocation indicates an allocated RBs (resource blocks) within a subframe that includes a plurality of RBs. The subframe is divided into at least one PUCCH (physical uplink control channel) area for PUCCHs and a plurality of PUSCH (physical uplink shared channel) area for PUSCHs, wherein the PUCCH area is arranged between the plurality of PUSCH regions.02-07-2013
20130034061REVERSE DIRECTION PROTOCOL IMPLEMENTATION - A responder endpoint establishes a reverse direction communication channel from the responder to an initiator. To that end, the responder endpoint receives a reverse direction grant indicator and determines when primary data is not ready to be sent to the initiator. In response, the responder transmits to the initiator, within a predetermined response time for establishing the reverse direction communication channel, a continuation frame comprising a continuation indicator that indicates that reverse direction communication channel should persist. In one implementation, the continuation frame includes at least one control field including the continuation indicator, but no data payload field.02-07-2013
20130089049METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BEACON SCHEDULING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A first device to enter a wireless network actively performs a connection request by transmitting a connection request message, and a second device, having received the connection request message, sets a candidate slot value and transmits a candidate superframe slot notification message corresponding thereto to the first device. Accordingly, the first device performs beacon scheduling that allocates a superframe slot according to a candidate slot value.04-11-2013
20120207098SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING APPLICATION UPDATES ACROSS A WIRELESS INTERFACE - The present invention is directed to a system and method for managing connections between a mobile device and a network server over a single connection in a bandwidth-efficient manner. In one embodiment, a single persistent wireless interface connection is maintained in a manner that allows for multiplexing several services over that connection in a dynamic service priority manner. Each type of data that is to be communicated across the air interface has a priority associated therewith. By managing the data transfer in accordance with its priority, the bandwidth of the total data transfer across the interface is managed so as to conserve battery life and minimize the bandwidth required at any point in time. From time to time, the priority of any given type of data can be adjusted dynamically depending upon several factors. Thus, it is possible to delay certain data transfers in favor of other data transfers, thereby conserving bandwidth and battery life.08-16-2012
20100103894METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAPPING RESOURCE UNIT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for mapping a resource unit in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes obtaining a frequency partition (FP) count (FPCT), an size of FPi (FPS) for i>0, and subband (SB) count of FPi (FPSC) for i>0 (where FPi is an i04-29-2010
20100103893SPATIAL DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and system for wireless communication in a network of wireless devices, is disclosed. The network includes multiple stations (STAs) and an access point (AP). Each wireless device includes plural antennas. In one embodiment, multiple stations accessing the access point at the same time using a spatial division multiple access (SDMA) protocol. The SDMA protocol involves performing an iterative antenna training process for obtaining principle singular vectors for beamforming communication over a wireless channel without explicit knowledge of the channel.04-29-2010
20100103885METHOD AND APPARATUS OF DAYNAMIC BANDWIDTH MANAGMENT - A wireless communication device, a wireless communication system and a method of transmitting by a piconet controller (PNC) a poll request frame using beamforming techniques to one or more devices, wherein the poll request frame includes a time offset for sending a poll response frame by the device. The PNC receives the poll response frame with a channel bandwidth allocation request and dynamically allocating a channel bandwidth to the one or more devices according to the channel bandwidth allocation request.04-29-2010
20100103891USER APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A user apparatus transmits an uplink control signal to a base station apparatus using a single carrier scheme. The user apparatus includes: a unit configured to prepare acknowledgement information indicating positive acknowledgement or negative acknowledgement for a downlink data signal based on a result of demodulation of the downlink data signal; a unit configured to prepare channel state information indicating reception quality of a downlink reference signal; a unit configured to channel-code multiplexed control information in which the acknowledgement information and the channel state information are multiplexed to prepare the uplink control signal; and a unit configured to transmit the uplink control signal using dedicated resources different from resources for an uplink data signal.04-29-2010
20100103884BROADBAND DATA COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK WITH BACK-UP GATEWAYS, AND ASSOCIATED METHODS - A broadband data communications network includes mobile wireless communications devices, base stations, and a master access gateway for operating using a full data set for controlling broadband data communications between the base stations and the mobile wireless communications devices. A back-up gateway is coupled to a given one of the base stations for communicating with the master access gateway for generating a data subset from the full data set for the given base station and associated mobile wireless communications devices when communications between the given base station and the master access gateway is available. When communications is unavailable, then the back-up gateway operates using the data subset for controlling broadband data communications between the given base station and associated mobile wireless communications devices.04-29-2010
20100103890BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER APPARATUS, AND METHOD USED IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A base station apparatus in a mobile communications system which uses orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) for downlink is disclosed. The base station includes a unit which generates a first signal; a unit which generates a second signal; a unit which multiplexes the first signal and the second signal to map the multiplexed signals to a sub-carrier to generate a transmit symbol; and a mapping determining unit which determines a position of mapping the second signal to the sub-carrier, wherein the mapping determining unit determines the mapping position based on a cell ID or cell group ID, and a mapping pattern defined with a sequence having two-stage structure.04-29-2010
20100103888CIRCUIT SWITCHING USER AGENT SYSTEM, COMMUNICATING DEVICE, AND SERVICE PROVIDING METHOD USED THEREFOR - A circuit switching user agent system includes a service processing device arranged in a home network of an IMS (IP Multimedia Subsystem)/MMD (Multi-Media Domain). The circuit switching user agent system also includes a communication device arranged in a visited network where a mobile terminal has visited, the communication device having a function of interconversion between a UNI (User-Network Interface) signal in a circuit switching network to which the mobile terminal is connected and a signal used in the IMS/MMD.04-29-2010
20100098017Virtually Centralized Uplink Scheduling - A method of scheduling uplink transmissions from a plurality of source user equipments to a base station is disclosed. The method comprises the steps of determining the amount of data in the data buffer of each of the user equipments, comparing the amount of data in the data buffers of the user equipments to obtain, for each user equipment, a relative indicator, the relative indicator indicating how full that user equipment's data buffer is in comparison to the data buffers of the other user equipments, and scheduling uplink transmissions in dependence on the relative indicators. In this way, each user equipment is given some knowledge of the state of the buffer in the other user equipments. The user equipments are therefore able to make more efficient scheduling decisions. This can improve the throughput and give lower packet delivery delays.04-22-2010
20100098003Packet Scheduling - A method of scheduling packets in a mobile communication system includes, in each time period, assigning to each bearer of a terminal, a credit. In each time period for which resources are available, accepting data packets from a bearer in accordance with predefined constraints of priority, buffer content and credit. An accepted data packet size may exceed the available credit by an amount in a predefined range.04-22-2010
20090279490TERRESTRIAL BASED HIGH SPEED DATA COMMUNICATIONS MESH NETWORK - This present invention is a network for providing high speed data communications. The network includes multiple terrestrial transmission stations that are located within overlapping communications range and a mobile receiver station. The terrestrial transmission stations provide a continuous and uninterrupted high speed data communications link with the mobile receiver station according to Long Term Evolution (LTE) terrestrial radio access network protocol in a mesh network configuration.11-12-2009
20090161612METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SUBCARRIER ALLOCATION IN RELAY ENHANCED CELLULAR SYSTEMS WITH RESOURCE REUSE - A method and system for assigning subcarrier frequency resource for a relay enhanced cellular communication system including a base station, one or more mobile stations and one or more relay stations, is provided. Subcarrier assignment involves allocating subcarriers to one or more relay communication links between the base station and relay stations, to accommodate minimum data rate requirements of the access communication links; and allocating subcarriers to one or more access communication links between relay stations and mobile stations to approximate the data rates achieved on the corresponding relay communication links, wherein allocating subcarriers to one or more access communication links includes reusing subcarriers among access communication links in different relay cells.06-25-2009
20100111028DOWNLINK RECEPTION INDICATION METHOD IN PACKET BASED MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method for indicating a mobile station maintaining radio resource control (RRC) connection but not maintaining uplink physical layer synchronization to receive downlink signals when packet data to be transmitted to the mobile station are generated to thereby make the mobile station start uplink signal transmission. The method includes: (a) allocating a random access preamble index and generating a downlink signal reception indication message including the allocated random access preamble index in a base station; (b) transmitting the generated downlink signal reception indication message to the mobile station; (c) forming a response message to random access, when a preamble signal designated by the random access preamble index is transmitted from the mobile station in response to the downlink signal reception indication message; and (d) transmitting the response message to random access to the mobile station to thereby control uplink physical layer synchronization.05-06-2010
20100111019METHOD AND RELATED COMMUNICATION DEVICE FOR PARAMETER RECONFIGURATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method for reconfiguring a parameter of a medium access control layer for a mobile device of a wireless communication system includes, when a radio resource control dedicated signaling for reconfiguration of the parameter is received during activation of the parameter, starting to apply the reconfiguration of the parameter at next opportunity corresponding to the parameter.05-06-2010
20100111024METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FEEDING BACK AND RECEIVING ACKNOWLEDGEMENT INFORMATION OF SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING DATA PACKETS - The present invention relates to radio communications, and discloses a method and apparatus for feeding back and receiving acknowledgment (ACK) information of semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) data packets. The method for feeding back ACK information of SPS data packets includes: receiving an uplink downlink assignment index (UL DAI) from a base station (BS), where the value of the UL DAI indicates the number of downlink data packets (N); mapping ACKs/NAKs of k SPS data packets of the downlink data packets to positions from the (N−k+1)th ACK/NAK to the N05-06-2010
20100111023METHOD AND AN APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING CONTROL INFORMATION FOR MULTI-CARRIER UPLINK TRANSMISSION - A method and an apparatus for providing control information for multi-carrier uplink transmission are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may set a happy bit for enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) transmissions on each uplink carrier considering aggregated transmission capability over all uplink carriers. The happy bit is set to “unhappy” if the WTRU is transmitting as much scheduled data as allowed by a current serving grant, the WTRU has enough power available to transmit at a higher rate, and total E-DCH buffer status (TEBS) requires more than a pre-configured period to be transmitted with a current effective data rate aggregated over all uplink carriers. The WTRU may send scheduling information including power headroom measured on the anchor uplink carrier and/or power headroom measured on the supplementary uplink carrier. For power headroom measurements, the WTRU may initiate a short-lived dedicated physical control channel loop on the supplementary carrier.05-06-2010
20100111021SYSTEM AND METHOD OF RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND SCHEDULING AMONG BASE STATIONS - This invention pertains to wireless communications, specifically, methodology and algorithm to management resources and schedule users in a coordinated way among a group of base stations, such as Femtocells, Picocells, self-organized Basestations, Access Points (APs) or mesh network nodes, or among the basestations in a two tiered networks, to improve the performance for individual user, individual Basestation (BTS), the overall systems or all of above.05-06-2010
20100111013FREQUENCY SELECTION FOR FEMTO ACCESS POINT - Briefly, in accordance with one or more embodiments, a femto access point scans an area of a network to find a serving base station in the area, requests one or more physical link profiles from a network server on the network, receives one or more physical link profiles from the network server in response to the requesting, determines which one of the physical link profiles exhibit a lower amount of interference with the serving base station, and then operates with the physical link profile determined to exhibit a lower amount of interference with the serving base station.05-06-2010
20100111005APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNALS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to an apparatus and method for transmitting uplink signals in a wireless telecommunication system. According to the present invention, it is characterized that at least one uplink signal is allocated to other symbol duration for time dispersion in case a plurality of uplink signals are scheduled to be allocated to the same symbol duration of the uplink frame that the terminal transmits to the base station. Accordingly, the terminal can enhance the power spectral density of the uplink signal and the error rate can be reduced.05-06-2010
20100111002Method for Establishing a Packet Switched Call at a Dual Mode Access Terminal - A method for establishing a packet switched call at an access terminal, which is processing an established circuit switched call, enables a user to be informed that the packet switched call has been requested. The method comprises adding a call type indication to a call setup message in a serving network, where the call type indication indicates that the packet switched call is requested to be setup in a packet data radio access network in the serving network (step 05-06-2010
20100111001SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNAL DETECTION AND RECOVERY FROM FALSE TRIGGERS - A system and method for detecting a synchronization (sync) signal in a communication signal are disclosed. A received communication signal is stored in a memory and portions thereof are read from the memory and monitored to detect the sync signal. When a detected sync signal is determined to be invalid, previously read portions of the received communication signal, preferably beginning at a portion of the received signal immediately after a start of the detected sync signal, are again read and monitored to detect the sync signal. Such reading and monitoring of previously read portions of a received signal provide for recovery from so-called false triggering based on invalid sync signals.05-06-2010
20100110996Dynamic Fractional Frequency Reuse in OFDMA Networks - A method allocates resources in an orthogonal frequency-division multiple access (OFDMA) network including a set of base stations (BSs), and a set of mobile stations (MSs) for each BS. Each cell includes a center and edge zone. A node weighted constraint graph is constructed for the network. Maximal independent sets in the graph are searched as sub-channels are allocated to the MSs in edge zones. Remaining bandwidth is allocated to the MSs in the center zones. Power is assigned to the sub-channels so that inter-cell interference is minimized and traffic load is maximized.05-06-2010
20100110999TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL BASED ON RECEIVER GAIN SETTING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Techniques for performing transmit power control based on receiver gain setting in a wireless communication network are described. In an aspect, a terminal A may estimate pathloss to another terminal B, e.g., based on a peer discovery signal received from terminal B. Terminal A may then determine a transmit power level for a peer-to-peer (PTP) signal (e.g., a paging signal) based on the estimated pathloss, a receiver gain setting at terminal B, and a target received power level for the PTP signal. Terminal A may send the PTP signal at the determined transmit power level to terminal B. In another aspect, terminal B may use different receiver gain settings in different time intervals to receive PTP signals from other terminals. Terminal A may then select a suitable time interval to send the PTP signal based on the pathloss and the different receiver gain settings used by terminal B.05-06-2010
20100111014METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting a signal in a wireless communication system are disclosed. The signal transmission method includes generating encoded packet data for transmission on an uplink, setting distributed resources in a plurality of contiguous subframes, and transmitting at least part of the encoded packet data through the distributed resources to a base station. The distributed resources are interleaved on a subframe basis according to a permutation pattern and the permutation pattern is different for each subframe.05-06-2010
20120182946RATE MATCHING FOR COORDINATED MULTIPOINT TRANSMISSION SCHEMES - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques for determining resource elements REs used for Coordinated Multipoint (CoMP) transmission schemes. The techniques generally include determining, by a User Equipment (UE), a set of data REs used for Coordinated Multipoint (CoMP) operation. The determination is based on a CoMP scheme and data REs available to particular base stations involved in the CoMP operation. The technique further includes processing data received via the CoMP operation on the determined set of data REs.07-19-2012
20120182961METHOD FOR ALLOCATING FIXED RESOURCE IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for handling an error in a persistent resource allocation that is performed by a base station includes transmitting a first control message to a terminal, the first control message including persistent allocation information for transmission of an uplink data burst and determining whether the terminal has received the first control message. If a decoding of the uplink data burst, transmitted by the terminal in a resource indicated by the first control message, has been successful, it is determined that the terminal has received the first control message.07-19-2012
20120182960METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REPORTING POWER HEADROOM REPORT (PHR) IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SCENCE - A method and system for reporting PHR in carrier aggregation scenarios are disclosed. The method includes: UE encapsulating UE specific PH and/or UL CC specific PH that need to be reported into a same PHR according to a preset order, and meanwhile encapsulating indication information that indicates whether the UE specific PH and each UL CC specific PH are reported or not into the PHR, then sending the PHR to eNB; after receiving the PHR, the eNB analyzing the PHR to obtain the PH and indication information in the PHR, determining the type and quantity of the UE specific PH and/or each UL CC specific PH reported in the PHR according to the indication information and scene configured by eNB for the UE, and then extracting the UE specific PH and/or each UL CC specific PH from the PHR in combination with the preset order.07-19-2012
20120182959METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transceiving data in a wireless communication system. A method for receiving data in a wireless communication system according to one aspect of the present invention is configured such that a base station receives, from a mobile station, a signal including information and data on the transmission mode which the mobile station has selected in accordance with a channel status, and decodes the data in accordance with the transmission mode.07-19-2012
20120182958Reconfiguration of Active Component Carrier Set in Multi-Carrier Wireless Systems - In a multi-carrier wireless system, potential problems from reconfiguring mobile station resources to accommodate changes in component-carrier configuration are mitigated by inserting a guard period each time the configuration of component carriers changes, so that transceiver reconfiguration can be carried out without interfering with ongoing transmission. A base station is configured to transmit data to a mobile station according to a first configuration of two or more component carriers, to determine that a change of configuration to a second component-carrier configuration is required, and to signal the change of configuration to the mobile station, using the first configuration of component carriers. The base station then refrains from transmitting data to the mobile station during a pre-determined guard interval of at least one transmission-time interval subsequent to the signaling of the change of configuration. After the guard interval, data is transmitted to the mobile station according to the second component-carrier configuration.07-19-2012
20120182957METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method in which user equipment transmits a non-periodic sounding reference signal in a wireless communication system. In detail, the method comprises: a step of receiving a downlink control channel from a base station; a step of checking carrier indication field (CIF) information of a downlink control information (DCI) format contained in the downlink control channel; and a step of transmitting a non-periodic sounding reference signal to the base station in accordance with the CIF information, wherein said CIF information comprises a triggering message of the non-period sounding reference signal.07-19-2012
20120182956METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNALS - A method and apparatus for transmitting reference signals in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method and apparatus includes reference signal, RS, transmission in resource blocks supporting multiple antenna port transmission, at least one broadcast channel being provided in resource blocks belonging to a first set of resource blocks, a first number of reference signals being transmitted in at least one resource block supporting multiple antenna port transmission and a second number of reference signals being transmitted in at least one resource block belonging to a second set of resource blocks. Preferably, different resource elements, REs, are used for each reference signal in resource blocks. An example embodiment of reference signal support of, e.g., eight antenna ports is provided.07-19-2012
20120182955Multi-Network Shared Phy Layer - A system and method is provided for processing a physical (“PHY”) layer signal. Various aspects of the present invention may comprise receiving a PHY layer signal, analyzing a non-content characteristic of the PHY layer signal, and determining a communication protocol associated with the PHY layer signal. The PHY layer signal may be processed according to the communication protocol to obtain a processed PHY layer signal. In one embodiment, when the communication protocol is a first communication protocol, the PHY layer signal may be processed according to the first communication protocol. When the communication protocol is a second communication protocol, the PHY layer signal may be processed according to the second communication protocol. The processed PHY layer signal may be outputted.07-19-2012
20120182954METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR FAST SESSION TRANSFER FOR MULTIPLE FREQUENCY BAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Devices, systems and methods to provide session transfer between a pair of multiband stations by a fast session transfer (FST) setup protocol. For example, a method may include transferring, by a first wireless communications device (STA07-19-2012
20120182953Mobile Communication System, Base Station Device and Frequency Allocation Method for Mobile Communication System - In a base station device 07-19-2012
20120182952FRAMING FOR AN ADAPTIVE MODULATION COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system and method for mapping a combined frequency division duplexing (FDD) Time Division Multiplexing (TDM)/Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA) downlink subframe for use with half-duplex and full-duplex terminals in a communication system. Embodiments of the downlink subframe vary Forward Error Correction (FEC) types for a given modulation scheme as well as support the implementation of a smart antennae at a base station in the communication system. Embodiments of the system are also used in a TDD communication system to support the implementation of smart antennae. A scheduling algorithm allows TDM and TDMA portions of a downlink to efficiently co-exist in the same downlink subframe and simultaneously support full and half-duplex terminals.07-19-2012
20120182951RADIO BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION - A radio base station eNB according to the present invention includes: a synchronization signal transmission unit 07-19-2012
20120182949MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station apparatus which communicates with a base station apparatus using a plurality of component carriers, transmits uplink control information to the base station apparatus using a single physical uplink control channel in a plurality of uplink component carriers, regardless of whether or not a plurality of physical uplink control channels is assigned by the base station apparatus and, when each physical uplink shared channel of the plurality of uplink component carriers including a first uplink component carrier on which the uplink control information is transmitted using the physical uplink control channel is assigned in the same subframe by the base station apparatus, transmits the uplink control information to the base station apparatus using the physical uplink shared channel of the first uplink component carrier.07-19-2012
20120182948Wireless Data Communications - A wireless data communications method and transmitter are disclosed. A transmitter (07-19-2012
20100322178METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING A DEDICATED REFERENCE SIGNAL - A method for generating a Dedicated Reference Signal (DRS) is provided, which includes generating a Reference Signal (RS) sequence of each antenna port, spreading each RS sequence and obtaining an spread RS sequence, multiplying each spread RS sequence by a predefined scrambling code and obtaining a desired DRS sequence. An apparatus for generating a DRS is also provided. The problem of the imbalance of the power of OFDM symbols is cured, and DRS interference between different cells can be randomized.12-23-2010
20100322172METHOD FOR AVOIDING FALSE RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE COMPLETION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RELATED COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method for avoiding false random access procedure completion for a UE in a connected mode of a wireless communication system includes when a random access response is received and the random access response includes an UL grant, selecting a HARQ process for a scheduled message and transmitting the scheduled message according to the UL grant; after the scheduled message is transmitted, when an UL grant associated with the HARQ process is received on a PDCCH addressed to a C-RNTI of the UE and an NDI received on the PDCCH indicates that the UL grant addressed to the C-RNTI is for a new transmission, verifying whether a TB size and a MCS with the UL grant addressed to the C-RNTI are valid; and when the TB size or the MCS with the UL grant addressed to the C-RNTI is invalid, ignoring the UL grant and continuing the random access procedure.12-23-2010
20100322166MULTI-USER MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a method for enhanced multi-user multiple input multiple output (MU-MIMO) wireless communications. The proposed method may reduce and/or eliminate stringent frequency and time synchronization requirements for stations (STAs) to participate in a downlink MU-MIMO transaction by utilizing deterministic scheduling.12-23-2010
20120263128Method, Apparatus and System for Implementing Carrier Aggregation - A method for implementing carrier aggregation is provided, which includes: the mobile terminal which establishes connection receives the carrier aggregation control information from a base station, and the carrier aggregation control information contains carrier identifiers and wireless resource configuration information of the target carriers for downlink work carrier aggregation; the mobile terminal confirms the target carriers according to the carrier identifiers and the wireless resource configuration information. The present invention also discloses the corresponding base station, the corresponding mobile terminal and the carrier aggregation implement system composed of the base station and the mobile terminal. The present invention enables the Time Division Duplex (TDD) terminal and the Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) terminal to aggregate the TDD carrier and the FDD carrier.10-18-2012
20090154418APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DYNAMIC RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for dynamic resource allocation in a wireless communication system are provided. A method of operating a Base Station (BS) includes configuring a bitmap to indicate whether radio resources are allocated to respective Access Terminals (ATs) according to resource scheduling, generating a resource allocation message including at least one of the configured bitmap, bit allocation information of the bitmap, and bit deallocation information of the bitmap, and transmitting the resource allocation message.06-18-2009
20090154417System and Method for Resource Scheduling - A component in a telecommunications system is provided. The component includes one or more processors configured to promote semi-persistent scheduling of a resource and to send a release message. The release message informing the user equipment to cease attempting to process data from the downlink portion. Also provided is user equipment comprising one or more processors configured to promote providing an indication that a request for an uplink resource is related to a voice over Internet Protocol call.06-18-2009
20090154416WIRELESS TERMINAL DEVICE AND METHOD OF ESTABLISHING COMMUNICATION CONNECTION WITH AN ACCESS POINT - A mobile terminal device includes a detector, a transceiver, an analyzer, an execution module, and a connection module. The detector generates a probing request signal. The transceiver receives signals sent from a plurality of access points (AP). The analyzer retrieves a plurality of Received signal strength Indications (RSSI) of the plurality of APs and workload of the plurality of APs by analyzing the signals. The execution module generates a plurality of indices of the plurality of APs based on an analysis results, and selects one of the plurality of indices as a best comprehensive index. The connection module establishes a connection between an AP corresponding to the best comprehensive index and the mobile terminal device.06-18-2009
20090154415SCHEDULING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROPORTIONAL RESOURCE ALLOCATION AMONG MOBILE VIRTUAL NETWORK OPERATORS - A scheduling apparatus and method for proportional resource allocation among Mobile Virtual Network Operators (MVNOs) are provided. The method includes, for each MVNO, allocating a dedicated resource of each MVNO to Quality of Service (QoS) traffic in consideration of priorities, for each MVNO, determining a presence or absence of unscheduled QoS traffic, and for MVNOs each of which has the unscheduled QoS traffic, allocating a common resource shared by all MVNOs to the unscheduled QoS traffic in consideration of priorities without distinguishing each MVNO. Accordingly, proportional resource allocation depending on a pre-set ratio can be guaranteed, efficiency of resource use can be improved, and QoS can be guaranteed.06-18-2009
20090154414EQUIPMENT AND METHOD FOR IMPROVING WORLDWIDE INTEROPERABILITY FOR MICROWAVE ACCESS (WIMAX) NETWORK CAPACITY - The invention relates to a Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WIMAX) network comprising at least one base station and at least one terminal. Said at least one base station, to send a signal to said at least one terminal, is able to split said signal into a plurality of WIMAX signals and send simultaneously said WIMAX signals through a plurality of channels with different frequency frames and wherein said at least one terminal is able to receive and process simultaneously said plurality of WIMAX signals.06-18-2009
20090154412Enhanced dynamical fast-feedback channel allocations - A method includes allocating channels in a fast-feedback channel region for a plurality of devices, and transmitting to the plurality of devices at least one bitmap defining fast-feedback uplink channel allocations for individual ones of the plurality of devices. In one embodiment a plurality of bitmaps are transmitted, the plurality of bit maps together informing individual ones of the plurality of devices of permission to use none, one or more than one particular fast-feedback channel. In this case each bitmap includes a plurality n of bit positions corresponding to n indices, where each device is identified by an associated one of the n indices, and where a bit at an index value p in a first bitmap and a bit at the same index value p in a second bitmap, when concatenated together, equal a number of fast-feedback uplink channels that are allocated to a particular device associated with the index value p.06-18-2009
20090154411TERMINAL APPARATUS, BASE STATION, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND PROGRAM STORAGE MEDIUM - A terminal apparatus includes: a reception unit configured to receive a signal from a base station; a channel estimation unit configured to estimate a state of a channel based on a received signal; a storage configured to store a codebook including channel state values; an index of search number acquisition unit configured to acquire index of search number of candidates to be selected from among the channel state values for a correlation calculation with the estimated state value; a candidate selecting unit configured to select candidates for which the correlation calculation should be performed from among the channel state values according to the index of search number; a correlation calculation unit configured to calculate a correlation between the estimated state value and each of selected candidates; a selection unit configured to select a candidate having a highest correlation value; and a reporting unit configured to report a selected candidate to the base station.06-18-2009
20090154410RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS IN DISTRIBUTED MAC FOR WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORKS - A method for allocating distributed Medium Access Control (MAC) resources in a Wireless Personal Area Network (WPAN) includes calculating an acknowledgement overhead; calculating a Medium Access Slot (MAS) overhead depending on a payload length of a frame; calculating a transfer rate; calculating a number of frame bits to be transmitted; and calculating a first number of MASs. Thereby, the method optimized a final number of MASs required per superframe. Further, a distributed MAC resource allocation apparatus includes a MAC client for determining a resource allocation scheme and an amount of resources, and for sending a request to a MAC resource management unit; a MAC physical layer for providing a received power level or the like to the MAC resource management unit; and the MAC resource management unit for determining a payload length or the like and for allocating wireless resources to devices connected to the WPAN.06-18-2009
20090154404PACKET COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE STATION, AND RADIO BASE STATION - A packet communication method includes: transmitting, from a mobile station to a radio base station through a random access channel, a random access request; allocating, at a radio base station, a packet access request transmission radio resource for transmitting, at the mobile station, a packet access request for requesting an initiation of a packet communication, from among radio resources allocated to uplink shared channels, in response to a receipt of the random access request; transmitting, at the radio base station, a response for notifying the receipt of the random access request and for notifying the packet access request transmission radio resource, to the mobile station through at least one of a downlink shared data channel and a downlink shared control channel corresponding to the random access channel; and transmitting, at the mobile station, the packet access request by using the packet access request transmission radio resource notified by the response.06-18-2009
20090154400RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLING METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER - When determination is made that a channel for high-speed downlink packet transmission is short in power by the calculation of power assigned to a downlink shared channel and an activity ratio of the power assigned to the downlink shared channel from transmission power of all the channels and transmission power of other channel than a downlink shared channel for high-speed downlink packet transmission, a total sum of transmission power of dedicated channels is reduced by lowering a rate of a connected dedicated channel for data reception, thereby increasing power assigned to the channel for high-speed downlink packet transmission.06-18-2009
20100111016METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PACKET DATA UNIT IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a mobile communication system, and in particular, to a method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a PDU including an Extension Bit field and a Length Indicator field in a UE or a Node B. A method for transmitting a PDU generated with more than two SDUs and a header having information on each SDU in a transmitter of a mobile communication system is provided. The method includes generating, in the header, a Length Indicator (LI) indicating an end point of each of remaining SDUs except for the last SDU and an Extension Bit indicating the presence/absence of another LI after each LI, and generating the header so that the LI succeeds the Extension Bit associated therewith; generating the PDU with the generated header and the SDUs; and transmitting the PDU.05-06-2010
20100040014SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING A CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION CHANNEL IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for requesting allocation of a Channel Quality Information Channel (CQICH) by a Mobile Station (MS) in a communication system. The method includes switching, by the MS, from a serving anchor Base Station (BS) to a target anchor BS, detecting an absence of a CQICH allocated from the target anchor BS, and transmitting, from the MS to the target anchor BS, a CQICH allocation request. The CQICH allocation request includes a CQICH allocation request header including a basic Connection IDentifier (CID) of the MS and a Header Check Sequence (HCS) for the CQICH allocation request header.02-18-2010
20100040011APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPTIONALLY USING SECONDARY FREQUENCY ASSIGNMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING MULTIPLE BAND - A broadband wireless communication system using multiple bands is provided. A method includes determining to stop using a first Secondary (S)-Frequency Assignment (FA) of one or more S-FAs while communicating with a correspondent node over a Primary (P)-FA and the one or more S-FAs, sending a first message which requests to suspend the first S-FA, to the correspondent node, communicating over at least one FA excluding the first S-FA, and when resumption of the first S-FA is determined, sending a second message which requests to resume the first S-FA.02-18-2010
20100040010APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING INFORMATION THROUGH FAST FEEDBACK CHANNEL IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for transmitting and receiving information through a fast feedback channel in a broadband wireless communications system are provided. The apparatus includes a generator for generating a quasi-orthogonal signal stream corresponding to a codeword to be fed back, a plurality of mappers for mapping the quasi-orthogonal signal stream to a plurality of bundles in the fast feedback channel by using different mapping patterns, and a transmitter for transmitting the quasi-orthogonal signal stream mapped to the plurality of bundles.02-18-2010
20100040009METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UTILIZING UNUSED RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate allocating uplink resources in a wireless access terminal. When a downlink transmission is received at a wireless device, the wireless device determines the appropriate control region to reserved based in part on the downlink transmission. Uplink data resources are also dynamically assigned.02-18-2010
20100040008NEAR COMPANION MODE - Two User Equipment (UE) operate in a Near Companion Mode (NCM), in which a monitoring UE (MUE) monitors an uplink transmission opportunity granted to its companion UE (CUE) on a shared uplink channel. If the CUE does not begin transmitting within a predetermined portion of its transmission opportunity, the MUE may utilize the transmission opportunity to transmit an uplink data packet. In one embodiment, where the CUE does not have data to transmit, it may transmit a predetermined pattern at the beginning of its transmission opportunity, to indicate to the MUE that the transmission opportunity is available. The MUE may transmit an NCM radio block using the entire symbol space associated with the last three of four bursts allocated to the CUE, or using a newly defined NCM format comprising four abbreviated bursts, using only a portion of the symbol space associated with the four bursts corresponding to the transmission opportunity allocated to the CUE.02-18-2010
20100040007Wireless Communication Device, Communication System, and Communication Control Method, and Program - A wireless communication device includes a control unit for performing a processing on communication data and a memory storing the communication data, in which the control unit performs a processing on data received via a direct link path and a path via a relay point, stores the data received via the respective paths in plural reorder buffers corresponding to the communication paths set in the memory, after a communication path switch decision processing, stores data from a new channel in a new channel reorder buffer and prohibits transfer to a higher-level layer, and when data indicating a trailing end frame is received from an existing channel, or a stand-by time elapses, or the data stored in the reorder buffer for the new channel reaches a specified threshold, performs a transfer processing for the data stored in the reorder buffer for the new channel to the higher-level layer.02-18-2010
20100040006VARIABLE COORDINATION PATTERN APPROACH FOR IMPROVING PERFORMANCE IN MULTI-CELL OR MULTI-ANTENNA ENVIRONMENTS - A method and apparatus is disclosed herein for verifying coordination patterns to improve performance in a multi-cell or multi-antenna environment. In one embodiment, the method comprises storing a set of predefined and different coordination patterns, where each coordination pattern specifies entities in the plurality of cells that are to coordinated together in their transmissions in each cluster of cells on different transmission resources defined for example in one or both time and frequency; and varying entities that coordinate with each other in their transmissions in each cluster of cells over transmission resources according to the predefined coordination patterns.02-18-2010
20100040005METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TRANSMITTING SCHEDULING REQUEST IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus of transmitting scheduling request (SR) in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes configuring a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) for a SR in a subframe, the subframe comprising a plurality of single carrier-frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) symbols, wherein one SC-FDMA symbol on the PUCCH is punctured and transmitting the SR on the PUCCH in the subframe.02-18-2010
20100040004MULTI-CARRIER GRANT DESIGN - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate assigning resources for an anchor carrier and an additional carrier with a grant message. The grant message communicated with an anchor carrier can include resource information a plurality of carriers. Moreover, the systems and methodologies that facilitate identifying control information for an anchor carrier and/or an additional carrier based upon an operating mode, wherein the operating mode is a legacy mode or an extended mode. Based on the operating mode, particular resources associated with control regions are monitored for control information for respective anchor carrier(s) or additional carrier(s).02-18-2010
20100040003RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE AND CONTROL SIGNAL MAPPING METHOD - Provided is a radio communication base station device which can reduce the number of judgment times for a control signal in a mobile station, thereby suppressing power consumption by the mobile station. The radio communication base station device (02-18-2010
20100040013WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND BASE STATION - Admission control wireless resources including abase station which obtains a down wireless resource available rate based on a down QoS requested bandwidth B02-18-2010
20100040000Apparatus and method for allocating preamble index of self configuration base station in broadband wireless communication system - Provided is an apparatus and method for allocating a preamble index of a Self-Configuration or Self-Configurable (SC) Base Station (BS) in a broadband wireless communication system. An SC BS apparatus in a broadband wireless communication system includes a detector, a controller, and a generator. The detector detects at least one preamble signal for preamble index allocation by using a signal received from at least one other BS. The controller requests information used by at least one other SC BS for preamble index allocation and allocates a preamble index for the SC BS by using the detection result of the preamble signal and the information received from the at least one other SC BS. The generator generates a preamble signal corresponding to the preamble index allocated by the controller.02-18-2010
20100039999METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING THE ASSIGNMENT OF RADIO RESOURCES OF A RADIO COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method of managing radio resources of a radio communications network, includes: upon receiving a new service request for a service to be provided, assessing whether there are radio resources of a first set, adapted to and available for satisfying the request, and: in the affirmative case, exploiting the available radio resources for satisfying the new service request; in the negative case: calculating an amount of the adapted radio resources to be set free for satisfying the service request; assessing whether there is at least one first already served service request that, at the time the new service request is received, is being served using the calculated amount of radio resources of the first set, and that can continue to be served by assigning thereto radio resources of a second set, different from the first set, not adapted to serving the new serving request; in the affirmative case: calculating an amount of the radio resources of the second set necessary for serving the at least one already served service request; assessing whether the calculated amount of radio resources of the second set is available; if the calculated amount of radio resources of the second set is available, re-assigning to the at least one first already served service request the radio resources of the second set, and assigning to the new service request the radio resources of the first set previously assigned to the already served service request; in the negative case, refusing the new service request.02-18-2010
20100039998SEQUENCE ALLOCATING METHOD AND SEQUENCE ALLOCATING APPARATUS - A sequence allocating method and a sequence allocating apparatus wherein in a system where a plurality of different Zadoff-Chu sequences or GCL sequences are allocated to a single cell, the arithmetic amount and circuit scale of a correlating circuit at a receiving end can be reduced. According to these method and apparatus, in ST02-18-2010
20100039997METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLIED RESOURCE ASSIGNMENT FOR UPLINK ACKNOWLEDGMENT SIGNALLING - A network node constructs (02-18-2010
20090135780PREEMPTIVE DYNAMIC FREQUENCY SELECTION - Briefly, in accordance with one embodiment of the invention, an access point may preemptively broadcast an alternate channel to switch to, along with an indication of the beacon timing for the alternate channel, prior to any catastrophic interference. The access point may switch to the alternate channel in the event of interference on the original channel without attempting to broadcast the alternate channel during the interference event. A mobile user may then know in advance of the interference event which alternate channel the access point switched to and may switch to the alternate channel.05-28-2009
20090135768METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING SIMULTANEOUS ASSIGNMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for processing simultaneous assignment, the method comprising receiving multiple Forward Link Assignment Blocks (FLABs), determining if ChIDs are set to ChID05-28-2009
20130028211METHOD FOR TRIGGERING TERMINAL TO SEND SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL, TERMINAL, AND BASE STATION - A method for triggering a terminal to send a sounding reference signal includes: obtaining requirement information of measurement, where the requirement information includes a position and a bandwidth of a frequency hand to be measured; selecting a resource for a terminal from at least two preset resource patterns according to the requirement information, where multiple types of resource information are preset in each resource pattern of the at least two preset resource patterns to indicate a resource; and triggering the terminal to utilize the selected resource to send, a sounding reference signal.01-31-2013
20100027493TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION CHANNEL SELECTION FOR COMMUNICATING BETWEEN A TRANSMITTER UNIT AND A RECEIVER UNIT - A data communication network. The network includes a transmitter unit for transmitting data and a receiver unit for receiving data from the transmitter unit. The network has two or more data channels via which data may be transmitted by the transmitter unit to the receiver unit. The receiver unit includes a receiver channel selection unit for selecting a reception channel from the at least two data channels. The receiver channel selection unit operates independent from a selection of a transmission channel by a transmission channel selection unit in the transmitter unit. The transmission channel selection unit is arranged to select a transmission channel from the at least two data channels to transmit data to the receiver unit.02-04-2010
20100027490SYSTEM AND METHOD USING MULTIPLE REQUEST TO SEND (RTS) MESSAGES TO ENHANCE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A system and method using multiple request to send (RTS) messages to enhance wireless communication resource allocation. The system and method operates a receiver to receive an RTS message from a station operating in, for example, a very high throughput wireless local area network, and in response, to transmit an ask for request (AFR) message. The receiver can receive multiple RTS messages and in response, issue respective AFR messages, to thus perform RTS negotiation of resources for access by the stations. If the receiver fails to receive any further RTS messages due to, for example, collision of RTS messages sent by multiple stations or failure of any other stations to send an RTS message, the receiver can then issue a clear to send (CTS) message indicating to all stations that have sent an RTS message that they are clear to send to the receiver using the information contained in the AFR message.02-04-2010
20120213184METHOD FOR ALLOCATING GROUP ADDRESS IN WIRELESS LOCAL NETWORK AREA, METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING RESPONSE REQUEST FRAME AND RESPONSE FRAME IN PLURALITY OF STATIONS, AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA USING GROUP ADDRESS - The present invention relates to a method for allocating a group address in a wireless LAN, a method for transmitting a response request frame and a response frame to a plurality of terminals, and a data transmission method using the same group address. The method for allocating the group address of the present invention comprises the steps of: transmitting a group agreement request frame including the group address (identifier) to terminals as grouping targets; and receiving a response frame corresponding to the group agreement request frame. The group agreement request frame includes group address (identifier) information and a terminal address as a destination address and is transmitted to a receiving terminal as a destination.08-23-2012
20120213191METHOD FOR MAPPING AND TRANSMITTING DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNAL (DM-RS), COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE USING SAME, APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DM-RS, AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING DM-RS - The present invention relates to a method for mapping and transmitting demodulation reference signal (DM-RS) and a communication terminal device, and more particularly to a method for mapping and transmitting DM-RS which uniformly maintains reception reliability of DM-RS for each layer in a process for transmitting different DM-RSs for odd-numbered layers.08-23-2012
20130208691METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention pertains to a wireless communication system. Particularly, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting uplink control information and an apparatus for the same, wherein the method comprises the steps of: selecting one uplink control channel resource corresponding to a plurality of HARQ-ACKs, from a plurality of uplink control channel resources; and transmitting a bit value corresponding to the plurality of HARQ-ACKs through the use of the selected uplink control channel resource.08-15-2013
20130208689METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ACTIVATING SECONDARY CARRIER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR USING CARRIER AGGREGATION TECHNIQUE - The present invention proposes a method for activating secondary carriers in addition to the primary carrier in a wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation technology. Through the present invention, the UE sorts the operations for activating an SCell into two groups that are executed at different timings, thereby facilitating communication without malfunctioning.08-15-2013
20130083747METHOD FOR CONTENTION BASED RANDOM ACCESS ON A SECONDARY CARRIER - A mobile station comprises a wireless transceiver coupled to a processor. The mobile station is configured to receive at the transceiver a control channel transmission on a first frequency from a first cell wherein the control channel transmission is addressed to a unique identifier of the mobile station. The processor is configured to determine that the control channel transmission indicates resources for a data channel. The mobile station is configured to receive at the transceiver a data channel transmission in resources indicated in the control channel transmission, the data channel transmission comprising a first message indicating a first resource for an uplink transmission, wherein the mobile station is configured to transmit, to a second cell on an uplink frequency, a second message using the first resource.04-04-2013
20090201868METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SCHEDULING REQUEST EFFECTIVELY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system providing a wireless communication and a mobile terminal. During data communication between a base station and a terminal in a long term evolution (LTE) system, while the terminal performs a random access channel (RACH) procedure for requesting a radio resource allocation from the base station, if the terminal is allocated with a radio resource using its radio terminal identifier, the terminal is allowed to appropriately select a radio resource, thereby preventing the consumption of radio resources and increasing efficiency.08-13-2009
20090303944RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RESOURCE BLOCK ALLOCATION METHOD - A base station can perform distributed allocation enabling a resource block allocation with a higher priority while suppressing a control information amount. In this base station, the localized allocation of data to terminals #12-10-2009
20130083764APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING THE HYBRID-ARQ ACK/NACK SIGNAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method are provided for transmitting a symbol group in a mobile communication system. The method includes generating a symbol group to which an orthogonal sequence is applied; mapping the generated symbol group to an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple (OFDM) symbol based on a symbol group index and a Physical HARQ Indicator Channel (PHICH) group index; and transmitting the mapped symbol group. The generated symbol group is mapped to the OFDM symbol in an alternating pattern in accordance with the symbol group index.04-04-2013
20130083765METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SAVING NETWORK RESOURCES - The present application provides a method and a device for saving network resources, wherein the method particularly includes: determining that a user equipment has the property of small data amount transfer; and during network attachment, allocating no user plane resources to the user equipment which has the property of small data amount transfer. The present application is used to save network resources in an LTE system during M2M communication.04-04-2013
20130083763RADIO TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND METHOD - A radio transmitting device and method enables reduction of an increase of CGI memories for the control channel and an improvement of the throughput of the data channel. When multiplex transmission through the control channel and the data channel is carried out and when adaptive modulation is applied to both channels, an MCS selecting section (04-04-2013
20130083766METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THAT SUPPORTS MULTIPLE CARRIERS - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically, to a method and a device for transmitting and receiving uplink control information in a wireless communication system that supports multiple carriers. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for allowing a terminal to transmit uplink control information (UCI) in a wireless communication system that supports multiple carriers comprises the steps of: receiving one or more uplink grants from a base station; obtaining an indicator which indicates an uplink carrier on which said UCI is transmitted from each of the one or more uplink grants; and transmitting said UCI through a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) on the uplink carrier indicated by said indicator, if the one or more uplink grants schedule uplink data transmission on the uplink carrier indicated by said indicator.04-04-2013
20130083758METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are provided for reporting Channel State Information (CSI) for operation of a network, when a Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI) and a Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) cannot be calculated. The method includes reporting a first Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI); detecting that a Rank Indicator (RI) is changed before a second PMI is reported, the RI being changed within an RI group; calculating the second PMI and a Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) using the first PMI; and reporting the second PMI and the CQI.04-04-2013
20130083759METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR SELECTING SERVING NODES FOR ACCESS - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, an apparatus, and a system for selecting serving nodes for access, where the method includes: obtaining reference signal received parameters of at least two nodes; selecting a downlink serving node from the at least two nodes according to the reference signal received parameter of each node; and sending an uplink signal, so that the downlink serving node selects an uplink serving node from the at least two nodes according to the uplink signal; or, selecting an uplink serving node from the at least two nodes according to the reference signal received parameter of each node, and sending an uplink signal. In the embodiments of the present invention, a user equipment selects a downlink serving node from at least two nodes according to the reference signal received parameter of each node; then the user equipment sends an uplink signal.04-04-2013
20130083756E-DCH Resource Control - Mechanisms are described that are useful if source and target radio configuration for a UE used in the RRC message uses E-DCH. Thus, when a UE having a common E-DCH resource receives a pre-defined message, the message in particular being an RRC Radio Bearer (RB) Reconfiguration message or an RRC RB Setup message or an RRC Connection setup, moving the UE to CELL_DCH state with E-DCH configured in the target state, the UE is configured to hold on to the common E-DCH resource.04-04-2013
20130083755METHOD AND NETWORK ENTITY FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - This invention proposes a method for assigning resources in the downlink based on the CQI parameter reported by the UE compatible with the LTE standard. The method looks for saving signalling resources when conditions are such that no major a vantage can be obtained from frequency selective scheduling. The method is divided into two processes, a non real time process used to determine whether the conditions for its application are present; and the new assignment procedure. For the latter, the method defines different assignment procedures based on whether the CQI value reported by the UE is higher or not of a given threshold whose calculation is also defined. A new parameter, the MAB, is defined for the assignment in case of CQI higher than the threshold, while frequency distributed scheduling is used if it is lower. The proposed method is believed to improve the LTE spectral efficiency with reduced complexity.04-04-2013
20130083757DATA TRANSMITTING METHOD, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - A data rate in MIMO transmission is increased to a maximum even when the number of transmitting antennas of a mobile station apparatus is different from the number of transmitting antennas of the mobile station apparatus supported by a base station apparatus. The base station apparatus (eNodeB) reports the maximum number of supported antennas of the mobile station apparatus (UE) supported by the base station apparatus (eNodeB) to the mobile station apparatus (UE) (ST04-04-2013
20130083753DEVICE COMMUNICATION USING A REDUCED CHANNEL BANDWIDTH - Systems and/or methods for supporting communications at a reduced bandwidth with a full bandwidth network such as a long-term evolution (LTE) network may be disclosed. For example, inband assignments such as downlink assignments and/or uplink grants may be provided and/or received and transmissions may be monitored and/or decoded based on the inband assignment. Additionally, information (e.g. a definition or configuration) associated with an ePDCCH may be provided and/or received and ePDCCH resources may be monitored and/or decoded based on such information. An indication for support of a reduced bandwidth by the full bandwidth network may also be provided and/or received and control channels in the reduced or narrow bandwidth may be monitored and/or decoded based on the indication. A PRACH preamble and/or a multi-type subframe definition may also be provided and/or used for support of such a reduced bandwidth.04-04-2013
20130083754UPLINK RESOURCE MANAGEMENT UNDER COORDINATED MULTIPOINT TRANSMISSION - Management and distribution of PUCCH resources between first and second eNBs in a CoMP system is disclosed, in which the control and data transmission for a given UE is decoupled. The decoupling of the control and data transmissions allows the first eNB to transmit control information while the second eNB or remote radio head (RRH) transmits data. In such systems, the first eNB communicates a dynamic PUCCH parameter to UEs served in a decoupled manner. The dynamic PUCCH parameter allows the UE to determine uplink communications for the dynamic PUCCH region transmitted to the second eNB in such a position that will not overlap or cause interference with the dynamic PUCCH regions reserved by the first eNB.04-04-2013
20130083749Random Access Channel Design for Narrow Bandwidth Operation in a Wide Bandwidth System - A method of wireless communication includes a random access channel configuration for narrow bandwidth operations within a wider LTE system bandwidth. A first random access channel (RACH) configuration is broadcast for a regular device. A second RACH configuration is broadcast for a narrow bandwidth device. The narrow bandwidth device operates in a narrower bandwidth than the regular device.04-04-2013
20130083751TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL FOR A SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL - Method and apparatus for a User Equipment (UE) determining a resource for a transmission of a control signal in response to a detected control channel including Control Channel Elements (CCEs), where transmission of the control signal is with a first sequence or with a second sequence, if a first resource or a second resource is used, respectively. The first resource is determined from the CCE index while the second resource is determined from a group of consecutive CCE indexes. The UE is also signaled a bit-map associating the subframe of the control channel detection with the use of a first resource or of a second resource.04-04-2013
20130083748METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING CSI (CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION) IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed for processing CSI (Channel State. Information) in a wireless communication system, The method includes configuring a User Equipment (UE), in a subframe, to transmit periodic CSI reporting and HARQ-ACK (Hybrid Automatic Repeat and request-Acknowledgement), wherein there is no PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel) transmission in the subframe. The method further includes indicating in the PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel) scheduling the PDSCH (Physical Downlink Shared Channel) transmission to which the HARQ-ACK corresponds, wherein whether the periodic CSI reporting and the HARQ-ACK are multiplexed on PUCCH (Physical Uplink Control Channel) or not would depend on the indication in the PDCCH.04-04-2013
20130083752METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL IN DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for transmitting and receiving a signal in a Distributed Antenna System (DAS) is provided. A method for determining an initial state in a DAS includes receiving a value through high-level signalling and determining an initial state based on the value, in which the value includes a value in which is set an initial state of a scrambling sequence, which differs according to a transmission point.04-04-2013
20130083750METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES FOR AN ENHANCED PHYSICAL HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST INDICATOR CHANNEL - A method and apparatus are described for allocating resources for an enhanced physical hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) channel (E-PHICH). A subset of an enhanced physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) may be allocated for use by the E-PHICH. The E-PDCCH may be defined by at least one of enhanced resource element groups (eREGs) and enhanced control channel elements (eCCEs). Each eCCE may be formed by grouping a plurality of eREGs. Each eREG may contain at least one resource element (RE). Alternatively, a subset of eREGs may be allocated as E-PHICH resources. E-PDCCH physical resource block (PRB) pairs may be selected as a resource for the E-PHICH. An indication of the number of the eCCEs may be broadcast to a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU).04-04-2013
20130083743METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING PRECODING MATRIX INFORMATION AND USER DEVICE, AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA TO PLURALITY OF USER DEVICES AND BASE STATION - The present invention relates to a precoding matrix information transmission method and a user device, and provides a method for transmitting precoding matrix information by a particular user device among user devices that receive a signal transmitted from one base station. The method comprises the steps of: determining, from a predetermined codebook, a first precoding matrix which is a precoding matrix for the particular user device during signal reception, and determining one or more second precoding matrices for the other user devices which are to be multiplexed in a predetermined resource region with the particular user device, wherein the one or more second precoding matrices are determined within a codebook subset of the predetermined codebook linked with the first precoding matrix; and transmitting, to the base station, first precoding matrix information indicating the first precoding matrix and second precoding matrix information indicating the one or more second precoding matrices.04-04-2013
20130083741Channel Selection and Channel-State Information Collision Handling - A new uplink control channel capability is introduced to enable a mobile terminal to simultaneously report to the radio network multiple packet receipt status bits and channel-condition bits. In particular, if a mobile terminal is configured with channel selection (e.g., with PUCCH format 1b) and is configured to report or is capable of reporting periodic CSI and ACK/NACK bits together, then the mobile terminal can use one or more out of a set of preconfigured uplink control resources and transmit (04-04-2013
20130083742Simultaneous Reporting of ACK/NACK and Channel-State Information using PUCCH Format 3 Resources - A new uplink control channel capability is introduced to enable a mobile terminal to simultaneously report multiple packet receipt status bits and channel-condition bits. In an example embodiment implemented in a mobile terminal the mobile terminal (first determines (04-04-2013
20130083739DEVICES FOR RANDOM ACCESS RESPONSE SCHEDULING - An evolved Node B (eNB) configured for random access response scheduling is described. The eNB includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The eNB sends a message to initiate a random access procedure for a secondary cell (SCell). The eNB also receives a physical random access channel (PRACH) preamble. The eNB further sends a radio network temporary identifier (RNTI) for a random access response (RAR) in a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) in a user equipment (UE) specific search space. The eNB additionally sends the RAR in a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH).04-04-2013
20130083738METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MODIFYING RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A method, apparatus and computer program product are provided for causing a modification of a TTI E-DCH resource allocation in an instance in which a criterion for resource modification has been met. In this regard, a method is provided that includes determining whether a criteria for resource allocation modification has been satisfied. The method further includes causing a request for modification of a resource allocation to be transmitted in an instance in which the criterion for relocation allocation modification has been satisfied. The method also includes causing a modification to the resource allocation in an instance in which an indication of resource allocation modification is received.04-04-2013
20130083740Methods and Apparatus for Modified PHICH - Techniques provide additional Hybrid-ARQ indication resources for LTE TDD subframes that are normally without conventional LTE PHICH resources or that have too few LTE PHICH resources. In some embodiments, a modified PHICH is created using unused REGs in the control region of the downlink subframe. In others, a modified PHICH resides within the resources of an AL=1 PDCCH, and is formed using encoding and modulation processes that differ from normal PDCCH processing. In other embodiments, the PUSCH HARQ feedback bits are carried by a conventional LTE PDCCH, which is distinguished from other PDCCHs by scrambling it with a new type of RNTI: HARQ indicator Radio-network temporary identifier (HI-RNTI). In still other embodiments, the modulation symbols of PHICH are then placed on top of those normally reserved for PDCCHs. For such overlapped radio resources, the modulation symbols from the modified PHICH will replace those from normal PDCCHs for transmission.04-04-2013
20130083736DEVICES FOR RECONFIGURING A SUBFRAME ALLOCATION - An evolved Node B (eNB) for reconfiguring a subframe allocation is described. The eNB includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The eNB determines whether to adjust a subframe allocation. If it is determined to adjust the subframe allocation, then the eNB determines whether to adjust the subframe allocation with a radio resource control (RRC) reconfiguration or a physical (PHY) layer reconfiguration. The eNB also adjusts the subframe allocation for the PHY layer reconfiguration. The eNB further adjusts the subframe allocation according to a standard configuration for the RRC reconfiguration.04-04-2013
20100067452METHOD FOR PAYLOAD PART TRANSMISSION ON CONTENTION CHANNELS - A method for generating an uplink transmission burst includes using one or more symbols to define the uplink transmission burst, and forming a preamble portion and a payload portion for the uplink transmission burst. The preamble portion is formed using at least a portion of one or more of the symbols, such that the preamble portion includes a signature that is defined in a predetermined signature set. The payload portion is formed using at least a portion of one or more of the symbols. Typically, at least a portion of the preamble portion and at least a portion of the payload portion are formed using the same symbol.03-18-2010
20100067467METHOD OF RANDOM ACCESS IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM - A random access method in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The present invention includes transmitting a bandwidth request indicator and a quick access message from a mobile station to a base station and starting a timer having a timer value determined according to an acknowledgement from the base station.03-18-2010
20100067445Apparatus, Methods and Computer Program Products Providing a Common Signaling Entry for a Modular Control Channel Structure - The exemplary embodiments of the invention provide information (e.g., a common control signaling entry) for a control channel. The information may include signaling information about the overall control channel structure in a given sub-frame and/or other common information to assist UEs in decoding the channel (e.g., definitions related to the overall arrangement and parameterization of the channel structure). The information may provide non-UE-specific, common signaling information for the UEs served in the cell. In one exemplary embodiment of the invention, a method includes: providing at least one control channel allocated over at least one set of subcarrier resources, wherein the at least one control channel extends over a number n of multicarrier symbols; and transmitting information via a portion of the sub-carrier resources, wherein the transmitted information is indicative of at least one property of the at least one control channel.03-18-2010
20100329199WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION , RESOURCE BLOCK ALLOCATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A scheduling technique for limiting a discontinuous spectrum to reduce control information to be transmitted from a base station (BS) to each of mobile stations. The method has a ranking means for ranking the mobile stations for each resource block depending on the channel status, and an allocation means for allocating the resource blocks to the mobile stations depending on the ranking of the mobile stations so that the number of resource blocks in a resource block group for one mobile station may be not more than a set number. The resource block group including at least one or more continuous resource blocks on the frequency axis.12-30-2010
20100329195METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTI-STATION REQUEST MESSAGING - A process for wireless communications is disclosed herein that includes specifying transmission parameters for a plurality of wireless nodes in a single frame; and transmitting the single frame. An apparatus for performing the process is also disclosed herein.12-30-2010
20120182945Uplink Power Control - An uplink power control that is applied to a user equipment (07-19-2012
20120182944METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR SIGNALING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - Particular embodiments provide a method in a network node (07-19-2012
20130070698METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING UPLINK SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - First resource blocks of a radio resource each include a first number of subcarriers and a second number of subframes having the first size. In this case, second resource blocks are formed, each second resource block including fewer subcarriers than the first number and fewer subframes than the second number based on the first resource blocks. A signal is transmitted in the first resource block or second resource block, and particularly, signals of first and second channels are transmitted by sharing the first resource block.03-21-2013
20110002291Cooperative Transceiving Between Wireless Interface Devices of a Host Device with Shared Modules - A circuit includes a first wireless interface circuit that transceives packetized data between a host module and a first external device in accordance with a first wireless communication protocol. A second wireless interface circuit transceives packetized data between the host module and a second external device in accordance with a second wireless communication protocol. The second wireless interface circuit includes at least one module that is shared with first wireless interface circuit. The first wireless interface circuit and the second wireless interface circuit operate in accordance with a wireless interface schedule that includes a first time interval where the first wireless interface device and the second wireless interface device contemporaneously use the at least one module.01-06-2011
20110002280MIDAMBLE FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - Briefly, in accordance with one or more embodiments, a midamble for a downlink subframe is generated by rotating an order of midamble tones per antenna between two or more subbands. A Golay sequence may be utilized in the modulation of one or more subcarriers of the midamble via a reuse-3 arrangement. Alternatively, a reuse-1 arrangement may be applied to the midamble.01-06-2011
20130051357BASE STATION, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION METHOD - Base station capable of suppressing interference of a large cell having high transmission power with a small cell having low transmission power and wherein frequency block division loss is low. Macrocell base station has: a frequency resource information generation unit, which calculates average value of allocated frequency resources, determines the calculated frequency resource average value on the basis of a resource allocation recurrence threshold, and generates frequency resource information from the result of the determination; an information control unit which notifies the frequency resource information to a femtocell; and first and second signal generation units which generate and output first report information which is cell information normally sent to a wireless communication terminal, and second report information which limits area that can be notified. Femtocell base station has an information control unit which, upon receiving the second report information, acquires the frequency resource information notified from the macrocell base station.02-28-2013
20130051350APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR GENERATING MAC PROTOCOL DATA UNIT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for generating a Media Access Control (MAC) Protocol Data Unit (MPDU) in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes reconstructing at least one MAC Service Data Unit (MSDU) according to scheduling information of the MAC layer and generating at least one MAC Protocol Data Unit (MPDU) data portion, adding control information to each MPDU data portion and generating at least one MPDU payload, the control information comprising MSDU information constituting each MPDU data portion, adding a General MAC Header (GMH) to each MPDU payload and generating at least one MPDU, the GMH including length information on the MPDU and Connection IDentifier (CID) information, and transmitting the MPDU to a receive end.02-28-2013
20130051349INFORMATION REPORTING METHOD, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - A information reporting method, base station and user equipment is provided in this invention. The method comprises sending the MAC layer carrier activation signaling to the UE, for activating a first CC of the UE, the MAC layer carrier activation signaling comprising CQI instruction information, for instructing the UE to report aperiodic CQI information of a second CC of the UE, so that the UE triggers to report aperiodic CQI information of the second CC of the UE upon receiving the MAC layer carrier activation signaling. With the information reporting method, base station and user equipment provided in an embodiment of this invention, the problem of slower report of CQI information of activated CCs can be addressed.02-28-2013
20130051342Communication method, mobile station apparatus, base station apparatus and mobile communication system - To provide a mobile communication system and a communication method for enabling HARQ control information to be transmitted and received using radio resources efficiently in case that a base station apparatus and a mobile station apparatus communicate with each other in a wider frequency band using component carriers in a composite manner, in the communication method in the mobile station apparatus that transmits, to the base station apparatus, the HARQ control information for a plurality of downlink transport blocks transmitted on a plurality of downlink component carriers using a first physical uplink control channel resource, in case that the mobile station apparatus detects a single physical downlink control channel in a common search space in a certain subframe, the mobile station apparatus transmits the HARQ control information to the base station apparatus, using a second physical uplink control channel resource different from the first physical uplink control channel resource.02-28-2013
20130051341WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - To perform control of PUSCH retransmission efficiently in a wireless communication system where a mobile station apparatus and a base station apparatus communicate with each other using a plurality of downlink component carriers. In a mobile station apparatus which communicates with a base station apparatus using a plurality of downlink component carriers and a plurality of uplink component carriers, in case that the downlink component carrier corresponding to the uplink component carrier is set not to be used for downlink communication, the mobile station apparatus flushes HARQ buffers of the uplink component carrier associated with the downlink component carrier set not to be used for downlink communication.02-28-2013
20130051340THE METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAPPING SIGNALS TO SUBCARRIERS IN MIMO WIRELESS NETWORK - A method for mapping signals to subcarriers in a sending means of a MIMO-based wireless telecommunication network and an apparatus for the same. It is characterized in that, controlling the mapping of the signals in an input signal sequence to the subcarriers, so that the signals sent by different antennas at the same time correspond to nonadjacent signals in the input signal sequence. With the aid of the present invention, burst error due to deep fading channel can be effectively avoided, and diversity gains can be also improved.02-28-2013
20130051339COMMUNICATION METHOD USING A CARRIER AGGREGATION AND APPARATUS THEREFORE - The present invention is directed to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention is directed to a method and an apparatus of controlling uplink transmission at a user equipment in a wireless communication system, wherein the user equipment is connected to multiple component carriers, which includes receiving configuration information for transmitting an uplink signal from a base station; and identifying a time for transmitting the uplink signal to the base station on a corresponding uplink component carrier in use of the configuration information, wherein if the corresponding uplink component carrier is in a non-available state at the time for transmitting the uplink signal, the uplink signal is not transmitted.02-28-2013
20130051338METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK DATA ASSOCIATED WITH MTC DEVICE TRIGGER FUNCTION - A method and apparatus for small packet transmission in response to machine type communication (MTC) device trigger indication are provided. For uplink (UL) transmission of small packet from MTC device in idle state, a tracking area update (TAU) complete non-access stratum (NAS) message is used to protect integrity and confidentiality of UL small packet transmission without attach/service request procedure during idle state. For downlink (DL) transmission of small packet from MTC device in idle state, a TAU accept NAS message is used to protect integrity & confidentiality of DL small packet reception without attach/service request procedure during idle state.02-28-2013
20130051337RADIO BASE STATION AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio base station (eNB) according to the present invention includes: a management unit (02-28-2013
20130051332METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MODIFYING CALL ADMISSION CONTROL THRESHOLDS - Embodiments of the claimed subject matter provide a method and apparatus for modifying call admission control thresholds. One embodiment of a method includes modifying one or more call admission control thresholds provided to base stations by a radio access network in response to a mismatch between a wireless access capacity of the base stations and a backhaul capacity between the base stations and the radio access network.02-28-2013
20130051331DYNAMIC ALLOCATION OF NETWORK RESOURCES FOR PROVISIONING SERVICES TO USER DEVICES - A device may receive, from a base station, information that identifies traffic conditions within the base station; and may assign one or more different frequency bands to each of one or more applications being provisioned, by the base station, to one or more user devices based on the information that identifies the traffic conditions within the base station. The device may also generate allocation information that identifies how the different frequency bands are allocated to each of the applications; and transmit, via the base station, the allocation information to the user devices, where transmitting the allocation information allows a user device to identify a frequency band with which to obtain an application.02-28-2013
20130051330Automatic Resource Allocation For ARQ Feedback - A method (S02-28-2013
20130089042Intelligent Backhaul Management System - A intelligent backhaul system is disclosed to manage and control multiple intelligent backhaul radios within a geographic zone. The intelligent backhaul system includes multiple intelligent backhaul radios (IBRs) that are able to function in both obstructed and unobstructed line of sight propagation conditions, one or more intelligent backhaul controllers (IBCs) connecting the IBRs with other network elements, and an intelligent backhaul management system (IBMS). The IBMS may include a private and/or public server and/or agents in one or more IBRs or IBCs.04-11-2013
20130089055SELF-CONFIGURING CELLULAR BASESTATION - A basestation for a cellular wireless communications network is able to configure itself for operation in the network, by selecting appropriate operating frequencies (in the case of GSM network) or scrambling codes (in the case of a UMTS network), and appropriate transmit powers. This makes it practical for a large number of such basestations to be deployed in a network, within customers' premises, without requiring network intervention in each case.04-11-2013
20130089036Collision Reduction in a CSMA/CA System - Method for reducing collisions between a first station and a second station in a CSMA/CA system. The method may be performed by the first station. Medium access to transmit to the second station may be obtained according to a first procedure for obtaining medium access. It may be determined that the second station is configured to grant transmit opportunity to the first station. Medium access to transmit to the second station may be obtained according to a second procedure for obtaining medium access based on determining that the second station is configured to grant transmit opportunity to the first station. The first procedure may include contending for medium access, while the second procedure may include delaying contention for medium access relative to the first procedure.04-11-2013
20130089060RADIO BASE STATION AND POWER SUPPLY CONTROL METHOD - If an unallocated PDSCH exists upon allocating downlink resource blocks to the radio terminal UE04-11-2013
20130089063METHOD AND DEVICE FOR UPLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. In more detail, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting an uplink in a wireless communication system and to a device therefore, wherein the method for transmitting an uplink in a wireless communication system comprises the steps of: receiving a control channel signal including resource allocation information; and transmitting an uplink signal according to control channel signal.04-11-2013
20130089062APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION ON POWER HEADROOM IN MULTIPLE COMPONENT CARRIER SYSTEM - There are provided an apparatus and method for transmitting information about power headroom in a multi-component carrier system. There is disclosed a method of configuring a plurality of component carriers combined from a candidate component carrier group, based on component carrier configuration information, triggering a power headroom report on the plurality of combined component carriers, calculating power headroom for the plurality of combined component carriers and transmitting combination power headroom information, including a value of the calculated power headroom, to a eNodeB. The power headroom report is triggered, when the power headroom on the plurality of combined component carriers is greater than or equal to a predefined threshold.04-11-2013
20130089061METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK DATA IN WIRELESS CONNECTION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, more specifically a method for transmitting uplink through random access, and comprises: a step for receiving from a base station a first message which includes Machine Type Communication (MTC)-specific bandwidth request channel information for requesting bandwidth of MTC terminals; and a step for transmitting to the base station through the MTC-specific bandwidth request channel at least on of either bandwidth request preamble or bandwidth request information, wherein the bandwidth request information includes at least one of the following: MTC terminal identifier, quality of service (QoS), bandwidth request indicator, and bandwidth request size.04-11-2013
20130089059WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - There is provided a wireless communication device including a communication unit that transmits a reference signal, a first multiplication unit that performs multiplication of first transmission weight that is determined based on reception of the reference signal by a communication partner, and a second multiplication unit that performs multiplication of second transmission weight that is determined based on reception of the reference signal by the communication partner. The communication unit transmits a reference signal with weight that is obtained by multiplying the reference signal by the first transmission weight after determination of the first transmission weight.04-11-2013
20130089054MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION GREENFIELD PREAMBLE FORMATS - A method for multiple input multiple output wireless communication begins by determining protocols of wireless communication devices within a proximal region. The method continues by determining whether the protocols of the wireless communication devices within the proximal region are of a like protocol. The method continues by determining the number of transmit antennas. The method continues, when the protocols of the wireless communication devices within the proximal region are of the like protocol, formatting a preamble of a frame of the wireless communication utilizing at least one of cyclic shifting of symbols, cyclic shifting of tones, sparse tone allocation, and sparse symbol allocation based on the number of transmit antennas.04-11-2013
20130089056WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, ALLOCATED RESOURCE NOTIFYING METHOD AND DATA ALLOCATING METHOD - Provided are a radio transmission apparatus and a radio transmission method whereby the increase of number of signaling bits can be suppressed and further the flexibility of frequency scheduling can be improved. A notified RBG calculating unit (04-11-2013
20130089052METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR UTILIZING TONE GROUPING WITH GIVENS ROTATIONS TO REDUCE OVERHEAD ASSOCIATED WITH EXPLICIT FEEDBACK INFORMATION - Aspects of a method and system for utilizing tone grouping with Givens rotations to reduce overhead associated with explicit feedback information are presented. In one aspect of the invention, Givens matrices may be utilized to reduce a quantity of information communicated in explicit feedback information via an uplink RF channel. The explicit feedback information may include specifications for a feedback beamforming matrix that may be utilized when transmitting signals via a corresponding downlink RF channel. The feedback beamforming matrix may represent a rotated version of an un-rotated matrix. The Givens matrices may be utilized to apply one or more Givens rotations to un-rotated matrix. The rotated matrix may reduce the quantity of information communicated in the explicit feedback information. The quantity of information communicated in the explicit feedback information may be further reduced by utilizing tone grouping.04-11-2013
20130089053MULTISERVICE COMMUNICATION DEVICE WITH COGNITIVE RADIO TRANSCEIVER - A multiservice communication device includes a plurality of transceivers that wirelessly transceive network data with a corresponding plurality of networks in accordance with a corresponding plurality of network protocols, wherein the plurality of transceivers includes at least one cognitive radio transceiver that is configured based on cognitive transceiver configuration data received from a management unit in communication with the multiservice communication device via a control channel.04-11-2013
20130089047MULTI-USER TRANSMISSION DURING REVERSE DIRECTION GRANT - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods and apparatus for multiuser transmission during a grant to utilize unused portion of a transmit opportunity (TXOP) that is assigned to an initiator device. A responder device may receive, from an initiator device, at least one grant to utilize unused portion of the TXOP. In response to the grant and during the unused portion of the TXOP, The responder device may transmit a first message intended for the to the initiator device, and one or more messages intended for one or more other stations using multi-user transmission schemes. The messages transmitted to stations other than the initiator device may include an indication that the station does not need to respond (e.g., with an acknowledgment) upon receipt of the message.04-11-2013
20130089050Reporting Power Headroom for Aggregated Carriers - A method for reporting power headroom-related information for a plurality of aggregated carriers. The method includes reporting in a bitmap the power headroom-related information for a number of the aggregated carriers that is less than or equal to the total number of aggregated carriers, wherein the power headroom-related information is one of a power headroom for at least one of the aggregated carriers and a path loss for at least one of the aggregated carriers.04-11-2013
20130089048EXTENSION CARRIER AS A BANDWIDTH EXTENSION - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus receives extended bandwidth information indicating availability of an extended bandwidth. The extended bandwidth includes a base carrier and an extension carrier within a legacy guard band of the base carrier. The apparatus receives data on a downlink in the extension carrier based on the extended bandwidth information.04-11-2013
20130089046METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISTRIBUTED SCHEDULING FOR ENHANCING LINK PERFORMANCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for distributed scheduling in a transmission node of a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes transmitting a power signal through a first tone in a Transmission (Tx) block including tones mapped with a plurality of link identifiers, receiving a power signal from a reception node through a second tone indicating that data transmission is possible in a first Reception (Rx) block including tones mapped with a plurality of link identifiers, and receiving a power signal from the reception node through a third tone including information about a link identifier that is permissible to the reception node, in a second Rx block including tones mapped with a plurality of link identifiers.04-11-2013
20130089045APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A HOPPING PILOT BEACON SIGNAL IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus are provided for transmitting a Hopping Pilot Beacon (HPB) in a communication system. A number of installed switches corresponds to a number of Frequency Assignments (FAs) used in the communication system. A Demultiplexer (DEMUX) connects one of a plurality of first input lines, which provide an HPB signal to each of the switches, with a corresponding one of a plurality of output lines of the switches. An HPB Multiplexer (MUX) control block controls the DEMUX to connect one of the plurality of first input lines with one of the plurality of output lines, which is connected to a Numerical Controlled Oscillator (NCO) for outputting a corresponding signal to a radio frequency terminal through a frequency of a corresponding FA.04-11-2013
20130089044TRANSMIT POWER ADJUSTMENT TO REDUCE A RELATIVE PHASE DISCONTINUITY - A method and a serving NodeB for adjusting transmit power of a User Equipment (UE) having multiple transmitter chains to reduce relative phase discontinuity (RPD) between a Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) and a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH). The NodeB receives from the UE, an RP characteristic of the UE and, based on the RP characteristic, selects an SRS or PUSCH transmit power level for the UE so as to reduce the RPD. The NodeB instructs the UE to set the SRS or PUSCH transmit power level to the level selected by the NodeB.04-11-2013
20130089041Intelligent Backhaul Radio with Multi-Interface Switching - A intelligent backhaul system is disclosed to manage and control multiple intelligent backhaul radios within a geographic zone. The intelligent backhaul system includes multiple intelligent backhaul radios (IBRs) that are able to function in both obstructed and unobstructed line of sight propagation conditions, one or more intelligent backhaul controllers (IBCs) connecting the IBRs with other network elements, and an intelligent backhaul management system (IBMS). The IBMS may include a private and/or public server and/or agents in one or more IBRs or IBCs.04-11-2013
20130089043Signalling of Channel Information - An apparatus and a method are described by which a request for providing aperiodic channel information with respect to a selected downlink component carrier of a plurality of component carriers is received, the selected downlink component carrier is determined, channel information with respect to the selected downlink component carrier is established, and the channel information with respect to the selected downlink component carrier is sent.04-11-2013
20130089040Interference Management in a Wireless Network - A method for interference management at a network element within a wireless telecommunications network, and the network element and user equipment, the method coordinating transmission of cell specific resource elements with at least one other network element; and transmitting the cell specific resource element to a user equipment concurrent to a resource element transmission from the at least one other network element. Also a method for interference avoidance at a network element operating within a wireless telecommunications network, and the user equipment and network element, the method receiving interference information from a user equipment; providing the interference information to at least one interfering network element; and precoding transmissions to the use equipment for interference cancellation.04-11-2013
20130089039CHANNEL SELECTION IN A MULTIPLE CARRIER MULTIPLE RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY NETWORK - Methods and apparatuses to adaptively select radio frequency channels with which to connect a mobile wireless device to a wireless network are described. In response to a trigger event, the mobile wireless device selects a radio frequency channel from a list of radio frequency channels that use a first radio access technology and transmits a series of connection requests on the selected radio frequency channel. When no acknowledgement is received, the mobile wireless device excludes the selected radio frequency channel from the list of radio frequency channels and repeats the selecting, transmitting and excluding steps up to a maximum number of repetitions before attempting to connect to the wireless network using a second radio access technology.04-11-2013
20130089037INTELLIGENT BACKHAUL SYSTEM - A intelligent backhaul system is disclosed to manage and control multiple intelligent backhaul radios within a geographic zone. The intelligent backhaul system includes multiple intelligent backhaul radios (IBRs) that are able to function in both obstructed and unobstructed line of sight propagation conditions, one or more intelligent backhaul controllers (IBCs) connecting the IBRs with other network elements, and an intelligent backhaul management system (IBMS). The IBMS may include a private and/or public server and/or agents in one or more IBRs or IBCs.04-11-2013
20130089038CONTROLLING TELECOMMUNICATIONS CHANNEL SWITCHING04-11-2013
20130089033Method And System For Rate Adaptive Allocation Of Resources - The method includes retrieving subscriber and device information based on an application identifier and a GBR request indication, sending a message to a network entity, the message including a Quality of Service (QoS) Class Identifier (QCI), the QCI indicating an AGBR bearer is to be used for delivering content to a mobile unit, generating an AGBR bearer based on the QCI and a GBR setting and associating the content with the AGBR bearer. The method includes sending a message and the content to a network entity, the message including the QCI, scheduling the mobile unit on the AGBR bearer based on the QCI and communicating the content to the mobile unit based on the schedule.04-11-2013
20130089035System and Method for Transmitting Uplink Data Associated with Downlink Multiple Point Transmission - A system and method for transmitting UL data associated with DL multiple point transmission are provided. A method for transmission point operations includes determining an identifier associated with each transmission point in a downlink serving set that includes a primary transmission point and at least one secondary transmission point, transmitting downlink information to a user equipment, and receiving, at a receiving transmission point, uplink data including a first identifier of an intended recipient from the user equipment, where the intended recipient is a first transmission point in the downlink serving set. The method also includes forwarding the uplink data to the intended recipient based on the first identifier.04-11-2013
20130089034SEPARATE ASSOCIATIONS OF A MOBILE TO DIFFERENT BASE STATIONS IN UPLINK AND DOWNLINK - In a cellular system a user equipment (UE) can associate with different base stations (BS) for its uplink (UL) and downlink (DL) communications. To achieve this, the two BS have to communicate with each other. Systems and methods described herein provide a signaling methodology within a cellular standards framework (such as LTE), by which a UE can associate with different BS for UL and DL communications and further facilitate communication between a BS handling UL and a BS handling DL.04-11-2013
20100135237TRANSMISSION OF SCHEDULING ASSIGNMENTS IN MULTIPLE OPERATING BANDWIDTHS - Methods and apparatuses are described for the transmission of Scheduling Assignments (SAs) from a base station to User Equipments (UEs) for data reception in the downlink or data transmission in the uplink of a communication system consisting of multiple Component Carriers (CCs). The SAs are separately coded and transmitted using elementary units (Control Channel Elements or CCEs). Locations of CCEs determine whether an SA is intended for a first CC or for a second CC. Further, the location of CCEs for an SA intended for a first CC is used to determine locations of CCEs for an SA intended for a second CC.06-03-2010
20100135222RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A number of techniques are described for signalling the allocation of resources within a communications system. A preferred method that is described includes the steps of: receiving an allocation of sub-carriers for a user device, the allocation comprising data defining a starting block and data defining a number of consecutive blocks from the starting block; a first mapping step of mapping the data defining the number of consecutive blocks from the starting block to a first mapped value in accordance with first mapping data; a second mapping step of mapping the data defining the starting block and said first mapped value to a second mapped value representative of the allocation in accordance with second mapping data; and signalling said second mapped value as resource allocation data to the user device.06-03-2010
20090323622BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD, CONTROL INFORMATION RECEPTION METHOD AND PROGRAM - In a radio system which allocates resources using as units resource blocks which are formed by frequency components and time components, control information for mobile station devices, and identification information which is used to identify a format for a control information transmission channel which transmits the control information is transmitted from the base station device to the mobile station devices by means of the control information transmission channel.12-31-2009
20090323618METHOD FOR ALLOCATION OF PARAMETERS FOR RADIO TRANSMISSION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK USING CHANNEL FEEDBACK COMPRESSION, NETWORK ELEMENTS AND A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK THEREFOR - The invention concerns a method for allocation of parameters for radio transmission in a wireless communication network using channel feedback compression, whereby at least one channel impulse response in the time domain for at least one connection (CH12-31-2009
20090316644Reduced Time Packet Transmission in a Wireless Communications System - System and method for reducing acquisition time of packets in a FDD system, such as a spread-spectrum or OFDM system. A remote unit transmits a multi-tone packet. The multi-tone packet has a plurality of tones with each tone having a different power level, and at a different frequency, from other tones in the plurality of tones. The base station receives the multi-tone packet. The base station compares the plurality of tones from the received multi-tone packet to a threshold or other selection criteria. A tone is selected from the plurality of tones meeting desired selection criteria. Based on the selected tone, the base station transmits a BS packet with the BS packet having power information from the power level of the selected tone.12-24-2009
20090316638Method for performing random access Procedures and terminal thereof - A random access procedure between a mobile terminal and a network is performed based upon the characteristics of a RACH preamble. If the RACH preamble was explicitly signaled by the network, a downlink channel is monitored until a new transmission is indicated according to radio resource allocation information received from the network. If the RACH preamble was not explicitly signaled by the network, a contention resolution timer is started and the downlink channel is monitored until the contention resolution timer expires. Such monitoring of downlink channels in a more efficient manner, results in effective reduction in power consumption.12-24-2009
20090316643BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD, CONTROL INFORMATION RECEPTION METHOD AND PROGRAM - In a radio system which allocates resources using as units resource blocks which are formed by frequency components and time components, control information for mobile station devices, and identification information which is used to identify a format for a control information transmission channel which transmits the control information is transmitted from the base station device to the mobile station devices by means of the control information transmission channel.12-24-2009
20130089064METHOD OF RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FEEDBACK AND METHOD OF CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FEEDBACK - A method of resource allocation for Channel State Information (CSI) feedback is provided, which comprises the following steps of: configuring a downlink transmission approach and a feedback mode for each User Equipment (UE); allocating feedback resources required for CSI feedback by each UE based on the configured downlink transmission approach and feedback mode, such that different types underlying different feedback modes for a single UE will not collide with each other within one sub-frame; and notifying each UE of the corresponding configured downlink transmission approach and feedback mode and allocated feedback resources. Further, a method of Channel State Information (CSI) feedback is provided, which comprises the following steps of: feeding downlink CSI back to a base station (BS) based on a downlink transmission approach and a feedback mode configured by the BS; and solving, when different types underlying different feedback modes collide with each other within one sub-frame, the collision based on a collision solution rule.04-11-2013
20130089057METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DELIVERY OF BSR INFORMATION TO ASSIST EFFICIENT SCHEDULING - The invention proposes the method and device for delivery BSR information to assist efficient scheduling. It introduces at least one additional table (also called extended table) which indicates the buffer statues corresponding to the higher data rates than the existing table. The use of the at least one additional table is identified by new identification(s), more specifically one or more Logical channel ID. The signaling uses MAC layer signaling as in ReI.8/9. In an embodiment of the present invention, the new MAC CE is designed to guarantee the co-existence of ReI.8/9 and ReI.10 buffer status reporting depending on low or high data rates.04-11-2013
20130089058METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPTIMIZING A USER PLAN OPERATION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM BASED ON CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method and an apparatus for optimizing a user plan operation in a wireless communication system based on carrier aggregation are provided in the present invention. Firstly, a user equipment receives a downlink carrier component removal signaling from a base station, the downlink carrier component removal signaling is used to indicate a removed downlink carrier component; then, the user equipment, according to the received downlink carrier component removal signaling, stops the pending HARQ procedures of the removed downlink carrier component and flushes the HARQ receiving buffer related to the removed downlink carrier component and/or stops a re-ordering procedure and/or generates a status report and sends the status report to the base station, wherein the status report is used to indicate the base station to perform retransmission and inform the base station of the data needed to be retransmitted. By applying the technology scheme of the present invention, the user plan operation at the user equipment side can be optimized, when a downlink carrier component is de-activated or de-configured.04-11-2013
20130089051METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DATA TRANSMISSION IN RADIO NETWORK - The disclosure provides a method and apparatus for data transmission in a radio network. The method includes: a first access point sends transmission information of a data channel allocated to a user terminal to a second access point, enabling the second access point sending data to the user terminal through the data channel according to the transmission information of the data channel, where the first access point sends no data through the data channel, or sends data through the data channel to other user terminals than the user terminal through the data channel at a transmit power less than or equal to a first power. The technical solution of the present disclosure can avoid channel interference between the second access point and the first access point in a heterogeneous network scenario, and improve transmission performance.04-11-2013
20090116441NETWORK CONNECTION METHOD FOR MOBILE TERMINAL IN ASYNCHRONOUS MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A network connection method for an asynchronous mobile terminal is provided for reducing connection latency and power consumption. A network connection method for an asynchronous mobile terminal includes displaying a list of operators identified by scanning frequencies in a manual network selection mode, acquiring, when one of the operators is selected from the list, synchronization through a frequency of the selected operator, and connecting to a network through the frequency for receiving a service. The network connection method enables a mobile terminal to select an operator network through a single frequency scanning process unlike the convention method which performs frequency scanning twice, thereby reducing connection latency and power consumption of the mobile terminal.05-07-2009
20090109905DYNAMIC/STATIC TRANSPORT CHANNEL TO PHYSICAL CHANNEL MAPPING IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEMS - Embodiments of the present invention provide for transport and logical channels to be used in wireless transmissions to and from mobile stations. In some embodiments, a mapper may be used to dynamically or statically map the transport channels to the physical channels. In some embodiments, physical layers may receive bearer traffic in physical channels and transmit the bearer traffic over corresponding radio frequency carriers. Other embodiments may be described and claimed.04-30-2009
20090303956METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR ASSIGNING ACK CHANNELS TO USERS - A method for assigning acknowledgement (ACK) channels to a user is used to feed back ACKs of a plurality of downlink sub-frames in one uplink sub-frame. According to the method, reserved ACK channels are divided into blocks according to the number of downlink sub-frames; each downlink sub-frame corresponds to one block; each block is divided into several sub-blocks; control channel element (CCE) sets within the same sub-frame are respectively mapped to different sub-blocks; and the ACK channels are assigned to the downlink sub-frames according to a sequence of increasing a mapping label d first and then increasing a sub-block label m. Thus, more unused ACK channels can be released to form resource blocks (RBs) for transmission on other channels, for example, for PUSCH transmission. Other methods for assigning ACK channels to a user, a device for assigning ACK channels to a user, and a communication system are further provided.12-10-2009
20090303955Method and System for Generating Antenna Selection Signals in Wireless Networks - Embodiments of the invention describe a method for antenna selection (AS) in a wireless communication network, the network comprising user equipment (UE), configured to transmit a sounding reference signal (SRS) from a subset of antennas at a time without transmitting user data. The method transmits a first SRS from a first subset of antennas in a first subframe, wherein the first subframe does not include the user data, and transmits a second SRS from a second subset of antennas in a second subframe, wherein the second subframe does not include the user data. After receiving, in response to the transmitting the first SRS and the second SRS, information identifying an optimal subset of antennas from the first subset of antennas and the second subset of antennas, the method selects the optimal set of antennas such that the optimal subset of antennas is selected without transmitting the user data.12-10-2009
20090303953METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING IDLE MODE OF MOBILE STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for supporting an idle mode of a Mobile Station (MS) in a superframe-based wireless communication system are provided. In a method for operating an MS to support an idle mode in a superframe-based wireless communication system, a paging listening interval is determined based on a Broadcast CHannel (BCH) information Transmit (TX) interval. BCH information including paging information is received during the paging listening interval. The inclusion/non-inclusion of a paging advertisement (MOB_PAG-ADV) message is detected based on the BCH information.12-10-2009
20090303952RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND FREQUENCY RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD - A radio communication apparatus, a communication system and a frequency resource allocation method are disclosed. The radio communication apparatus includes a user equipment selection unit selecting a predetermined number of user equipments from plural user equipments in connection, and a frequency resource allocation unit allocating frequency blocks as divisions of a predetermined frequency resource to the user equipments. The frequency resource allocation unit allocates the frequency blocks preferentially to the user equipments with the reception quality thereof judged low, based on each reception quality measured in the communication with the user equipments in each of the allocable frequency blocks.12-10-2009
20090303951Channel quality signaling for persistent/semi-persistent radio resource allocations - A persistent or a semi-persistent uplink resource allocation also includes an indication for a user equipment UE to send channel quality reports. The format for the channel quality report is determined (based on a transmission mode for which the UE receives a downlink shared channel). In at least first transmissions of user data for instances of the persistently allocated uplink resource the UE sends user data and a channel quality report according to the determined format. For the case that a NACK is received in reply to one of those sent user data with channel quality reports, four options are detailed: re-send the NACK'd user data on a next instance of the persistently allocated UL resource with or without a channel quality report, and re-send the NACK'd user data on a dynamically allocated uplink resource with or without a channel quality report.12-10-2009
20090303950BASE STATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - A base station apparatus is disclosed that includes a unit generating a low-layer control channel including at least resource allocation information and transmission system information of a data channel to be transmitted to a user equipment, a unit separately performing channel coding on each low-layer control channel of the plural sets of the user equipment, a unit transmitting the data channel and the low-layer control channel to the user equipment, and a determination unit configured to determine a multiplexing system of a downlink radio resource based on at least one of mobility of the user equipment and a traffic type. In the base station apparatus, high-layer control information indicating that the multiplexing system of the downlink radio resource is either a localized FDM system or a distributed FDM system is transmitted via the data channel.12-10-2009
20090303949OFDMA Communication System and Communication Method - There is provided an OFDMA communication system capable of suppressing the communication resource reduction and reducing the processing load on a base station. The system includes a downlink frame generation unit (12-10-2009
20090303948Communication System, Base Station, and Communication Method - In a communication system of the OFDMA communication method, even when transmission data is decreased temporarily and then increased again while communication by a user terminal is in progress, the communication can be continued without lowering the communication throughput of the user terminal and the throughput corresponding to QoS can be provided to the user terminal. The OFDMA communication system for performing data communication using one or more subchannels between a base station (12-10-2009
20090303947MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A mobile station-side acquirer acquires the MTU value notified by a base station-side notifier and stores the acquired MTU value in a mobile station-side memory. A mobile station-side transmitter transmits data to a destination with the data size set to be smaller than or equal to the MTU value stored in the mobile station-side memory. A base station-side acquirer acquires the MTU value of the transmission path and stores the acquired MTU value in a base station-side memory. The base station-side notifier notifies the mobile station of the MTU value stored in the base station-side memory12-10-2009
20090303946WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - A wireless communication apparatus comprises a determination unit to determine whether to increase the number of reference signals to be included in a downlink signal based on an uplink signal. The wireless communication apparatus further comprises a mapping unit to map reference signals based on a determination made by the determination unit.12-10-2009
20090303945Mobile Communication System, Base Station Device, Mobile Station Device, and Mobile Communication Method - A base station device (12-10-2009
20090303943Access Control in a Communication Network - A method of controlling access to services of an IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) by a user based upon the user's location. In response to a user requesting access to a service, information identifying the user's location is provided to the IMS. Within the IMS, the provided information is compared with authorization information stored in a database. The authorization information includes information identifying prohibited and/or allowed access locations. Dependent upon the result of the comparison, access to the IMS services is allowed or denied.12-10-2009
20090303942Method of Enabling a Wireless Device to Make a Network Connection Without Using a Network Operator's Home Location Register - A wireless device can initiate a network connection without using a network operator's home location register. The wireless device sends data to a server that defines a call request; and the server decides on the appropriate routing over all available networks for that call request. But, unlike a conventional HLR, the server can receive communications from the device using any one of several different protocols, and is not limited to the MAP (mobile application part) protocol. For example, the wireless device can use SMS or HTTP over the internet to communicate with the server. The server then determines the appropriate least cost routing.12-10-2009
20090303941SCALABLE BANDWIDTH SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RADIO TERMINAL APPARATUS - A scalable bandwidth system wherein even when various terminals having different bandwidth capabilities are existent in a cell, the unbalance of traffic in the maximum bandwidth can be reduced. Terminals (12-10-2009
20090303940Method and System for Controlling the Allocation of Services In a Communication Network, and Corresponding Network and Computer-Program Product - The provision of services to the users of a multi-resource communication network is controlled by modelling the system made up of these resources as a Markov chain, wherein each state of the Markov chain is identified by a respective set of values of the numbers of the users served by each of the resources, and the transitions between states are represented by the allocation and de-allocation to the users of the services provided by the resources. A cost function is defined wherein each of the states gives a respective contribution weighted by the probability that the Markov chain is in that state, such probability being a function of the possible transitions between the states. A plurality of transitions between the states is thus identified that optimizes the cost function, and the resources are allocated to the users according to such plurality of transitions that optimizes the cost function.12-10-2009
20090303939SHARED DATA CHANNEL ASSIGNING APPARATUS AND SHARED DATA CHANNEL ASSIGNING METHOD - An apparatus for allocating a shared data channel includes: a MAC identifier allocating unit configured to allocate a common MAC identifier to a mobile station in a discontinuous reception state; and a discontinuous reception timing control unit configured to prevent discontinuous reception timings from overlapping among multiple of the mobile stations to which the common MAC identifier is allocated.12-10-2009
20090303938METHOD OF ALLOCATING WIRELESS RESOURCES IN A MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - A method of allocating wireless resources in a wireless communication system is disclosed. More specifically, the method includes allocating distributed chunks to at least one user equipment (UE) on a frequency domain, wherein the distributed chunks are localized chunks which are allocated to the wireless resources according to a distributed allocation scheme, constructing a map for allocating localized chunks in consideration of the allocated distributed chunks, wherein the localized chunks are the localized chunks allocated to the wireless resources according to a localized allocation scheme, and allocating the localized chunks to the at least one UE after all of the distributed chunks are allocated. Here, the distributed chunks and the localized chunks are mutually exclusive.12-10-2009
20090303937MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATIONS METHOD - A disclosed mobile station includes a multiplexing portion that multiplexes a contention-based channel and a non-contention-base channel, and a transmitting portion that transmits the multiplexed contention-based and non-contention-based channels to a base station. In the mobile station, the contention-based channel and the non-contention-based channel are distinguished from whether scheduling is performed before transmission in the base station. The contention-based channel includes one or more of a fast access channel, a reservation channel, and a synchronization channel. The non-contention-based channel includes one or more of an uplink shared data channel and an uplink shared control channel. The fast access channel includes traffic data, or control data having a data size smaller than a predetermined size, or a combination thereof. The reservation channel includes information to request scheduling the non-contention-based channel. The uplink data channel includes the traffic data, or the control data, or a combination thereof.12-10-2009
20100272050METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING USER EQUIPMENT HISTORY INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and an apparatus for managing User Equipment (UE) history information are provided. The method for managing user equipment history information in a wireless communication network includes determining if a recording event occurs when the user equipment enters into an idle mode; recording information about the recording event in idle mode user equipment history information when the recording event occurs; and transmitting the recorded idle mode user equipment history information to a base station when the user equipment accesses the base station.10-28-2010
20120218969METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING CONTROL CHANNEL ELEMENT RESOURCES - The present invention discloses a method and a device for allocating a Control Channel Element (CCE) resource. The method includes: a network allocates the CCE resource according to the CCE aggregation level and the current use information of the CCE resource. Through the present invention, the problem of resource waste in the allocation of idle CCE resource in the related art is solved, thereby achieving the effect of effectively using the idle CCE resource.08-30-2012
20120218968METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. In particular, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting channel quality information using a terminal, wherein the method comprises the steps of: receiving CoMP configuration information from a serving transmission point; receiving a downlink signal from a plurality of transmission points; and transmitting channel quality information on one or more downlink sub-bands for each transmission point to the serving transmission point, wherein the plurality of transmission points select the same one or more downlink sub-bands in consideration of the CoMP configuration information.08-30-2012
20120218967METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method in which a terminal transmits a sounding reference signal in a wireless communication system. Specifically, the method includes: receiving sounding reference signal setting information from a base station; and transmitting the sound reference signal to the base station on the basis of the sounding reference signal setting information, wherein an upstream link signal based on the sounding reference signal is transmitted over an upstream link control channel, and a frequency band corresponding to an upstream link data channel and a frequency band corresponding to an upstream link control channel are allocated as frequency resources for the sounding reference signal.08-30-2012
20120218966RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, LOW-POWER BASE STATION, HIGH-POWER BASE STATION, RADIO TERMINAL, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio communication system (08-30-2012
20120218965METHOD AND DEVICE FOR AGGREGATING A PLURALITY OF SERVICE DATA FROM MACHINE TERMINAL EQUIPMENT - The invention proposes a method and device for aggregating a plurality of service data from a terminal equipment. A first network device in a radio access network encapsulates a plurality of service data from a machine terminal equipment into a non-access stratum data packet, performs a transmission process on the non-access stratum data packet to generate a processed signal and transmits the processed signal; and the signal is forwarded by a base station to a second network device in a core network, and the second network device recovers the non-access stratum data packet from the signal, extracts the plurality of service data from the non-access stratum data packet and then transmits the plurality of service data respectively to a corresponding destination server. With the solution of the invention, a signaling overhead and thus radio resources in a radio access network can be saved, and preferably a period of time for a terminal equipment to wait for a feedback can also be shorten so that the terminal equipment can enter a dormancy status or transmit new service data as soon as possible, thereby saving power consumption of the terminal equipment.08-30-2012
20120218964RELAY NODE DEVICE FOR RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION FROM A BASE STATION AND METHOD THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a relay node device for receiving control information from a base station and a method therefor. The relay node device according to the present invention comprises: a receiver, which receives information about an area where a relay-physical downlink control channel (R-PDCCH), the channel for transmitting control information for the relay node from a base station, is allocated; a processor, which searches for at least one R-PDCCH for the relay node based on the R-PDCCH allocation information received; and an R-PDCCH receiver, which receives the at least one R-PDCCH from the fourth symbol of the first slot in a downlink backhaul subframe of the area where the at least one R-PDCCH searched for by the processor has been allocated.08-30-2012
20120218963METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROCESSING HARQ FEEDBACK IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A device and method for handling HARQ feedback in a mobile communication system are disclosed. The HARQ feedback handling method includes: analyzing a control message from a base station to recognize presence of HARQ feedback relationships between downlink carriers and uplink carriers;08-30-2012
20120218962RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - To use CSI feedback information capable of sufficiently supporting MU-MIMO transmission and CoMP transmission in LTE-A systems, in a radio communication method of the invention, a radio base station apparatus (08-30-2012
20120218961WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL APPARATUS, AND CONTROL PROGRAM OF COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS - To perform control so as to achieve a transmission power that satisfies a desired communication quality by an access method which a mobile station apparatus uses, in consideration of the frequency-selective diversity effect, when switching an access method to the one having a different frequency-selective diversity effect. In a wireless communication system in which a communication control apparatus and a communication terminal apparatus that are able to use a plurality of types of access methods perform wireless communication using any of the access methods, the communication control apparatus, when the necessity of changing the access method arises, determines the access method after change and notifies the communication terminal apparatus of switching the access method before change to the determined access method, and performs the transmission power control in accordance with communication characteristics of the determined access method.08-30-2012
20120218960METHOD FOR SELECTING PMI FOR NON-ADAPTIVE HARQ OPERATION IN A MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting an uplink signal at a User Equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system includes receiving, from a Base Station (BS), an uplink scheduling grant for multi-antenna transmission; transmitting the uplink signal precoded using precoding information included in the received uplink scheduling grant to the BS; and retransmitting the uplink signal to the BS according to Acknowledgment/Negative Acknowledgment (ACK/NACK) corresponding to the transmitted uplink signal. The retransmitted uplink signal is precoded using precoding information included in a most recent uplink scheduling grant or a predetermined precoding matrix if an uplink scheduling grant for the retransmission is not received from the BS.08-30-2012
20120218959BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, METHOD FOR MAPPING A RESPONSE SIGNAL, AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING A RESPONSE SIGNAL RESOURCE - Provided is a radio communication base station device which can obtain a maximum frequency diversity effect of a downstream line control channel. The device includes: an RB allocation unit (08-30-2012
20120218956Station Operation Method and Apparatus in TV Whitespace - The present invention relates to a station (hereinafter, ‘STA’) operation method and apparatus in a TV whitespace. In a TVWS band, when an STA operating as an unlicensed device with permission to operate in an available channel not used by a licensed device needs to operate in the TVWS band by acquiring information on the available channel, the STA transmits an available channel information request message to a device having database information; receives, from the device having database information, an ACK message for the available channel information that includes (a) identification information on an available channel, (b) information on the maximum allowable power level in the available channel, and (c) information on valid time of the available channel; and transmits/receives a signal using the information of (a), (b) and (c), i.e., using the maximum allowable power level within the valid time in the available channel.08-30-2012
20120218955RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL APPARATUS, TRANSMISSION SIGNAL GENERATION METHOD, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A control information channel signal formation unit has a channel encoding section and a spreading section. The channel encoding section multiplexes a plurality of types of control information for a single communication terminal for use in uplink packet transmission, using different symbol patterns between a plurality of types of control information. The spreading section spreads symbols obtained by the channel encoding section using one spreading code.08-30-2012
20120218954MULTI-CARRIER OPERATIONS WITH FAST FREQUENCY HOPPING - A method of wireless communication includes receiving by a single RF receiver of a user equipment (UE) a first portion of a downlink transmission from an eNode B (eNodeB) on a downlink primary carrier during at least one periodic subframe of the downlink primary carrier. The method also includes receiving by the single RF receiver a second portion of the downlink transmission from the eNodeB on the secondary downlink carrier. The reception occurs during a periodic sequence of subframes of the secondary downlink carrier following the at least one periodic subframe of the downlink primary carrier and before a second periodic subframe of the downlink primary carrier.08-30-2012
20120218953Mobile Communication Device, Network Node and Communication System for Coordinated Multipoint Transmission Comprising Self-Containment Information of a Channel-Dependent Attribute - The present invention provides a mobile communication device including a sending and receiving unit, wherein the sending and receiving unit is adapted for the transmission of a signal pattern over a communication channel, wherein the signal pattern includes at least two logical data units, wherein the signal pattern includes information of information to be transmitted, wherein in a first logical data unit absolute information of information to be transmitted is provided, wherein in at least one second logical data unit relative information of information to be transmitted is provided, wherein the relative information of information to be transmitted is depending at least in part on the absolute information of information to be transmitted and/or a preceding relative information of information to be transmitted, wherein the at least one second logical data unit further includes self-containment information of information to be transmitted.08-30-2012
20120218952TRANSMISSION METHOD OF DOWNLINK SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND TRANSMISSION APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention provides a method for a base station to transmit a downlink signal in a wireless communication system, the method comprising: allocating a resource to a downlink signal; and transmitting the downlink signal using the allocated resource. In the downlink signal transmission method and apparatus thereof, a resource for transmitting a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) among the downlink signals is allocated from a specific OFDM symbol that is fixed within a subframe.08-30-2012
20120218951METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND SYSTEM THEREOF - A method for transmitting data in an LTE system including a User Equipment (UE) and an Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN) includes: transmitting a MAC protocol data unit (PDU) from the E-UTRAN to the UE; receiving the MAC PDU and beginning counting a predetermined time by the UE; sending a scheduling request (SR) from the UE to the E-UTRAN after the predetermined time; receiving the scheduling request (SR) and allocating an uplink resource in response to the scheduling request (SR) by the E-UTRAN; and transmitting data from the UE to the E-UTRAN via the uplink resource.08-30-2012
20120218950Signal Resource Determination Method - The present disclosure discloses a signal resource determination method, and the method includes that: carrying a dedicated demodulation data reference signal in a Resource Element (RE) on an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol, wherein the OFDM symbol is in a non-control channel area of a Resource Block (RB) and carries a non-common reference signal.08-30-2012
20120218949DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD USING ACK TRANSMISSION OPPORTUNITY IN WIRELESS NETWORK - Disclosed is a data transmission method in a wireless network capable of improving transmission performance on a wireless network by transmitting data, on which ACK is piggybacked, using the ACK transmission opportunity having high priority. The data transmission method includes acquiring a wireless channel by a STA to transmit a first data to the AP, transmitting the first data by the STA acquired the wireless channel to the AP through the wireless channel, analyzing by the AP whether there are second data intended to any one of the plurality of STAs, and, if there are the second data to transmit, transmitting the second data, on which an ACK is piggybacked, to the intended STA from the AP using ACK transmission opportunity having higher priority than that of data transmission.08-30-2012
20120218948Downlink 8 Tx Codebook Sub-Sampling for CSI Feedback - This invention is codebook sub-sampling of the reporting of RI, CQI, W08-30-2012
20120218947RULES FOR MULTIPLEXING DATA OF DIFFERENT ACCESS CATEGORIES IN MULTI USER MIMO WIRELESS SYSTEMS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a technique for multiplexing data of different access categories in Multi User Multiple Input Multiple Output (MU-MIMO) wireless systems. The present disclosure defines rules for multiplexing data of an access category that did not win the contention together with data that won the contention. In this way, a desired Quality of Service (QoS) of each access category class can be preserved.08-30-2012
20100040002METHOD FOR RECEIVING COMMON CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION AND TERMINAL THEREOF - A method for receiving a common channel of a mobile terminal is disclosed. The mobile terminal receives a shared control channel, determines whether to receive a shared data channel or a common channel, and receives the shared data channel or the common channel according to control information transmitted via the shared control channel.02-18-2010
20130070699OPTIMIZED SYSTEM ACCESS PROCEDURES - A base station subsystem (BSS) and a method are described herein for improving an Access Grant Channel (AGCH) capacity when mobile stations establish an uplink Temporary Block Flow (TBF) triggered by a small data transmission (SDT) or an instant message transmission (IMT). Plus, a mobile station (MS) and a method are described herein for improving the AGCH capacity when the mobile station establishes an uplink TBF triggered by a SDT or an IMT.03-21-2013
20090092092METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING BROADCAST DATA AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING BROADCAST DATA - Provided are a method and apparatus for transmitting broadcast data and a method and apparatus for receiving broadcast data so as to provide a broadcast service. The method of transmitting broadcast data includes: receiving at least one Internet Protocol (IP) packet group, the IP packet group classified based on a service provided by IP packets; generating first mapping information which indicates mapping information between an IP address corresponding to each of the at least one IP packet and an address within a transmission channel on which each of the at least one IP packet group is to be carried; and transmitting the first mapping information and the at least one IP packet group via the transmission channel. A user accesses only desired IP packets quickly and processes them so that a data processing speed can be improved.04-09-2009
20090092091INACTIVITY-BASED MULTI-CARRIER ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate adjusting allocation of carriers based on inactivity in wireless communications. An inactivity and dormancy timer are provided to allow carrier deallocation in periods of communicative inactivity (after expiration of the inactivity timer) without terminating the connection until expiration of the dormancy timer. Upon expiration of the inactivity timer, carriers can be deallocated from communication to conserve resources and reduce interference while still allowing requests to be made over the connection. If such requests are made, carriers can be reallocated to efficiently transmit a response. The timers are reset when communications are active. In addition, the timers can have expiration times related to aspects of connection, such as a protocol utilized thereover, connection quality, and/or the like.04-09-2009
20090092089Radio Communication Terminal and Data Transmission/Reception Circuit - A radio communication terminal includes a transmission/reception unit performing transmission/reception of data, and a channel control unit controlling a communication channel in the transmission/reception unit. The transmission/reception unit is formed of a physical layer protocol processing unit processing a protocol of a physical layer in the transmission/reception of the data. The channel control unit is formed of a medium access control unit controlling a transmission/reception form of the data in a data link layer in the transmission/reception of the data. The channel control unit includes an execution unit executing processing for determining a state of the transmission/reception of the data by the transmission/reception unit, a determination unit determining the transmission/reception state based on a result of the processing by the execution unit, and a switching unit executing processing for switching the communication channel in the transmission/reception unit based on a result of the determination by the determination unit.04-09-2009
20090092090WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A signalling mechanism in an OFDMA-based wireless communication system in which the number of bits used to indicate the 2-D resource allocation in each frame are reduced, and optimised for the particular frame configuration. The numbers of bits within the MAP-IEs in at least the DL_MAP and optionally also the UL_MAP of each frame, used to represent the Symbol offset and No. of Symbols, are scaled to the frame duration and the subcarrier allocation scheme used for the zone to which the DL-MAP_IE is associated. Likewise, a variable number of bits is used for the subchannel offset and number of subchannels, which can be optimised based on the selected FFT size and subcarrier allocation scheme. The bit numbers in use can be TLV encoded and transmitted within a downlink channel descriptor following the DL_MAP and UL_MAP. Therefore, in subsequent frames each subscriber station knows the number of bits being used to represent these parameters, and thus the field sizes in the MAP_IEs, until such time as the DCD is updated. In this way, the signalling overhead incurred by the MAP_IEs, which can be very significant for a large number of users and with some frame and FFT sizes, is reduced.04-09-2009
20130136070Terminal and Grant Processing Method Thereof - Disclosed are a terminal and a grant processing method therefor. The method includes: when a terminal carries out the 16 quadrature amplitude modulation (16QAM) operation, if an absolute grant is mapped by using absolute grant value mapping relationship table 1, then scheduling grant table 1 will be utilized to update a serving grant; and if the absolute grant is mapped by using absolute grant value mapping relationship table 2, then scheduling grant table 2 will be utilized to update the serving grant. By way of the present invention, the boundaries of various tables match each other as far as possible, thereby the performance problem appearing during the engineering application can be solved, improving the performance of high speed uplink packet access (HSUPA) technology during engineering application.05-30-2013
20090092088Synchronous Two-Phase Rate and Power Control in WLANs - A method for operation of a node operating in a wireless network comprising the steps of during an initial phase, setting transmission power and data transmission rate to initial settings and transmitting the initial settings to the wireless network in order to initiate communication with said wireless network during a reference phase once communication with the wireless network is established by the initial phase, transmitting at maximum power while performing a rate adaptation and at least one variable estimation and during an operational phase, transmitting at a power level that is optimal for transmission based on information obtained from the reference phase.04-09-2009
20090092087MULTI-ANTENNA TRANSMISSION FOR SPATIAL DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS - An uplink channel response matrix is obtained for each terminal and decomposed to obtain a steering vector used by the terminal to transmit on the uplink. An “effective” uplink channel response vector is formed for each terminal based on its steering vector and its channel response matrix. Multiple sets of terminals are evaluated based on their effective channel response vectors to determine the best set (e.g., with highest overall throughput) for uplink transmission. Each selected terminal performs spatial processing on its data symbol stream with its steering vector and transmits its spatially processed data symbol stream to an access point. The multiple selected terminals simultaneously transmit their data symbol streams via their respective MIMO channels to the access point. The access point performs receiver spatial processing on its received symbol streams in accordance with a receiver spatial processing technique to recover the data symbol streams transmitted by the selected terminals.04-09-2009
20090092086APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA ON CONTENTION BASED RESOURCE IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF - An apparatus and method for transmitting data on a contention based resource in a radio communication system. A base station broadcasts a definition of uplink contention based resource groups and a criterion for a User Equipment (UE) to use for selecting a group. The UE selects an uplink contention based resource to transmit data according to the criterion for selecting the group. The apparatus and method improve data transmission service quality of a UE in a border area of a cell may by providing an effective scheme, thereby improving uplink system capacity.04-09-2009
20090092085TELECOMMUNICATIONS FRAME STRUCTURE ACCOMODATING DIFFERING FORMATS - A radio access network (RAN) (04-09-2009
20130070712MACRO DIVERSITY IN A MOBILE DATA NETWORK WITH EDGE BREAKOUT - Macro diversity is managed at the edge in a mobile data network with edge data Macro diversity is managed at the edge in a mobile data network with edge data breakout with a component in a Mobile Internet Optimization Platform (MIOP) referred to as MIOP@NodeB. A set of NodeBs that are in simultaneous communication with user equipment are defined as an active set. One of the MIOP@NodeBs of the active set is selected as a master, with the remaining MIOP@NodeBs in the active set being designated slaves. During uplink of signaling data, the signaling data is sent from the UE to all the NodeBs in the active set, which send the signaling data to each of their corresponding MIOP@NodeBs. Each slave MIOP@NodeB sends its data to the master MIOP@NodeB, which combines the data from all into a best packet.03-21-2013
20130070713PILOT ALLOCATION IN MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEMS WITH FREQUENCY NOTCHING - The present invention relates to a transmitting apparatus for transmitting signals in a multi carrier system, in which pilot signals and data mapped on frequency carriers are transmitted in a transmission bandwidth, wherein apart of sai transmission bandwidth is not used to transmit signals, comprising pilot signal mapping means for mapping pilot signals onto selected frequency carriers according to a pilot pattern which is adapted for a channel estimation in a corresponding receiving apparatus, said pilot pattern enabling a channel estimation for frequency carriers next to said part of said transmission bandwidth which is not used to transmit signals. The present invention further relates to a corresponding method as well as a pilot pattern.03-21-2013
20130070704METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - A method for efficiently transmitting and receiving downlink control information is disclosed. The method includes, at a base station, receiving feedback information including a precoding matrix index (PMI) from a user equipment (UE) and transmitting precoding information having a predetermined bit number according to the number of antenna ports and a transmission mode of the base station. The precoding information of a predetermined transmission mode in the precoding information includes confirmation information indicating that the base station uses a PMI which is recently received from the UE.03-21-2013
20130070709Method, Device, and System of Resource Configuration - A method and a communications system are provided. The system includes a base station and a RNC. The base station does not report the RNC whether the base station supports an E-DPCCH power boost capability. The RNC is also informed whether a UE supports and E-DPCCH power boost capability. If the UE supports E-DPCCH power boost function, the RCE designates by default that the base station also supports the E-DPCCH power boost function even though the base station does not report whether it supports or not, and configures resources for the base station to perform channel estimation by using the E-DPCCH power boost feature for the UE. Through the solution of the system, the accuracy of channel estimation can be improved and thus a bit error rate in high-speed data transmission can be reduced.03-21-2013
20130070707Signaling Reserved Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Information for Downlink Semi-Persistent Scheduling - A method is provided for reuse of one of a plurality of hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) Process ID. The method includes receiving signaling used to associate at least one of the plurality of HARQ Process IDs with semi-persistent scheduling. The method further includes determining an activation of a semi-persistent resource. The method further includes receiving a non-semi-persistent data communication utilizing the at least one of a plurality of HARQ Process IDs.03-21-2013
20130070702METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THE EFFICIENT TRANSMISSION OF CONTROL INFORMATION FOR SUPPORTING UPLINK TRANSMISSION USING MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and to a method and apparatus for efficiently transmitting control information for supporting an uplink transmitting technique using multiple antennas. According to one embodiment of the present invention, the method for transmitting control information for an uplink transmission using multiple antennas comprises the following steps: receiving a plurality of data blocks; transmitting ACK/NACK information for the received data blocks via a PHICH; transmitting, via a PDCCH, information containing an indicator which indicates whether to retransmit each of the plurality of data blocks; and receiving an uplink transmission in accordance with the combination of the ACK/NACK information and the information indicated by the indicator.03-21-2013
20130070703RADIO COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - The present invention aims to realize an uplink assignment information structure that is optimal for signaling of uplink assignment information when a plurality of frequency bands are assigned to an uplink data channel. In a radio communication system where a plurality of frequency bands are assigned to one user on the uplink, uplink assignment information including uplink resource allocation information in which resources are allocated in a bitmap format is defined, this uplink assignment information is formed in the same bit size as downlink assignment information (for example, DCI format 03-21-2013
20130070708METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONFIGURING CENTRAL SUBCARRIER - A method and a device for configuring a central subcarrier are disclosed. The method comprises: mapping a first downlink control channel onto a part (f03-21-2013
20130070705METHOD FOR EFFICIENTLY PERFORMING INITIAL ACCESS IN A MULTI-CARRIER BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method for efficiently performing an initial access in an MS in a multi-carrier broadband wireless access system is disclosed. The method includes scanning a plurality of carriers supported by a BS, and selecting one of the scanned carriers as a first carrier and receiving an SFH of the first carrier. The SFH of the first carrier includes at least one of a field indicating load status of the first carrier and recommended network entry carrier information including information about a second carrier in good load status.03-21-2013
20130070710METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS OF LOCATION-BASED MACHINE-TO-MACHINE COMMUNICATION - A method, a system and an apparatus of location-based machine-to-machine communication are disclosed. The method includes: a network device receives a first service request sent by an MTC server and intended for obtaining service data of a first service in a first area, where the network device uses a first terminal identifier to trigger first MTC devices that execute the first service in the first area to access a network, and the first MTC devices share the first terminal identifier and first subscription information; the network device receives the service data of the first service reported by the first MTC devices after the first MTC devices access the network as triggered; and the network device sends the service data to the MTC server. Embodiments of the present invention can save storage space and bearer resources of the network side and reduce network overhead, device overhead and air interface resource consumption.03-21-2013
20130070706METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING UPLINK CHANNEL SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNALS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method is provided for transmitting uplink control information by a terminal in a cellular communication system. The method includes receiving system information associated with uplink transmission of a Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) from a base station; determining an orthogonal sequence having a first length or a second length predefined; transmitting uplink control information to which a first orthogonal sequence is applied, if the first orthogonal sequence having the first length is determined; and transmitting uplink control information to which a second orthogonal sequence is applied, if the second orthogonal sequence having the second length is determined. The SRS is selectively transmitted with the uplink control information, based on the received system information, and the uplink control information, to which the first orthogonal sequence having the first length is applied, is transmitted regardless of whether or not the SRS is transmitted in a corresponding slot.03-21-2013
20130070714METHOD FOR QOS GUARANTEES IN A MULTILAYER STRUCTURE - A method in which a user equipment processes data in a wireless mobile communication system is provided. The method includes the steps of receiving a first data block from an upper layer, transferring a second data block including the first data block to a lower layer at a particular protocol layer, discarding the first and second data blocks present in the particular protocol layer if a certain period of time has passed, and transferring information associated with the discard of the second data block to the lower layer.03-21-2013
20130070717Method and Apparatus for Interchanging Data Between Two Devices in an Automation Network - A method for interchanging data between two devices in a network which utilizes a communication protocol with an interface based on the OPC-UA standard to interchange the data, wherein the communication protocol includes a priority allocation function which can allocate to the data at least two different priority values, and the data are interchanged based on the allocated priority values, such that the data interchangeable between the two devices in a predetermined period of time with a prescribed probability.03-21-2013
20130070715METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AN AD-HOC WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - An IBSS that allows token passing for round-robin service of QoS flows is disclosed (an RRBSS). The RRBSS permits low-latency, reduced contention, distributed scheduling useful in any ad hoc network, but particularly suitable for high data rates. Distributed scheduled access is provided for flows through a round-robin token passing service discipline. STAs follow a round-robin order, or list, and are able to communicate with round-robin transmit opportunities during a defined period. Each STA in the list transmits a respective token to transfer access to the shared medium to the next STA in the RR List. Techniques are disclosed to add and remove STAs to the sequence, establish connectivity lists (receive and forward), and maintain other sequence parameters such as bandwidth management and TXOP duration. Various other aspects are also disclosed.03-21-2013
20130070711METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING TUNNEL IDENTIFIER ALLOCATION - A method, a device, and a system for controlling tunnel identifier allocation are provided. The method includes: determining whether a type of a current procedure allows a Serving Gateway (SGW) to change a Tunnel Endpoint Identifier (TEID) and/or an Internet Protocol (IP) address (S03-21-2013
20130070719METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CHANNEL MEASUREMENT REFERENCE SIGNAL AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK CHANNEL MEASUREMENT REFERENCE SIGNAL - A method and apparatus for transmitting a downlink channel measurement reference signal and a method and apparatus for receiving the downlink channel measurement reference signal are provided in the present invention. The transmission method comprises the following steps: a network side determines other Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols except the OFDM symbols used for transmitting control signal, the OFDM symbols used for transmitting the Cell specific Reference Signal (CRS) and the OFDM symbols used for transmitting the Demodulation Reference Signal (DM-RS), and transmitting the downlink channel measurement reference signal (CSI-RS) on the determined other OFDM symbols. The specific solution that a transmitter transmits the downlink channel measurement reference signal and a UE receives the CSI-RS signal is provided by the present invention, and transmitter could transmit and receive the CSI-RS signal according to the solution provided by the present invention.03-21-2013
20130070718METHOD IN WHICH A MOBILE STATION THAT SUPPORTS TWO OR MORE RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGIES PERFORMS COMMUNICATION WITH TWO OR MORE NETWORKS - The present invention relates to an apparatus that supports two or more radio access technologies, and to a method in which the apparatus performs communication with two or more networks. A mobile station, which supports two or more radio access technologies and which belongs to a first network, receives a signal from a base station of a second network different from the first network, and transmits feedback information to a base station of the first network in a state in which the access between the mobile station and the base station of the second network is maintained, wherein the feedback information includes channel state information on the received signal, interference level information on the received signal, and/or a reception acknowledgement (ACK) signal or a reception non-acknowledgement (NACK) signal for the receives signal.03-21-2013
20130070716APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING POWER HEADROOM IN MULTIPLE COMPONENT CARRIER SYSTEM - An apparatus and method provide a mobile station transmits power headroom information in a multiple component carrier system. The apparatus and method include receiving a mode decision parameter for deciding a mode of a Power Headroom Report (PHR) for UpLink Component Carriers (UL CCs), configured in a mobile station, from a base station, deciding the mode of the PHR based on the mode decision parameter, and transmitting the power headroom information to the base station based on the decided mode of the PHR. Accordingly, there are advantages in that limited radio resources can be efficiently used because a mobile station's overhead according to a PHR can be reduced and a base station can efficiently perform uplink scheduling and link adaptation.03-21-2013
20130070701CHANNEL AND BANDWIDTH SWITCH PROCEDURES FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure generally relate to apparatus and methods for switching operating bandwidth and/or operating channel in a wireless communications network. A transmitting STA may send an announcement of a switch to a particular bandwidth in a frame, wherein the presence of absence of a Secondary Channel Offset Element and a Wide Bandwidth Channel Switch Element in the frame indicates whether the particular bandwidth belongs to a first or second set of operating bandwidths. The presence of the Secondary Channel Offset Element and a Wide Bandwidth Channel Switch Element in the frame may indicate a switch to the first set of operating bandwidths. The first set of operating bandwidths may include VHT channels including 80 MHz only, 80+80 MHz and 160 MHz channels. The absence of the Secondary Channel Offset Element and a Wide Bandwidth Channel Switch Element in the frame may indicate a switch to the second set of operating bandwidths. The second set of operating bandwidths may include 20 MHz and 40 MHz channels.03-21-2013
20130070688Architecture, devices and methods for supporting multiple channels in a wireless system - Devices, systems, and methods are presented for a wireless base station to assign dynamically a plurality of radio transceiver chains among a varying number of wireless channels. In this manner, the communication system including the wireless base station may transition between a range extension mode and an enhanced capacity mode. In the range extension mode, a system is configured for maximum communication range with Subscriber Stations that are relatively distant from the radio transceiver chains, although communication is still possible with nearby Subscriber Stations. In the enhanced capacity mode, the system is configured for maximum communication throughput with Subscriber Stations that are relatively near to the radio transceiver chains, whereas communication with relatively distant Subscriber Stations will be either terminated or at least non-optimized.03-21-2013
20130070700Method of Handling Random Access Procedure on Primary Cell When Random Access Procedure on Secondary Cell is Ongoing or about to Start - A method of handling a first random access procedure on a Primary Cell (PCell) for a mobile device when a second random access procedure on a Secondary Cell (SCell) is ongoing or is about to start is disclosed. The method comprises selectively initiating the first random access procedure on the PCell according to a result of the second random access procedure after the mobile device completes the second random access procedure on the SCell, wherein the first random access procedure is triggered by a pending scheduling request of the mobile device and the second random access procedure is triggered by need of synchronization on the SCell.03-21-2013
20130070697Method and Device for Transmitting, Method for Receiving and Destination Device, Corresponding Multicarrier Signal and Computer Program. - A method for transmitting data packets in a communication network using a plurality of radio frequency channels, at least two of the radio frequency channels being concatenated to form a concatenated channel. The method includes: acquiring and reserving at least one of the channels from the concatenated channel, thus reserving a first frequency band for transmitting data packets to a first target device; acquiring and reserving channels from the concatenated channel that were unreserved during the first step of acquisition and reservation, thus reserving a second frequency band for transmitting data packets to a second target device; generating a preamble specific to a selected data packet, which includes a simultaneous transmission indicator on the first and second frequency bands; and simultaneously transmitting the data packets on the first and second frequency bands, from the selected packet and the specific preamble, before the selected packet on the second frequency band.03-21-2013
20130070696Network Side Device and Method for Transmitting Configuration Information of Pathloss Power Threshold Thereof - The present invention discloses a method for transmitting pathloss power threshold configuration information and a network side device. The method includes: the network side increasing or reducing the weighted sum value currently selected by the cell according to the scenario of resources which can be allocated in a current cell, updating the random access preamble group B power offset value and the power offset value between the random access preamble and the first scheduled transmission (Msg3) sent over the uplink channel resources respectively according to the increased or reduced weighted sum value, sending the updated random access preamble group B power offset value and the updated power offset value between the random access preamble and Msg3 to a terminal of the cell.03-21-2013
20130070695Method for Scheduling User Equipment in a Radio Communications System and Apparatus Thereof - Method and Apparatus for scheduling transmissions of a plurality of user equipments in a radio communications system including the steps of: transmitting by at least two user equipments of said plurality, of channel information to an access node, said access node serving said at least two user equipments, wherein said channel information includes of a channel matrix; said access node upon reception of said channel information, determining a correlation between said at least two user equipments; said access node comparing said determined correlation to a threshold, and said access node scheduling radio resources for said at least two user equipments based on said comparison.03-21-2013
20130070693METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING MULTIPLE DATA TRANSMISSION RESULT - A method and an apparatus for transmitting and receiving multiple data transmission result, the apparatus comprises: a receiver in which a base station receives two or more uplink subframes that include independent data from a terminal; a reception verifier which verifies the independent data received from the receiver; a response data generator which generates a verification result for the independent data as response data; a signal generator which generates a downlink subframe by storing first information of the response data in a first section of a control area, and by storing second information of the response data in a field, which is not changed for a certain period of time, within a second section of the control area that is distinguished from the first section; and a transmitter which transmits the downlink subframe.03-21-2013
20130070692RADIO COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS - The present invention provides a radio communication control method, in a communication system in which the system band is widened by aggregating a plurality of fundamental frequency blocks, that is suitable to transmit a downlink shared channel and its downlink control channel in different fundamental frequency blocks. According to this radio communication control method, a normal component carrier and an concatenated component carrier are selected for radio communication with a user terminal, and resources are allocated such that, in the event the user terminal is a terminal of LTE specifications which can support up to a fundamental frequency block, communication is made possible based on the LTE specifications using only the fundamental frequency block, and, in the event the user terminal is a terminal of the LTE-A specifications which can support up to the concatenated frequency block, communication is performed based on the LTE specifications using the concatenated frequency block.03-21-2013
20130070689Method and Apparatus for Uplink Control Signaling - A system, a device and a method for allocating A/N resources are disclosed. In one embodiment the method comprises indicating an acknowledgement or negative acknowledgement (A/N) channel of a user equipment in a first cell, the A/N channel according to a first value and a second value, wherein the first value is determined by a physical layer parameter, wherein the second value is indicated by a high layer signaling, and wherein the A/N channel corresponds to a downlink transmission of a second cell.03-21-2013
20130070691Non-Guaranteed Bit Rate Bearer Control in a Mobile Communication Network - In a mobile communication network, data traffic is mapped to a non-guaranteed bit rate bearer (03-21-2013
20130070690COMMUNICATION METHOD OF TERMINAL IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM, AND TERMINAL - The present invention provides a communication method of a terminal in a carrier aggregation system. The method comprises: determining indexes relative to a plurality of downlink component carriers and a plurality of uplink component carriers; receiving, from a base station, DCI through at least one downlink component carrier among the plurality of downlink component carriers; and transmitting an uplink signal to the base station through an uplink component carrier determined on the basis of DCI, wherein the DCI includes an index that indicates the uplink component carrier which transmits the uplink signal among the plurality of uplink component carriers.03-21-2013
20130070687MACRO DIVERSITY IN A MOBILE DATA NETWORK WITH EDGE BREAKOUT - Macro diversity is managed at the edge in a mobile data network with edge data Macro diversity is managed at the edge in a mobile data network with edge data breakout with a component in a Mobile Internet Optimization Platform (MIOP) referred to as MIOP@NodeB. A set of NodeBs that are in simultaneous communication with user equipment are defined as an active set. One of the MIOP@NodeBs of the active set is selected as a master, with the remaining MIOP@NodeBs in the active set being designated slaves. During uplink of signaling data, the signaling data is sent from the UE to all the NodeBs in the active set, which send the signaling data to each of their corresponding MIOP@NodeBs. Each slave MIOP@NodeB sends its data to the master MIOP@NodeB, which combines the data from all into a best packet.03-21-2013
20130070686Receiving Unit in a Wireless Communication Network and Method for Generating an Automatic Repeat Request Feedback Message - The invention relates to a receiving unit in a wireless communication network comprising a processing unit being configured to generate Automatic Repeat request (ARQ) feed-back messages for acknowledgement or negative acknowledgement of received data units in a wireless communication channel. In order to avoid signalling overhead, it is proposed that said processing unit is further configured to delay the generation of Automatic Repeat request (ARQ) feedback messages until the processing unit has recognized irregularities in the data transmission or until the number (C) of delayed Automatic Repeat request (ARQ) feedback messages has reached a threshold value.03-21-2013
20130070694WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to one embodiment, an allocating unit of a wireless communication device finds for each user an unallocated radio channel having maximum communication quality as a first radio channel, and calculates a first metric matching a communication state using communication quality in the first radio channel, selects one user from the plurality of users based on the first metric and allocates the first radio channel to the selected user. Further, the allocating unit repeats allocating an unallocated radio channel adjacent to a radio channel allocated to the selected user on a frequency domain until predetermined conditions are satisfied.03-21-2013
20130215855METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNALS IN CONSIDERATION OF TIME ALIGNMENT TIMER AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR THE SAME - A method for transmitting and receiving signals in consideration of a time alignment timer and user equipment (UE) for the same are provided. In this method, a UE performs initial transmission or retransmission of an uplink signal using wireless resources corresponding to an uplink grant signal received from a base station only when a time alignment timer of the UE is running. The UE does not transmit a HARQ feedback signal for a downlink signal received from the base station to the base station when the time alignment timer of the UE is not running.08-22-2013
20100091726BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus capable of communicating with user equipment terminals using an uplink shared channel includes a user selection unit configured to select a user equipment terminal to which the base station apparatus allocates a radio resource based on whether the base station apparatus receives a signal for requesting allocation of the uplink shared channel from the user equipment terminal.04-15-2010
20130070722COMMUNICATION METHOD USING SPATIAL DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS (SDMA), AND BASE STATION - The present invention relates to the field of communications, and provides a communication method using spatial division multiple access (SDMA), to optimize an existing spatial division multiplexing mechanism. The method comprises: for each channel including a service channel and a control channel, according to a service information amount and/or a control information amount of the channel and a decision threshold corresponding to the channel, determining whether to activate SDMA for the channel; according to a decision result for a remote radio unit (RRU) to which each user belongs, allocating resources in an SDMA manner for the channel with the SDMA activated, and sending data of each user on the channel only on the RRU to which the user belongs; for a channel with the SDMA not activated, sending all data on the channel on all RRUs. The present invention is applicable to the spatial division multiplexing of various physical channels and physical signals specified by the standards of LTE and LTE-A systems, and can further improve utilization of resources in the system, the throughput of the system, and the data transmission rate.03-21-2013
20130070723METHOD FOR DIFFERENTIAL PRECODING AND BASE STATION SUPPORTING SAME - Provided is a differential precoding method for reducing inter-user interference and increasing the sum rate. The differential precoding method comprises initializing a precoding matrix with a first (Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI) for a channel between a mobile station and a base station; and updating the precoding matrix with a second PMI for the channel and side information for adaptively updating the precoding matrix according to a change speed of a state of the channel, wherein the side information has a quantized scalar value.03-21-2013
20130070721TMSI ALLOCATION DEVICE AND METHOD THEREOF, AND NETWORK ATTACHMENT AND LOCATION AREA UPDATE METHODS IN M2M COMMUNICATION - The invention provides a temporary mobile station identity TMSI allocation method, comprising steps of: notifying a mobility management entity MME device of a corresponding mobility attribute based on a type of a Machine Type Communication MTC application, wherein the mobility attribute indicates whether a mobility of the MTC application is high or low; determining, by the MME device, a mobility layer associated with the MTC application according to the mobility attribute, and then allocating a TMSI from an available address space to a MTC device applying the MTC application based on a predetermined criterion, according to the determined mobility layer. The present invention further provides corresponding MTC server, MME device, network attachment method and location area update method.03-21-2013
20130070720METHOD, BASE STATION AND SYSTEM FOR INDICATING CSI FEEDBACK - The present invention relates to the technical field of wireless communications. Provided arc an indication method, a base station, and a system for channel state information (CSI) feedback. The indication method comprises: the base station allocating to a user equipment (UE) a CSI feedback method (S03-21-2013
20110058524DISTRIBUTED CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT - Disclosed, in example embodiment herein, is an apparatus comprising an interface and channel selection logic coupled to the interface. The channel selection logic is operable to receive data representative of neighboring wireless devices to a wireless device occupying a channel for a plurality of channels via the interface. The channel selection logic is responsive to receiving the data representative of neighboring wireless devices occupying the plurality of channels to generate a graph for each of the plurality of channels, wherein vertices of the graph represent the wireless device and neighboring wireless devices occupying the channel and edges of the graph represent wireless devices with overlapping coverage areas. The channel selection logic selects the channel for the wireless device whose graph has the smallest radius03-10-2011
20110038342DISTRIBUTION OF DOWNLINK E-DCH POWER USAGE - The present invention relates to a method, a communication system and a Node-B (NB) in a communication system for distribution of downlink E-DCH power usage in a communication system. The system comprises at least one Node-B (NB) for enabling wireless communication with at least one user terminal (UE). The communication is enabled via an enhanced dedicated transport channel (E-DCH) and one high speed downlink shared channel (HS-DSCH) for uplink (UL) and downlink (DL) data traffic between the user terminal (UE) and the Node-B (NB). The Node-B (NB) comprises a HSDPA scheduler (HS-S) for scheduling the data rate for the DL data traffic via the HS-DSCH. It further comprises an EUL scheduler (EUL-S) for scheduling the maximum data rate for the UL data traffic via the E-DCH. The method is particularly characterized in that the Node-B (NB) estimates 02-17-2011
20110038334METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING FOR MULTIPLE UPLINK VOIP CONNECTIONS - Semi-Persistent Scheduling (SPS) addresses a variable number of sessions between nodes, such as an SPS operation applied on a radio bearer between a Remote evolved Base Node (ReNB) and a Donor evolved Base Node (DeNB). As the number of VoIP connections changes over time, the upper bound of the required uplink grant size also changes. Even if the number of VoIP connections is assumed to be fixed over a period of time, the superposition of “on” and “off” intervals of multiple VoIP calls will require the uplink grant size to change over time much more dynamically. Using a fixed uplink SPS size based on a fixed number of VoIP calls will result in inefficient use of uplink grants, (i.e., reserving more grants than needed) or Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) signaling overhead for VoIP packets that cannot be served by SPS. A set of solutions are provided for semi-persistently scheduling multiple VoIP connections between a ReNB and a DeNB so as to enhance efficient use of SPS and still meet Quality of Service (QoS) requirement(s) of VoIP traffic.02-17-2011
20110038330ROBUST DECODING OF CoMP TRANSMISSIONS - Techniques for transmitting data and resource signals (RS) are provided. According to certain aspects, an access point may determine RS resource locations related to one or more access points in a CoMP set transmitting a common reference signal (CRS), map data transmissions initially over resources other than those related to the RS resource locations, and map remaining data transmissions over resources related to the RS resource locations. According to certain aspects, a wireless device may receive a signal from access points in a coordinated multiple point (CoMP) communication set comprising a common reference signal (CRS) superimposed over data, determine CRS locations in the signal that correspond to the CRS, and decode data from the signal based at least in part on the determined CRS locations.02-17-2011
20110038329EFFICIENT CONTROL CHANNEL DECODING IN CoMP COMMUNICATIONS - Certain embodiments of the present disclosure propose two efficient designs for a control channel in a Coordinated Multi-Point (CoMP) system. The proposed designs enable a user equipment (UE) to transmit acknowledgement (ACK) and negative acknowledgement (NACK) signals to one or more access points (APs) upon receiving transmissions from them.02-17-2011
20110038328METHOD AND APPARATUS THAT FACILITATES INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION FOR CONTROL CHANNELS IN HETEROGENOUS NETWORKS - Aspects are described for reducing interference in wireless systems. In a first embodiment, an uplink acknowledgment region associated with a macro cell is determined, and an assignment of uplink control resources is restricted to a region within the uplink acknowledgment region. A control signal is then transmitted to user equipment via the assignment of uplink control resources. In another embodiment, control signals are received from wireless terminals, which include desired uplink control signals associated with an access point base station, as well as interfering uplink acknowledgement signals associated with macro cells. The control signals may then be regenerated by cancelling the set of interfering signals from the control signals. The desired uplink control signals are then decoded.02-17-2011
20110038327Apparatus and method for allocating resources in a communication system - An apparatus and method allocate resources in a communication system including at least one relay station (RS). A control channel carrying control information from a BS to an MS is allocated into a first time region of a subframe. A data channel carrying data from the BS to the MS, an RS-control channel carrying control information from the BS to an RS, and an RS-data channel carrying data from the BS to the RS are allocated into a second time region of the subframe, using Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM). And the subframe into which the control channel, the data channel, the RS-control channel and the RS-data channel are allocated is transmitted.02-17-2011
20110038326DISTRIBUTED ALLOCATION OF PHYSICAL CELL IDENTIFIERS - The present invention provides a method of assigning cell identifiers to a plurality of cells. The method includes detecting cells within a selected distance from a first cell in the plurality of cells. The distance is selected to encompass portions of neighbor cells of the first cell and neighbor-of-neighbor cells of the first cell. The method also includes assigning a first cell identifier to the first cell. The first cell identifier is different than cell identifiers assigned to the cells detected within the selected distance from the first cell.02-17-2011
20110038325SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SCHEDULING PACKETS IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and system of operating a communication system to schedule packets is provided. In part, if a first application has a first minimum rate guarantee, a first weight is assigned to a first packet based on the first minimum rate guarantee. If the second application has a second minimum rate guarantee, then a second weight is assigned to a second packet based on the second minimum rate guarantee. A first channel performance indicator is determined based on how a first channel is performing compared to a first channel condition history and a second channel performance indicator is determined based on how a second channel is performing compared to a second channel condition history. Furthermore, the method comprises scheduling the first and second packets based on the first and second weights and on the first and second channel performance indicators.02-17-2011
20110038324SYSTEM AND METHOD PROVIDING VARIOUS PILOT SUB-CARRIER DENSITIES IN OFDMA COMMUNICATIONS - A method for varying pilot sub-carrier density in OFDMA communications is described. The method comprises calculating channel quality from sub-carriers; determining whether the channel quality is outside a threshold range; selecting a different pilot sub-carrier density for a sub-zone based on the value of the channel quality when the channel quality is outside the threshold range; and setting the sub-zone to the different pilot sub-carrier density. A system for using sub-zones with different pilot sub-carrier densities in OFDMA communications is also described.02-17-2011
20110038323SCHEDULING METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR HIGH SPEED UPLINK PACKET ACCESS - A scheduling method and system for high speed uplink packet access which comprises the following two-level scheduling: a first level scheduling for distributing the target rise over thermal (RoT) of each user equipment (UE); and a second level scheduling for tracking the assigned to target RoT via transmitting a relative authority instruction, according to the current authority and channel quality of the UE.02-17-2011
20130182677Methods and Arrangements for Transmission of Paging in a Communication System - The present invention relates a radio network node (07-18-2013
20130182676METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation (CA). The present invention provides a method for allowing a terminal to transmit control information to a base station in a wireless communication system, and the method comprises receiving from said base station at least one physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) and one physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) through at least one serving cell that is configured in said terminal; and transmitting to said base station first control information which has bundled at least a portion of the control information for said PDCCH reception or the PDSCH reception that is indicated by said PDCCHs, wherein said first control information is transmitted using a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource corresponding to a second control information, and said second control information can be related to a PDCCH which was last detected by said terminal among said received PDCCHs.07-18-2013
20130058307METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN COORDINATED MULTIPOINT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, disclosed are a method and a device for transmitting channel state information in a coordinated multipoint communication system. The method for transmitting channel state information from a terminal to multiple base stations, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprise the steps of: transmitting the CSI including long-term broadband PMI and short-term sub-band PMI to a first base station; transmitting the CSI including the long-term broadband PMI and not including the short-term sub-band PMI to a second base station; and transmitting the CSI including the short-term sub-band PMI to the second base station, when a request for the short-term sub-band PMI transmission to the second base station is received.03-07-2013
20130058305METHOD FOR PERFORMING CHANNEL INTERLEAVING IN A MULTI-ANTENNA WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present application relates to a method in which a terminal performs channel interleaving in a multi-antenna wireless communication system. More particularly, the method comprises the following steps: constructing both channel quality indicator (CQI) information and coded data information into preset bit-wide vectors to generate a first interleaver input vector sequence; repeating both rank indicator (RI) information and acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) information per the number (N03-07-2013
20130058306METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING APERIODIC SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting an aperiodic sounding reference signal (SRS) in a wireless communication system is provided. The method include receiving a downlink control information (DCI) format including a triggering signal for triggering a transmission of an aperiodic SRS from a base station (BS) via a physical downlink control Channel (PDCCH), blind-decoding the PDCCH in a UE-specific search space, and transmitting the aperiodic SRS triggered based on the triggering signal to the BS.03-07-2013
20130058304METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK SIGNALS - The present invention relates to a method and device for receiving downlink signals in a wireless communication system. In more detail, the method for receiving downlink signals includes: receiving first control information for downlink scheduling through a first slot in a pair of resource blocks (RBs), the first control information including allocation information on a plurality of continuous RBs; receiving data from a second slot in a pair of RBs if the pair of RBs includes the first control information in the plurality of continuous RBs; and, if the pair of RBs outside the plurality of continuous RBs includes the first control information, attempting to detect second control information on uplink scheduling through a second slot of a pair of RBs.03-07-2013
20130058303METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to resource allocation in a wireless communication system.03-07-2013
20130058298METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACCESSING WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK - A method and apparatus for accessing a wireless sensor network are provided in embodiments of this invention. The technical solution provided in embodiments of this invention includes: when receiving a first beacon frame, stopping channel scan temporarily, and establishing a new channel scan sequence according to operating channels of a current wireless sensor network recorded in the beacon frame. Non-operating channels are not included in the new channel scan sequence. Time for performing subsequence channel scan is reduced, so that the process of accessing the current wireless sensor network of a device node expecting for network can be accelerated.03-07-2013
20130058301METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In the present description, a maximum transmission number for preamble and a maximum transmission number uplink message are configured to perform a random access procedure. The maximum transmission number for preamble (e.g., preambleTransMax) can be classified into a first type for general access and a second type for MTC and/or delay-tolerant accesses. Further, the maximum transmission number uplink message (e.g., maxHARQ-Msg3Tx) can be classified into a first type and a second type.03-07-2013
20130058300Uplink Power Control in Aggregated Spectrum Systems - A method for communication includes modulating data in a wireless communication terminal to produce an aggregated-spectrum signal, which includes at least first and second signals in respective first and second spectral bands. The modulated data is transmitted in the first and second signals at respective first and second power levels. The second power level is adjusted separately from the first power level. In some embodiments, one or more instructions to set the first power level are received at the wireless communication terminal, and the first power level is set separately from setting the second power level based on the instructions.03-07-2013
20130058302METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A REFERENCE SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting a reference signal in a wireless communication system. A terminal generates a base sequence having a length of 12, for a reference signal, and determines a cyclic shift index from among a set of a cyclic shift indices {0, 3, 6, 8, 10}. The terminal cyclically shifts the base sequence on the basis of the determined cyclic shift index to generate a cyclically shifted sequence, and transmits the cyclically shifted sequence to a base station.03-07-2013
20130058299MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND ACCESS GATEWAY HAVING PLURAL USER PLANE AGWS - In a mobile communication system including an access gateway (AGW) comprising a C-AGW for handling control messages and a plurality of U-AGWs for forwarding data packets, the C-AGW is provided with a management table indicating an address of U-AGW to be an endpoint of tunnel, in association with each of mobile station IDs. When a tunnel setup request message including a mobile station ID is received from one of base stations, the C-AGW searches the management table for the address of U-AGW corresponding to the mobile station ID and notifies the base station of the U-AGW address, and if the mobile station ID is not found in the management table, the C-AGW notifies the base station of an address of a particular U-AGW selected out of the U-AGWs, so that the base station establishes a tunnel for forwarding data packets toward the notified U-AGW.03-07-2013
20130058297BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus capable of communicating with a user equipment terminal using a downlink shared channel is disclosed. The base station apparatus includes a user selection unit selecting a user equipment terminal to which radio resources are to be allocated, the selection being based on whether there is a MAC-layer control signal to be transmitted to the user equipment terminal.03-07-2013
20130058294BASE STATION APPARATUS AND USER TERMINAL - The present invention provides a search space configuration that is suitable for a communication system in which a plurality of fundamental frequency blocks are grouped together into a wide band. A base station apparatus (03-07-2013
20130058296METHOD FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION, WIRELESS STATION, MOBILE TERMINAL, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - There is a provided a wireless communication system in which multiple base station transmit the same data (PDSCH signal) in a coordinated transmission scheme. Each base station controls allocation a wireless resource that one of the remaining base station transmits a signal different from the above same data, such as a control signal or reference signal to a mobile station that is applied the coordinated transmission scheme to a mobile terminal that is different from the mobile station that is applied the coordinated transmission scheme and that is to communicate with the base station.03-07-2013
20130058295METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENT FEEDBACK IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THAT SUPPORTS MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for efficient feedback in a wireless communication system that supports multiple antennas. A method for transmitting, via an uplink, channel state information for downlink transmission in a wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the following steps: receiving a downlink signal via a downlink channel; generating an RI for the downlink channel, selecting a first PMI and a second PMI on the basis of the rank indicated by the generated RI, and calculating a CQI on the basis of pre-coding information determined by the combination of the selected first and second PMIs; and transmitting the RI, the first PMI, the second PMI, and/or the CQI via an uplink channel, wherein said first PMI and second PMI can be transmitted on different uplink subframes if the uplink channel is a PUCCH.03-07-2013
20130058293RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD - The present invention provides a radio base station apparatus and a transmission power control method that do not deteriorate the uplink reception quality of cell-edge users when uplink MU-MIMO transmission is applied. The transmission power control method of the present invention includes the steps of: in a radio base station apparatus that performs space division multiplexing between users by uplink MU-MIMO transmission: controlling transmission power according to a number of MU-MIMO multiplexed users; and transmitting transmission power information to match the number of MU-MIMO multiplexed users; and in a mobile terminal apparatus: setting transmission power using the transmission power information; and transmitting an uplink signal by the transmission power.03-07-2013
20130058291METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING CROSS-CARRIER SCHEDULING FOR SPS - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus in which a base station transmits a signal to a relay in a wireless communication system. A method in which a terminal receives a downlink signal in a wireless communication system that supports carrier aggregation comprises: a step of receiving, on a first carrier, a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) having no carrier indication information; and a step of receiving a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) using the scheduling information carried on the PDCCH, wherein the PDSCH is received on the first carrier in the event the PDCCH is a non-semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) PDCCH, and the PDSCH is received on a second carrier different from the first carrier in the event the PDCCH is an SPS PDCCH.03-07-2013
20130058288Apparatus and Method to Allocated Communication Resources in a Communication System - An apparatus, system and method for providing interference cancellation and communication resource reservation limits to allocate communication resources in a communication system. In one embodiment, the apparatus includes a processor (03-07-2013
20130058292METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING DATA PLANE TUNNEL ACCORDING TO THE STATUS OF USER EQUIPMENT - The present invention puts forward a method, a system and an apparatus for selecting a data plane tunnel according to the status of User Equipment (UE). The system comprises a Serving Gateway (SGW) and a Local Gateway (LGW), wherein, the SGW is used for determining the status of the UE and whether a connection is used for Local IP Access (LIPA)/Selected IP Traffic Offload (SIPTO), and instructs the LGW; the LGW is used for setting a tunnel identifier status of the LGW according to the instruction of the SGW, and selecting the data plane tunnel according to the tunnel identifier status. The present invention selects an appropriate data plane tunnel by setting a tunnel identifier in an LGW, and proposes a method for controlling the to setting/clearing of the tunnel identifier, therefore the present invention enjoys comprehensive functions and may make up the deficiency of LIPA/SIPTO architecture in the prior art.03-07-2013
20130058290APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ADAPTIVE CHANNEL QUALITY FEEDBACK IN A MULTICARRIER WIRELESS NETWORK - A subscriber station for use in a wireless network capable of communicating according to a multicarrier protocol. The subscriber station determines a total average signal level across N subbands within a channel, where each of the subbands comprises a plurality of subcarriers. The subscriber station also determines a first average signal level within a first subband. The subscriber station then transmits a channel quality indicator (CQI) feedback message to the wireless network. The CQI feedback message comprises a first data indicating the total average signal level across the N subbands and a second data indicating the first average signal level within the one subband. The first data may indicate the total average signal level as an absolute value and the second data may indicate the first average signal level relative to the total average signal level using one of two or more unequal quantization levels.03-07-2013
20130058289METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PERFORMING RANGING - A method and device for performing a dedicated ranging for Machine To Machine (M2M) communication is provided. A M2M device receives a paging message indicating a dedicated ranging channel allocation from a base station. The dedicated ranging channel allocation is valid within a dedicated channel allocation timer.03-07-2013
20130058285SPATIAL HASHING FOR ENHANCED CONTROL CHANNEL SEARCH SPACES - The present invention provides a method, apparatus and a computer program product for spatial hashing for enhanced control channel search spaces. The present invention includes defining a control channel search space for searching for control channel candidates, defining search space locations within the search space, grouping the search space locations into a plurality of subsets of search space locations, associating each subset of search space locations with an antenna port, for each of a plurality of subframes, changing the search space locations from a first subset of search space locations to a second subset of search space locations.03-07-2013
20130058287METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIGNALING THE RELEASE OF A PERSISTENT RESOURCE - A method and apparatus for signaling the release of a persistent resource in long term evolution (LTE) are disclosed. An indication of the release of a downlink (DL) persistent resource is received by a wireless transmit receive unit (WTRU) from an evolved Node-B (eNB) via a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). A positive acknowledgement (ACK) is transmitted by the WTRU which denotes that the indication has been received. The PDCCH or a medium access control (MAC) CE may be used by the eNB to signal the indication. At least one bit may be added to contents of the PDCCH to signal whether the PDCCH is for DL persistent or dynamic resource allocation. The DL persistent resource is then released and an indication that the DL persistent resource has been released is transmitted.03-07-2013
20130058286BASE STATION APPARATUS AND USER TERMINAL - A base station apparatus having a control information generation section that generates, per fundamental frequency block, a downlink control information piece for demodulating a data channel that is transmitted for each of a plurality of fundamental frequency blocks assigned to a user terminal, a determining section that determines, per fundamental frequency block, a search space which is a candidate area where the downlink control information piece is arranged, and a transmission section that transmits a downlink control channel in which the search space containing the downlink control information piece is arranged is disclosed. The control information generation section arranges respective downlink control information pieces corresponding to the fundamental frequency blocks in a downlink control channel of a specific fundamental frequency block among the fundamental frequency blocks, and the determining section distributes positions of search spaces such that the search spaces are separate between fundamental frequency blocks and between user terminals.03-07-2013
20130215863Method and apparatus for establishing network in wireless network - The disclosure provides a method and an apparatus for establishing a network in a wireless network. The method includes: a wireless station selects a working channel and a primary channel which satisfy a bandwidth requirement and an interference level in a channelized set within a given frequency band according to local configuration information and/or through channel scanning and interference detection; and the wireless station establishes a network according to the selected working channel and primary channel. Through the disclosure, a wireless network compatible with the current Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) can be established according to the configuration information or scanning result when the wireless station supports multiple channelized set schemes within a given frequency band, and the utilization of available spectrum resources is maximized.08-22-2013
20130182675METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. Specifically, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting uplink control information and to an apparatus for the same. The present invention relates to a method and to a device for said method which comprises the steps of selecting one uplink control channel resource corresponding to a plurality of HARQ-ACKs from among a plurality of uplink control channel resources, and transmitting a bit value corresponding to the plurality of HARQ-ACKs by using the selected uplink control channel resource.07-18-2013
20130182674Transmission of Reference Signals - Resources for reference signalling on at least one component carrier of a plurality of aggregated component carriers can be determined by a station. Information indicative the at least one component carrier and the associated resources is then communicated to another station for configuration of the other station. A trigger is then sent for reference signalling, and in response to the trigger, at least one reference signal is sent from the other station using the indicated at least one component carrier and resources.07-18-2013
20130182673BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - Provided are a base station apparatus, a mobile terminal apparatus and a communication control method capable of preventing the increase in amount of signaling for uplink scheduling when allocation resource blocks are allocated in a discontiguous manner. The base station apparatus (07-18-2013
20120307765Fair Resource Sharing in Wireless Communication - Providing for fair resource sharing among wireless nodes in a wireless communication environment is described herein. By way of example, fairness can comprise establishing a set of resource sharing credits for wireless nodes. By expending credits, a node can borrow a resource of another node, to enable or enhance operation of the borrowing node. Credits for the borrowing node are decreased based on consumption of a shared resource, or credits for the lending node are increased based on such consumption, or both. Once an amount of credits expires, a node can be restricted from borrowing further resources until enough resources are lent to build up a suitable amount of credits. Accordingly, fairness can comprise correlating shared resource consumption with shared resource provisioning, to encourage participation in cooperative wireless communications.12-06-2012
20120307746Fair Channel Allocation for Multiple Clients - A wireless access device transmits encoded media streams to at least first and second clients over a shared wireless channel. First and second transmission windows are established in a transmission frame interval for transmission of media packets to the first and second clients, respectively. An unused portion of one of the transmission windows is identified using, for example, transmission status information (from the wireless access device) associated with the media packets. The unused portion of the transmission window is adaptively reallocated for use in transmission of media packets associated with the other transmission window. In one mode of operation, the reallocation process may trigger a reversal in the order of the first and second transmission windows in subsequent transmission frame intervals.12-06-2012
20130182672MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention provides a mobile terminal apparatus and a radio communication method which can feed back precoders that are essential to generate precoding weights in downlink MIMO transmission. With the present invention, in the first mode to feed back subband second PMIs that are selected per bandwidth part through a physical uplink control channel, a subband second PMI and a wideband second PMI are selected from a second codebook, the subband second PMI and the wideband second PMI are multiplexed on a subframe, and the multiplex signals is transmitted to a radio base station apparatus through the above physical uplink control channel.07-18-2013
20130182671COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - To notify the control information necessary for uplink MIMO transmission while reducing overhead, generated is a UL grant having the PMI/RI field and non-transmission/swap flag field of 1 bit indicative of a transport block made non-transmission and the presence or absence of a swap of control information between two transport blocks corresponding to a value of the PMI/RI field, a downlink control channel signal including the UL grant is transmitted to a mobile station apparatus, and the transport block made non-transmission and the presence or absence of a swap of control information between two transport blocks is determined from the non-transmission/swap flag of the UL grant.07-18-2013
20130114540ANTENNA COMMUNICATION METHOD AND DEVICE - An antenna communication method and device are provided. The antenna communication method includes: establishing a communication tunnel between a Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) and a mobile terminal; receiving, by the CPE, a first request message sent by the mobile terminal; receiving, by the CPE, first communication data of the mobile terminal through the communication tunnel after receiving the first request message, and sending the first communication data to the BS according to the air interface connection information in the first request message; and receiving, by the CPE, second communication data sent by the BS according to the air interface connection information in the first request message, and sending the second communication data to the mobile terminal through the communication tunnel.05-09-2013
20110013582INTERFERENCE-OVERLOAD-INDICATOR GENERATING DEVICE, AND METHOD OF GENERATING INTERFERENCE OVERLOAD INDICATOR - The present invention provides an interference-overload-indicator generating device, a method of generating an interference overload indicator, an interference-overload-indicator generation controller, a method of controlling interference-overload-indicator generation, and a method of indicating interference overload, and a base station utilizing these methods, each of which is used in an uplink FDMA cellular communication system. The base station includes an interference-overload-indicator generation control sub-system (01-20-2011
20110013581Method for Channel Allocating in Wireless Access System - A method for allocating uplink and downlink physical channels to improve throughput of a wireless access system is disclosed. A method for allocating channels to optimize a wireless access system which supports radio frequencies comprises configuring one or more physical channels in a transmitter; allocating first physical channels to a receiver considering features of the one or more physical channels; and transmitting one or more control channels to the receiver through a predetermined physical channel of the first physical channels, the control channels including configuration information of the first physical channels allocated to the receiver.01-20-2011
20110013580COMMUNICATION METHOD AND A BASE STATION APPARATUS USING THE METHOD - One objective of the present invention is to reduce influence to EDCHs even in case of an error occurring in one ECCH. In order to achieve this objective, the present invention provides a base station apparatus, in which frames formed with a plurality of channels are continuously arranged, the base station apparatus comprising a control unit (01-20-2011
20110013579MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND BAND CONTROL METHOD - The value of communication bands required for each transmission line between a line consolidation section that consolidates lines from a plurality of radio base stations and the radio base stations are calculated and assigned based on the distribution of a number of terminals that is based on positional information of each radio terminal.01-20-2011
20110013578WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND TERMINAL STATION - A base station performs bandwidth assignment for each terminal station or each wireless link even when the base station does not receive a bandwidth request in random access from the terminal station in the demand assignment period present in a specific period in which a transmission frequency of data to transmit is high, the specific period being specified for each terminal station or each wireless link between the terminal station and the base station, and the terminal station transmits at least one of bandwidth request information and the data to transmit in a bandwidth assigned by the base station.01-20-2011
20110013577METHOD AND NETWORK DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING USER EQUIPMENT ACCESS IN MULTI-FREQUENCY SYSTEM - A method for controlling user equipment (UE) access in a multi-frequency system in the field of communication is provided. The method includes the following steps. A network side receives an access preamble sent by a UE on one frequency. When the network side determines that the UE needs to access on another frequency, the network side notifies the UE to access by switching to another frequency. Network device is also provided at the same time. Therefore, the UE access can be controlled according to a practical situation of the UE or each frequency, and the flexibility of the multi-frequency system is enhanced.01-20-2011
20110013576METHOD OF MULTIMEDIA BROADCAST MULTICAST SERVICE CONTENT AWARE SCHEDULING AND RECEIVING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RELATED COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method of multimedia broadcast multicast service (MBMS) content aware scheduling and receiving for network of a wireless communication system includes receiving data of different resolutions generated from a data source from an MBMS content provider, and scheduling a plurality of MBMS services of different resolution levels formed with the received data on a plurality of multicast traffic channels overlapping in time, wherein data of an MBMS service of a first resolution level on a first multicast traffic channel are shared with another multicast traffic channel corresponding to an MBMS service of a second resolution higher than the first resolution.01-20-2011
20110013575METHOD OF GENERATING PREAMBLE SEQUENCE FOR WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREOF - A method of generating a preamble sequence includes generating a first frequency-domain preamble sequence according to information of the packet, the first frequency-domain preamble sequence comprising a plurality of subsequences corresponding to a plurality of sub-channels, adjusting a phase of each subsequence of the first frequency-domain preamble sequence, for generating a second frequency-domain preamble sequence, transforming the second frequency-domain preamble sequence into a first time-domain preamble sequence, performing a cyclic shift delaying process on the first time-domain preamble sequence, for generating a plurality of delayed time-domain preamble sequences, and normalizing power of the plurality of delayed time-domain preamble sequences, for generating a second time-domain preamble sequence that is a preamble sequence of the packet.01-20-2011
20110013573METHOD FOR REQUESTING BANDWIDTH IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method for requesting a bandwidth in a wireless access system is disclosed. In the method for requesting a bandwidth in a wireless access system, when a base station receives an uplink MAC PDU from a mobile station, if there is a polling request field in a generic MAC header, the base station allocates a bandwidth, which can transmit a BR header, to the mobile station. Then, the mobile station transmits a BR header to a region allocated from the base station so as to be allocated with a resource for transmitting data from the base station and to transmit data to the region.01-20-2011
20110013572SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION SERVING COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS AND FAIRNESS - A demand aware fair resource allocation technique is operable to allocate communication resources in multi-hop networks under the joint consideration of communication requirements and fairness. Embodiments operate to provide allocation of time slot resources in TDMA based multi-hop wireless networks under the joint consideration of QoS and fairness. Embodiments operate with respect to information regarding maximal common slot set flow contention. An iterative process is applied with respect to the information regarding maximal common slot set flow contention to allocate communication resources providing a balance between meeting communication requirements and fairness. According to embodiments, an inter-graph process iteratively selects a maximal common slot set for which resource allocation with respect to various flows is to be performed and an intra-graph process assigns communication resources in the maximal common slot set providing a balancing between meeting communication requirements (e.g., QoS) and providing fairness.01-20-2011
20110013571COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, PROGRAM AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - There is provided a communication system comprising: a first communication device that senses a communication environment surrounding the first communication device; a second communication device that acquires sensed data sensed by the first communication device; and a third communication device that determines availability of usage of a second communication service using a part or whole of a spectrum assigned to a first communication service based on the sensed data transmitted from the second communication device.01-20-2011
20110013570Assigning Channels To Users In Wireless Networks That Incorporate Multi-User Detection (MUD) - Statistics are collected for each network user, including signal bandwidth (BW), required receive power (RRP) for decoding a user signal, and available transmit margin (ATM). Users are ordered by BW from greatest to smallest. Users with a greatest BW are then ordered by ATM from lowest to highest, and divided into lower half users having lower ATMs, and upper half users having higher ATMs. A two-tier channel plan is defined, and lower half users are assigned to channels in a lower tier. An upper half user is assigned a channel in an upper tier after placing a lower half user in the same channel in the lower tier, if the upper half user's ATM is >(U User RRP+L User RRP). Otherwise, the user is assigned a different channel in the lower tier. The dividing and subsequent steps repeat for any remaining sets of users requiring successively smaller signal bandwidths.01-20-2011
20110013569System and Method of Automatically Connecting A Mobile Communication Device to A Network using A Communications Resource Database - A system, method, and computer program product of automatically connecting a mobile communication device to a communication network using a network resource classification database includes detecting a communication network access point using the mobile communication device and reporting network attributes associated with the access point to a resource classification server. The server analyzes and stores the network attributes, determines auxiliary data related to the access point, and uses a rules database to determine a category identifier associated with the access point. The server creates a resource classification characterizing the access point based upon the network attributes, auxiliary data, and category identifier. The mobile communication device queries the server, receives a resource classification, and connects to an access point based upon the received resource classification.01-20-2011
20110013568Frequency Allocation in Femtocells of Wireless Networks - Frequencies are allocated in a wireless network, wherein the network includes a set of macrocells and a set of femtocells, and wherein each macrocell includes a base station (BS) and each femtocell includes a femtocell base station. A frequency spectrum is assigned to the network. The frequency spectrum is partitioned into bands of frequencies. The bands of frequencies are allocated to the set of BS for communicating with user equipments (UE) in the set of macro cells, and guard bands of frequencies, within which no data are transmitted between the UE and the macro cell BS. The guard bands are assigned to the set of femtocell base station for communicating with UE in the set of femtocells.01-20-2011
20120188971APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PACKETS IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST - An apparatus and method for transmitting and receiving packet data in a mobile communication system supporting Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ), e.g., a method and apparatus for performing HARQ retransmission on a packet received through persistent resources where no HARQ process identifier is transmitted. HARQ soft combining is performed by providing a mapping relation between a packet received through persistent resources and a retransmitted HARQ packet. In addition, when there are several HARQ packets received through persistent resources at an arbitrary timing, which packet an arbitrary retransmission packet should be combined is determined, thereby enabling the corresponding processor to perform correct soft combining This improves HARQ performance of persistent resources without increasing complexity of the reception apparatus.07-26-2012
20120188955METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR TRANSMITTING SFBC SIGNALS WITH CSI-RS TRANSMISSION AND RELATED MUTING IN LTE-ADVANCE SYSTEMS - Systems and methods for transmitting a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) of spatial-frequency block coding (SFBC) format in a subframe that includes at least one of a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) and zero-power muting are disclosed. A processor unit is groups one or more resource elements (REs) available for at least one of CSI-RS and zero-power muting, and the subframe including the group of one or more REs is transmitted. All of the one or more REs in a group may be used for PDSCH rate matching together, or none of the one or more REs in the group may be used for PDSCH rate matching. All REs on one OFDM symbol may not be used for PDSCH rate matching if any two REs per SFBC pair on the OFDM symbol, are separated by at least N REs, where N is equal to 1 or 2.07-26-2012
20120188953COORDINATED MULTIPOINT TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION METHOD AND COORDINATED MULTIPOINT TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION SYSTEM - Provided are a coordinated multipoint transmission and reception method and a coordinated multipoint transmission and reception system for performing the same. In the coordinated multipoint transmission and reception method, a first point and a second point participating in the coordinated multipoint transmission exchange resource allocation information for coordinated multipoint transmission, allocate resources for coordinated multipoint transmission not to overlap each other based on the exchanged resource allocation information, and perform the coordinated multipoint transmission using the allocated resources. Accordingly, use efficiency of radio resources can be improved and embodying complexity can be reduced.07-26-2012
20120188951Preferential Allocation of Different Length Scrambling Codes - A base station herein assists a radio network controller (RNC) to allocate scrambling codes in a cell. The base station's assistance advantageously permits the RNC to allocate different length scrambling codes to different mobile terminals (or downlink carriers) in the cell. Specifically, the base station determines a preference for whether the length of a scrambling code to be allocated to each terminal or carrier should be short or long, based on whether uplink communications transmitted by the terminal, or downlink communications transmitted over the carrier, are to be processed with a high-complexity receiver or a low-complexity receiver. The RNC receives these preferences from the base station and takes them into account in order to allocate either a short scrambling code or a long scrambling code to each terminal or downlink carrier in the cell. The RNC then propagates the scrambling code allocations throughout the cell.07-26-2012
20120188949WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF ROUTING DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication system (07-26-2012
20120188948GEO-LOCAL ROUTING IN IMS - In an IP Multimedia setting, a proxy server of a visited network receives a request for a geo-local service from a roaming user agent. The proxy server modifies the received request and forwards the modified request to the user agent's home network. The modification is such that the modified request or a related request message is routed back to the visited network from the user agent's home network, and the geo-local service requested by the roaming user agent is routed to an appropriate IMS entity in the visited network.07-26-2012
20090290552METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CHANNEL SCANNING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method is provided for channel scanning in a wireless communications system, for the identification of one or more narrow-band channels present in a certain frequency band and which can be used for connection between a wireless communications device and a communications network. The method includes: applying a FFT function to at least one signal corresponding to a given frequency band, providing for a set of coefficients each being representative of a frequency, analyzing the coefficients so as to detect at least one frequency region having at least one predetermined feature, and determining at least one channel position, by considering that each of the at least one frequency region having at least one predetermined feature is a guard band of one of the at least one channel.11-26-2009
20100128689APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING INTERFERENCE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for controlling interference in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes receiving a signal of a DownLink (DL) frequency band that is adjacent to an UpLink (UL) frequency band supported by a User Equipment (UE), measuring a Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) of the DL frequency band signal, comparing the measured RSSI with a threshold value, and, if the measured RSSI is less than the threshold value, limiting UL transmission.05-27-2010
20100128688DATA TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND DATA TRANSMITTER AND DATA RECEIVER USING THE SAME - A data transmission method includes: deciding the priority of data; deciding a channel priority based on a channel state; selecting a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) for the data based on the priority of data; selecting a transmission channel through which the data is to be transmitted, based on the channel priority; and modulating and coding the data in accordance with the selected MCS, and transmitting the modulated and coded data through the selected transmission channel.05-27-2010
20090268685ASSIGNMENT OF ACK RESOURCE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for assigning acknowledgement (ACK) resource to a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system are described. In one design, a first parameter indicative of radio resources (e.g., the lowest index of at least one physical resource block) allocated to the UE for data transmission may be obtained. A second parameter indicative of another resource (e.g., a cyclic shift of a reference signal sequence) assigned to the UE for data transmission may also be obtained. The first and/or second parameter may be restricted, and each restricted parameter may be limited to a set of allowed values among all available values for the parameter. ACK resource assigned to the UE for data transmission may be determined based on the first and second parameters. In one design, sequential first parameter values may be mapped to sequential ACK resources indices. In another design, mirror mapping with different mapping directions may be used for different allowed values of the second parameter.10-29-2009
20090268684INFORMATION EXCHANGE MECHANISMS TO ACHIEVE NETWORK QoS IN WIRELESS CELLULAR SYSTEMS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate quality of service (QoS) differentiation and/or prioritization across a plurality of base stations included in wireless communication systems. The system can include components and/or devices that obtain resource allocations for cells controlled by a local base station, ascertains whether or not the resource allocations satisfy quality of service targets associated with data flows traversing through cells controlled by the local base station, and dispatches inter cell interference coordination indicators to remote base stations that have a proximate relationship defined by an X2 channel between the local base station and the remote base stations.10-29-2009
20090268683PARTIAL RADIO LINK CONTROL STATUS REPORT - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate formation and/or dispatch of radio link control (RLC) protocol status reports to a base station. The system can include components that quantify an absence of protocol data units, ascertain whether a number of absent protocol data units exceeds the size of a transmission side grant, insert a sequence number associated with a first absent protocol data unit into an acknowledgement sequence number field associated with a partial status report, incorporates the sequence number associated with the first absent protocol data unit in the partial status report, includes sequence numbers of subsequent absent protocol data units into the partial status report without exceeding the transmission side grant, and sends the partial status report to the base station.10-29-2009
20090268682COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, TERMINAL STATION, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A terminal station having a first mode to control communication and a second mode in which the communication is controlled by a terminal station operating in the first mode, comprising: a connection unit configured to connect the terminal station operating in the second mode to other terminal station operating in the first mode; and an acquisition unit configured to acquire a communication band from the other terminal station connected by the connection unit when starting an operation in the first mode.10-29-2009
20090268679WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A wireless communication method for performing wireless communication between a first and second communication apparatus, including the steps of: allocating a first subchannel in a first frequency region of a wireless frame to the second communication apparatus when the second communication apparatus performs a first communication, and allocating a second subchannel in a second frequency region of the wireless frame to the second communication apparatus when the second communication apparatus performs a second communication, by the first communication apparatus; and changing physical subchannels within the first frequency region and performing transmission when the first sunchannel is allocated to the second communication apparatus, and changing physical subchannels within the second frequency region and performing transmission when the second subchannel is allocated to the second communication apparatus, by the second communication apparatus, wherein the first frequency region and the second frequency region are set so as not to have frequency overlap.10-29-2009
20090268678METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AUTOMATIC GAIN CONTROL IN A MOBILE ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS (OFDMA) NETWORK - A zone/slot-based automatic gain control method for stations operating in a mobile OFDMA network including receiving an uplink signal, converting the received uplink signal into an analog baseband signal, measuring or calculating a signal strength of the received uplink signal in an uplink zone in an uplink subframe, and adjusting a power level of the analog baseband signal in accordance with the measured or calculated signal strength during either the first cyclic prefix of an uplink zone or the first cyclic prefix in each uplink slot of an uplink zone.10-29-2009
20090268675Apparatus and methods for transmission and reception of data in multi-antenna systems - Methods and apparatus adapted to address asymmetric conditions in a multi-antenna system. In one embodiment, the multi-antenna system comprises a wireless (e.g., 3G cellular) multiple-input, multiple-output (MIMO) system, and the methods and apparatus efficiently utilize transmitter and receiver resources based at least in part on a detected asymmetric condition. If an asymmetric condition is detected by the transmitter on any given data stream, the transmitter can decide to utilize only a subset of the available resources for that stream. Accordingly, the signal processing resources for that data stream are adapted to mirror the reduction in resources that are necessary for transmission. The transmitter signals the receiver that it will only be using a subset of the resources available, and the receiver adapts its operation according to the signaling data it receives. The multi-antenna system can therefore reduce power consumption as well as increasing spectral efficiency on the network.10-29-2009
20090268674APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method includes identifying a white space at a first wireless node and selecting a channel in the identified white space. The white space includes at least one frequency or frequency band not in use (like a licensed frequency or frequency band). The method also includes identifying at the first wireless node a channel access factor for each of multiple wireless nodes including the first wireless node. The method further includes determining if the first wireless node has a specified channel access factor. In addition, the method includes transmitting data from the first wireless node on the channel when the first wireless node has the specified channel access factor. The channel access factors can be identified and the determination whether the first wireless node has the specified channel access factor can be performed without using control signals transmitted between the wireless nodes. The channel access factor could represent a hash function value.10-29-2009
20090268673CONFIGURATION METHOD OF RADIO RESOURCE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The present invention is to enable a network to control an exemplary aspect of a terminal so as to adapt distribution of resources between a plurality of users. A method of a radio resource in a mobile communication network, including steps of: determining a ratio of terminals that desire reception of MBMS service; transmitting a signal for requesting terminals to indicate that these terminals do not support HSDPA service but support DCH service to a network in the case that the determined ratio is not more than a predetermined threshold value; and allocating a resource, which is necessary for effective simultaneous reception of MBMS service, a packet switch service (PS), and a circuit switch service (CS), to terminals.10-29-2009
20090268677 NETWORK RESOURCE ALLOCATION SYSTEM AND METHOD OF THE SAME - A network resource allocation system and method of the same are provided according to the present invention. The system and method are applicable to a wireless mesh network, the method including: programming traffic of connections between routers; exchanging data between neighboring routers, thereby enabling the routers to perform dispersive network resource allocation according to the exchanged data; checking a local time window and a global time window for expiration by the router; and, under the condition of local performance deterioration or local traffic variation, activating a local routing adjustment mechanism by the router, wherein, if global performance deterioration currently exists, then activating a global optimization mechanism by a central controller, and, if not, then resetting the global time window. Accordingly, the present invention is capable of perceiving the traffic status of each connection between routers, thereby efficiently directing traffic to various channels and wireless transceivers.10-29-2009
20130182670METHOD FOR MULTIPLEXING DATA AND CONTROL INFORMATION - A method for multiplexing a data information stream, including a systematic symbol and a non-systematic symbol, and a control information stream of at least three types in a wireless mobile communication system is disclosed. The method includes mapping the data information stream to a resource area so that the systematic symbol is not mapped to a specific resource area to which the control information stream is mapped, and mapping the control information stream to the specific resource area.07-18-2013
20130182669RADIO TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, AND RADIO TRANSMISSION METHOD - Provided is a communication device, which is enabled to improve the throughput of a communication system by reducing the difference of a transmission power between an SCCH and an SDCH thereby to satisfy the required quality of a PAPR. In this device, an MCS selection unit (07-18-2013
20120224557APERIODIC TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and an apparatus for an aperiodic transmission of a sounding reference signal (SRS), which is performed by a user equipment (UE), in a wireless communication system. The UE aperiodically transmits an SRS through a certain uplink (UL) component carrier (CC) of a plurality of UL CCs. The determination of the certain UL CC is based on a downlink (DL) grant, wherein the downlink grant contains a message that triggers the aperiodic transmission of the SRS.09-06-2012
20120224556METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING A REFERENCE SIGNAL AND REFERENCE SIGNAL INFORMATION IN A COOPERATIVE MULTI-ANTENNA SENDING AND RECEIVING SYSTEM - Provided are a method and device for transmitting a reference signal and reference signal information in a cooperative multi-antenna sending and receiving system. Disclosed are a transmission method and device for resolving the problem whereby interference can occur between neighboring cells.09-06-2012
20120224555METHOD AND A BASE STATION FOR CONTROLLING DOWNLINK TRANSMISSION POWER, AND A METHOD AND A USER EQUIPMENT FOR RECEIVING A PDSCH - A ratio of data transmission power of a layer per RE to RS transmission power of the layer per RE is predefined according to rank. A BS determines downlink transmission power for a PDSCH according to the predefined rank and a UE assumes that the PDSCH and UE-specific RS(s) for the PDSCH is transmitted with power satisfying the ratio.09-06-2012
20120224554APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ASSIGNING LAYERS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for assigning layers which assure a high data rate, considering interference among layers and interference among terminals in a wireless communication system. The present invention comprises: a layer composition unit for composing layers to assign at least one layer in each of at least two terminals; and a layer change unit for changing the assignment of the layers due to the interference by receiving the information for the interference between the layers of at least two terminals.09-06-2012
20120224553APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL INFORMATION IN A MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are an apparatus and method for transceiving uplink transmission power control information in a multi-carrier communication system. As an LTE-A system employs multiple carriers, overhead may increase since a base station performs signaling in consideration of a carrier index, a TPC command index, etc. However, according to various embodiments of the present invention, overhead for signaling a TPC command and the like can be significantly reduced.09-06-2012
20120224550COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile communication system in which a mobile station apparatus transmits reception quality information to a base station apparatus, the reception quality information indicating quality of a signal received from the base station apparatus, characterized in that the base station apparatus transmits information for instructing transmission of reception quality information without uplink data included in an uplink data transmission permission signal, and the mobile station apparatus transmits reception quality information without the uplink data according to information for instructing transmission of reception quality information without uplink data. This allows a mobile station apparatus to transmit reception quality info information including a large amount of information even if there is no uplink data between the mobile station apparatus and the base station apparatus, and the transmission control flexibly responding to the amount of information and the frequency of transmissions of the reception quality information transmitted from the mobile station apparatus is possible.09-06-2012
20120224549RSSI MEASUREMENT MECHANISM IN THE PRESENCE OF PULSED JAMMERS - This disclosure relates to method, device and system for controlling power in a communication system. A plurality of power levels is measured from a received signal that includes a pulsed noise source. The received signal is correlated with a known sequence creating a correlation metric. A signal power is determined based on the correlation metric and the plurality of power levels. An uplink signal is transmitted at a transmit power that is based on the signal power.09-06-2012
20120224546METHOD AND TERMINAL FOR PERFORMING DIRECT COMMUNICATION BETWEEN TERMINALS - A first terminal for performing direct communication between terminals includes: a radio frequency (RF) unit; and a processor, the processor being adapted to perform direct communication with at least one second terminal by using resources allocated for direct communication between terminals, wherein the resources are divided into a first slot region and a second slot region, the first slot region including a synchronization channel containing synchronization information for direct communication between terminals, a dedicated channel for transmitting direct communication data between terminals, and a supplementary channel one-to-one mapped with the dedicated channel, and the second slot region including the dedicated channel and the supplementary channel.09-06-2012
20120224545BASE STATION, RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - For a communication terminal performing radio communication, a base station acquires communication path quality information representing a communication path quality, which is the quality of a communication path with the communication terminal. The base station allocates power larger than reference transmission power as transmission power to an edge terminal configuring at least part of an edge terminal group configured by an edge terminal that is a communication terminal whose communication path quality is lower than a threshold quality, allocates the reference transmission power as the transmission power to an edge terminal configuring a remaining part of the edge terminal group.09-06-2012
20120224544ASYNCHRONOUS HYBRID ARQ PROCESS INDICATION IN A MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus for transmitting Asynchronous Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (ARQ) process identities in a wireless communication system. A linking scheme is established between at least two sets of process identities of two respective corresponding codewords. When a first process identity is selected from among a first set of process identities of a first codeword, a second process identity may be derived in dependence upon the first process identity and the established linking scheme. Finally, a first packet from the first codeword is transmitted using a first transmission channel indicated by the first process identity, and a second packet is transmitted from the second codeword using a second transmission channel indicated by the second process identity. In addition, a control message including only the first process identity is transmitted.09-06-2012
20120224543METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR QUERY-BASED CONGESTION CONTROL - An electronic device may be operable to communicate over a physical medium and to regulate the transmission of a message onto the physical medium. The device may access the medium in accordance with a CSMA scheme, wherein one or more values of one or more CSMA parameters may be determined based on the result of a comparison of a received search token to data stored in the communication device. The message may be a response to a received request message, and the search token may have been received in the request message. A value of the CSMA parameter(s) may be determined based on the result of a comparison of the score and one or more thresholds. The threshold(s) may have been received in the request message. The value(s) of the CSMA parameter(s) may be determined based on one or more initial values contained in the received request message.09-06-2012
20120224542WIRELESS COMMUNICATION PATH SELECTION METHOD AND SELECTION APPARATUS - Communication bands occupied by wireless communication paths extending from a source node to a destination node are determined, and a combination of wireless communication paths is selected based on spatial distances between wireless communication paths from combinations of wireless communication paths in each of which the number of communication bands with respect to a combination of wireless communication paths is smaller than a threshold.09-06-2012
20120224541CLUSTERING METHOD OF MOBILE COMMUNICATION AND REMOTE RADIO HEAD THEREOF - A mobile communication system of the present invention includes a plurality of remote radio heads configured to transmit a signal to user equipment and configure an antenna network and a centralized baseband pool configured to be connected to the antenna network. The centralized baseband pool performs clustering with respect to the plurality of remote radio heads so as to dynamically vary the number of the remote radio heads each included in a plurality of clusters.09-06-2012
20120224540COMMUNICATION METHOD OF TERMINALS AND ACCESS POINT FOR UPLINK MU-MIMO CHANNEL ACCESS - Provided is a communication method of an access point and a plurality of terminals that are capable of enhancing a throughput of an overall network in a random access environment by enabling the access point to wait for additional terminals to transmit data through uplink communication during a predetermined waiting window.09-06-2012
20130064211RADIO BASE STATION AND CONTROL METHOD FOR THE SAME - A radio base station eNB which periodically receives uplink control information including CQI through PUCCH, comprising: a storage unit 03-14-2013
20130064213APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING OR SUPPORTING COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION BETWEEN TERMINALS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to one embodiment of the present invention, the receiver of a base station receives, from a first terminal, a first message containing information on a first terminal identifier, information which enables a direct link connection between the first terminal and one or more candidate terminals capable of cooperative communication in a cell to which the first terminal belongs, and/or information on the mode in which the first terminal performs cooperative communication. The transmitter of the base station transmits, to said one or more candidate terminals, a message for requesting a direct link connection with the first terminal, wherein the message contains the information on the first terminal identifier and/or information on the mode in which the first terminal performs cooperative communication. The network to which the first terminal and the candidate terminals are linked is different from the network to which the first terminal and the base station are linked.03-14-2013
20130064212TERMINAL APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD THEREOF - This invention is directed to a terminal apparatus capable of preventing the degradation of reception quality of control information even in a case of employing SU-MIMO transmission system. A terminal (03-14-2013
20130064210TERMINAL APPARATUS AND RESPONSE SIGNAL TRANSMITTING METHOD - This invention is related to a terminal apparatus that can normally transmit an upstream response signal. A response signal generating unit (03-14-2013
20130064208RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION NETWORK SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREFOR - A radio communication system provided with a communication device and a radio communication network system is characterized by comprising a transmission delay estimate information transmitting means for transmitting transmission delay estimate information to the radio communication network system when the transmission condition of the transmission delay estimate information is met.03-14-2013
20130064209Support of UL ACK/NACK Feedback for Carrier Aggregation During Timing Uncertainty Component Carrier (Re-) Configuration/Activation/De-activation Period - An apparatus and a method is described, by which a component carrier configuration, re-configuration, activation or deactivation is performed. In particular, a signaling format used for acknowledgment/negative acknowledgement messages on an uplink control channel is detected, and a codebook size of the acknowledgment/negative acknowledgement messages is decided based on the detected signaling format.03-14-2013
20130064206MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - A mobile communication system in which a mobile station apparatus transmits, to a base station apparatus, uplink data using a physical uplink shared channel assigned by an uplink data transmission permission signal, wherein the base station apparatus: transmits, to the mobile station apparatus, a radio resource control signal including information for specifying a physical format in transmitting reception quality information together with uplink data; and transmits, to the mobile station apparatus, the uplink data transmission permission signal including a transmission instruction of reception quality information, and wherein the mobile station apparatus transmits, to the base station apparatus, reception quality information together with uplink data using the physical uplink shared channel according to information for specifying the physical format in case that a transmission instruction of the reception quality information is included in the uplink data transmission permission signal.03-14-2013
20130064207METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PRECODING INFORMATION - A method and an apparatus for transmitting and receiving precoding information are disclosed. The method can be implemented in a communication system, wherein the communication system includes a terminal and a data transmitting apparatus in communication with the terminal, a system bandwidth of the communication system is divided into at least one bandwidth part (BP) and each BP comprises at least one subband. The method includes: selecting, by the terminal, a subband within a first BP of the at least one BP according to a preset criterion or a predefined rule; obtaining, by the terminal, precoding information of the subband selected within the first BP; and transmitting, by the terminal, the precoding information of the subband selected within the first BP to the data transmitting apparatus.03-14-2013
20130064202Efficient Location Updates, Paging and Short Bursts - A mobile terminal in a wireless communication network may be one of several modes of operation. When in an idle mode, the mobile terminal may avoid a lengthy random access procedure normally associated with responding to a page from a base station, if the base station includes in the page an indication of a resource that the mobile terminal may utilize when responding to the page. Additionally, the mobile terminal may transmit an efficient location update MAC header to a base station, whether prompted to by a page from the base station or not. Furthermore, without leaving the idle mode or a sleep mode, the mobile terminal may exchange short data burst messages with a base station.03-14-2013
20130064201System and a Method for Managing Device Identifier of A Ubiquitous Network - The present invention discloses a ubiquitous network gateway, which includes: a conversion unit, used for converting the identifier of the device of the extension network of the ubiquitous network to the identifier of the communication network device, maintaining, storing or caching the mapping relationship between the identifier of the device of the extension network of the ubiquitous network and the identifier of the communication network device, and converting the identifier of the communication network device to the identifier of the device of the extension network of the ubiquitous network; an identifier mapping unit, used for maintaining or storing the mapping relationships among the identifier of the device of the extension network of the ubiquitous network, the identifier of the communication network device and the gateway identifiers of the ubiquitous network. A system and a method for managing communication network device identifiers of the ubiquitous network are disclosed in the present invention. The use of the ubiquitous network gateway, system and method of the present invention can enable the service interaction with the device of the extension network of the ubiquitous network and benefit the service development of the ubiquitous network.03-14-2013
20130064205ACKNOWLEDGING COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Allocating uplink resources based on downlink traffic in a wireless network is provided. The number of sent segments of transport communication protocol (TCP) data may be counted. In response to the count exceeding a value, a message is sent allocating uplink resources to receive an uplink segment and a message acknowledging sent segments of the TCP data.03-14-2013
20130064204METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR SIGNAL TRANSMISSION - A method, a device and a system for signal transmission are disclosed in embodiments of the present invention. The method comprises: selecting a multiplexing mode of signals to be transmitted by a cell according to interference strength received by the cell and/or interference strength received by a neighboring cell; notifying a receiver of the multiplexing mode of the signals to be transmitted by the cell; and transmitting the signals to be transmitted by the cell according to the multiplexing mode of the signals to be transmitted by the cell. Through the signal transmission method, device and system provided herein, the multiplexing mode is selected adaptively according to the interference strength. Therefore, the inter-cell interference is reduced, the reliability of channel detection is improved, the system complexity is reduced, and the cost is saved.03-14-2013
20130064203TRANSMITTER, RECEIVER, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication system, etc. are provided that can prevent the accuracy of propagation channel estimation from degrading when performing radio communications based on OFDM by using a plurality of carriers each with a predetermined bandwidth. Radio communications based on an OFDM scheme are performed between a transmitter and a receiver by using a carrier with a prescribed bandwidth in which first signals such as reference signals, for example, are arranged at constant subcarrier intervals. The transmitter, when performing communications with the receiver by using a plurality of such carriers, transmits to the receiver an OFDM signal in which the first signals are arranged at predetermined subcarrier intervals across the plurality of carriers. The receiver extracts the first signals from the OFDM signal received from the transmitter.03-14-2013
20130064200BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - To provide a base station apparatus, a mobile terminal apparatus and a communication control method supporting respectively a plurality of mobile communication systems coexist mutually. The base station apparatus in a radio communications system in which an LTE-A system and an LTE system are placed so as to coexist with each other, the LTE-A system having a system band composed of a plurality of component carriers, the LTE system having a system band composed of a single component carrier, the base station apparatus is configured to generate ACK/NACK of HARQ to uplink transmission of a plurality of the component carriers, set offset as 0 to the component carrier used in the LTE system, set the offset to be increased beginning at the aforementioned component carrier in order of being circuited among the plurality of the component carriers, and add the aforementioned offset to the allocation resource of ACK/NACK.03-14-2013
20130064199APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING UPLINK POWER CONTROL INFORMATION - Disclosed are an apparatus and method for transmitting or receiving uplink power control information. According to the present invention, a transmitting antenna of a base station device transmits, to a terminal, a first message containing first information on the interference and noise levels of frequency partitions to which an uplink data channel and an uplink control channel are allocated. Here, the uplink data channel and the uplink control channel are allocated to different frequency partitions. The transmitting antenna can further transmit, to the terminal, information on frequency partitions to which the uplink data channel and the uplink control channel are allocated.03-14-2013
20130064198MULTIPATH TRANSPORT TUNNEL OVER MULTIPLE AIR INTERFACES CONNECTING WIRELESS STATIONS - A method and apparatus for wireless communication between stations addressable via an Internet Protocol (IP) network that includes a first station wirelessly communicating with a second station via a multi-path transport protocol (MTP) tunnel The MTP tunnel manages at least a first IP data sub-flow over a first air interface and at least a second IP data sub-flow over a second air interface and allocates a first IP data flow to the at least two distinct IP data sub-flows over the at least two distinct air interfaces.03-14-2013
20130064197System and Method for Dynamic Coordination of Radio Resources Usage in a Wireless Network Environment - A wireless user equipment (UE) device includes a processor configured to control at least one of a plurality of subsystems to receive sensory data associated with multiple radio channels relative to one or more radio elements utilizing multiple radio access technologies in a communications network, whereby the sensory data may be processed to determine one or more reliability conditions associated with the sensory data. The processor is further configured to control at least one or more of the plurality of subsystems for communicating the sensory data and the associated reliability conditions to a network node and for processing a control message received from the network node for facilitating allocation of a radio resource to at least one of the radio elements.03-14-2013
20130064194METHODS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA USING A PLURALITY OF RADIO CHANNELS, TRANSMISSION AND DESTINATION DEVICES, CORRESPONDING SIGNAL AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A method and apparatus are provided for transmitting data packets in a communication network using a plurality of radio channels. The network is organized into a plurality of communication layers including a data link layer MAC and a physical layer PHY. The method includes aggregating data packets to be transmitted to a single recipient, in the MAC layer, outputting at least two aggregated packets, with which a single header of the PHY layer is associated. At least two of the radio channels are concatenated to form a concatenated channel. The aggregated packets are simultaneously transmitted respectively over at least two separate concatenated sub-channels, one concatenated sub-channel including at least one of the radio channels of the concatenated channel.03-14-2013
20130064192MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND MOBILE STATION - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes a step A of transmitting, by a radio base station eNB, “RRC Connection Reconfiguration” including setting information on a plurality of CCs and PDCCHs to a mobile station UE, and a step B of transmitting, by the mobile station UE, “RRC Connection Reconfiguration Complete” to the radio base station eNB using a contention-based channel in response to the received “RRC Connection Reconfiguration”.03-14-2013
20130064195Method of Handling Random Access Procedure on Secondary Cell when Primary Cell Time Alignment Timer Expires - A method of handling a random access procedure for a mobile device in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises having an ongoing random access procedure on a secondary cell; and aborting the ongoing random access procedure on the secondary cell when a time alignment timer associated with a primary cell expires.03-14-2013
20130064191WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RANDOM ACCESS METHOD THEREOF - A random access method of a User Equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation which allows transmitting data on multiple carriers is provided. A random access method for a wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation according to the present invention includes receiving, at a terminal, Random Access Channel (RACH) selection information necessary for random access, the RACH selection information being transmitted by a base station; selecting, when the random access is triggered, an uplink carrier on which the random access is attempted based on the RACH selection information; and attempting the random access on the selected uplink carrier.03-14-2013
20130064193METHOD FOR DECODING CONTROL INFORMATION OF TERMINAL IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM AND TERMINAL THEREOF - Provided is a method of decoding control information of a terminal in a carrier aggregation system. The method includes: receiving downlink control information including a carrier indication field from a base station; and decoding the downlink control information, wherein the downlink control information includes at least two or more fields, and a component carrier indicated by a value of the carrier indication field is determined according to a value of a specific field among the at least two or more fields.03-14-2013
20130064189APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MOBILE ASSISTED REVERSE LINK INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT - Techniques are provided for mobile assisted reverse link interference management. For example, a method for providing mobile assisted reverse link (RL) interference management includes requesting at least one pilot strength measurement from a user device. The method may include receiving at least one macrocell pilot strength measurement or femtocell pilot or beacon strength measurement from the user device in response to the request. The method may include determining a data rate allocation for the user device based at least in part on the at least one macrocell pilot strength measurement or femtocell pilot or beacon strength measurement. The method may include transmitting the data rate allocation to the user device, thereby controlling RL interference caused by the user device to at least one non-serving cell.03-14-2013
20130064190SIGNALING OF RESOURCE ASSIGNMENTS IN CROSS-CARRIER SCHEDULING SCENARIOS - This invention relates to signaling of resource assignments in cross-carrier scheduling scenarios. In order to enable cross-carrier scheduling in a mobile communication system using carrier aggregation while avoiding erroneous detection of assigned physical resources that could lead to HARQ soft buffer corruption/degradation of the system throughput, the invention suggests a scheme for explicitly indicating within downlink control information (DCI) including a resource assignment for the downlink (or uplink) the number of OFDM symbol(s) used for control signaling within a sub-frame on a component carrier on which resources are assigned by the DCI. In one exemplary implementation the number of OFDM symbol(s) used for control signaling is the PCFICH values signaled in a 3GPP LTE-A network. The indication of the OFDM symbol(s) within the sub-frame on the assigned component carrier may for example be jointly encoded with other control signaling information, e.g. with the carrier cation of the carrier indicator field.03-14-2013
20130064187METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR WAN ASSISTED CONTENTION DETECTION & RESOLUTION IN PEER TO PEER NETWORKS - Various methods and apparatus are directed to collision detection and/or avoidance regarding peer to peer connection identifiers. A wireless communications device broadcasts a signal indicating its acquired connection identifier in one of two alternative blocks. A base station monitors peer to peer signaling in its coverage area and tracks the usage of peer to peer connection identifiers by pairs of devices. The base station detects when multiple pairs of devices are using the same peer to peer connection identifier. The base station provides assistance to the peer to peer network to avoid a collision or facilitate rapid collision detection by the peer to peer devices. In one approach the base station sends an instruction for a connection to switch its connection identifier. In another approach the base station sends a connection a message to bias its selection as to which of the two alternative blocks to use for transmission.03-14-2013
20130064188DYNAMIC RESOURCE MANAGEMENT FOR ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS WIRELESS NETWORKS - The disclosed subject matter relates to dynamic resource management for wireless network components with a wireless communications environment. Personal base stations can be deployed in a substantially uncoordinated manner resulting in conflicts among wireless radio resources. Dynamically assigning subchannel and dynamically allocating power for subchannels can reduce these conflicts. Dynamic resource management can employ combinatorial auction schema such that assignment of subchannels can be considerate of selecting a power level for performance and to minimize overlapping subchannel interference. In an aspect, several methods can be employed to reduce the computational complexity of the general integer programming problem presented. These several methods can include a Combinatorial Auction with Greedy Algorithm scheme, a Random Equal Subchannel Partition scheme, a Local Combinatorial Auction scheme, and a Neighbors' Poor Channels scheme.03-14-2013
20110007693MULTIPATH VIDEO STREAMING OVER A WIRELESS NETWORK - The method and system as disclosed relates to streaming of large quantities of time critical data over multiple distinct channels from a wireless communications device to a central receiver. More specifically the disclosure deals with the challenges and problems of maintaining consistent data reception quality when faced with the anomalies of a moving sender that is sending data using a relatively unstable radio frequency (RF) method. This is achieved by converting single source data into multiple data streams, placing them in transport buffers and storing them for forwarding. A plurality of radio frequency modules provide wireless connectivity to a plurality of wireless network. Links are maintained to provide feedback on network connections to allow for the transfer of data from one network to another and to adjust the amount of data being transmitted.01-13-2011
20130163554DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF MULTI-USER MULTI-INPUT-MULTI-OUTPUT WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Device, system, and method of multi-user multi-input-multi-output (MIMO) wireless communication. In some embodiments, a wireless communication device (06-27-2013
20130163545BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER EQUIPMENT, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A disclosed base station apparatus is capable of communicating with a user equipment terminal in a multi-input multi-output (MIMO) mobile communication system using Pre-coding. The base station apparatus includes a receiving unit receiving a Pre-coding Matrix Indicator (PMI) indicating a specific Pre-coding matrix, a determination unit determining a value of a flag indicator indicating whether the Pre-coding matrix specified in the PMI is to be used for downlink communications, a control signal generation unit generating a downlink control signal including at least the flag indicator, and a transmission unit transmitting a signal including the downlink control signal in downlink.06-27-2013
20130163540RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS OF BASE STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A resource allocation method and apparatus for reducing the number of operations required when determining the resource allocation priority in the wireless packet data communication system supporting plural types of resources are provided. The method includes receiving channel quality identifiers from at least one terminal for resource allocation, selecting one of the channel quality identifiers as a representative channel quality identifier per terminal, determining a resource allocation priority of the terminal based on the representative channel quality identifier, and allocating the resource in order of resource allocation priority.06-27-2013
20130163531METHOD OF OPERATING ACCESS POINT AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING ACCESS POINT - Provided is a method of operating an access point and a wireless communication system using an access point. The method includes classifying the terminals according to the QoS type of a service required by each of the terminals, allocating any one antenna among the plurality of antennae to one terminal of a group of terminals having the highest order of priority according to the QoS type, among the classified groups of terminals, and selecting another antenna and terminal, which maximizes a signal to interference and noise ratio (SINR) calculated from channel information between the terminal and the antenna, among the terminals and antennae, except the allocated antenna and terminal, to allocate the antenna.06-27-2013
20130163524SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSPORTING DIGITAL RADIO SIGNAL STREAMS IN A SMALL CELL NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A method is provided in one example embodiment that includes receiving a radio signal stream, segmenting the radio signal stream based on a control word in the radio signal stream, mapping the segmented radio signal stream to a service class, transporting the segmented radio signal stream in packets through channels over a backhaul link, and maintaining the order of the radio signal stream over the backhaul link. In more particular embodiments, the backhaul link may use a DOCSIS link, the radio signal stream can be received using a Common Public Radio Interface, and the radio signal stream may include sub-streams transported through segmented channels over the backhaul link.06-27-2013
20130064196Searching Space and Operation for Enhanced PDCCH in LTE Systems - A method is provided for operating an eNB in a wireless communication network. The method comprises allocating, by the eNB, one or more resource units within one or more physical resource block pairs to a user equipment for transmitting enhanced control information.03-14-2013
20120195282METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR TRANSMITTING SA-PREAMBLE AND METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR RECEIVING SA-PREAMBLE - An SA-Preamble corresponding to an irregular system bandwidth different from a regular system bandwidth is configured to be as long as or larger than the irregular system bandwidth and transmitted. Thus, the performance of transmitting and receiving the SA-Preamble is increased.08-02-2012
20120195277HYBRID SCHEME FOR DL LINK ADAPTATION - A system and method of a hybrid scheme of DL link adaptation in a network having mobile stations (MSs) in communication with a base station (BS). The system may include a mode decision module associated with the base station. The mode decision module may include one or more processors configured to select a first mode configuration for use during transmission of a first communication from the base station. The BS may receive first feedback information associated with the first communication, where the first feedback information includes a first mode recommendation and first channel information. Based on the first feedback information, the BS may generate a BS-derived mode configuration based on the first channel information and compare the first mode recommendation and the BS-derived mode configuration. Based on the comparison, the BS may determine a second mode configuration to use to configure a second communication.08-02-2012
20090252104Physical Layer Frame Format Design for Wideband Wireless Communications Systems - Systems and methods are provided for processing a payload portion of a received signal in a single carrier mode or a multiple carrier mode using a wireless channel receiver based on a portion of the received signal, where a signaling portion of the received signal is a single carrier signal. A single carrier signaling portion is received, and whether the payload portion of the signal is a single carrier signal or a multiple carrier signal is detected from the received single carrier signaling portion. The payload portion of the received signal is demodulated in a single carrier mode if the detecting determines that the payload portion of the received signal is a single carrier signal, and the payload portion of the received signal is demodulated in a multiple carrier mode if the detecting determines that the payload portion of the received signal is a multiple carrier signal. Data from the demodulated payload portion of the received signal is stored in a computer-readable memory.10-08-2009
20130163546SELECTING BETWEEN NORMAL AND VIRTUAL DUAL LAYER ACK/NACK - An allocation of downlink resources is received, which are monitored on l layers for data. A resource-specific bit (ACK/NACK) is generated for each of those resources. From a pattern of those resources is selected an algorithm from among a first algorithm that bundles them in a first mode and a second algorithm that bundles them in a second mode. The selected algorithm is used on the generated resource-specific bits that correspond to the downlink resources, bundled according to the selected mode, to generate l reply bits which are then transmitted. At the network side a NACK reply bit is received, based on a pattern of the allocated downlink resources, a first algorithm that bundles them in a first mode or a second algorithm that bundles them in a second mode is selected. A bundling window and layer combination are determined from the selected algorithm, which gives the resource for retransmitting the NACK'd data.06-27-2013
20090238136UPLINK POWER HEADROOM DEFINITION FOR E-DCH IN CELL_FACH - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate reporting an uplink power headroom (UPH) during an E-DCH transmission in a CELL_FACH state. For a E-DCH transmission, a reduced measurement period can be utilized in order to report a UPH measurement. In particular, the reduced measurement period can be less than 100 milliseconds. The UPH measurement can be communicated based upon receipt of AICH/E-AICH and transmission of DPCCH for a configurable number of radio frames. The UPH measurement can be based upon the transmitted power prior to actual data transmission. Additionally, the UPH measurement can be included within scheduling information portion of a MAC header.09-24-2009
20090238134WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS TRANSMISSION METHOD AND WIRELESS RECEPTION METHOD - A wireless communication apparatus that transmits a wireless signal, the wireless communication apparatus including a dividing unit that divides data transmitted in a data area of a frame format of the wireless signal into a plurality of segments. The wireless communication apparatus includes an encoding unit that encodes the data segmented by the dividing unit segment by segment.09-24-2009
20090238132WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A wireless communication apparatus includes: a communication module configured to wirelessly communicate with first and second counterpart communication apparatuses through a wireless channel during a period in which the wireless channel is allowed to be exclusively used, wherein the communication module multiplexes first and second data frames and transmits the first and second data frames to the first and second counterpart communication apparatuses, wherein the communication module completes receiving first and second receipt confirmation frames being respectively sent from the first and second counterpart communication apparatuses at first and second receipt completion timings, the second receipt completion timing being in synchronization with the first receipt completion timing, and wherein the communication module transmits a next first data frame and a next second data frame after elapse of a given time from the first receipt completion timing and the second receipt completion timing.09-24-2009
20090238131METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate improved resource management in a wireless communication system. As described herein, supergroups can be formed from groups of Physical Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Channels (PHICHs) such that respective PHICH supergroups are multiplexed onto respective non-overlapping resource element subsets, thereby improving resource usage efficiency for the extended cyclic prefix case and limited numbers of transmit antennas. In one example described herein, even-indexed PHICH groups are mapped to a selected subset of resource elements in a group while odd-indexed PHICH groups are mapped to the remaining resource elements in the group. This mapping can be performed by modifying orthogonal sequences associated with the PHICH groups and/or by performing resource mapping in different manners for respective PHICH supergroups. Upon receiving a transmission of mapped PHICH information, a receiving entity can leverage knowledge of the mapping to decode transmitted PHICH information using the proper resource subset(s).09-24-2009
20090238130METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCES, RADIO BASE STATION, AND MOBILE STATION - A method for allocating uplink radio resources to a radio communication device includes transmitting a polling signal; allocating radio resources for data transmission based on a response signal to the polling signal; suspending transmission of the polling signal when it is determined that a condition to omit the transmission of the polling signal is satisfied; and allocating radio resources for data transmission while the transmission of the polling signal is suspended.09-24-2009
20090238128Method of data communication in a wireless communication system - A method of data communication in a wireless communication system is disclosed. A method of receiving data in a user equipment of a wireless communication system comprises receiving scheduling information from a network, the scheduling information including downlink (DL) resource assignment information and an indicator; if the scheduling information includes a first UE identity and the first indicator has a first value, utilizing the scheduling information as configuration information of a persistent scheduling to receive a downlink data packet from the network; and if the scheduling information includes the first UE identity and the first indicator has a second value, utilizing the scheduling information to receive a retransmission data packet from the network.09-24-2009
20090238126Communication System, Mobile Station, And Communication Method - A communication system includes a mobile station and a base station. The mobile station calculates estimated TA information based on the position of the mobile station and an amount of propagation path delay. The mobile station determines, based on TA information transmitted from the base station and the estimated TA information, whether the TA information is addressed thereto. The mobile station determines whether to transmit “Message 09-24-2009
20090238123RADIO TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND RADIO TRANSMISSION METHOD - Disclosed are a radio transmission device and a radio transmission method capable of containing a plenty of mobile stations for receiving low-rate data and avoiding lowering a system throughput. A group ID assigning unit (09-24-2009
20090238122Method for Allocating Non-Dedicated Resource as a Dedicated Resource - A method of allocating resources and signatures of a random access resource (RACH) (09-24-2009
20090238125METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATION OF TRANSMISSION RATE IN A RADIO TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK - The present invention relates to a node and a method for allocation of transmission rates to a mobile terminal for sending packet data over an air interface in a radio telecommunications network by sending messages to the mobile terminal using at least a first radio channel. The invention comprises: providing at least a first grant queue for queuing messages to mobile terminals, the messages indicating allocated transmission rates to be sent over the at least first radio channel; receiving a rate request from a mobile terminal; allocating a transmission rate to the mobile terminal in dependence of the current air interface interference and the assigned transmission rates in the grant queue; and queuing a message, to be sent to the mobile terminal, indicating the allocated transmission rate in the grant queue.09-24-2009
20090238135SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING VOICE OVER INTERNET PROTOCOL QUALITY OF SERVICE SUPPORT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A system for providing Quality of Service (QoS) for voice over internet protocol (VoIP) provides a remote station with the address of an SIP proxy server. The initiates a VoIP service flow by sending an Invite to the proxy server via a bay station. If the service flow is authorized, the remote station transmits a request to the base station to establish a service flow having a selected QoS. The proxy server also provides a dynamic address for a voice gateway. Once the service flow is established, the remote station transmits RTP packets to the designated voice gateway using the service flow having the designated QoS level.09-24-2009
20090238127MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to an aspect of the present invention, there is provided a mobile communication system which comprises a plurality of base stations each accommodating mobile terminals via radio channels, and base station control devices connecting the base stations to an Internet Protocol (IP) network via cable channels, and achieves voice communication through Voice over IP (VoIP) via the IP network. And the mobile communication system comprises a system management device which is connected to the base station control devices via the IP network and acquires operation information of the plurality of base stations through the base station control devices.09-24-2009
20090238121Techniques for Reducing Communication Errors in a Wireless Communication System - A technique for operating a wireless communication device includes transmitting a scheduling request from the wireless communication device and receiving, following the scheduling request, an uplink grant that assigns an uplink channel to the wireless communication device. A time period between the scheduling request and the uplink grant is determined. Only channel quality information is transmitted in the uplink channel when the uplink grant requests the channel quality information and the time period is less than a predetermined time period.09-24-2009
20090238120Dynamic Scheduling Overwriting of Semi-Persistent Allocation in an Uplink - A user equipment (UE) comprising a processor such that, responsive to the UE having a large packet to transmit and where the large packet is larger than a semi-persistent resource allocated to the UE, the processor is configured to promote transmission of a buffer status report in one of the allocated semi-persistent resources and receive a dynamically allocated resource for transmitting the large packet.09-24-2009
20090232082Method And Apparatus For Providing Quality Of Service (QOS) In A Wireless Local Area Network - Methods, apparatus, and computer programs for configuring one or more transmission parameters of a wireless client in a wireless local area network (WLAN) are provided. In one implementation, the method includes associating a wireless client with a wireless communication system in a WLAN, and at the wireless client, receiving one or more real-time data packets transmitted from the wireless communication system. Each real-time data packet contains real-time data in an uncompressed format. The method further includes sending an acknowledgement (ACK) packet for each real-time data packet correctly received by the wireless client.09-17-2009
20090232081SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING A TRAFFIC INDICATION MESSAGE IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system and method for transmitting a traffic indication message in a Broadband Wireless Access communication system. A base station (BS) transmits the traffic indication message to mobile subscriber stations (MSSs). The traffic indication message includes information on a number of MSS groups and information on a number of traffic indication indexes, each of the MSS groups includes a predetermined number of MSSs, and each of the traffic indication indexes is assigned to each of the MSS groups, and includes a bitmap including a predetermined number of bits. The predetermined number of bits is identical to the number of the MSSs included in each of the MSS groups, each of the predetermined number of the bits is assigned to each of the MSSs included in each of the MSS groups, and represents operation instruction information for each of the MSSs.09-17-2009
20090232079FRAME STRUCTURES FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Superframe preamble structures for wireless communication systems are provided. The preamble can include system determination information, which can improve acquisition performance. The superframe structures can allow efficient determination of flexible parameters that determine preamble structure. The superframe structures can also facilitate quick paging capacity to scale with bandwidth.09-17-2009
20090232078METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAC LAYER INVERSE MULTIPLEXING IN A THIRD GENERATION RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - A channel inverse multiplexer/multiplexer (IMUX/MUX) (09-17-2009
20090232077Media Receiver Hub - A media receiver hub receives wireless signals from multiple sources (e.g., satellite signals from multiple satellites) and provides the signals to end devices over a local network. According to an example embodiment, a satellite hub is responsive to channel input selections received from end devices by selecting channels from within received satellite signals, and by converting each channel into a format amenable for delivery to and use at an end device requesting the channel. The converted channels are communicated to the end devices over a network that also facilitates communications between the devices, by restricting the communications to using a portion of the available bandwidth of the network, reserving bandwidth for communications with and/or between the end devices (or other network devices).09-17-2009
20090232076Method and Apparatus for Handling a Contention-Based Random Access Procedure - A method for handling a contention-based random access procedure in a user equipment (UE) of a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes steps of sending a Scheduled Transmission message, which applies an HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat request) process for transmission, starting a Contention Resolution Timer and monitoring a PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel), and flushing a buffer of the HARQ process used for transmission of the Scheduled Transmission message when a contention result of the random access procedure is determined.09-17-2009
20090232075Radio Communication System, Base Station, Mobile Station and Resource Block Allocation Method - A radio communication system includes at least one mobile station and a base station, wherein one and the same two-dimensional table, in which resource block numbers are allocated to a plurality of resource blocks obtained by dividing a system bandwidth by a frequency domain, is stored in both the base station and the at least one mobile station, and allocation information representing allocation of the resource block numbers in the two-dimensional table is transmitted from the base station to one of the at least one mobile station.09-17-2009
20090232073METHOD AND APPARATUS OF PHYSICAL RESOURCE ALLOCATION, METHOD OF DATA RECEIVING, AND RECEIVING END - The present invention discloses a method and apparatus of physical resource allocation as well as a method of data receiving and a receiving end in a wireless communication system. The method of physical resource allocation includes: detecting a pilot signal sent by each user within a designated range; obtaining received power of the pilot signal sent by each user; scheduling each user within the designated range to obtain a user group including at least one user according to the received power; and allocating a same physical resource to each user of the user group. According to the method and the apparatus, it is possible to reuse a physical resource and sequentially decode data packets corresponding to users in a user group occupying the same physical resource according to the Capture Effect and interference cancellation technology, thereby improving the spectrum efficiency and throughput of uplink or downlink greatly.09-17-2009
20090232072Resource allocation apparatus and method in broadband wireless communication system - A resource allocation apparatus and method in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. A communication method of a base station includes allocating a resource region to a user by performing resource scheduling, determining a node ID corresponding to the allocated resource region according to a hybrid resource structure based on a triangle structure in which at least one branch is configured as tree branch, configuring resource allocation information including the determined node ID, and transmitting the configured resource allocation information to the user.09-17-2009
20090232071Apparatus and method for using guard band as data subcarrier in communication system supporting frequency overlay - A method and apparatus for using a guard band as a data subcarrier in a communication system supporting frequency overlay are provided. In a method of operating mobile station for using a guard band as a subcarrier for signal transmission in a communication system supporting frequency overlay, the method includes searching for a first center frequency located at a position corresponding to an integer multiple of a subcarrier spacing, after searching for the first center frequency, receiving information indicating the numbers n09-17-2009
20090232069Method for Status Reporting in Wireless Communication Systems When One-Time Allocated Resource Is Insufficent - A wireless communication terminal (09-17-2009
20090232068METHOD FOR DYNAMICALLY ASSIGNING CHANNELS OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method for dynamic channel assignment for a wireless communication system. First, a respective channel allocation probability vector at each mobile terminal is randomly generated, and is then sent to the base stations covering the mobile terminal. Subsequently, the channel allocation probability vectors are integrated into channel allocation information for the mobile terminals covered by the base station. Afterwards, based on the channel allocation information, a corresponding channel allocation notice is sent to the mobile terminals covered by the base station, respectively. Finally, according to the channel allocation notice, the channels of the base station are assigned for the mobile terminals covered by the base station.09-17-2009
20090232067ACK/NACK channelization for resource blocks containing both ACK/NACK and CQI - In one exemplary embodiment, a method includes: transmitting a value from an access node towards an apparatus, where the value is indicative of a size of a first portion of an uplink resource block, where the uplink resource block is shared among a plurality of apparatus, where the first portion is specified for transmission of a first type of signaling to the access node, where a second portion of the uplink resource block is specified for transmission of a second type of signaling to the access node; and receiving at least one transmission using at least one of the first portion and the second portion.09-17-2009
20090232064Scheduling in Multi-Cell Multi-Carrier Wireless Systems - Transmission is scheduled in a multi-cell multi-carrier wireless network. Assignments are determined for subcarriers by determining marginal gains for receivers, determining a receiver and an associated base station corresponding to a highest marginal gain, and assigning the receiver to the base station. These steps may be iteratively repeated until each of the receivers is assigned to a base station. The subcarriers are then allocated to the receivers by selecting the receiver with the highest gain. Alternatively, assignments are determined for subcarriers by determining a maximum additional queue size reduction, determining an assignment for each of the subcarriers, determining a receiver associated with a base station that has the determined maximum additional queue size reduction, assigning the receiver to the base station, and allocating the subcarriers to the receivers in the base stations.09-17-2009
20090232063Arrangements for association and re-association in a wireless network - A method is disclosed for associating network devices to a network. The method can include receiving a beacon from a source by an antenna array, allocating resources to beamform and beamforming after receiving at least a portion of the beacon. The beamforming can be accomplished prior to completion of an association request and prior to receipt of an acceptance signal in response to the association request. Accordingly directional transmissions can be utilized transmit at least part of an association request and to transmit an acceptance signal corresponding to the association request.09-17-2009
20090232062Base Station, Communication Terminal, Transmission Method And Reception Method - A base station includes: means configured to manage frequency blocks; means configured to determine, for each frequency block, scheduling information for assigning one or more resource blocks to a communication terminal being in a good channel state; means configured to generate a control channel including the scheduling information for each frequency block; and means configured to frequency multiplexing control channels within the system frequency band and to transmit it. In addition, the base station transmits the control channel by separating a non-specific control channel to be decoded by a non-specific communication terminal and a specific control channel to be decoded by a communication terminal to which one or more resource blocks are assigned.09-17-2009
20090232061RECONFIGURABLE MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT SYSTEMS AND METHODS - An exemplary wireless commutation device and method are disclosed for configuring a plurality of radio resources including a first radio resource and second radio resource in the wireless communication device. According to one aspect, the first and second radio resources are configured for spatial multiplexing according to a first communication system type. Upon receiving a request for communication over a second communication system type, at least one of the first and second radio resources are re-configured for communication over the second communication system type. According to another aspect, a first communication link over the first communication system is maintained while establishing a second communication link over the second communication system. According to another aspect, the other of the first and second radio resources for non-spatial multiplexing are re-configured according to the first communication system type.09-17-2009
20090232059Latency Reduction When Setting Up An Uplink Wireless Communications Channel - The present invention relates to wireless communications. More especially it relates to wireless packet data communications. Particularly it relates to latency reduction responding <> to downlink data when received <>.09-17-2009
20090232060METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND TANGIBLE MACHINE-READABLE MEDIUM FOR ESTABLISHING A ROUTING PATH DURING A NETWORK ENTRY PROCESS OF A SUBSCRIBER STATION BASED ON A MULTI-HOP RELAY STANDARD - A method, a wireless communication system, a communication apparatus, and a tangible machine-readable medium for establishing a routing path during a network entry process of an SS based on a multi-hop relay standard are provided. The wireless communication system comprises a BS, an SS, and an RS. The SS transmits an RNG-REQ of the SS to the RS with a ranging CID. The RS allocates an SS CID for the SS, and transmits an RNG-RSP having the SS CID to the SS with the ranging CID. Then the SS transmits an SBC-REQ with the SS CID to the BS through the RS. Finally, the BS transmits an SBC-RSP to the SS through the RS after receiving the SBC-REQ. The routing path of the SS is updated into a routing table of the RS according to one of the SBC-REQ and the SBC-RSP.09-17-2009
20090046651NETWORKS AND METHODS INTEGRATING DIGITAL MOBILE STANDARDS - Communications in a wireless communication system based on two or more communication standards are configured for delivery to cell sites or to subscribers using a digital link having channels assigned to the two or more communication standards. A T-1 level can be divided into twenty four channels that are assigned to two or more mobile standards, and subscriber or network communications based on the two or more standards can be delivered to, for example, radio transmitters associated with the mobile standards. Channel allocation can be revised based upon requested capacity associated with the mobile standards.02-19-2009
20090046650Resource scheduling enabling partially-constrained retransmission - The exemplary embodiments of the invention utilize techniques that provide an amount of scheduling flexibility for retransmissions (e.g., downlink HARQ retransmissions) while also limiting the amount of time within which a UE can expect retransmissions. Thus, the network retains scheduling flexibility while the UE can still operate in DRX, for example. In one exemplary embodiment, a method includes: receiving an initial transmission of information; and receiving a retransmission of the information, where the retransmission is received within a window of time having a predetermined duration, where the window of time is arranged to begin at a predetermined time or after a predetermined time interval. In further exemplary embodiments, the predetermined duration of the window of time is measured using a DRX retransmission timer and/or the predetermined time or the predetermined time interval is measured using a HARQ RTT timer.02-19-2009
20090046649Mapping of uplink ACK in TDD with asymmetric frame structure - For each of at least two ratios of downlink subframes exceeding uplink subframes in a frame is stored a pre-determined grouping of a plurality of downlink subframes that map to one uplink subframe. A frame is scheduled corresponding to one of the ratios. Scheduling grants are transmitted to user equipments UEs in at least some of the scheduled downlink subframes, wherein the number of scheduled downlink subframes is greater than the number of scheduled uplink subframes in the frame. The UEs receive their grant, map the downlink subframe in which the scheduling grant was received to an uplink subframe using the stored predetermined grouping for the ratio that corresponds to the frame in which the scheduling grant was received, and send their ACK/NACK for the grant in the mapped subframe. The network receives multiple ACKs/NACKs in a single uplink subframe and maps them, to the downlink subframes of the group.02-19-2009
20090046646APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING CODE RESOURCES TO UPLINK ACK/NACK CHANNELS IN A CELLULAR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are provided for allocating code resources to ACK/NACK channel indexes, when UEs need ACK/NACK transmission in a wireless communication system in which a predetermined number of orthogonal cover Walsh codes is selected from among available orthogonal cover Walsh codes, at least one subset is formed, having the selected orthogonal cover Walsh codes arranged in an ascending order of cross interference, subsets are selected for use in first and second slots of a subframe, and the orthogonal cover Walsh codes of the subset selected for each slot and ZC sequence cyclic shift values are allocated to the ACK/NACK channel indexes.02-19-2009
20090046644SERVICE SET MANAGER FOR AD HOC MOBILE SERVICE PROVIDER - An ad hoc mobile service provider for a wireless network includes a processing system configured to support a public service set, comprising the ad hoc mobile service provider and one or more mobile clients, and a private service set, comprising the ad hoc mobile service provider and one or more authenticated mobile clients. The processing system is further configured to authenticate a mobile client with a server, the mobile client being associated with the public service set, and transfer an authenticated mobile client from the public service set to the private service set.02-19-2009
20090046642UPLINK REQUESTS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate generating uplink requests that account for bit rates of multiple radio bearers. In particular, one or more radio bearers serviced by a user equipment are assigned priorities. In addition, each radio bearer is assigned a prioritized bit rate and a maximum bit rate. The prioritized bit rates and maximum bit rates of at least one bearer are utilized to determine a high priority queue size and a total queue size. The queue sizes are incorporated into an uplink resource request transmitted to an access point.02-19-2009
20090046641LONG TERM EVOLUTION MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL PROCEDURES - Several medium access control methods are disclosed. One such method is a method for requesting an uplink resource allocation. In this method, a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) receives a trigger and sends an uplink resource request to a Node B based on the trigger. The WTRU receives an uplink resource assignment and prepares for an uplink transmission using the resource assignment. The WTRU then sends an acknowledgement that the uplink resource allocation was received. A wireless transmit/receive unit according to one embodiment includes a trigger device and a processor. The trigger device is configured to receive a trigger. The processor is in communication with the trigger device, and is configured to send an uplink resource request upon receipt of the trigger, receive an uplink resource assignment, and send an acknowledgement upon receipt of the uplink resource assignment.02-19-2009
20090046640METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING ACTIVESETCOMPLETE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for transmission of ActiveSetComplete message in a wireless communication system, the method comprising generating a ActiveSetComplete message comprising a 8 bit message ID field and a 8 bit MessageSequence field, wherein the MessageSequence field indicates the MessageSequence field of the ActiveSetAssignment message whose receipt ActiveSetComplete message acknowledges and transmitting the ActiveSetComplete message over an OFDM communication link. Another embodiment of present invention relates to receiving and processing the received the ActiveSetComplete message.02-19-2009
20090046639System and Method for Handling Large IP Packets During VoIP Session - The application provides a logical channel design in which a first transmitted logical channel and a first received logical channel are used to send and receive compressed VoIP packets and uncompressed VoIP over a wireless link. A second transmitted logical channel and a second received logical channel are used to send and receive session control packets over the wireless link. The compressed VoIP packets utilize semi-persistent resource allocation whereas the uncompressed VoIP packets utilize dynamically scheduled resource allocation.02-19-2009
20090046637Method of Controlling Data Transmission for Mbs in Broadband Wireless Access System - The present invention relates to a method of controlling data transmission for a multimedia/broadcast service (MBS) in a broadband wireless access system. In a data transmission control method for a multicast broadcast service (MBS) in a broadband wireless access system, the present invention includes the steps of receiving information for a downlink burst profile suitable for receiving MBS data from at least one mobile subscriber station, selecting a downlink burst profile suitable for transmitting the MBS data using the information for the downlink burst profile, and transmitting the MBS data to the at least one mobile subscriber station using the selected downlink burst profile.02-19-2009
20090303954Method and Apparatus for Handling Scheduling Information Report - The present invention provides a method for handling scheduling information report in a user equipment (UE) of a wireless communication system. The method includes steps of triggering a Buffer Status Report (BSR), which is a Regular BSR, and a Power Headroom Report (PHR); and performing resource allocation when having uplink resource allocated for new transmission, wherein resource allocation priority of a MAC control element of the BSR is higher than that of the PHR.12-10-2009
20090016283METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SHARING REVERSE CHANNEL IN TRUNK COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for sharing reverse channel in trunk communication system includes: step A, establishing a forward channel and one or more in a group: step B, mobile stations in idle state determine a sharing reverse channel that can be used based on information of the sharing reverse channel; step C, the mobile station transmits information through the sharing reverse channel. Furthermore a system for sharing reverse channel in trunk communication system includes: channel establishing means, for establishing a forward channel and one or more in a group; reverse channel determining means, for determining a sharing reverse channel that can be used by a mobile station based on the information of the sharing reverse channel; reverse channel information transmitting means, for transmitting information through the sharing reverse channel. This invention saves the air and physics sources of the system, and reduces the collision probability of the signaling of each mobile station in idle state.01-15-2009
20090168717WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT ADMISSION CONTROL - In a method for controlling channel access in wireless communications, an admitted time value is calculated for each access category in a station. The admitted time value is a maximum amount of medium time the station can use in a time period. A used time value is calculated for each access category in the station. The used time value is an amount of medium time used by the station. A determination is made whether the used time value is less than the admitted time value. If the used time value is less than the admitted time value, a frame with enhanced distributed channel access (EDCA) parameters is transmitted. If the used time value is not less than the admitted time value, a frame without the EDCA parameters is transmitted.07-02-2009
20120230291METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AN UPLINK OR DOWNLINK GRANT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THAT SUPPORTS UPLINK AND DOWNLINK MIMO SCHEMES - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting an uplink or downlink grant in a wireless communication system that supports uplink and downlink multiple input multiple output (MIMO) schemes. The method comprises: determining a downlink control information (DCI) format for an uplink or downlink grant to generate control information: attaching a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) for detecting an error in the created control information; and channel-coding the CRC-attached control information, wherein the control information comprises a bit flag for distinguishing whether the grant is an uplink grant or a downlink grant.09-13-2012
20120230271METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are provided for transmitting control information to first and second terminals by a Base Station (BS) in a wireless communication system transmitting control information according to a plurality of muting patterns. The method includes determining a resource for transmitting a Channel Status Information Reference Signal (CSI-RS) and a resource for applying muting; determining a resource for transmitting a control signal to a first terminal according to the plurality of muting patterns; and transmitting control information including the determined resource information to at least one of the first terminal and a second terminal. The resource for transmitting the control signal to the first terminal is applied as a resource to which muting is applied for the second terminal.09-13-2012
20090010219Method of Selection and Signaling of Downlink and Uplink Bandwidth in Wireless Networks - In a wireless mobile communications system, a method of receiving data or signaling on a channel from a cell having a plural of divisions of cell bandwidth. Utilizing one or more sub-bandwidths to receive data or a signaling from the cell, thereby optimizing data or signaling transmission efficiency.01-08-2009
20090010218METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESERVING CHANNEL CAPACITY - An approach is provided for reserving channel capacity. A device indicates non-use of a reservation of a resource of a frame corresponding to a channel access mechanism using a beacon transmission within a beacon period of the frame. Additionally, the device indicates that the reservation, in a data period of the frame, is temporarily freed.01-08-2009
20090010217Method for Allocating at Least One User Data Link to at Leat One Multiplex Connection - The invention relates to a method for allocating at least one user data link to a multiplex connection provided between a first network element and a second network element. According to the method, the first network element generates a first signaling message and transmits the same to the second network element, the first signaling message indicating to the second network element that the first network element is available to transfer the at least one respective user data link via one respective multiplex connection. The second network element assigns one multiplex connection between the first network element and the second network element to each of the at least one user data link or selects a transfer outside a multiplex connection for the user data link in accordance with the indicated availability of the first network element and depending on whether the second network element supports the transfer of the at least one user data link via multiplex connection. The possibility of allocating the at least one user a data link to a multiplex connection is indicated to the first network element by a second signaling message that is generated in the second network element and is transmitted to the first network element.01-08-2009
20090010216MEDIA-ACCESS-CONTROL PROTOCOL FOR A NETWORK EMPLOYING MULTI-USER WIRELESS CHANNELS - A medium-access-control (MAC) scheduler, according to one embodiment of which a station of a wireless network evaluates data throughputs corresponding to three different transmission configurations for transmission of a packet over a first of that station's wireless links. The first and second of those transmission configurations have the packet encoded in the first and second tiers, respectively, of a two-tier signal. The third transmission configuration has the packet encoded as a conventional single-tier signal. For each of the first and second transmission configurations, the station selects a second of that station's wireless links for transmission of at least a second packet, with the first and second packets encoded in different respective tiers of the two-tier signal. The station varies power allocation between the first and second tiers to optimize data throughput for each of the first and second transmission configurations and selects from the first, second, and third transmission configurations one resulting in the highest data throughput.01-08-2009
20090010215METHOD OF ALLOCATING WIRELESS RESOURCE FOR SPACE DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS COMMUNICATION AND WIRELESS RESOURCE ALLOCATION SYSTEM OF ENABLING THE METHOD - A system for allocating a wireless resource for a Space Division Multiple Access (SDMA) communication is provided. The system for allocating the wireless resource for the SDMA communication includes: a channel state recognition unit to recognize a channel state of wireless channels generated among adjacent nodes including a source node, a relay node, and a destination node; and a wireless resource allocation unit to control at least one of an amount of channel state information fed back from the destination node to the source node, and a relay level of a relay signal, the relay signal being generated by relaying a source signal transmitted from the source node, according to the channel state.01-08-2009
20090010214Method of Physical Resource Management in a Wideband Communication System - In a wideband communication system including a transmitter and a plurality of mobile terminals (MT) that have maximum reception bandwidths, respectively, a Shared Control Channel (SCCH) for each MT is mapped so that physical channel symbols from the corresponding Physical Shared Control Channels (PSCCH) are confined to a block of consecutive sub-carriers defined by a smallest one of the maximum reception bandwidths.01-08-2009
20090010213Mobile Station Device, Base Station Device, Mobile Station Device Operating Frequency Band Mapping Method, Location Management Device, Mobile Station Device Location Registration Method, Paging Method, and Program for Executing the Same and Recording Medium - In a method for mapping an operating frequency band of a mobile station device in a mobile communication system, an operating frequency band position at the time of idle mode of respective mobile station devices is arranged so as to be distributed throughout a unique frequency bandwidth of a base station device.01-08-2009
20090010211BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RESOURCE ASSIGNING METHOD - A base station apparatus that selects an optimum MCS level so as to improve system throughput. In this base station apparatus, a terminal rank detecting part (01-08-2009
20120113951Method For Transmitting/Receiving A Comp Reference Singnal - Disclosed is a method for transmitting a CoMP reference signal for accurate channel estimation. The CoMP reference signal to be transmitted to a terminal which performs a CoMP operation in a multi-cell environment is a cell-specific reference signal or a CoMP-zone-specific reference signal. A method for transmitting the cell-specific reference signal uses an ID of a CoMP set constituted by cells that perform a CoMP operation, or does not apply a frequency shift value while using the ID of a relevant cell, or uses an ID of a serving cell or a frequency shift value of the serving cell. The cell-specific reference signal is transmitted using a preset specific resource region. A method for transmitting the CoMP-zone-specific reference signal is configured such that the pattern of the sequence of CoMP reference signals varies in each of the CoMP zones, and the pattern can be set in advance. In addition, the reference signal is multiplexed and transmitted using an orthogonal code resource in the event that reference signal is transmitted to a plurality of terminals using the same CoMP zone.05-10-2012
20120113950Method Of Coordinating The Transmission Resources In A Coordinated Multipoint Transmission/Receiving Communication Network - A method of coordinating the transmission resources used by the UEs for UL sounding transmission in a communication network wherein multiple base stations are receiving the sounding transmission from multiple UEs. the method including defining at least one coordinated multi-point transmission set including at least one of the plurality of base station, and/or grouping at least one of the plurality of user equipments of the at least one coordinated multi-point transmission set, transmitting coordinated sounding reference signals in the at least one coordinated multi-point transmission set, and estimating the full UL channel status based on the transmitted coordinated sounding signal.05-10-2012
20120113948METHOD IN WHICH A RECEIVER TRANSMITS CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method in which a receiver transmits control information in a wireless communication system. The method comprises a step of receiving a plurality of data units from a transmitter, a step of determining acknowledgement/negative-acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) states for each of the data units; and a step of transmitting, to the transmitter, the ACK/NACK states in multiple ACK/NACK states or in a single ACK/NACK state in accordance with a predetermined condition.05-10-2012
20120113947METHOD FOR EFFICIENTLY TRANSMITTING BROADCASTING MESSAGE IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a broadband wireless access system, and more particularly to a method for efficiently communicating scheduling information about a broadcasting message to a terminal. The method for transmitting the broadcasting message in the broadband wireless access system comprises the steps of: transmitting a first map including scheduling information for at least one broadcasting message transmitted within a predetermined transmission unit to a terminal; and broadcasting the message through a resource region indicated by the scheduling information. In the method, it is desirable that the first map is an extended map of a second map including non-user specific control information.05-10-2012
20120113946METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING HARQ IN MULTIPLE CARRIER SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for performing hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) in a multiple carrier system are provided. A user equipment performs an HARQ process in a source component carrier. When the user equipment receives a management message regarding a transfer from the source component carrier to a target component carrier, the user equipment subsequently performs the HARQ process in the target component carrier.05-10-2012
20120113945METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING ACKNOWLEDGEMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method for transmitting an acknowledgment through a base station in a multi-carrier system. The method for transmitting the acknowledgment through the base station in the multi-carrier system comprises the steps of receiving a plurality of uplink transmission blocks through at least one uplink carrier; determining a downlink channel for transmitting a plurality of ACK/NACK signals corresponding to the transmission blocks on the basis of the at least one uplink carrier; and transmitting the ACK/NACK signals on the determined downlink channel.05-10-2012
20120113944METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting uplink control information and a device therefor, and the method comprises the steps of: selecting, from a plurality of uplink control channel resources, one uplink control channel resource corresponding to a plurality of HARQ-ACKs; and transmitting bit values corresponding to said plurality of HARQ-ACKs by using the selected uplink control channel resource.05-10-2012
20120113942UPLINK RECEIVING METHOD FOR A BASE STATION AND UPLINK TRANSMITTING METHOD FOR A TERMINAL USING A SHARED WIRELESS RESOURCE - The invention relates to an uplink receiving method for a base station, comprising: a step of transmitting scheduling information for a shared wireless resource to object terminals to which the shared wireless resource is to be allocated, via a downlink control channel using a scheduling identifier; a step of receiving data from at least one terminal from among the object terminals, via the shared wireless resource allocated by the scheduling information; and a step of transmitting data receipt feedback information for at least one terminal which has received data via the shared wireless resource. An uplink transmitting method for a terminal comprises: a step of receiving scheduling information for a shared wireless resource from a base station via a downlink control channel; a step of transmitting data via the shared wireless resource allocated by the scheduling information; and a step of receiving, from the base station, feedback information which indicates whether or not the data transmitted via the shared wireless resource has been successfully received. Consequently, uplink transmission procedures between the terminal and the base station are integrated and simplified to reduce uplink transmission latency.05-10-2012
20120113939METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RANDOM ACCESS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and to an apparatus for random access in a wireless communication system to which carrier aggregation is applied. According to one aspect of the present invention, a method in which a base station supports random access of a terminal in a wireless communication system that supports carrier aggregation, comprises a step in which the base station allocates, to the terminal, a dedicated PRACH preamble for a second random access in an uplink component carrier (hereinafter, referred to as UL CC) which is additionally allocated or the configuration of which is changed after a first random access, and receives the dedicated PRACH preamble from the terminal.05-10-2012
20120113938RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE UTILIZING CYCLIC SHIFT OF DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNAL - A method and apparatus for accessing a wireless communication system, and for processing random access attempts. A mobile communication device detects random-access information transmitted by a base station, transmits a random-access preamble to the base station according to the random-access information, and receives a random-access response from the base station. The random-access response includes at least an allocation of uplink resources to be used for the next step in the random access procedure. The mobile device also selects a reference signal sequence index from a pre-determined set of sequence indexes, and transmits a first message to the base station using the uplink resource allocation provided in the random-access response. The first message includes a device identifier and a first demodulation reference signal derived from a base reference sequence shifted according to the selected sequence index.05-10-2012
20120113937MOBILE STATION, POSITION MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A system includes a subscription storage that stores a group identifier for identifying a home base station 05-10-2012
20120113936METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING IN A MOBILE NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method or communicating between a primary station and a plurality of secondary stations, comprising the primary station providing a plurality of resource sets, the primary station configuring a secondary station to search for a control channel on at least one of a plurality of search spaces each corresponding to a resource set, wherein at least part of one of the search spaces is used to transmit a control message to a secondary station, the control message being indicative of a resource allocated to the secondary station for transmitting to the primary station or receiving from the primary station data, and wherein the secondary station deduces from the part of the search space used for transmitting the control message an indication of the resource set from the plurality of resource sets within which the allocated resource is located.05-10-2012
20120113935Scheduling Data Transmissions Between a Mobile Terminal and a Base Station in a Wireless Communications Network - A method of scheduling wireless data transmissions between a mobile terminal and a base station using multiple system carrier signals is disclosed. The method comprises the steps of receiving (05-10-2012
20120113934METHOD AND DEVICE FOR EFFICIENTLY TRANSMITTING PRECODED REFERENCE SIGNAL IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a radio communication system and more particularly, a method and a device for efficiently transmitting precoded reference signals. The method for transmitting reference signals in multiple antenna transmission, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the steps of: determining a precoding vector for each of M layers (M≧3; M is a natural number); precoding a reference signal for each of the M layers in accordance with said precoding vector; multiplexing the precoded reference signals for N layers (N05-10-2012
20120113933SYSTEM AND METHOD OF MANAGING INFORMATION DISTRIBUTION TO MOBILE STATIONS - A system and method for distributing information from a host service in communication with a computer network to a mobile station in communication with a wireless network is provided. A data item associated with the mobile station is received at the host service. The host service then determines whether a network resource of the wireless network is currently associated with the mobile station. If the network resource of the wireless network is not currently associated with the mobile station, then the host service transmits a resource request message to the mobile station to instruct the mobile station to acquire the network resource. Subsequently to acquiring the network resource, the host service is then able to transmit the data item to the mobile station using the network resource.05-10-2012
20120113932MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL CHANNEL DECODING METHOD - A wireless communication base station apparatus that allows the number of times of blind decodings at a mobile station to be reduced without increasing the overhead caused by notifying information. In this apparatus, a CCE allocation part (05-10-2012
20120113931PILOT SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - In a radio communication system, transmission of CAZAC sequences as the pilot signal sequences by using code division multiplexing as at least one of user multiplexing schemes, is done by dividing a system band as a frequency band usable in the system into frequency blocks B05-10-2012
20120113930PILOT SIGNAL TRANSMITTING METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARTUS AND PROGRAM USED FOR THE SAME - A larger cell uses a pilot pattern with a higher pilot density in a frequency axis direction to improve a channel estimation accuracy when a frequency selective fading variation is large. Meanwhile, a smaller cell uses a pilot pattern with a lower pilot density in the frequency axis direction. A pilot pattern that each base station uses is transmitted to a mobile station in a cell as a report signal.05-10-2012
20120113929Method and Device for Resource Allocation Control in Radio Communications System - A resource allocation control method and device that can reduce inter-cell interference in a radio communications system are provided. According to a method for resource allocation control between a plurality of cells in a radio communications system, radio communication devices respectively controlling at least two cells notify information about control resources of its own cell to each other. In the resources of its own cell, each of the radio communication devices sets a buffer resource within a predetermined resource range corresponding to a control resource of the other cell. At a request for information transmission in its own cell, each of the radio communication devices restricts the allocation of the set buffer resource.05-10-2012
20120113928METHOD FOR ALLOCATING BITS IN MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RECORDING MEDIUM FOR RECORDING PROGRAM THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for allocating bits in a multiple input multiple output communication system that can improve transmission by allocating bits having high priority to a particular antenna selected by considering channel state of transmitting antennas, and a recording medium written with a program for said method. The method of allocating bits includes: generating bits through channel coding and rearranging the bits in an interleaving fashion; determining whether symbol mapping based on priority is to be applied, based on channel information of a receiving side; rearranging the bits or selecting a particular antenna, according to said determination; and modulating the rearranged bits and transmitting the bits through the selected antenna.05-10-2012
20120113927METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTERLEAVING SEQUENCE ELEMENTS OF AN OFDMA SYNCHRONIZATION CHANNEL - A method and apparatus is provided for transmitting an orthogonal frequency domain multiple access (OFDMA) signal including a synchronization channel signal transmitted including a plurality of sequence elements interleaved in time and frequency. The synchronization channel signal sequence elements enable an initial acquisition and cell search method with low computational load by providing predetermined time domain symmetry for common sequence elements in OFDMA symbol periods for OFDMA symbol timing detection and frequency error detection in an OFDMA system supporting multiple system bandwidths, both synchronized and un-synchronized systems, a large cell index and an OFDMA symbol structure with both short and long cyclic prefix length.05-10-2012
20120113926METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING UPLINK GRANT - A method for handling an uplink grant received on a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) in a user equipment (UE) of a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes steps of setting a Temporary Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier (Temporary C-RNTI) of the UE to a value assigned in a Random Access Response message, monitoring a contention resolution message, receiving an uplink grant on PDCCH addressed to the Temporary C-RNTI, and not using the uplink grant to transmit data if the uplink grant corresponds to a Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) Process different from an HARQ Process used for transmission of a MediumAccess Control (MAC) Protocol Data Unit (PDU) in a Message 05-10-2012
20120113925METHOD FOR EFFECTIVELY TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of performing HARQ performed by a user equipment (UE) is provided. The method includes receiving a bundling indicator which indicates the number of bundled downlink subframes, determining whether at least one bundled downlink subframe is missed by comparing the bundling indicator with the number of detected bundled downlink subframes, generating a representative ACK/NACK signal when no bundled downlink subframe is missed, and transmitting the representative ACK/NACK signal on an uplink channel. Recovery capability is maximized and the packet loss is reduced in such a situation that less number of ACK/NACK signals are fed back than that of downlink packets.05-10-2012
20120113924Wireless Communication Apparatus, Mobile Terminal and Wireless Communication Method - Wireless communication with a communicating apparatus that is a limited band terminal capable of receiving only part of frequencies. A frequency channel allocating section allocates frequency channels, a terminal reception quality information processing section calculates an optimal modulation rate and required transmit power for each subcarrier, a subcarrier power control section controls a level of transmit power for each subcarrier, and a determining section checks a reception bandwidth of a communicating apparatus, while determining whether the communicating apparatus is a full band terminal capable of receiving all the frequency channels in the system band or a limited band terminal capable of receiving only part of frequencies. When the communicating apparatus is the limited band terminal, the transmit power of all or part of subcarriers is decreased in a frequency channel that is adjacent to a reception band allocated to the communicating apparatus and that is allocated to another communicating apparatus.05-10-2012
20120113923Wireless Communication Apparatus, Mobile Terminal and Wireless Communication Method - Wireless communication with a communicating apparatus that is a limited band terminal capable of receiving only part of frequencies. A frequency channel allocating section allocates frequency channels, a terminal reception quality information processing section calculates an optimal modulation rate and required transmit power for each subcarrier, a subcarrier power control section controls a level of transmit power for each subcarrier, and a determining section checks a reception bandwidth of a communicating apparatus, while determining whether the communicating apparatus is a full band terminal capable of receiving all the frequency channels in the system band or a limited band terminal capable of receiving only part of frequencies. When the communicating apparatus is the limited band terminal, the transmit power of all or part of subcarriers is decreased in a frequency channel that is adjacent to a reception band allocated to the communicating apparatus and that is allocated to another communicating apparatus.05-10-2012
20120113922APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REPORTING BUFFER STATUS OF UE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for reporting buffer status of a User Equipment (UE) in a mobile communication system is provided. The method for reporting buffer status of the UE in the mobile communication system includes being allocated a transmission resource from a node B; determining information to add to a certain region of a first Medium Access Control (MAC) subheader through an N-th MAC subheader using the transmission resource; generating a MAC Protocol Data Unit (PDU) by concatenating the first MAC subheader through the N-th MAC subheader with corresponding payload elements; and transmitting the generated MAC PDU.05-10-2012
20120113921Adaptive Selection of Transmission Parameters for Reference Signals - A method and apparatus for defining transmission parameters of user equipment reference signals. The method includes estimating channel delay spreads of a plurality of user equipments scheduled for transmission at a particular transmission time period or sub-frame in an uplink for communication with a NodeB, and allocating transmission parameters to each scheduled user equipment of the plurality of user equipments in accordance to the delay spreads of the plurality of user equipments scheduled for transmission in the particular time period or sub-frame, wherein the parameters comprises a cyclic shift allocated to each m-th user equipment equal to the sum of a delay spread and a timing uncertainty of each of the previous m-1 user equipments.05-10-2012
20120113920RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A resource allocation method of a base station in a wireless communication system based on a radio frame including a plurality of subframes including at least one first-type subframe and at least one second-type subframe is provided. The method includes generating first-type downlink control information including resource allocation information on the first-type subframe, generating second-type downlink control information including resource allocation information on the second-type subframe, and transmitting the first-type subframe including the first-type downlink control information and the second-type downlink control information, wherein the second-type subframe is transmitted with a lower transmit power than the transmit power of the first-type subframe.05-10-2012
20120113918SILENT PERIOD METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC SPECTRUM MANAGEMENT - Described herein is a silent period method and apparatus for dynamic spectrum management. The methods include configuration and coordination of silent periods across an aggregated channel in a wireless communication system. A silent period management entity (SPME) dynamically determines silent period schedules for channels based on system and device information and assigns a silent period duration and periodicity for each silent period. The SPME may reconfigure the silent period schedule based on system delay, system throughput, channel quality or channel management events. A silent period interpretation entity (SPIE) receives and implements the silent period schedule. The silent periods for the channels may be synchronized, independent, or set-synchronized. Interfaces for communicating between the SPME, SPIE, a channel management function, a medium access control (MAC) quality of service (QoS) entity, a sensing/capabilities database, a MAC layer management entity (MLME) and a wireless receive/transmit unit (WTRU) MLME are described herein.05-10-2012
20120113917INTERACTION OF PDSCH RESOURCE MAPPING, CSI-RS, AND MUTING - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques that may help resolve ambiguities between a base station and a user equipment (UE) regarding the use or resource elements (REs) reserved for special purposes, such as PDSCH muting and/or CSI-RS.05-10-2012
20120113915Method of Power Reporting and Communication Device Thereof - A method of power reporting for a mobile device configured with a plurality of uplink component carriers and/or parallel PUCCH and PUSCH transmission in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises being configured a maximum output power for at least a uplink component carrier, determining to start or stop a maximum output power reporting for the at least a uplink component carrier according to a characteristic associated to the mobile device or a network of the wireless communication system, and reporting the maximum output power for the at least a uplink component carrier to the network when the maximum output power reporting is triggered and the maximum output power reporting is started.05-10-2012
20120113914METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DISTRIBUTING SPECIFIC SCHEDULING REQUEST RESOURCE - A method and device for distributing the specific scheduling request resources. The method includes: in the multi-carrier aggregation system, according to the set scheduling principle determine the terminal sending carrier resources which may be used by the specific scheduling, the carrier resources comprises the number of carrier and serial number, the carrier resources of the specific scheduling request resources are distributed and sent to the terminal on the determined carrier according to the set scheduling principle; the distributed carrier and time frequency resources which may be used on every carrier are informed to the terminal.05-10-2012
20120113913Method of Scheduling Data - A method of transmitting uplink control signals/status bits from a user equipment, said user equipment having multiple transmit antennae, and said control signals correspond to a plurality of previous downlink transmissions, wherein said control signals are transmitted over a plurality of PUCCH resources and over said multiple antennae, and transmitted during a single uplink sub-frame. Use of multiple PUCCH resources and multiple antennae allow greater spatial diversity.05-10-2012
20120113912WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - Disclosed is a wireless communication apparatus and wireless communication method wherein flexible frequency scheduling is performed without increasing the scale of the DFT (Discrete Fourier Transform) circuitry. For example, when resource allocation information is reported indicating whether or not a resource has been allocated to each of a plurality of RBGs (RB groups) into which the system bandwidth is divided, as in Type 0 allocation, if the number of reported RBs reported by the resource allocation information cannot be expressed as “2̂n×3̂m×5̂l”, an allocated RB number setting section (05-10-2012
20120113911Wireless Communication System, Apparatus for Supporting Data Flow and Methods Therefor - An apparatus for use in allocating resource in a wireless communication system employing transfer communication protocol (TCP) based data transfer between a network and a wireless subscriber communication unit comprises a scheduler (05-10-2012
20120113910Method of Handling a Physical Uplink Control Channel Transmission and Related Communication Device - A method of handling a PUCCH transmission for a mobile device with a carrier aggregation (CA) in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises receiving a configuration or an activation of the CA with at least one UL component carrier and at least one downlink component carrier from a network of the wireless communication system, wherein at least one of the at least one UL component carrier is configured for PUCCH transmission, and performing at least one PUCCH transmission corresponding to the at least one DL component carrier to the network on one of at least one of the at least one UL component carrier configured for PUCCH transmission according to at least one PUCCH format.05-10-2012
20120113906METHOD AND APPARATUS TO FACILITATE SUPPORT FOR MULTI-RADIO COEXISTENCE - A connection engine and coexistence manager are employed to manage radio resources in a user equipment. The connection engine defines desired performance metrics for sets of radio resources. The coexistence manager allocates potentially interfering radio resources to achieve desired performance metrics while accounting for resource capacity, potential collision rates, and other metrics.05-10-2012
20120113905ALLOCATING WIRELESS RESOURCES - A wireless network, such as an LTE (“Long-Term Evolution”) network, may be configured to receive an identifier from a wireless network. The identifier identifies a resource configuration in a plurality of resource configurations. The resource configuration corresponds to a plurality of resource attributes. At least one signal is transmitted to the wireless network using the plurality of resource attributes.05-10-2012
20120113904RELEASING WIRELESS RESOURCES - A wireless network, such as an LTE (“Long-Term Evolution”) network, may be configured to a receive an identifier associated with resource configurations in a wireless network. The identifier is mapped to a resource configuration in a plurality of resource configurations. The user equipment applies the resource configuration.05-10-2012
20100085924CARRIER ASSIGNMENT METHOD FOR CELLULAR SYSTEM, CELLULAR SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND MOBILE STATION - The threshold value of the cell center is increased or decreased depending on the communication quality of a mobile station in the cell center. For example, if the block error rate in the communication of a mobile station in the cell center is high, the threshold value of the cell center is increased so that the mobile station in the cell centre is limited to mobile stations closer to the base station.04-08-2010
20100085928USER APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A user apparatus transmits an uplink control signal to a base station apparatus using a single carrier scheme. The user apparatus includes: a unit configured to receive a downlink control signal and a downlink data signal; a unit configured to prepare acknowledgement information indicating positive acknowledgement or negative acknowledgement for the downlink data signal; a unit configured to prepare the uplink control signal including the acknowledgement information; a unit configured to transmit the uplink control signal using different resources which are different from resources that can be used for an uplink data signal; and a storage unit configured to store predetermined correspondence relationship which uniquely associates resources of the downlink control signal or the downlink data signal with resources used for the uplink control signal.04-08-2010
20100085930SUPER FRAME STRUCTURE AND BEACON SCHEDULING METHOD FOR MESH NETWORKING - A super frame structure supporting a mesh network, and a beacon scheduling method. The super frame structure and the beacon scheduling method may support a mesh topology in a beacon enabled mode, may have an algorithm that is simple and easily realized via beacon scheduling using a distribution method, and may easily adapt to changes in a network environment.04-08-2010
20100085932METHOD OF SCHEDULING SHARED CHANNELS AND A SCHEDULER THEREFOR IN A WIRELESS PACKET COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method of scheduling a shared channel of a wireless packet communication system, and more particularly, to a shared scheduler of a wireless packet communication. The present invention includes determining priorities of provided services for target terminals of cellular phones and ratios of carrier signal to interference from multiple target terminals; and based on the determined priorities, transmitting packet data to each the target terminal of cellular phones.04-08-2010
20110019637REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - An approach is provided for reporting channel state information. The network configures parameters relating to periodic reporting of channel state information and generates a resource allocation message including a flag to enable or disable the reporting of channel state information in a subframe configured for periodic reporting.01-27-2011
20110019625METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING DATA TRANSMISSION ON MULTIPLE CARRIERS - Techniques for scheduling data transmission on multiple carriers in a wireless communication system are described. In one design, a scheduler may receive requested power headrooms for multiple carriers from a user equipment (UE), one requested power headroom for each carrier. Each requested power headroom may be indicative of transmit power usable by the UE for transmission on an associated carrier. The scheduler may also receive queue information indicative of data to transmit by the UE. The scheduler may redistribute the requested power headrooms across the multiple carriers (e.g., based on water filling or greedy filling) to obtain redistributed power headrooms for the multiple carriers. The scheduler may schedule the UE for data transmission on the uplink based on the redistributed power headrooms and the queue information. The scheduler may obtain and send at least one granted power headroom for at least one carrier to the UE.01-27-2011
20130163536Method Implemented in an eNodeB - In some implementations, a method implemented in an eNodeB (eNB) base station for single carrier frequency division multiple access SC-FDMA within a wireless system includes assigning to a user equipment a plurality of uplink scheduling request resources each comprising a plurality of subcarriers. It is determined that change in scheduling request resource used by the UE should be made. Upon determining that a change in scheduling request resource should be made, a command is transmitted to the UE instructing the UE to transmit scheduling requests on another of the plurality of assigned scheduling request resources.06-27-2013
20080298318Apparatus and method for requesting bandwidth and allocating uplink resources based on group in wireless communication system - An apparatus and a method for allocating resources in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes when one or more Connection IDentifiers (CIDs) request UpLink (UL) resources, checking the UL resources requested by the CIDs; and requesting the UL resources requested by the CIDs to a base station at a time.12-04-2008
20120236818METHOD FOR DOWNLINK COMMUNICATION BY MEANS OF A DOWNLINK SUPERIMPOSED RADIO SIGNAL, A BASE STATION AND A USER TERMINAL THEREFOR - The invention concerns a method for downlink communication between a base station and a user terminal by means of a downlink superimposed radio signal comprising downlink data for the user terminal and for at least one further user terminal that are transmitted using the same radio resources, wherein the downlink data for the user terminal are transmitted with lower power than the downlink data for the at least one further user terminal, and control information is sent in downlink from the base station to the user terminal that enables the user terminal to decode the downlink data for the at least one further user terminal, a base station, a user terminal and a communication network therefor.09-20-2012
20120236816METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING DATA VIA A CONTENTION-BASED PHYSICAL UPLINK DATA CHANNEL - Disclosed are a method and apparatus for transceiving data via a contention based physical uplink data channel. A terminal apparatus, which transmits data via a contention based physical uplink data channel, comprises: a transmitter which transmits data via a contention based physical uplink data channel and scheduling request information via a scheduling request channel simultaneously or consecutively to a base station; a receiver which receives a physical hybrid-ARQ indicator channel (PHICH) or an uplink (UL) grant message from the base station; and a processor which decodes the physical hybrid-ARQ indicator channel (PHICH) or the uplink (UL) grant message to determine whether an ACK signal or a NACK signal is indicated. Here, the scheduling request channel can be a specific channel allocated to the terminal apparatus so as to discriminate the terminal from other terminal apparatuses.09-20-2012
20120236815Data Transmission Method and System - A method and apparatus are provided for allocating carriers from a list of carriers in a telecommunication network. Each of the carriers allow transmission of a transmission control frame, each of said transmission control frame has a data block corresponding to a data stream and an indication of the previous carrier allocated to the data stream. The method includes, for a transmission control frame and a carrier selected for allocation to the transmission control frame in the list of carriers, the steps of determining the number of binary bits needed to identify the number of carriers in the list of carriers, coding the indication based on the determined number of binary bits, and removing the allocated carrier from the list of carriers.09-20-2012
20120236811BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A disclosed base station apparatus includes 09-20-2012
20120236810ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCES IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Transmitting information using a preamble of a Random Access Channel (RACH) in an Evolved Universal mobile Telecommunications System (E-UMTS) is provided. A preamble transmission is used to inform a base station of specific information when a terminal uses a RACH and the base station efficiently allocates radio resources for data transmission to the terminal according to the specific information. Delay time before the terminal transmits data is reduced and unnecessary consumption of radio resources is minimized.09-20-2012
20120236809FREQUENCY DEVIATION ESTIMATING METHOD AND BASE STATION APPARATUS - A frequency deviation is to be estimated in a wireless communication system in which a control data transmission channel and a user data transmission channel are allocated to different frequency bands. An estimation result using a reference signal for modulation in the user data control channel and an estimation result using a reference signal for estimating channel quality may be combined, according to an estimation result using a reference signal for modulation in the control data transmission channel, in order to modify the allocation period of the reference signal for estimating channel quality depending on the estimation result.09-20-2012
20120236808Uplink Scheduling and Resource Allocation With Fast Indication - Systems and methods for signalling transitions between talk-spurt state and silence state for wireless terminals having semi-persistently allocated uplink resources are employed. A layer ½ indication of the state transitions may be transmitted using a resource that is specifically allocated for that purpose. Alternatively, ACK/NACK signalling may be employed. Layer 1 indications may be employed for both state transition types. Alternatively, in-band MAC layer signalling may be used to signal state transition from talk-spurt state to silence, or the network may deduce this state transition on its own. A different uplink wireless transition resource is allocated for the talk-spurt state vs. the silence state.09-20-2012
20120236807TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND METHOD - A telecommunications system provides a facility for mobile communications to a mobile node. A core network and a radio network are arranged to communicate the internet packets in accordance with a current configuration of routing and communications resources of at least one of the core network and the radio network. The mobile node is operable to generate a packet data connection activation request. The request is adapted to include a service level identifier representing a priority to be afforded to communicating internet packets to or from the mobile node with respect to the internet packets received from other mobile nodes. The core network is operable to adapt the current configuration of routing and communications resources of at least one of the core network and the radio network following a change of location of the mobile node with a relative priority determined in accordance with the service level identifier.09-20-2012
20120236805METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING INFORMATION TO DETERMINE A CAUSE OF LOW QUALITY OF SERVICE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for providing information to determine a cause of low Quality of Service (QoS) includes Scheduling Request (SR) transmission status reporting or reporting uplink power for SR transmission. The SR transmission status reporting includes a User Equipment (UE) being configured with Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) resource for SR transmission, and the UE reporting SR transmission status information to a connecting eNB. The reporting of uplink power for SR transmission includes a UE being configured with a PUCCH resource for SR transmission; and the UE reporting uplink power information for SR transmission to a connecting eNB.09-20-2012
20120236804High Speed Packet Access Downlink Feedback Timing On Long Term Evolution Uplink - A method for HSPA DL feedback signaling using UL LTE subframes is described. The method includes composing UL feedback signaling for individual ones of a plurality of received DL HSPA carriers, each carrier having an associated carrier index. The UL feedback signaling is composed in accordance with a mapping configured to distribute the UL feedback signaling over a plurality of UL LTE subframes based at least in part on the associated carrier indices. The method also includes transmitting the UL feedback signaling on the plurality of UL LTE subframes. Apparatus and computer readable media are also described.09-20-2012
20120236803RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A method of and apparatus for allocating radio resources to a UE according to the capability of the UE, wherein the radio resources to be allocated include a set of radio resources which are incompatible with a first type of UE and are compatible with at least a second type of UE, the method comprising: receiving a random access preamble from a UE; transmitting a first random access response assigning a first set of radio resources compatible with the first type of UE, and a second random access response assigning a second set of radio resources incompatible with the first type of UE; wherein the first random access response is scheduled differently in time and/or frequency to the second access response; receiving a connection request message from the UE; wherein, if the connection request message is received on the first set of radio resources it is determined that the UE is a UE of the first type; and wherein if the connection request message is received on the second set of radio resources, it is determined that the UE is not of the first type.09-20-2012
20120236802Method for transmitting Service Data, Receiver, Mobile Terminal, Transmitter and Base Station - The present invention discloses a method for service data transmission, a receiver, a mobile terminal, a transmitter and a base station. In the above method, a receiver of a mobile terminal receives a control signal sent by a base station, wherein the control signal is used for indicating more than one subcarriers allocated to the mobile terminal and the more than one subcarriers are used for service data transmission; it is judged whether the difference between the highest frequency FRE09-20-2012
20120236801METHOD FOR CONCURRENT BANDWIDTH AGGREGATION USING A SECOND PATH ON A SECOND WIRELESS NETWORK THAT UTILIZES THE PACKET CORE NETWORK OF A FIRST PATH ON A FIRST WIRELESS NETWORK - A method for concurrent bandwidth aggregation (COBA) for a client via multiple wireless networks includes requesting a packet data session for a first path on a first wireless network using a first modem of the multi-modem UE via a packet core network of the first wireless network. The method further includes requesting a packet data session for a second path on a second wireless network via the packet core network of the first wireless network using a second modem of the multi-modem UE. The method also includes receiving packet data over at least the second path on the second wireless network via the packet core network of the first wireless network.09-20-2012
20120236800APPARATUS FOR AVOIDING DYNAMIC INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE AND METHOD THEREOF - An uplink/downlink scheduling in a mobile communication system and signal transmitting/receiving scheme using the same. A base station performs scheduling in consideration of an inter-cell interference link formed according to a dynamic scheduling. User equipment transmits and receives signals through the same. Each user equipment manages an interferential base station list to meet the process rate requirements. If a specific user equipment receives a first step scheduling signal including a user equipment specifying information for specifying the specific user equipment and a contention number information, base stations in a base station list managed by the corresponding user equipment are regarded as having real inter-cell interference links. Hence, in order for a base station having a highest priority to enable a resource assignment in a corresponding scheduling stage, a silencing signal for requesting a resource assignment prohibition is transmitted to the rest of the base stations.09-20-2012
20130163547Methods And Apparatus For Prioritizing Assignment Of A Packet Data Session For A Plurality Of Applications Of A Mobile Communication Device - A mobile device establishes with a wireless network a packet data session associated with a first application for accessing a first communication service, as well as a packet data session associated with a second application for accessing a second communication service. In response to identifying an indication of a request for information via a third application, the mobile device causes the packet data session associated with the second application to be terminated, and establishes with the wireless network a packet data session associated with the third application for accessing a third communication service.06-27-2013
20130163548TERMINAL APPARATUS FOR BROADCASTING SIGNAL CONTAINING PREDETERMINED INFORMATION - A RF unit and a modem unit receive a packet signal from a base station apparatus, the packet signal containing information on a frame structure in a first period in a frame containing at least the first period and a second period. An extraction unit specifies the second period in the frame based on the received packet signal. A setting unit sets a wait time in the specified second period. A carrier sense unit performs carrier sensing for the set wait time. The modem unit and the RF unit broadcast a packet signal based on a carrier sensing result.06-27-2013
20130163549METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING UPLINK GRANT IN RANDOM ACCESS RESPONSE - Methods and apparatuses for wireless communication are provided. In an aspect, an uplink grant is received which includes a resource block assignment. The resource block assignment with a length adjustment is interpreted based on an uplink bandwidth configuration. In another aspect, a length adjustment is determined for an uplink grant. The length adjustment is based on an uplink bandwidth configuration. A resource block assignment is encoded based on the length adjustment, and the uplink grant including the resource block assignment is transmitted.06-27-2013
20130163550Method And Apparatus For Multiple Carrier Utlization In Wireless Communications - Methods and apparatus for multiple carrier utilization in wireless communications are disclosed. These methods include multiple carrier activation/deactivation, multiple carrier discontinuous transmission (DTX) and discontinuous reception (DRX) activation/deactivation and operations, and multiple carrier acknowledgment/negative acknowledgement feedback. The methods include provisions for joint multiple carrier activation and deactivation and joint DTX and DRX activation and deactivation of multiple carriers.06-27-2013
20130163552Method and Arrangement For Resource Allocation For Coded Multidirectional Relaying - The present invention relates to a method and a network coding node for resource allocation applicable to multi-directional network coding in an exchanging system. By estimating the number of bits per resource element (steps 06-27-2013
20130163553APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF - In a wireless communication system, a method of transmitting control information, which is transmitted to a base station by a user equipment, includes the steps of receiving at least one of PDCCH and PDSCH from the base station via at least one serving cell configured in the user equipment and transmitting a 2nd control information to the base station together with a 1st control information resulting from performing a bundling on at least one portion of the control information on a reception of the PDCCH or a reception of the PDSCH indicated by the PDCCH, wherein the 1st control information and the 2nd control information are transmitted using PUCCH (Physical Uplink Control Channel) resource selected in accordance with a preset rule and a modulation value and wherein the 1st control information and the 2nd control information are identified by a combination of the selected PUCCH resource and the modulation value.06-27-2013
20130163534Method Implemented In a User Equipment UE For Use In a Wireless System - In some implementations, a method implemented in a user equipment UE for use in a wireless system for single carrier frequency division multiple access SC-FDMA, the method including receiving an assignment of a scheduling request resource in the wireless system comprising a plurality of subcarriers. A user ID is encoded. An uplink control channel signal comprising the encoded user ID is transmitted on the plurality of subcarriers of the assigned scheduling request resource.06-27-2013
20130163535Method Implemented in a User Equipment - In some implementations, a method implemented in user equipment UE for use in a wireless system for single carrier frequency division multiple access SC-FDMA includes receiving an assignment of a recurring scheduling request resource from within the wireless system. Information is transmitted on an instance of the assigned recurring scheduling request resource within an SC-FDMA uplink shared channel signal wherein said information comprises a user ID.06-27-2013
20130163537Method Implemented in a User Equipment - In some implementations, a method implemented in a user equipment UE for single carrier frequency division multiple access SC-FDMA within a wireless system includes receiving an assignment of a plurality of uplink scheduling request resources and comprising a plurality of SC-FDMA subcarriers of the wireless system. One of the plurality of uplink scheduling request resources is selected for transmission of scheduling requests. It is determined that a change in uplink scheduling request resource should be made. Upon determining that a change in scheduling request resource should be made, another of the assigned uplink scheduling request resources is selected for transmission of scheduling requests.06-27-2013
20130163538METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CQI (CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR) REPORTING AFTER THE INTRODUCTION OF A NEW CARRIER IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed for CQI (Channel Quality Indicator) reporting after the introduction of a new carrier in a wireless communication system, wherein the UE is served by a first downlink carrier that is backward compatible and is configured with a first CQI report configuration for the first downlink carrier. The method includes (i) receiving a first radio resource control (RRC) message to configure a new carrier to the UE, wherein the new carrier is associated with the first downlink carrier for operation, (ii) receiving a second RRC message to configure a second CQI report to the UE for the first downlink carrier and the new carrier, and (iii) applying the second CQI report configuration for CQI reporting for the downlink carrier and the new carrier when the new carrier is activated or configured.06-27-2013
20130163542METHOD AND TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER FOR DATA TRANSMISSION WITH FLEXIBLE EXPLOITATION OF TIME AND FREQUENCY DIVERSITY - A method and corresponding devices for processing and transmitting information are described. A sequence of binary signals is mapped to symbols that forms a two-dimensional matrix of symbols in one of the frequency-time or time-time or time-frequency or frequency-frequency domain and which may be filtered in that domain. Selecting the diagonal elements of said matrix forms a transmit vector.06-27-2013
20130163543CONTROL SIGNALING IN LTE CARRIER AGGREGATION - Methods and devices may be provided for aggregating component carriers in the licensed spectrum with at least one component carriers in the licensed exempt spectrum. Control information may be processed in a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) while receiving and sending information on a primary component carrier (PCC) and a supplementary component carrier (SuppCC). A PCC subframe with a control portion and a data portion may be received. Resource assignment information associated with a downlink shared channel on the PCC may be embedded in the control portion of the subframe. Based on the resource assignment information on the PCC, resource assignment information associated with a downlink shared channel on the SuppCC may be identified in the data portion of the PCC subframe. A SuppCC subframe of the shared channel on the SuppCC may be processed as per the identified resource assignment information associated with the downlink shared channel on the SuppCC.06-27-2013
20130163523SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RESERVING CHANNELS FOR HIGH PRIORITY PACKETS - One embodiment of the present invention implements a FHSS system using single transmitter/multiple receiver transceivers. Such transceivers are configured to receive multiple FHSS channels (e.g., five channels) but only transmit on one channel. In an embodiment, one channel is dedicated to high priority traffic and the other four channels are dedicated to standard traffic. In receiving a high priority message, the transceiver is configured to address the high priority traffic first. For example, because the single transmitter/multiple receiver transceivers only has one transmitter, such transceiver may immediately dedicate it transmitting resources to addressing the received high priority data. Other embodiments are disclosed that implement multiple priorities among a plurality of communication channels.06-27-2013
20130163525METHOD FOR SETTING A CARRIER INDICATION FIELD IN A MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method for setting a carrier indication field indicating an element carrier in a multi-carrier system using a plurality of element carriers. The method includes: transmitting a value of a carrier indication field (CIF) and first CIF setting information that indicates a first mapping relationship between element carriers; transmitting downlink control information (DCI) including a carrier indication field; and transmitting a value of a CIF and second CIF setting information that indicates a second mapping relationship between element carriers, wherein the carrier indication field is a field indicating any one of the plurality of element carriers, and at least one element carrier is mapped with the same carrier indication field value in the first and second mapping relationships.06-27-2013
20130163526SPATIAL MULTIPLEXING IN A CELLULAR NETWORK - The present invention provides methods and apparatus for implementing spatial multiplexing in conjunction with the one or more multiple access protocols during the broadcast of information in a wireless network. A subscriber unit for use in a cellular system is disclosed. The subscriber unit includes: spatially separate receivers, a spatial processor, and a combiner. The spatially separate receivers receive the assigned channel composite signals resulting from the spatially separate transmission of the subscriber downlink datastream(s). The spatial processor is configurable in response to a control signal transmitted by the base station to separate the composite signals into estimated substreams based on information obtained during the transmission of known data patterns from at least one of the base stations. The spatial processor signals the base stations when a change of a spatial transmission configuration is required. The combiner combines the estimated substreams into a corresponding subscriber datastream.06-27-2013
20130163527Apparatus and Method for Providing Carrier Information - A method includes determining if one or more of a plurality of component carriers is not activated to be transmitted. The method further includes causing information indicating which one or more component carriers is not activated to be transmitted as part of channel state information signaling.06-27-2013
20130163528METHOD FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER FOR TRANSMITTING A PLURALITY OF CODE WORDS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THAT SUPPORTS A PLURALITY OF ANTENNAS, AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD - The present invention relates to a terminal which controls uplink transmission power for transmitting a plurality of code words in a wireless communication system that supports a plurality of antennas, and a method in which the terminal performs the control. In a terminal which controls uplink transmission power for transmitting a plurality of code words in a wireless communication system that supports a plurality of antennas, a receiver receives, from a base station, an indicator that concerns the determination of the transmission power for each code word of the plurality of code words. A processor determines uplink transmission power for transmitting the plurality of code words on the basis of the indication value of the indicator. If the indication value is zero, the processor allocates the same uplink transmission power to each of the plurality of code words.06-27-2013
20110026480HIERARCHICAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR VARIABLE QUALITY SERVICE ON CELLULAR SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a hierarchical transmission apparatus and method for a variable QoS, which may hierarchically transmit packet information using an available scheme and resource between a terminal and a base station, thereby supporting various QoSs in a cellular system. The hierarchical transmission method includes generating packet information, hierarchically encoding the packet information in accordance with a control parameter to generate a plurality of hierarchical packets, adapting a Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) technique to the plurality of hierarchical packets to generate hierarchical packet information, and including a plurality of antennas to transmit the hierarchical packet information for each of the plurality of antennas.02-03-2011
20110026472REDUCING BEACON COLLISION PROBABILITY - The present invention relates to a method of reducing beacon collision probability in a communication network supporting control channels comprising beacon periods divided into beacon slots, each beacon period being followed by a contention period. In the method a communication device (02-03-2011
20100046446MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE AND CHANNEL ALLOCATION METHOD - Each mobile station device (02-25-2010
20120269152METHOD FOR CONFIGURING A RESOURCE, METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING DATA IN THE CONFIGURED RESOURCE, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present description relates to a wireless communication system, a method for configuring a resource, a method for transceiving data in the configured resource, and an apparatus for the same. The method described in the present description comprises: selecting one or more resource block groups from among the resource block groups contained in at least one or more component carriers so as to generate an aggregated resource block group; and allocating resources in accordance with the configuration of the aggregated resource block group, and transceiving data. Here, information on the aggregated resource block group contains a component carrier indicator.10-25-2012
20110044280TECHNIQUES FOR IMPROVING THE SPATIAL REUSE OF WIRELESS NETWORKS02-24-2011
20110044262APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SCHEDULER IMPLEMENTATION FOR BEST EFFORT (BE) PRIORITIZATION AND ANTI-STARVATION - In various embodiments, a method, computer-readable storage medium, and apparatus for scheduling prioritized best effort (BE) service flows through a wireless network base station includes a controller coupled to a memory. If any one of a plurality of BE service flows are congested, a minimum reserved traffic rate (MRTR) algorithm is used by the controller to ensure that at least a highest priority BE service flow is maintained at least at an associated MRTR. If none of the plurality of BE service flows are congested, a maximum sustained traffic rate (MSTR) algorithm is used by the controller to enable the highest priority BE service flow to be set to at least at an associated MSTR before lower priority service flows are increased. If none of the plurality of BE service flows are congested and each service flow is at their associated MSTR, the controller is configured to distribute any excess bandwidth to each service flow in accordance with an initial set of priority BE traffic flow ratios.02-24-2011
20110044258METHOD OF MANAGEMENT OF RESOURCES FOR THE TRANSMISSION OF A DATA CONTENT, CORRESPONDING COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT, STORAGE MEANS AND DEVICE - A method for the management of resources for transmission compliant with a communications protocol, in a communications network, of a first data stream between a source device (02-24-2011
20130182678BASE STATION AND CONTROL METHOD OF BASE STATION - A base station dynamically changes a CQI report format of a communication terminal under control thereof. A base station 07-18-2013
20090257384METHOD FOR MODE ADAPTATION IN MIMO SYSTEM - A mode adaptation method for performing mode switching between a single-user MIMO (SU-MIMO) mode and a multi-user MIMO (MU-MIMO) mode includes reporting, by a base station, a MIMO feedback mode to a mobile station, receiving a feedback information determined on the basis of the MIMO feedback mode from the mobile station; and determining a MIMO feedback mode based on the feedback information. The MIMO feedback mode indicates whether it is single-user MIMO or multi-user MIMO and includes a number of mobile stations (MSs) transferred at one time. As a result, the method maximizes a system throughput simultaneously while effectively reducing an amount of feedback information.10-15-2009
20130215836SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR COMPRESSING HEADERS - A method includes assigning a flow identifier to a flow that includes a plurality of packets. The method also includes generating a head packet of the plurality of packets. The head packet includes one or more header information fields that are associated with the flow identifier. The method further includes generating at least one data packet of the plurality of packets. The at least one data packet includes packet specific information and the flow identifier instead of the one or more header information fields. The method further includes transmitting the head packet. The method further includes, in response to detecting a successful receipt of the head packet, transmitting the at least one data packet.08-22-2013
20110032893TECHNIQUES TO MANAGE CHANNEL PREDICTION - A system, apparatus, method and article to manage channel prediction for a wireless communication system are described. The apparatus may include a media access control processor to perform channel prediction, and a transceiver to communicate information using the channel prediction. Other embodiments are described and claimed.02-10-2011
20110032888RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided is a radio communication device which can prevent interference between SRS and PUCCH when the PUCCH transmission bandwidth fluctuates and suppress degradation of CQI estimation accuracy by the band where no SRS is transmitted. The device includes: an SRS code generation unit (02-10-2011
20110032884METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING AN UPLINK ACKNOWLEDGEMENT CHANNEL FOR A DOWNLINK DATA CHANNEL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS - A communication apparatus and method of a mobile communication system using Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiple Access (OFDMA). A method of transmitting an uplink acknowledge channel (ACKCH) for a downlink data channel in a mobile communication system using OFDMA includes: determining channel resources for each Control Channel Element (CCE), when a downlink control channel including at least two CCEs is received; generating uplink acknowledgement information by analyzing a received downlink data channel; assigning the at least two CCEs to at least two transmission antennas, respectively; and transmitting the uplink ACKCH including the uplink acknowledgement information through the transmission antennas.02-10-2011
20110032890Method of Handling Resource Assignment and Related Communication Device - A method of handling resource assignment for a network in a wireless communication system includes configuring a plurality of component carriers to a mobile device for simultaneous data transmission and reception, and sending the mobile device physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) signaling corresponding to a first component carrier of the plurality of component carriers on a second component carrier of the plurality of component carriers.02-10-2011
20080291873HYBRID COORDINATION FUNCTION (HCF) ACCESS THROUGH TIERED CONTENTION AND OVERLAPPED WIRELESS CELL MITIGATION - A method and system reduce interference between overlapping first and second wireless LAN cells in a medium. Each cell includes a respective plurality of member stations and there is at least one overlapped station occupying both cells. An inter-cell contention-free period value is assigned to a first access point station in the first cell, associated with an accessing order in the medium for member stations in the first and second cells. The access point transmits a beacon packet containing the inter-cell contention-free period value, which is intercepted at the overlapped station. The overlapped station forwards the inter-cell contention-free period value to member stations in the second cell. A second access point in the second cell can then delay transmissions by member stations in the second cell until after the inter-cell contention-free period expires. The beacon packet sent by the first access point station also includes an intra-cell contention-free period value, which causes the member stations in the first cell to delay accessing the medium until polled by the first access point. After the expiration of the intra-cell contention-free period, member stations in the first cell may contend for the medium based on the quality of service (QoS) data they are to transmit, using the Tiered Contention Multiple Access (TCMA) protocol.11-27-2008
20100322174METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A MOBILE SELECTION BASED INITIAL ACCESS SCHEME IN A MULTICARRIER SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for initial access of a mobile device in multi-carrier system. A base station transmits initial access resource information about the entire system band to the mobile device through a specific carrier to which the mobile device tries initial access. The mobile device determines an uplink initial access band by using received initial access resource information. The base station enables initial access through a predefined downlink response band.12-23-2010
20100172312Communication terminal and communication system - A communication terminal having a control unit performs a station search for determining that a not-yet-connected station is included in connectable stations, and performs a trial connection to the not-yet-connected station for determining whether the not-yet-connected station is capable of accommodating packet data communication. The determination results of the trial connection for the packet data communication, or packetability, are stored in a memory in the control unit in association with a station ID of the not-yet-connected station. The stored packetability of the not-yet-connected station is used for notifying a user, from a presentation unit of the communication terminal, of the availability of the packet data communication for the improved usability of the packet data communication.07-08-2010
20110243080Methods of contention-based transmission - A method for contention-based (CB) uplink transmission in a wireless communication network is provided. A base station (eNB) first transmits CB configuration information and CB grant to a user equipment (UE). The UE derives a plurality of transmission opportunities from the uplink CB grant and in response transmits uplink CB data via one of the transmission opportunities. The UE then receives an acknowledgment from the serving base station. If the uplink CB data is non-decodable by the eNB due to multiple contention UEs, then the UE retransmits the uplink data in response to a negative acknowledgment. In one novel aspect, the uplink transmission radio resource carriers both the uplink CB data and UE-selected signature information. In one embodiment, the UE-selected signature information is transmitted via pilot tones. By eliminating a separate phase of contention resolution, the overall latency of CB transmission is reduced and transmission efficiency is improved.10-06-2011
20100226327METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK TRANSMISSIONS AND CQI REPORTS WITH CARRIER AGGREGATION - A mobile station capable of communicating via an uplink transmission to at least one base station in a Multiple Input Multiple Output wireless network is configured to transmit multiple channel quality index (CQI) reports corresponding to multiple downlink component carriers. The mobile station includes at least one transmit antenna and a transmitter. The transmitter can communicate with a base station over the multiple downlink component carriers and at least one uplink component carrier. The transmitter can transmit the CQI report over the at least one uplink component carrier using at least one of a number of CQI reporting modes.09-09-2010
20100074205TRANSMISSION OF SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNALS IN TDD COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) to a network in a communication system. A bandwidth allocated by the network to transmissions of one or more random access channels is determined. An SRS bandwidth configuration is reconfigured by setting a maximum bandwidth value of the SRS bandwidth configuration to a value that avoids overlapping the bandwidth allocated to transmissions of the one or more random access channels. The SRS is transmitted in accordance with a bandwidth from the reconfigured SRS bandwidth configuration. Information regarding the SRS bandwidth configuration is provided to a User Equipment (UE) by the network.03-25-2010
20120201209SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING RESOURCE IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system for managing resources in a communication system including systems which do not have a permission for a first frequency band includes a coexistence manager configured to, when a frequency band available for the systems is searched from the first frequency band, manage the systems for coexistence and frequency sharing of the systems in the available frequency band; a coexistence enabler configured to transmit and receive information of the systems and information of the coexistence manager; and a coexistence discovery and information server configured to support control of the coexistence manager over the systems, wherein a plurality of coexistence managers are provided to respectively correspond to the plurality of systems, and wherein, among the plurality of coexistence managers, a first coexistence manager performs a negotiation procedure with coexistence managers neighboring to it, on the basis of one of an etiquette mode, a round-robin mode and a competition mode.08-09-2012
20120147836BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus capable of communicating with a user equipment terminal using an uplink shared channel includes a radio resource allocation unit configured to decrease frequency resources allocated to the shared channel, when transmission power of the user equipment terminal is less than a predetermined threshold.06-14-2012
20120207109Multiplexing of ACK/NACK and channel state information on uplink control channel - A method, apparatus and computer program which enable simultaneous transmission of a positive or negative acknowledge and channel state information and spatially bundle the positive or negative acknowledge bits corresponding to multiple transport blocks for each of a plurality of component carriers, where if there are two positive or negative acknowledge bits on a carrier component a logical “AND” operation is applied to bundle the two positive and negative acknowledge bits.08-16-2012
20120044881METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR UPLINK TRANSMIT DIVERSITY - Certain aspects of the present disclosure propose methods for supporting uplink transmit diversity in a wireless communication system. The proposed methods may eliminate ambiguity in decoding physical downlink control channel aggregation level and resources that are used by different antennas of a user equipment. In addition, a method is proposed for resource allocation for ACK/NACK repetition.02-23-2012
20120026953COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - Disclosed are a wireless communication base station device, a wireless communication terminal device, and a wireless communication method with which the amount of signaling is reduced while maintaining a high scheduling gain. A judgment unit (02-02-2012
20110044260Acknowledgment of Uplink Transmission on Contention Based Resource in Wireless Communication System - A remote unit configured to transmit a message on a contention based uplink resource granted by a base unit wherein the message includes information associated with the remote unit. The remote unit also configured to determine a downlink resource on which the remote unit may receive a response to the message sent on the uplink resource by applying an offset to a predetermined downlink resource wherein the offset is based on the information associated with the wireless communication device.02-24-2011
20120163319Enhanced Physical Downlink Shared Channel Coverage - An apparatus is provided, including an observing function configured to observe an indication about the coverage status of a user equipment; a deciding function configured to decide, based on the indication, to switch into a coverage extension mode; a providing function configured to provide a scaling number in dependence of the coverage extension mode; an allocating function configured to allocate, for data to be transmitted to a user equipment, a first modulation and coding scheme, a first modulation order, a first size of a transport block, and a first number of resource blocks per transport block according to an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing technology, a reducing function configured to reduce a first size per resource block, being the quotient of the first size of the transport block and the first number of resource blocks per transport block, based on the scaling number, thus obtaining a second size per resource block, being the quotient of a second size of the transport block and a second number of resource blocks per transport block; and a scheduling function configured to schedule, for the data, the second size of the transport block and the second number of resource blocks per transport block.06-28-2012
20120182947COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile communication system where a mobile station apparatus transmits reception quality information to a base station apparatus, the reception quality information indicating quality of a signal received from the base station apparatus, characterized in that the base station apparatus transmits information for instructing transmission of reception quality information without uplink data included in an uplink data transmission permission signal, and the mobile station apparatus transmits reception quality information without uplink data according to the information for instructing transmission of reception quality information without uplink data. This allows a mobile station apparatus to transmit reception quality information including a large amount of information even if there is no uplink data between the mobile station apparatus and the base station apparatus, and the transmission control flexibly responding to the amount of information and the frequency of transmissions of the reception quality information transmitted from the mobile station apparatus is possible.07-19-2012
20120182950METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING SCHEDULING SIGNALS IN A MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for transceiving scheduling signals in a multi-carrier wireless communication system, comprising a step of transmitting, via a predetermined downlink component carrier, a PDSCH transmission scheduling signal on one or more downlink component carriers and/or a PUSCH transmission scheduling signal on one or more uplink component carriers; and a step of transceiving the PDSCH and/or the PUSCH in accordance with the scheduling signals. The scheduling signals can be defined to the same size in a PDCCH transmission region of said predetermined downlink component carrier in the event different MIMO transmission modes are applied to the PDSCH transmission or the PUSCH transmission, or in the event said one or more downlink component carriers or said one or more uplink component carriers have different bandwidths.07-19-2012
20100195581SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SERVICE FLOW RETENTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A subscriber station may determine whether a service flow between the subscriber station and a base station is retained during an idle mode of the subscriber station. The subscriber station may reactivate the service flow when the subscriber station exits the idle mode. The subscriber station may monitor whether the service flow has data activity. The subscriber station may delete the service flow if there is no data activity.08-05-2010
20120230287Resource Reservation in Multiple Accesses - The present invention relates to a method for enabling resource allocation for a service data flow between a user equipment (09-13-2012
20120327890METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING HARQ - Provided is a method for supporting retransmission in a wireless communication system by user equipment. The method may determine a transmission parameter for initial transmission of uplink data, transmit the uplink data on an uplink channel using the determined transmission parameter, and, for retransmission of the uplink data, perform multiplexing of retransmission data of the uplink data with a channel quality indicator (CQI). A radio resource for the CQI may be determined based on the transmission parameter used in an initial transmission. The method may transmit the multiplexed data on a physical uplink shared channel.12-27-2012
20120099542CENTER FREQUENCY CONTROL METHOD IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and an apparatus that supports a multi-carrier wireless access system for transmitting and receiving system information. The 1st embodiment of the present invention is a method for controlling a center frequency in a wireless access system comprising the steps of: receiving a control message including a 1st parameter which indicates a configuration of carrier groups and a 2nd parameter which indicates whether the center frequency is controlled from a base station; deriving the center frequency of carriers allocated to a mobile terminal by using the 1st parameter; and controlling the center frequency by using the 2nd parameter.04-26-2012
20100202397Wireless Routing Based On Data Packet Classfication - Apparatuses and methods of using multiple radios of a wireless access node of a wireless network are disclosed. One method includes selecting a 4.9 GHz radio exclusively for public safety data packets, selecting other radios for other types of data packets, and selecting other radios for public safety data packets depending upon specification by a network operator.08-12-2010
20090196241RADIO BASE STATION AND SCHEDULING METHOD - The present invention is to accommodate a large number of users required in a digital radio communication system and to prevent communication quality from deteriorating. The present invention is to prevent the occurrence of a delay by adding a process for restricting packet assignment for a call having low communication quality. When the average DRC value is equal to or smaller than a threshold, assigned slots are thinned out to improve communication quality for radio terminals close to cell boundaries and to increase the number of radio terminals accommodated. As a method for thinning out assigned slots, packets received from an upper level unit of a radio base station are, for example, discarded before transmission as long as the lowest limit sound quality is maintained. With this operation, the lowest limit sound quality is ensured.08-06-2009
20130188591METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENT FEEDBACK IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THAT SUPPORTS MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting channel state information for downlink multicarrier transmission comprises the following steps: generating channel state information for one or more downlink carriers; if two or more channel state information types for one or more downlink carriers collide in a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) region of one uplink carrier, determining the channel state information type to be transmitted in the PUCCH region of one uplink carrier on the basis of the priority established in accordance with the reporting period of each piece of channel state information; and transmitting the channel state information corresponding to the determined channel state information type, wherein the priority may be established such that the channel state information having a longer reporting period has a higher priority than that of the channel state information having a shorter reporting period.07-25-2013
20130188578HIGH CAPACITY WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Methods, systems, and apparatuses are described for wirelessly communicating at a multi-mode wireless modem. In accordance with a disclosed method, a single carrier wireless channel may be selected from one of a line of sight (LOS) band or a non-line of sight (NLOS) band for receiving an incoming cyclically prefixed single carrier signal. The modem may be capable of receiving signals over both the LOS band and the NLOS band. A cyclic prefix length associated with the incoming single carrier signal may be tuned based on an estimated delay spread of the selected single carrier wireless channel. A cyclic prefix of the cyclic prefix length may be identified and removed from the incoming single carrier signal over the selected single carrier wireless channel. Frequency domain equalization on the incoming single carrier signal may be performed following the removal of the cyclic prefix.07-25-2013
20100014476APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR IMPROVING HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST COMBINING GAIN IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for improving a HARQ combining gain in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. The apparatus includes a seed information generator and a subcarrier allocator. The seed information generator randomly generates a seed value for changing a channel of a subcarrier and an interference pattern in a frame unit when a HARQ combining gain is not generated because an interference pattern is the same during a retransmission period. The subcarrier allocator allocates a subcarrier using the generated seed value.01-21-2010
20100014474APPARATUS FOR AND METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AN UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - A user apparatus which is used in a communications system in which a synchronous or non-synchronous ARQ is performed is disclosed. The user apparatus includes a unit which receives a downlink control channel; a unit which prepares an uplink data channel; a unit which prepares an uplink control channel accompanying the uplink data channel; and a unit which prepares a retransmit packet according to acknowledgement information included in the downlink control channel, wherein when the retransmit packet is transmitted as the uplink data channel, the uplink control channel includes retransmit format information indicating how the retransmit packet has been derived from a transmitted packet, and transmit format information including at least a data modulation scheme used for the uplink data channel, and wherein the downlink control channel includes the acknowledgment information which has been channel-encoded with resource allocation information for the uplink data channel.01-21-2010
20100014468METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING WIRELESS RESOURCE INFORMATION - A method of transmitting and receiving radio resource information is disclosed, by which a mobile terminal is able to quickly access a mobile communication system. The present invention includes transmitting a paging message to locate a specific mobile terminal by including information for a radio resource allocated to the mobile terminal in the paging message, receiving a response signal for the paging message transmitted according to the information for the radio resource, and performing a connection to the mobile terminal according to the response signal.01-21-2010
20100165940METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRACKING AREA UPDATE PROCEDURE AND EPS BEARER CONTEXTS REPRESENTATION - A method and an apparatus for a new use of the active flag bit in tracking area update (TAU) and a new optional or conditional information element (IE) included in the TAU request message is disclosed. A method and apparatus for only maintaining non-access stratum (NAS) signaling in addition to not establishing S07-01-2010
20130188566LTE ENHANCEMENTS FOR SMALL PACKET TRANSMISSIONS - Disclosed in some examples is a method of wireless resource block assignment in a long term evolution wireless network including creating a downlink control information message for a user equipment, the downlink control information message comprising: a resource block assignment field which indicates up to N physical resource blocks scheduled to the user equipment by specifying an index into a plurality of all possible physical resource block allocations of between 1 and N resource blocks, wherein the resource block assignment field comprises at most a number of bits necessary to address all of the possible physical resource block allocations for assignments of 1 to N physical resource blocks, and wherein N is less than a total number of physical resource blocks; and sending the downlink control information over a physical downlink control channel using orthogonal frequency division multiplexing.07-25-2013
20110280200HARDWARE IMPLEMENTATION OF UPLINK RECEIVER WITH MATCHED THROUGHPUT - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide an apparatus and techniques for efficiently processing uplink communications. A telecommunications receiver processor architecture is provided that may be utilized with a LTE eNodeB base station wherein the data path throughput is optimally matched for a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) receiver. According to certain aspects, the receiver may be configured to perform operations on OFDMs symbols in an interleaved order. Additionally, the receiver may instantiate multiple IDFT engines to process multiple OFDM symbols in parallel.11-17-2011
20110280198MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal includes a controller to establish a connection with a packet data network through a wireless communication unit. The controller selects one of a plurality of timer values that are respectively mapped to multiple applications for transmitting/receiving packet data through the connection based on a predetermined priority, operates a timer based on the selected timer value, and controls the connection based on the timer.11-17-2011
20110280204Modular Radio Network Access Device - A modular device for providing network access in accordance with at least two radio access technologies is described. The device includes a first hardware module comprising a first hardware accelerator adapted to perform at least layer (1) processing in accordance with a first radio technology, software-controlled processing resources adapted to perform at least layer (2) processing for the first radio access technology and for a second radio access technology, and a first interface adapted to couple the software-controlled processing resources to a second hardware module providing at least layer (1) processing capabilities in accordance with the second radio access technology. The second hardware module may comprise a second hardware accelerator adapted to perform at least layer (1) processing in accordance with the second radio access technology and a second interface adapted to couple the second hardware accelerator to the first interface of the first hardware module.11-17-2011
20110280201SYSTEM, APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROL CHANNEL CONFIGURATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - In accordance with aspects of the disclosure, a method, apparatus, and computer program product are provided for wireless communication. The method, apparatus, and computer program product, in an implementation, may be configured to provide separate control channels for each of downlink grant information and uplink grant information, encode the control channels with an identifier known only to receiving nodes that are configured to decode the control channels with the identifier, and convey information to the receiving nodes that the identifier is known to the receiving nodes. The method, apparatus, and computer program product, in an implementation, may be configured to determine an aggregation level of a common search space related to common control resources, wherein the aggregation level is less than four, and receive control data from one or more candidates in the common search space that include contiguous control channel elements according to the aggregation level.11-17-2011
20110280199Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunication System - Pre-existing methods of accessing a radio system via a random access channel as described in 3GPP TS 44.018 “Radio Resource Control (RRC) protocol” is modified to include a first additional parameter (i), which defines the spreading of the probability density function for each successive access attempt. In accordance with one embodiment the accessing user/device is configured to use a random wait time for the j-th retry to access the RACH as a function of the additional parameter (i) and the number j, where j is a positive integer.11-17-2011
20110280196OPTIMIZATION OF THE PRESENCE INFORMATION REFRESH FOR A WIRELESS DEVICE - Techniques for optimizing presence information update requests for wireless devices on a wireless communication network by reducing the amount of access-network resources are provided. In an exemplary embodiment, presence information updates can be optimized by a presence module that is a single point of contact on a mobile device for presence requests from presence aware applications.11-17-2011
20110280197MULTIPLE-USER MULTIPLE-INPUT AND MULTIPLE-OUTPUT FOR HIGH-SPEED PACKET ACCESS SYSTEMS - A method for providing multiple-user multiple-input and multiple-output in a high-speed packet access system is described. Channel quality indicators are received from a plurality of dual stream capable wireless communication devices. A preferred beam and a secondary beam are determined for each wireless communication device using the channel quality indicators. Wireless communication devices with preferred beams orthogonal to each other are paired. A wireless communication device pair is selected. Data streams for the selected wireless communication device pair are scheduled in the same transmission time interval using an orthogonal variable spreading factor code.11-17-2011
20110280195INCREASING THROUGHPUT BY ADAPTIVELY CHANGING PDU SIZE IN WIRELESS NETWORKS UNDER LOW SNR CONDITIONS - Feedback indicates low signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) conditions for a wireless communications link between a transmitter device and a receiver device. After attempting to achieve a target packet error rate (PER) by increasing transmission power for the wireless communications link, the transmitter device receives feedback that indicates a current PER, for data transmitted using an initial automatic repeat request (ARQ) block size, is above the target PER for the receiver device, and changes, based on the feedback, the current ARQ block size to a different ARQ block size for the wireless communications link. The different ARQ block size may be adaptively selected to provide a maximum PDU size that achieves the target PER at the receiver device under the low SNR conditions.11-17-2011
20110280194SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING A WIRELESS RADIO NETWORK - A communication system includes wireless access points that are distributed along a linear, terrestrial-based communications medium that has an operative interface to the Internet. The wireless access points establish wireless connectivity between end users in residences and businesses to the Internet via the communications medium. The operating channel for each wireless access point is controlled by a spectrum management system to control use of available spectrum in an efficient manner and to minimize interference.11-17-2011
20110280193DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL-TO-RESOURCE ELEMENT MAPPING - In accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the invention, one or more first channels and one or more second channels are stored in a linear buffer. More specifically, the one or more first channels are stored in a first primary region of the linear buffer, and the one or more second channels are stored in a second primary region of the linear buffer, where if the second primary region is not large enough to store all of the second channels, one or more excess second channels are stored in a secondary area of the linear buffer.11-17-2011
20100278122DATA SERVICES ROAMING WITHOUT FULL MOBILE INTERNET PROTOCOL (MIP) SUPPORT - A method and apparatus for providing an interface between a visited network that supports the Simple Internet Protocol (SIP) and a home network that supports the Mobile Internet Protocol (MIP) includes establishing a SIP compatible tunnel between an access gateway process in the visited network and a Proxy Mobile Node of a local process. An MIP compatible tunnel is established between a Home Agent (HA) in the home network and a Proxy Foreign Agent of the local process. Data packets received at the local process over one tunnel are transmitted over the other using data packet encapsulation.11-04-2010
20090175230MAPPING OF DISTRIBUTED RESOURCE BLOCK INDICES TO PHYSICAL RESOURCE BLOCKS - An apparatus for communication using a wireless communication network includes an interleaver and a transceiver. The interleaver co-exists with a localized transmission arrangement if the localized transmission arrangement is present and interleaves data packets for a distributed transmission arrangement by mapping a set of logical indices to a set of physical resource blocks. The set of logical indices include sequential logical indices that are separated by a maximum spacing within the set. The transceiver is in electrical communication with the interleaver. The transceiver is operable to transmit and receive data packets through the wireless communication network.07-09-2009
20110075620METHOD FOR CONTROLLING DATA AND SIGNAL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method of controlling data and signal transmission in a mobile communication system, and more particularly, to a method of performing random access efficiently and a method of delivering a discard information of radio link data more quickly.03-31-2011
20110292894Method of Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Entity Handling and Communication Device Thereof - A method of hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) entity handling for a communication device capable of receiving and transmitting on a plurality of component carriers in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises resetting a HARQ entity associated to a component carrier of the plurality of component carriers when a component carrier configuration associated to the component carrier is changed.12-01-2011
20090129322 MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, A MOBILE STATION, A BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A mobile station includes: a QoS (quality of service) requirement determination unit configured to determine a QoS requirement for a data packet; a downlink channel condition estimation unit configured to estimate a downlink channel condition; an identification number extracting unit configured to extract an identification number for the mobile station; and a notification unit configured to notify a base station of the QoS requirement, the identification number for the mobile station, and the downlink channel condition by means of a reservation packet. A base station includes: an uplink channel condition estimation unit configured to estimate an uplink channel condition by means of a reservation packet; a radio parameter control unit configured to determine and control a radio parameter based on the reservation packet and the uplink channel condition.05-21-2009
20090109907MULTIPLEXING MULTIPLE UNSOLICITED GRANT SERVICE (UGS) USERS ONTO A SAME RADIO RESOURCE - The technology in this application multiplexes transmission associated with multiple users onto the same unsolicited grant service (UGS) radio resource(s) in a packet-based, radio communications system. Normally, the radio resources in a packet-based communications system are dynamically scheduled in response to radio resource requests associated with specific user devices, and the scheduled communications are designed not to use the same radio resource at the same time. However, an unsolicited grant of radio resources for communication between multiple user devices and the packet-based communications system is also established. The communications between those multiple user devices and the packet-based communications system use at least some of the same radio resources associated with the unsolicited grant at the same time. Because of this at least partial radio resource overlap/collision, each of the multiple user's data to be transmitted via the UGS is associated with a user-specific radio resource pattern. A user's radio resource pattern permits a radio receiver to extract that user's data from the received UGS signal that include multiple user transmissions.04-30-2009
20100278127WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND A PICONET COORDINATOR, WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK, AND A MOBILE APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK USING THE METHOD - A wireless communication method according to the present invention reserves a separate alternative channel in addition to a communication channel when a channel allocation request for a channel, in which it is required to secure QoS, is received from a device, and changes a channel to the reserved alternative channel to perform communication when a defective state exceeding an allowable value is detected in observed QoS information with respect to the communication channel. Therefore, it is possible to continuously provide satisfactory QoS.11-04-2010
20130163544METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CSI-RS IN MASSIVE MIMO SYSTEM OPERATING IN FDD MODE - Methods and apparatus are provided for beamforming and information feedback are provided. Signals for beams to be transmitted through corresponding antenna ports, are generated. The beams are formed by precoding the signals with beamforming vectors. The beams are sorted into a number of resource reuse groups based on a resource that is to be shared. The beams are transmitted, using resources allocated per group, to a receiver. Feedback information is generated on at least one antenna port, based on the received beams. The feedback information is transmitted to the transmitter. A beam is selected having a greatest gain for a transmitter using the feedback information. A transmission resource is allocated for the selected beam.06-27-2013
20130163539RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT FOR DISTRIBUTED CELLULAR SYSTEMS - In a network comprising user devices and signal notes, communication links are scheduled by identifying one or more active signal node/user device pairs, wherein each active pair comprises a signal node that is presently communicating with a respective active user device over a signal channel. Then, one or more inactive signal node/user device pairs is identified; each inactive pair comprises an inactive signal node that is not presently communicating over the signal channel and a potential user device that is capable of communicating with the inactive signal node over the signal channel. One of the inactive pairs is then identified which, when made into an active pair, will achieve the greatest total fairness criterion, the total fairness criterion being a sum of a fairness criterion for the potential user device in the inactive pair in question and a fairness criterion for each of the active user devices in the event that the respective inactive pair becomes an active pair. The fairness criterion for each user device is dependent on the transmission rate achievable between the user device and the signal node in its respective pair.06-27-2013
20130163541RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS OF BASE STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A resource allocation method and a base station for shortening an operation for updating an average data rate in a per-user scheduling metric calculation in the wireless communication system adopting a Proportional Fairness scheduler are provided. The resource allocation method includes receiving, at a base station, a channel quality indicator from at least one mobile station to be allocated resources, calculating a data rate available for the at least one mobile station based on the channel quality indicator, calculating a scheduling metric by dividing the data rate by an average data rate of the at least one mobile station, determining a resource allocation priority based on the scheduling metric, allocating the resources to the at least one mobile station according to the resource allocation priority, and updating the average data rate of only the at least one mobile station allocated the resources.06-27-2013
20130163532Method Implemented in an eNodeB Base Station - In some implementations, a method implemented in an eNodeB base station (eNB) for a single carrier frequency division multiple access SC-FDMA wireless system includes receiving an uplink control channel signal on an assigned scheduling request resource. A user ID is decoded from the received uplink control channel signal. A message assigning a portion of a resource of the wireless system to a UE associated with the decoded user ID is transmitted.06-27-2013
20130163533Method Implemented in an eNodeB Base Station - In some implementations, a method implemented in an eNodeB base station (eNB) for a single carrier frequency division multiple access SC-FDMA within a wireless system includes receiving information within an SC-FDMA uplink shared channel signal on a recurring scheduling request resource. The received information comprises a user ID. A message granting at least a portion of an SC-FDMA resource is transmitted to a UE associated with the user ID.06-27-2013
20130163530REFERENCE SIGNALS DESIGN FOR TIME TRACKING IN LTE-A - Time tracking in current communication systems may be traditionally based on common reference signals (CRS). However, in certain communication systems, CRS-based time tracking may be impossible to implement due to an absence of CRS in certain subframes or carriers. CRS-based time tracking may also be inappropriate to implement in certain communication systems such as a coordinated multipoint (CoMP) system where control and data may arrive from different cells, and therefore, a UE may assume a wrong cell for CRS-based time tracking. Accordingly, methods, apparatuses, and computer program products for wireless communication are provided in which additional UE specific reference signals (UE-RS) and/or channel state information reference signals (CSI-RS) are made available to the UE so that the UE may have improved channel estimation and/or time tracking performance.06-27-2013
20100061320COMMON MODE AND UNIFIED FRAME FORMAT - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a method for generating a frame structure that can be used with multiple transmission schemes, such as a Single Carrier (SC) transmission scheme and an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) transmission scheme.03-11-2010
20100182971System and Method for Determining Establishment Causes - A user agent (UA), core network (CN) device, and method for a circuit switched (CS) fallback service in an evolved packet system (EPS). In one embodiment, the UA or CN includes a protocol layer having a non-access stratum (NAS). A processor of the UA or CN is configured to promote the NAS to process an EXTENDED SERVICE REQUEST having a service type with a decode value. The decode value identifies an EPS-defined radio resource control (RRC) establishment cause (EC).07-22-2010
20110280207METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING POWER OF UPLINK PHYSICAL CHANNEL - A method for controlling power of an uplink physical channel includes: computing a relative gain factor in a compressed mode; correcting the relative gain factor to obtain a corrected relative gain factor; generating a gain factor in the compressed mode according to the corrected relative gain factor; controlling power of the uplink physical channel according to the gain factor in the compressed mode generated. In embodiments of the present invention, after being computed, the relative gain factor in the compressed mode is corrected, then the gain factor in the compressed mode is generated according to the corrected relative gain factor. Thus, an accurate gain factor may be acquired for controlling the power of the uplink physical channel.11-17-2011
20110280211TRANSMIT DIVERSITY FOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND CATEGORY 0 BITS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting acknowledgement/nonacknowledgement (ACK/NACK) signals including multiplexing ACK/NACK signals; and repeatedly transmitting for predetermined times the multiplexed signal with each of repetitions of transmitting the multiplexed signal being spread in a frequency domain and being mapped to a plurality of discrete resource units each having a pair of neighboring subcarriers and a predetermined number of Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) control symbols.11-17-2011
20110280208METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN BASE AND MOBILE STATIONS - A method and system for wireless communications between base and mobile stations use reference signals transmitted from base stations prior transmission of data signals. The reference signals are used to determine propagation characteristics of communication channels between the base and mobile stations and optimize, in real time, parameters of receivers of the mobile stations for processing the following data signals. Applications of the invention include wireless communication systems compliant with OFDMA, 11-17-2011
20110280206SELF-ORGANIZING NETWORK CONTROL FOR PUCCH RESOURCES - Automatically adjust the size of a Physical Uplink Control Channel, PUCCH, of an uplink communication subframe. In a particular embodiment, the size of a semi-static region of the PUCCH is adjusted. The adjustment is based on a utilization factor of the PUCCH over a time period. The adjustment can also be based on the connection factor (connections between the wireless terminals and the cell) and/or based on the utilization factor of a PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel). The result is an efficient resource utilization on the PUCCH, and a properly dimensioned PUCCH region.11-17-2011
20110280205METHOD AND ACCESS NETWORK DEVICE FOR INTERFERENCE COORDINATION - The present invention discloses a method and access network device for interference coordination, said method comprises: getting time-frequency resource of cell, and dividing said time-frequency resource into multiple resource subsets; grouping users to be scheduled in the cell into multiple user groups according to AOA, the amount of said user groups is equal to the amount of said resource subsets, different user groups have different resource subset selection priority orders; allocating time-frequency resource of the resource subsets to users, which are in neighboring cells and have the same direction, according to said resource subset selection priority orders of the user groups. The present invention could to reduce inter-cell co-frequency interference and improve channel quality.11-17-2011
20100238890TIME SYNCHRONIZATION FOR DISTRIBUTED MOBILE AD HOC NETWORKS - Time synchronization among nodes in a wireless mobile ad hoc network (MANET) is obtained using a cross layer approach. Each node maintains a routing table that contains entries corresponding to other nodes of the network that are one or more hops away from the node, and topology messages are exchanged periodically among the nodes in order to update their routing tables. A network master node is selected, and remaining nodes that are one or more hops away from the master node are defined as slave nodes. The master node includes master timing information the topology messages that it transmits. The timing information is concatenated to include a first time (T09-23-2010
20090323617METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING ACKNOWLEDGMENT BUNDLING - An approach is provided for acknowledgement bundling. Dynamically scheduling of one or more of subframes per bundling window is performed by reusing an assignment index field (e.g., downlink assignment index (DAI) field). The assignment index field has a value greater than or equal to number of previously assigned subframes within the bundling window. The bundling window defines a group of subframes for common acknowledgement.12-31-2009
20110103325METHOD FOR MAPPING RANGING CHANNELS AND OPPORTUNITIES IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method for efficiently updating system information of a base station at a relay station of a broadband wireless access system and an apparatus for performing the method are disclosed. The method for updating system information of an advanced base station (ABS) at an advanced relay station (ARS) of a broadband wireless access system comprises receiving a first message, which includes changed information of the system information of the base station, from the base station; transmitting a second message for acknowledgment of the first message to the base station; and performing application for the changed information.05-05-2011
20090109904SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR BURST CHANNEL ACCESS OVER WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORKS - A system comprises a medium access engine operative to contend for access to a channel and to control transmission of data packets onto the channel on behalf of a particular data stream, the particular data stream belonging to a particular access class of a plurality of different access classes, the medium access engine operative to discriminate quality of service based on the different access classes; and a burst channel access engine operative to maintain a burst list of other data streams belonging to the particular access class and to control burst access to the channel based on the burst list on behalf of the particular data stream.04-30-2009
20090147735SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR NON-STANDARD WIRELESS BANDWIDTH COMMUNICATIONS - A wireless communications method and device including a transmitter (06-11-2009
20090316642BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, PROGRAM, UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION REQUESTING METHOD, AND SYNCHRONIZATION-SHIFT MEASUREMENT SIGNAL TRANSMITTING METHOD - A base station device includes: a re-synchronization factor detector that detects an uplink re-synchronization factor of a mobile station device; a data controller that generates, when the re-synchronization factor detector detects the uplink re-synchronization factor, data in which information indicative of an uplink synchronization request addressed to the mobile station device is set to a region on a radio frame to which parameters to be used for synchronous communication with the mobile station device are to be set; and a transmitter that transmits data generated by the data controller.12-24-2009
20100165939Method and Apparatus for Improving ACK/NACK Bundling - A method for improving ACK/NACK bundling in a user equipment (UE) of a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes steps of receiving an uplink grant allocated to an uplink sub-frame, the sub-frame being utilized for transmitting an HARQ feedback corresponding to a plurality of downlink sub-frame, a TDD UL/DL configuration of the UE being set to 0; and determining whether the UE misses any downlink assignment is missing according to a downlink assignment index (DAI) carried in a latest received Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) for downlink assignment.07-01-2010
20100098014Advanced multi-sensor processing - Each receiving node (04-22-2010
20100067465BASE STATION, USER DEVICE, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND RECEPTION METHOD - A base station includes a scheduler determining allocation of radio resources for each subframe; a control channel generating unit generating a control channel including common control information mapped across a system frequency band and specific control information mapped to one or more resource blocks allocated to a selected user device; and a transmission signal generating unit generating a transmission signal by time-division-multiplexing the common control information and the specific control information. The common control information is transmitted every subframe and includes information units with a predetermined data size, a format indicator representing one of preset options indicating the number of symbols occupied by the common control information, and information indicating the maximum number of the information units. The information indicating the maximum number of the information units is transmitted as a part of the common control information at a predetermined interval longer than or equal to one subframe.03-18-2010
20100014473CQI REPORT METHOD, RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND USER EQUIPMENT - A CQI report method disclosed that includes a step in which the user equipment reports CQI information of top N resource block(s) having channel quality higher than the rest of the resource block(s) and a resource block number(s) of the top N resource block(s) to the base station at CQI report timings designated by the base station; and a step in which, when, for example, a resource block(s) whose CQI information has already been reported in any of the latest K report timings is included in the top N resource block(s), the user equipment excludes the resource block(s) and reports the CQI information of a resource block having the next highest channel quality indicator and the resource block number of the resource block to the base station.01-21-2010
20090310553MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, AND METHOD FOR UPLINK SERVICE - The present invention relates to a mobile station, a base station, and a method for an uplink service that provides a high-speed data service between the base station and the mobile station in a wireless communication system. A method for providing an uplink service in a mobile station includes, after TCP data are received from a base station, measuring a partial round trip time which is a time until ACK which is a response to the received TCP data is inputted into an uplink transmission MAC buffer, transmitting information on the measured partial round trip time to the base station, receiving resource allocation information—unicast resource allocation information for transmitting the ACK to the base station in the mobile station—from the base station, and transmitting the ACK of the TCP data received from the base station on the basis of the resource allocation information to the base station.12-17-2009
20090046647METHOD OF GENERATING CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR ADAPTIVELY IN DOWNLINE STATUS AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR THE SAME - A method for generating a channel quality indicator (CQI) in a mobile communication system is presented. The method includes grouping a number of subcarriers to form at least one channel quality indicator subband for generating a channel quality indicator, and generating a channel quality indicator in each channel quality indicator subband, wherein a size of each channel quality indicator subband is dependent on a system bandwidth value and is an integer multiple of a downlink frequency resource unit size, wherein the downlink frequency resource unit size is prescribed according to the system bandwidth value.02-19-2009
20090310552APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CELL-BASED HIGHLY DETECTABLE PILOT MULTIPLEXING - An apparatus and method for cell-based highly detectable pilot (HDP) multiplexing comprising determining if an HDP opportunity exists; selecting a subslot within the HDP opportunity for transmission of a HDP signal; and activating more than one sector within a cell for the transmission of the HDP signal.12-17-2009
20090310547CHANNEL INSERTING METHOD, TRANSMITTER, AND RECEIVER - A channel inserting method includes calculating, based on a band of an assigned channel, vacant bandwidth that is assignable to a reference signal; and setting an insertion format of the reference signal based on the vacant bandwidth.12-17-2009
20090285171ALLOCATING BASE STATIONS TO LOCATION AREAS IN CELLULAR TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS - A method is provided of allocating a location area identifier to a cellular base station for wireless communications. The method comprises the following steps. Information is received of geographic location of a base station. For each of a plurality of location areas, each having a location area centre, a function is calculated that is dependent upon distance of the base station from location area centres. The location area giving the lowest function value is selected as the location area for the base station.11-19-2009
20100254324METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL MANAGEMENT IN HSPA - Determination of transmission power control commands in a UE by combining TPC commands received during DTX/DRX modes. The combining is done on those TPC commands which are received on different radio links after ignoring TPC commands which might be received in a DL slot overlapping with no UL transmission. The UE thus uses the combined TPC commands as derived at the time of entry into DTX for the second UL DPCCH preamble transmission which leads to increase in link reliability and subsequent conservation of power by the UE. The UE uses the same power as derived in the previous slot for resumption of transmission when all the TPC commands, received in the DL slot overlapping with no UL transmission, are UP. TPC commands for the transmission of the 2nd DPCCH preamble at transmission resumption is determined by combining stored TPC commands from each of the radio links that were received by the UE while entering into DTX gap and said TPC commands could not be applied with the newly received TPC commands.10-07-2010
20110299496SCHEDULING APPARATUS AND SCHEDULING METHOD - A scheduling apparatus and a scheduling method, wherein the amount of signaling for frequency resource allocation information can be reduced while maintaining system throughput performance. In a base station apparatus (12-08-2011
20090161618METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The downlink control channels in a control region of each downlink subframe in a telecommunication system are divided into at least one common subset of the downlink control channels and a plurality of group subsets of the downlink control channels, such that the common subset or each common subset will be decoded by every user equipment, and each group subset will be decoded only by a limited group of user equipments. Resource assignment messages for a user equipment can then be transmitted on a downlink control channel of the relevant group subset, to avoid the need for messages to be decoded by a large number of UEs that will not act on them, while broadcast messages can be transmitted on a downlink control channel of the relevant common subset, to avoid the need for messages to be transmitted many times.06-25-2009
20100290423METHOD FOR FORMATTING SIGNAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for formatting a signal in a mobile communication system by appending a plurality of medium access control headers to a plurality of medium access control-service data units for data transfer between a mobile station and network in the mobile communication system. If the service data units have the same characteristics, a medium access control-protocol data unit is formed by successively coupling the service data units to any one of the medium access control headers. If the service data units have different characteristics, the protocol data unit is formed by sequentially coupling each of the service data units and each of the medium access control headers. The formed protocol data unit is then transformed into a transport block with a predetermined size. A medium access control sublayer formats medium access control-protocol data units according to transport channel characteristics in peer-to-peer communication in such a manner that the protocol data units can have different formats with respect to different transport channels. This makes it possible to provide more efficient functions.11-18-2010
20110128927METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADAPTIVELY ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN MULTI-USER OFDM SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for adaptively allocating resources by a Base Station (BS) apparatus in a multi-user OFDM system is provided. The method includes receiving users' required rates and channel state information from a plurality of user terminals, setting a required inter-user transmission ratio and a number of multi-frames based on information about the users' required rates, allocating a subcarrier and transmit power to each user terminal based on the channel state information and the required inter-user transmission ratio for a period corresponding to the set number of multi-frames, and redistributing the transmit power allocated to the subcarrier. The method and apparatus can maximize the total data rate of a system while satisfying required inter-user transmission ratios in a multi-user OFDM system based on a multi-frame environment.06-02-2011
20110128920Channel Assignment For A Wireless Network - Channel assignment for access points (APs) in a wireless network includes determining a bottleneck client in an interference relationship, and determining a channel assignment for the APs that maximizes a normalized throughput of the bottleneck client. The normalized throughput is assigned to the bottleneck client, and the bottleneck client is assigned to a fixed set.06-02-2011
20110274058APPLICATION LAYER COMMUNICATION VIA SINGLE RADIO BLOCK ACCESS - Embodiments herein advantageously reduce the amount of control signalling and header information that must accompany an application layer message when transporting that message from a wireless device to a supporting application server via an intermediate node. To do so, the wireless device prepares a single radio block that includes the application layer message and an indication that the single radio block contains the entire application layer message. The device then sends a control message to the intermediate node that requests allocation of radio resources for sending the single radio block without establishing a temporary block flow (TBF). The device finally sends the single radio block using the allocated resources, without a TBF. Upon receiving the block, the intermediate node determines, based on the indication within the block, whether or not the block contains an entire application layer message. If so, the intermediate node forwards that application layer message towards the application server.11-10-2011
20110274053SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING DOWNLINK PACKET LATENCY - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in which VoIP traffic is scheduled in a way that focuses on controlling user latencies, by reshaping packet latency profiles of individual users to more efficiently utilize power/code resources. A feedback mechanism may utilize certain latency controllers to adjust a queuing delay and an over-the-air transmit time to meet latency targets. That is, system resources may be allocated in a wireless network by adjusting a latency target for a packet responsive to a user's packet latency history.11-10-2011
20090207796METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus i.e. Base Station for allocating resources in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes generating a plurality of first groups of allocation units based on one or more of a plurality of Modulation and Coding Schemes (MCSs) and traffic characteristics in the wireless communication system. The method further includes generating a second group of slots including resource allocation information for mapping first groups of allocation units to Mobile Stations (MSs) based on MCSs and traffic characteristics associated with first groups of allocation units and the MSs. Thereafter, the method persistently allocates each first group of allocation units to the MSs based on one or more of the resource allocation information and a communication state associated with each MS. Further, the method also identifies if each MS has succeeded in decoding the persistent resource allocation sent in the second group of slots.08-20-2009
20090207794RESOURCE RELEASE AND DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION MODE NOTIFICATION - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate providing indications related to discontinuous reception (DRX) and release of semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) resources from a base station to an access terminal. A DRX indicator that provides a command to an access terminal to transition to DRX mode and a resource release indicator that identifies one or more SPS resources (e.g., uplink, downlink, . . . ) previously assigned to the access terminal that are released can be transmitted within a common transaction. According to an example, the DRX indicator and the resource release indicator can be sent via disparate channels (e.g., PDCCH and PDSCH) within a single transmission time interval (TTI). Pursuant to a further example, the DRX indicator and the resource release indicator can be transferred within a common control message.08-20-2009
20090207792WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A wireless communication terminal, which forms a wireless network with a plurality of other wireless communication terminals, includes a detection portion to detect a first communication management signal periodically transmitted via broadcast from another wireless communication terminal prior to communication of a data signal, a communication control portion to determine whether to transmit a second communication management signal to the wireless communication terminal to transmit the first communication management signal based on a detection status of the first communication management signal, and a wireless communication portion serving as a transmission portion to transmit the second communication management signal via unicast to the wireless communication terminal as a transmission source of the first communication management signal and as a reception portion to receive an acknowledge signal transmitted via unicast in response to the second communication management signal.08-20-2009
20090073929FREQUENCY DIVERSE TRANSMISSIONS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for dynamically mapping assigned resources to physical resources are described herein. In one design, a resource assigned for communication may be mapped to a first physical resource based on a first mapping function and to a second physical resource based on a second mapping function. The assigned resource may be configurable for hopping or no hopping. The first mapping function may be a transparent function or may map consecutive input indices to non-consecutive output indices. The second mapping function may be equal to an output of the first mapping function plus an offset defined by a step size and a hop value. The hop value may be configurable for the assigned resource and may be conveyed in a resource assignment. The hop value may be set to a first value to indicate no hopping or to a second value to indicate hopping by the step size.03-19-2009
20120287888Adjusting Power of a Control Channel Based on a Characteristic of a Message in the Control Channel - An entity, such as a base station, in a wireless communications network performs power control of a control channel based on one or more characteristics of a message in the control channel. For example, the control channel can be a paging channel. The one or more characteristics include, as examples, the size and/or the type of message in the control channel.11-15-2012
20110128923Method of Priority Based Transmission of Wireless Video - A method and apparatus are provided for transmitting, over a wireless link, video that is coded in multiple layers such that higher priority for the use of the transmission resources may be given to the lower layers of the layered video stream. The level of priority is signified by the session identification parameters, i.e., by the source and destination ip addresses and port numbers. These parameters are assigned to the base layer and to the one or more additional layers, respectively, such that at least two of said layers are assigned different parameter sets. At least the base layer is then transmitted on the wireless link.06-02-2011
20110299487BROADCASTING METHOD AND RADIO APPARATUS - A processing unit sets the time interval before packet signals are broadcast, using a carrier sense multiple access (CSMA) scheme. A modem unit and an RF unit broadcasts the packet signals at the time intervals set by the processing unit. The RF unit and the modem unit receive a control signal broadcast from an access control apparatus at a predetermined frequency. The processing unit sets the time interval, during which the control signal is receivable, to a time length shorter than the time interval for the remaining cases.12-08-2011
20110286424METHOD OF CHANGING CHANNELS AND CONFIGURING A SUB-NETWORK IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method of changing channels of a first device in a wireless network, which includes a first coordinator and at least one device, comprises searching whether another channel other than a first channel which is currently used in the wireless network is available, changing the first channel to a second channel among at least one or more available channels as a result of the searching step, and transmitting data to a second device or receiving data from the second device through the second channel.11-24-2011
20110286425METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DATA TRANSFER IN A PACKET-SWITCHED NETWORK - Apparatus for and methods of enabling a gateway node of a first packet-switched data network to select a first channel for transferring a tunnelled data packet to a destination packet data protocol address of a mobile node provided service in the first network are disclosed. The gateway node is configured to select the first channel from a plurality of channels configured to transfer data packets to the destination packet data protocol address of the mobile node, and the selection is performed by matching a packet data protocol address, associated with a data packet received by the gateway node, to one or more data packet filters associated with the plurality of channels.11-24-2011
20110286419METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SERVICE FLOW INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting service flow information in a wireless communication system. The method for transmitting service flow information in a wireless communication system according to one aspect of the present invention comprises the step of enabling a terminal to transmit, to a base station and through the service flow to be generated or modified during a service flow generating or modifying process, an indicator for indicating whether or not uplink data to be transmitted exists.11-24-2011
20110286420METHOD OF RANDOM ACCESS IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM - A random access method in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The present invention includes transmitting a bandwidth request indicator and a quick access message from a mobile station to a base station and starting a timer having a timer value determined according to an acknowledgement from the base station.11-24-2011
20110286421SCHEDULING METHODS FOR CONNECTION-BASED, OVER-THE-AIR, INTER-SYSTEM COMMUNICATIONS FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method for communications between neighboring wireless cells such as wireless regional area networks operating according to IEEE 802.22 specifications. The method involves scheduling inter-base station communications for over-the-air connections to allow neighboring base stations to communicate in environments where a single available channel is shared between the neighboring cells or where two or more channels used by two or more neighboring cells. In some embodiments, a bridge system, such as a bridge consumer premise equipment (CPE), positioned in an area of coverage overlap between two cells is used for inter-base station communications, and allocation and scheduling of bandwidth on the utilized channels is performed to provide interference free communications between the base stations. Existence announcements are provided in coexistence time slots and requests for bandwidth such as reserved and additional time slots are transmitted between the base stations using the coexistence time slots.11-24-2011
20110286423METHOD FOR GENERATING REFERENCE SIGNALS - The present disclosure relates to a method for generating reference signals in a cellular wireless communication system having a set of resource blocks. Each resource block includes a plurality of resource elements. Each reference signal is associated with an antenna port in a cell. At least one reference signal in a cell is transmitted on at least one resource element only in resource blocks belonging to a subset of said set of resource blocks. The method includes shifting frequency in the resource blocks in the subset of resource blocks. The frequency shifting of the resource blocks belonging to said subset of resource blocks is cell-specific and is determined from an integer sequence having a length less than or equal to a total number of cell identities in said cellular wireless communication system. The disclosure also relates to methods and devices for transmitting and receiving such reference signals; and to a device for generating reference signals.11-24-2011
20110286422ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD OF COMMUNICATION RESOURCE ALLOCATION - An electronic device is provided comprising an interconnect means (N, sw11-24-2011
20110286418METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT AND STREAM CONTROL IN MULTI-HOP WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method and apparatus are described for determining a route, channel assignment, multiple-in, multiple out stream control and a transmission schedule in a network, including determining the route responsive to long term network conditions and long term traffic conditions of the network, determining the channel assignment, the multiple-in multiple-out stream control, and the transmission schedule responsive to local channel conditions, local link conditions and local traffic conditions of the network and determining if there has been a change in one of the long tem network conditions and the long term traffic conditions of the network.11-24-2011
20110286416USER EQUIPMENT AND METHOD OF USER EQUIPMENT FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK DATA - The present invention discloses a UE (User Equipment) and a method of the UE for receiving downlink data to avoid the occurrence of mistakes when the UE receives the downlink data. The method comprises the following steps: during the reestablishment, in the process of transmitting Service Data Units (SDU) to a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer entity from a Radio Link Control (RLC) layer entity in the UE, if the PDCP entity judges that the PDCP Sequence Number (SN) of the received PDCP Protocol Data Unit (PDU) which includes the SDU satisfies the report condition, the PDCP PDU is received and the SDU included in the PDCP PDU is submitted to the upper layer entity, wherein the report condition is: PDCP SN=(Last_Submitted_PDCP_RX_SN+1)%(Maximum_PDCP_SN+1).11-24-2011
20110286415METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A data transmitting method in a wireless communication system is disclosed. In transmitting data by a base station to a user equipment communicating with a plurality of cells in a wireless communication system, the present invention includes receiving, from the user equipment, information on timing differences of signals received by the user equipment from a plurality of the cells, defining a subframe for the user equipment according to the timing differences, and transmitting the data to the user equipment via the defined subframe.11-24-2011
20110286414METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES AND PROCESSING CONFIRMATION INFORMATION - A method and an apparatus for allocating ACKnowledgement (ACK)/Non-ACKnowledgement (NACK) channel resources and processing confirmation information are disclosed. The method includes: The network side determines one physical channel area among multiple physical channel areas to be used by an ACK/NACK channel, and notifies the determined physical channel area to a User Equipment (UE) so as to enable the UE to determine a channel for receiving or sending ACK/NACK information in the determined physical channel area according to a mapping rule. Moreover, the network side may send or receive ACK/NACK information on the physical channel area that includes the ACK/NACK channel. The method and apparatus improve the utilization ratio and flexibility of the ACK/NACK channel, and reduce the probability of conflict generated by the ACK/NACK channel.11-24-2011
20110286406ACKNOWLEDGMENT TRANSMISSIONS UNDER CROSS-SUBFRAME RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN LTE-A - In release 8 of the LTE standard (“Rel-8”), downlink data transmissions of one or more user equipments (UEs) in one subframe may be scheduled by control channels of different subframes. The resources for use in acknowledging whether or not a downlink data transmission was successfully received by a UE may be based on a starting control channel element (CCE) of a corresponding control channel. Two or more control channels of different subframes may have the same starting CCE, which may lead to acknowledgment resource collisions between the one or more UEs. Therefore, certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques to avoid acknowledgment resource collisions between the one or more UEs.11-24-2011
20110286413WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE AND CCE ALLOCATION METHOD - Disclosed is a wireless communication base station device that can suppress increases in terminal power consumption while being able to perform CCE allocation flexibly. In the device, a search space setting unit (11-24-2011
20110286411EFFICIENT INITIAL ACCESS SYSTEM UNDER A MULTI-CARRIER COMBINATION CONDITION FOR SUPPORTING BROADBAND - The present invention relates to a wireless access system, and more particularly, to an initial system under a multi-carrier combination condition. A method of for performing an initial access in a base station which supports the multi-band of a terminal according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of: searching one or more downlink component carriers of the base station; receiving system information including a broadcast channel of a first downlink component carrier from among the searched one or more downlink component carriers and information for indicating one or more uplink component carriers connected to the first downlink component carrier; transmitting a first message to the base station through a first uplink component carrier from among one or more uplink component carriers indicated by the received system information; and receiving a second message including uplink authorization information from the base station through the first downlink component carrier.11-24-2011
20110286410COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION CONTROLLING METHOD - A communication method in LIPA/SIPTO architecture is provided which, when a user equipment (UE) is to connect from a serving area to an external network, allows re-selection of an optimal gateway. The communication method allows selecting a gateway apparatus physically or topologically close to a site, where the user equipment is attached.11-24-2011
20110286409APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING HARQ FOR RANGING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for providing selective Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) for a ranging service in a wireless communication system are provided. A HARQ method includes transmitting, to at least one Mobile Station (MS), ranging code division information, and if a ranging code is received from the MS, allocating the MS a resource considering the ranging code, and if a ranging signal is not received through the resource allocated to the MS, making a request for retransmission of the ranging signal to the MS.11-24-2011
20110286408METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SOFT MIGRATION OF FREQUENCY SPECTRUM BLOCKS - Techniques are provided for efficient allocation of frequency spectrum blocks. In one example, there is provided a method, operable by one or more network entities, for reallocating a portion of a first frequency band allocated to a first radio access technology (RAT) to a second RAT. The method may involve determining a migration block granularity for reallocating the portion of the first frequency band to the second RAT. The method may involve identifying spectrum block(s) of the determined granularity in the first frequency band. The method may involve aggregating the identified spectrum block(s) with a native carrier in a second frequency band allocated to the second RAT. The method may involve controlling of the aggregated spectrum block(s) via the native carrier for the second RAT.11-24-2011
20110286407SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ENHANCING UPLINK COVERAGE IN INTERFERENCE SCENARIOS - A method and apparatus are for communication in a wireless network in which a User Equipment (UE) associated with a first evolved Node B (eNB) experiences interference from a second eNB. The method includes negotiating by the first eNB of the wireless network with a second eNB of the wireless network for a partitioning of subband resources on an uplink. A first subset of subband resources is assigned to the first eNB, and a second subset of subband resources is assigned to the second eNB. A method and apparatus are for communication in a wireless network. The method includes decoding a downlink control channel received during a protected downlink subframe to determine an uplink subframe n containing a protected subband for uplink transmission. The method also includes transmitting data during the uplink subframe n on the protected subband.11-24-2011
20110286404METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SEAMLESS TRANSITIONS OF TRANSFER BETWEEN RADIO LINKS FOR DATA RECEPTION - A method for wireless communications is provided that includes receiving a plurality of packets using a first radio link from an apparatus; reconstructing an index for the plurality of packets for use in a second radio link; determining reception state information indicating whether each packet in the plurality of packets has been received correctly; and receiving additional packets based on the index and the reception state information. Apparatuses for performing the methods are also disclosed.11-24-2011
20110286403METHOD AND APPARATUS OF CONFIRMING RECEPTION OF CLEAR-TO-SEND FRAME FOR VIRTUAL CARRIER SENSING - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a technique for reserving a communication medium by a wireless node when another wireless node out of range of the wireless node is transmitting.11-24-2011
20110286401Method and Apparatus for Cognitive Radio Coexistence - In a non-limiting and exemplary embodiment, a method is provided for sharing secondary cognitive radio resource user related information. A coexistence node receives information on network properties associated with secondary cognitive radio resource users. An upload message is generated and sent, the upload message including for a secondary user database at least information on the received network properties associated with secondary cognitive radio resource users. A location-dependent network map including at least information on network properties is generated. The network map is sent to assist one or more secondary cognitive radio resource users.11-24-2011
20090290545EFFICIENT AM RLC RE-ESTABLISHMENT MECHANISM - A re-establishment method for an Acknowledged Mode Radio Link Control entity, the method comprising: receiving, from an upper entity, a command to perform Acknowledged Mode Radio Link Control re-establishment; and managing control protocol data units by considering the direction of the Acknowledged Mode Radio Link Control re-establishment, wherein control protocol data units related to the direction are deleted and control protocol data units not related to the direction are not deleted.11-26-2009
20110141997METHOD FOR FEEDBACK TO UPLINK ALLOCATION REQUEST - A method for a feedback to an uplink allocation request is disclosed. The method for a feedback to an uplink allocation request comprises receiving a bandwidth request (BR) of the mobile station in a base station; detecting codes from the bandwidth request; and transmitting a BR result report to a mobile station, the BR result report indicating detection failure when detecting the codes or code repetition. According to the embodiment of the present invention, it is advantageous in that a wait time of a timer can be reduced as the base station directly reports the result of the transmission of the bandwidth request can be performed promptly.06-16-2011
20110141996COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station device which communicates with a base station device, the mobile station device includes: an information acquisition unit which acquires information, which specifies at least one second frequency band different from a first frequency band, transmitted using RRC signaling via a physical downlink shared channel within the first frequency band; a frequency band specification unit which specifies the second frequency band based on the information acquired by the information acquisition unit; and a communication unit which communicates with the base station device with use of the first frequency band or the second frequency band.06-16-2011
20110141990 TERMINAL APPARATUS AND A METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING FEEDBACK INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile station apparatus for transmitting feedback information in a wireless communication system and method thereof are disclosed. According to the present invention, feedback information is transmitted by a mobile station in a wireless communication system. The present invention includes receiving an allocation of a specific frequency partition from a base station by a fractional frequency reuse (FFR), generating a prescribed type feedback information on the specific frequency partition by measuring a channel quality of the specific frequency partition, and transmitting the feedback information on the specific frequency partition to the base station. Preferably, the mobile station can transmit feedback information on a frequency partition unallocated by the base station based on the received feedback request information. Accordingly, feedback overhead can be decreased in feedback transmission.06-16-2011
20130021998Using Non-IMS Connections in IMS Sessions - Systems and methods can be implemented for IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) resource reservation. A first electronic device can transmit, through an IP network, a non-Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) message to an application server in an IMS network, where the non-IMS SIP message includes a request to initiate an IMS communication session through the IMS network with a second electronic device. A SIP message can also be transmitted through the IMS network to the application server that initiates a SIP INVITE session between the first electronic device and the application server, where the SIP INVITE session is routed through the IMS network. The first electronic device can then, receive a SIP response message that identifies a resource reservation for the IMS communication session from the application server.01-24-2013
20130021997METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING RANDOM ACCESS PREAMBLE SET IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH MULTIPLE RANDOM-ACCESS PRIORITY CLASSES - A method for determining a proper preamble allocation mode is provided. The method is applicable to a base station communication with a number of human to human UEs and machine to machine UEs. The base station collects information from different types of UEs to figure out arrival rates for human to human type random access attempts and machine to machine type random access attempts. The base station selects one allocation mode out of two different allocation modes. In one mode, random access preambles are dedicatedly allocated to machine to machine type UES. In the other mode, preambles are commonly allocated to different types of UEs. The base station indicates the selected allocation mode by using system information block such as SIB2.01-24-2013
20130021996METHOD FOR REDUCING INTERFERENCE UNDER MULTI-CARRIER CONFIGURATION - A number of methods reduce inter-cell interference under multi-carrier configuration. One of the methods includes a first NodeB transmitting, to a second NodeB, Primary Component Carrier (PCC) information or Primary cell (PCell) information configured by the first NodeB for a UE served by the first NodeB. The method also includes the second NodeB responding to the first NodeB. As such, when configuring CA for a UE served by the second NodeB, the second NodeB is able to configure the PCC information or PCell information for the UE served by the second NodeB according to the PCC information or PCell information indicated by the first NodeB.01-24-2013
20100260125APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR INTERWORKING BETWEEN WIRELESS NETWORK AND WIRELINE NETWORK - An interworking of a wireless network and a wireline network is provided. A call setup method of a network apparatus in an IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) network includes setting a call between a first terminal of a first IMS network and a second terminal of a second IMS network; determining whether a protocol conversion is needed between the first terminal and the second terminal in the setting operation; and performing the protocol conversion when the protocol conversion is needed.10-14-2010
20090232080FREQUENCY REUSING METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO ACCESS STATION SYSTEM FOR THE SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a frequency reusing method for efficiently transmitting traffics in a radio access station system. A frequency reusing method in a wireless communication system including a coverage region, which has first, second and third regions comprises (a) transmitting traffics by assigning a total frequency band, which includes different three sub-frequency bands, to the first, second and third regions during a first interval; and (b) transmitting the traffics by respectively assigning the different three sub-frequency bands to the first, second and third regions during a second interval.09-17-2009
20110085503METHOD AND SYSTEM OF MULTI-LAYER BEAMFORMING - A base station includes a reference signal sequence generator configured to generate a reference signal sequence for a reference signal for each of n antenna ports using one initialization seed with n being a positive integer. The initialization seed is defined as:04-14-2011
20110096738MU-MIMO METHOD IN WLAN SYSTEM, AND ACCESS POINT AND STATION FOR MU-MIMO - A MU-MIMO method of an access point in a WLAN using multi-channels and having at least one station includes: receiving index information indicating a precoding vector for a beam selected by the station and channel quality information thereof for each one of the multi-channels; generating first channel capacity information of channel combination groups using the channel quality information wherein the channel combination groups are grouped according to a predetermined channel bandwidth of the multi-channels; and allocating resources to the station from a channel combination selected from the channel combination groups according to the first channel capacity information using the index information and the channel quality information, wherein the access point and the station previously store precoding vector information for a plurality of beams for the MU-MIMO.04-28-2011
20120002625METHOD AND DEVICE OF NETWORK RESOURCE RELEASE PROCESSING - A method of network resource release processing is provided, which includes the following steps. After user equipment (UE) using idle mode signaling reduction (ISR) mechanism registers to two 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) communication networks, when the UE changes from the 3GPP network to a non-3GPP communication network, a serving gateway (serving GW) receives a message sent from a peer endpoint network element (NE), and deletes network resources established by the two 3GPP communication networks for the UE according to the message. A mobility management NE and a serving GW are also provided. Through the method and device of network resource release processing, the resources are released when the UE using the ISR mechanism changes from the 3GPP network to the non-3GPP communication network.01-05-2012
20120002624COMMUNICATION METHOD AND SYSTEM USING UPLINK MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT TECHNOLOGY - The present invention discloses a communication method and system using MIMO technology. The communication method includes: a network side device determines whether a UE uses a single-stream mode or a multi-stream mode as an uplink data transmission mode; and the network side device notifies the UE of indication information indicating the determined uplink data transmission mode. The communication method and system help the UE to use a specific uplink data transmission mode in combination with various factors, therefore reducing a delay of an uplink data transmission, improving an uplink data transmission speed, thereby meeting development needs of uplink high-speed data communication services of the UE.01-05-2012
20120002621AIR LINK UP/DOWN PROTOCOL (ALUDP) - An air link up/down protocol (ALUDP) may be Synchronized ALUDP (S-ALUPD) or Non-Synchronized ALUDP (NS-ALUDP). A method for wireless communications includes monitoring and managing the air link status between a Subscriber Station (SS) and a Base Station (BS).01-05-2012
20120099558Spectral Arrangement for Radio Resources - A spectral arrangement for radio resources is usable for transmitting radio data within a telecommunication network. The spectral arrangement includes (a) a first radio resource usable for transmitting radio data in a first data flow direction, wherein the first data flow direction is either an uplink direction or a downlink direction, (b) a second radio resource usable for transmitting radio data in a second data flow direction, wherein the second data flow direction is opposite to the first data flow direction, (c) a third radio resource usable for transmitting radio data in the second data flow direction and (d) a guard band, which on the frequency scale is located between the first radio resource and the second radio resource such that the first radio resource is separated from the second radio resource Between the second radio resource and the third radio resource there is provided no guard band.04-26-2012
20120099557METHOD FOR DETERMINING A MODULATION AND CODING SCHEME IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a broadband wireless access system, and more particularly, to a method in which a terminal determines a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) of uplink allocation information received from a base station under a condition such as that of a random access process in which both the terminal and the base station do not know each other's channel state. According to one exemplary embodiment of the present invention, a method of transmitting data comprises: receiving, from the base station, uplink allocation information for indicating an uplink resource for transmitting the specific data: determining a lowest modulation and coding scheme (MCS) to be applied to the specific data using information on the size and allocation size of the specific data; and transmitting to the base station via the uplink source, the specific data to which the determined MCS is applied.04-26-2012
20120099556METHOD FOR RECONFIGURING USER BITMAP IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - Disclosed are methods for reconfiguring a user bitmap in a group resource allocation method and apparatuses for supporting the same. In one embodiment of the present invention, the methods for reconfiguring the user bitmap in group resource allocation (GRA) may comprise the steps of receiving a control signal that includes a mobile indicator for indicating whether user bitmap is reconstructed from a base station, a user bitmap state bitmap (UBSB) for indicating scheduled and non-scheduled terminals which belong to the GRA, and the user bitmap for indicating the scheduled terminal, determining on the basis of the control signals whether the user bitmap is reconfigured, and reconfiguring the user bitmap by using the UBSB and the user bitmap.04-26-2012
20120099548Method and Communication Device for Assigning Scheduling Grant - The present invention discloses a method and a communication device for assigning a scheduling grant. The method for assigning a scheduling grant includes: receiving a grant value, an E-TFCI offset value, and a data stream identifier corresponding to the E-TFCI offset value, where the E-TFCI offset value is determined by the Node B according to data transmitted by a mobile terminal through two data streams; determining, according to the grant value, a transport block size of the data stream identified by the data stream identifier in a current TTI; and determining a transport block size of the other data stream in the current TTI according to the transport block size and the E-TFCI offset value. in the embodiments of the present invention the MIMO technology may be applied to the HSUPA technology.04-26-2012
20120099540INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION DURING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS - A method is disclosed that includes selecting one or more terminals involved in a device-to-device communication to which interference caused by a transmission to one or more other terminals should be suppressed, and choosing a number of degrees of freedom from a predetermined number of degrees of freedom to be used to suppress interference towards the selected one or more terminals. The method also includes using the remaining degrees of freedom from the predetermined number to increase signal quality to the one or more other terminals and performing precoding based on the chosen number of degrees of freedom and the remaining degrees of freedom. The method further includes, using at least the performed precoding, transmitting information to the one or more other terminals. Apparatus and programs/program products are also disclosed.04-26-2012
20120099539LOCAL MOBILITY ANCHOR, PROXY ROUTER, AND MANAGEMENT METHOD FOR SUPPORTING NETWORK MOBILITY IN PROXY MOBILE IPv6 NETWORK - Provided are an LMA, a proxy router, and a management method for supporting NEMO in a PMIPv6 network. To support mobility in the PMIPv6 network for mobile nodes forming one node group within a mobile network, the proxy router for delivering signal and data between the mobile nodes and the PMIPv6 network delivers mobile home network prefixes allocated by the LMA of the PMIPv6 network to the mobile nodes. The LMA generates a group ID corresponding to the node group. Packet delivery costs due to an unnecessary tunnel may be reduced by grouping a plurality of mobile nodes constituting a mobile network, and using and managing flags and the same group ID.04-26-2012
20120099538SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVISIONING FLOWS IN A MOBILE NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - An example method is provided and includes receiving a request from a mobile node for an Internet protocol (IP) address and establishing a point-to-point (PPP) link for the mobile node. The method also includes provisioning a first tunnel associated with a first communication flow for the mobile node, and provisioning a sub-tunnel with the first tunnel for a second communication flow. The second communication flow is associated with a high priority type of data to be transported on the sub-tunnel. In more specific embodiments, a call admission control (CAC) mechanism is used to establish the sub-tunnel with the first tunnel for the second communication flow. Additionally, an inner label is installed in a header of a packet associated with the second communication flow in order to identify the sub-tunnel.04-26-2012
20130163529METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ASSIGNMENT DEPENDENT DOWNLINK CHANNEL PROCESSING FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - Aspects of the present disclosure relates generally to communication systems, and more particularly, to apparatus and techniques for handling, within resources of an assigned channel, different availability of interference. Aspects generally include determining different portions of resources for an assigned downlink channel that are subject to at least one of different levels or different types of interference, and selecting different techniques for processing the different portions of the resources, wherein each technique is selected based on the corresponding level or type of interference. In aspects, a fixed pattern or amount of interference for the resources may be selected based on the different levels or the different types of interference and a technique for processing the resources is selected, wherein the technique is selected based on the selected fixed pattern or amount of interference.06-27-2013
20120106495METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - A method, related to the present invention, comprises: a step of receiving, from a base station, first component information for transmitting first channel information for a first frequency band; a step of receiving, from the base station, second component information for transmitting second channel information for a second frequency band added to the first frequency band; a step of transmitting the first channel information to the base station in accordance with the first component information; and a step of transmitting the second channel information to the base station in accordance with the second component information. When the point of time of the transmission of the first channel information and the point of time of the transmission of the second channel information coincide with each other, either the first channel information or the second channel information is transmitted in accordance with a predetermined drop rule.05-03-2012
20120106494METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING IN A MOBILE NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method for communicating between a primary station and a plurality of secondary stations, comprising (a) the primary station configuring a secondary station to search on a first channel at least one of a plurality of search spaces having a first structure, said first structure consisting of at least a first number of resource sets, where at least one resource set might be used to transmit a message to a secondary station, (b) the primary station setting a characteristic of the first channel to a first value. (c) the primary station changing the characteristic of the first channel to a second value upon detection of a capacity event in the search spaces.05-03-2012
20120106477APPARATUS AND METHOD OF TRANSMITTING POWER INFORMATION REGARDING COMPONENT CARRIER IN MULTI-COMPONENT CARRIER SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for transmitting maximum transmit power information in a multi-component carrier system. A method for transmitting power information regarding a component carrier includes: calculating power headroom which can be additionally output from an activated uplink component carrier; calculating maximum transmit power configured for the activated uplink component carrier; generating a medium access control (MAC) message including a first field indicating the power headroom and a second field indicating the maximum transmit power; and transmitting the MAC message to a base station (BS). The BS can know about maximum transmit power of each uplink component carrier, preventing excessive uplink scheduling to thus reduce interference. Also, the BS can clearly know about to which uplink component carrier maximum transmit power is related.05-03-2012
20120106470METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FEEDBACK IN MULTI-USER MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT (MU-MIMO) COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a feedback method and apparatus in a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication system. A terminal may determine a preferred pre-coding matrix for a neighboring terminal, based on a reference rank determined by a base station and a preferred pre-coding matrix of the terminal. The terminal may calculate a channel quality indicator (CQI) based on the preferred precoding matrix for the neighboring terminal, and may feed the CQI back to the base station.05-03-2012
20120106465DOWNLINK CONTROL IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - Embodiments contemplate a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) that may operate in a heterogeneous wireless communication network (HetNet). The WTRU may detect the presence of an extended physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) and may decode a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) upon detecting the E-PDCCH. The WTRU may obtain scheduling information of the E-PDCCH on a physical downlink shared control channel (PDSCH) from the decoded PDCCH. The WTRU may also determine control information for the WTRU from the E-PDCCH using the scheduling information of the E-PDCCH. The HetNet may further include a first eNB and a second eNB and the WTRU may receive the E-PDCCH from the first eNB and another E-PDCCH from the second eNB. The other E-PDCCH may be coordinated with the E-PDCCH such that the interference between the other E-PDCCH and the E-PDCCH from the perspective of the WTRU may be reduced relative to no coordination.05-03-2012
20120106461METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RADIO COEXISTENCE - In a non-limiting and exemplary embodiment, a method is provided for radio coexistence, comprising: sending, by a first radio coexistence enabler associated with a first device operating in a network mastered by a second device comprising a second radio coexistence enabler of a master type, a request to a radio coexistence manager, the request indicating that the first radio coexistence enabler is of a client type, receiving information on at least one of locally available radio resources, candidate devices for device-to-device connections, and further one or more nearby access networks from the radio coexistence manager, and causing establishment of a connection by the first device to a third device on the basis of the received information without control of the second device.05-03-2012
20110299490Methods and Apparatus for Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) Load Control by Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) Restrictions - Methods for scheduling downlink (DL) data on a downlink subframe from a base station directed to at least one wireless terminal in a wireless network are provided. The methods include selecting a control channel element (CCE) region for a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) carried in a control region of the downlink subframe; determining whether a DL assignment corresponding to the DL data can be allocated on the selected CCE region based on a load imposed on a corresponding physical resource block (PRB) of a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) of a future uplink subframe that will carry an ACK/NACK response corresponding to the DL assignment; and allocating the DL assignment on the selected CCE region when it is determined that the DL assignment can be allocated.12-08-2011
20110299497WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD OF SELECTING AN ENHANCED UPLINK TRANSPORT FORMAT COMBINATION - Methods of selecting an enhanced uplink (EU) transport format combination (E-TFC) are disclosed. A maximum number of bits of scheduled data for an upcoming transmission may be determined, wherein the highest value is lower or equal to:12-08-2011
20110299499COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS, IDENTIFIER ALLOCATION METHOD FOR THE COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A first base station forms a cell group including a first cell and a second cell partly overlapping with the first cell. A second base station forms a cell group including a third cell and a fourth cell partly overlapping with the third cell. An allocator of a communication control apparatus specifies an identifier for wireless communication that differs from any of wireless communication identifiers already allocated to mobile devices existing within either the first or second cell forming the cell group, and allocates the specified wireless communication identifier to a mobile device existing in the cell group constituted by the first and second cells. A transmitter transmits the identifier allocated by the allocator to the mobile device via the first base station.12-08-2011
20110299498SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONFIGURING SUBSCRIBER SYSTEMS IN WIRELESS MESH NETWORKS - A wireless network may be managed by identifying one or more wireless subscriber systems included in a lobe pool of a wireless network, identifying at least one candidate subscriber system outside of the lobe pool with which to enable communications, and reconfiguring the antenna such that the lobe pool includes the identified candidate subscriber system.12-08-2011
20110299495METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING RESOURCE ALLOCATION INFORMATION AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A method for allocating the resources of a remaining region other than a region carrying a SuperFrame Header (SFH) and signaling the resource allocation is disclosed. A Mobile Station (MS) receives resource allocation information about a remaining region other than a region carrying an SFH in a predetermined channel bandwidth by the SFH from a Base Station (BS) and decodes the received resource allocation information. The MS decodes control information efficiently by receiving repetition number information about a sub_secondary SFH (sub_S-SFH) or sub_secondary Broadcast CHannel (sub_S-BCH) from the BS by a Primary SFH (P-SFH) or Primary BCH (P-BCH).12-08-2011
20110299494Mobile Caching and Data Relay Vectoring Systems and Methods - The present invention provides systems and methods for providing mobile users with requested resources. In one such method, first and second location indicators for the mobile user are received, with each of the location indicators having a time associated therewith. The method includes calculating a mobile vector of the mobile user using the first and second location indicators, and associating the mobile vector with a first network region and a second network region. A first portion of the requested resource is sent to a first storage device in the first network region, and a second portion of the requested resource is sent to a second storage device in the second network region. The first and second resource portions are sent to the user when the user is in the first and second network regions, respectively.12-08-2011
20110299493METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA INCLUDING A PLURALITY OF DATA STREAMS IN A BROADCASTING/COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting data comprising a plurality of data streams in a broadcasting system is provided. The method includes dividing a frame into a plurality of physical layer zones, allocating the plurality of data streams to the plurality of physical layer zones, allocating signaling information associated with the plurality of physical layers to at least one of the plurality of physical layer regions, and transmitting the frame to which the signaling information is allocated.12-08-2011
20110299492Mobile Communications Devices and Transmission Methods for Transmitting Machine Type Communication Data Thereof - A mobile communications device with a wireless module and a controller module for performing an enhanced access procedure is provided. The wireless module performs wireless transmissions and receptions to and from a cellular station of a service network. The controller module transmits a random access preamble to the cellular station via the wireless module, receives a random access response message corresponding to the random access preamble from the cellular station via the wireless module, and transmits a scheduled transmission message including the MTC (machine type communication) data from the cellular station via the wireless module, in response to the random access response message. Then, the controller module completes the enhanced access procedure in response to receiving a contention resolution message from the cellular station via the wireless module.12-08-2011
20110299488METHOD OF RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND METHOD OF NEIGHBOR INFORMATION TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for radio resource allocation in a wireless communication system comprises the steps of: receiving a channel indicator for indicating the frequency band used by a neighboring base station from a gateway that controls at least one base station that accesses the core network of a wireless communication system via an IP network; assigning to an available channel list a frequency band remaining after the frequency band indicated by said channel indicator is excluded from the entire frequency band, wherein said entire frequency band is divided into a plurality of frequency bands, and said channel indicator comprises indices that indicate respective frequency bands; and selecting, as one's own channel, at least one frequency band from said available channel list. The method enables finding of frequency bands which are used by neighboring base stations, and selection and use of a frequency band which is not used by neighboring base stations, and thus can reduce the interference between neighboring base stations, and efficiently use limited wireless resources.12-08-2011
20110299486Method of performing uplink transmission and Related Communication Device - A method of performing uplink transmission for a mobile device configured with a primary component carrier and at least one secondary component carrier in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises steps of receiving a first uplink grant for transmission in a subframe; receiving a second uplink grant in a Random Access Response message for transmission on the primary component carrier in the subframe; and performing transmission in the subframe according to which of the primary component carrier and the at least one secondary component carrier the first uplink grant is received for.12-08-2011
20110299485Apparatus and Method for Controlling User Equipment State Changes - The present invention relates to an apparatus and method for triggering change of a Radio Resource Control (RRC) state for a user equipment operating in a cellular network. According to the method a Radio Link Control (RLC) buffer threshold associated with a Radio Link Control buffer is set to an initial value upon the user equipment entering a CELL_FACH RRC state. The RLC buffer threshold is decreased as a function of time. A RRC state change for the user equipment between the CELL_FACH RRC state and a CELL_DCH RRC state is triggered according to a predetermined rule based on a current size of the RLC buffer and the RLC buffer threshold. The method facilitates achieving a desired RRC state transition behavior for some types of users.12-08-2011
20110299484METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A base station includes a transmit path circuitry to transmit an uplink grant in a DCI format to a subscriber station. The base station also includes a receive path circuitry to receive only UCI on a PUSCH from a subscriber station when the uplink grant includes a MCS of an enabled transport block (TB) with a value of 29, or a redundancy version of the PUSCH with a value of 1; a CSI request field with a non-zero value; and a total number of physical resource blocks allocated for the subscriber station, N12-08-2011
20110299482METHOD OF TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CHANNEL RANK INFORMATION THROUGH PHYSICAL UPLINK SHARED CHANNEL - Provided is a method of transmitting channel rank information (RI) when the number of bits for transmitting the channel RI to be transmitted through a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) is three or more. The method includes mapping channel RI to be transmitted to a channel RI bit string of 3 bits or more, Reed-Muller coding and rate-matching the channel RI bit string using a basis sequence having a 32-bit code length, and generating modulation symbols by applying the bit sequence that has been Reed-Muller coded and rate-matched to a modulation mapper. Accordingly, the method of transmitting downlink channel RI can be employed when five or more antennas are used for downlink transmission or several carrier bands are used by carrier aggregation as specified in Third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) long term evolution (LTE)-advanced following 3GPP LTE release 10.12-08-2011
20110032895Method and Apparatus for Transmitting CSI on the PUSCH in an LTE System - The present invention relates to allowing configuring CSI reporting (step S-02-10-2011
20110299481METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A STATION TO OPERATE WITHIN WLAN SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses for a specific station, operating as a non-AP (Access Point) station permitted to operate within available channels not used by a licensed device, to operate as an AP station in a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) are disclosed. A specific protocol related to a registration of a station's location to operate within a white space id defined whose Information IDs comprises a registration request and a registration response. Using the defined registration request and registration response, the station can register its geographical location with a Registered Location Server (RLS), and operate as an AP STA within WS.12-08-2011
20110299480METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING ADAPTIVE CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FEEDBACK RATE IN MULTI-USER COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques for achieving adaptive channel state information (CSI) feedback rate in multi-user communication systems. A rate by which CSI feedback can be transmitted from each user station of a wireless system to a serving access point may be adjusted based on evolution of a channel between that user station and the access point.12-08-2011
20110299477IP Mobility Within a Communication System - A method of routing IP traffic to and from a mobile terminal able to connect to the Internet via two or more gateway nodes. The method comprises implementing a multi-addressing multi-homing protocol at each gateway node on behalf of the mobile terminal, and sharing protocol state information between gateway nodes to allow gateway nodes to update state information at the corresponding node when the mobile terminal changes gateway node.12-08-2011
20110280212METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR USER EQUIPMENT ACCESS, AND NETWORK ACCESS DEVICE - An access method and a system for User Equipment (UE), and a network access device are disclosed. The access method for UE includes: sending a second Random Access Channel (RACH) message that carries Transmission Time Interval (TTI) bundling setting information to a UE after receiving a first RACH message from the UE; and receiving a third RACH message transmitted by the UE in a mode indicated by the TTI bundling setting information. With the access method and system for UE and the network access device, the second RACH message carries TTI bundling setting information so that the UE may send the third RACH message in a TTI bundling mode. Therefore, the time of random access is effectively saved. Moreover, when a UE is power-limited, the UE may send the third RACH message in a TTI bundling mode, so that the random access rate of the UE is improved.11-17-2011
20110280209COMPRESSION OF BASEBAND SIGNALS IN BASE TRANSCEIVER SYSTEMS - A signal compression method and apparatus for a base transceiver system (BTS) in a wireless communication network provides efficient transfer of compressed signal samples over serial data links in the system. For the uplink, an RF unit of the BTS compresses baseband signal samples resulting from analog to digital conversion of a received analog signal followed by digital downconversion. The compressed signal samples are transferred over the serial data link to the baseband processor then decompressed prior to normal signal processing. For the downlink, the baseband processor compresses baseband signal samples and transfers the compressed signal samples to the RF unit. The RF unit decompresses the compressed samples prior to digital upconversion and digital to analog conversion to form an analog signal for transmission over an antenna. Compression and decompression can be incorporated into operations of conventional base stations and distributed antenna systems, including OBSAI or CPRI compliant systems.11-17-2011
20110110316PDCCH SEARCH SPACE DESIGN FOR LTE-A MULTI-CARRIER OPERATION - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product are provided in which a configuration for utilizing a plurality of carriers is received. In addition, a set of PDCCH candidates on a carrier of the plurality of carriers are determined for obtaining DCI for at least one carrier of the plurality of carriers. The number of PDCCH candidates is a function of a number of carriers of the at least one carrier.05-12-2011
20090201872SEGMENT SENSITIVE SCHEDULING - Systems and methods of scheduling sub-carriers in an OFDMA system in which a scheduler takes into account channel conditions experienced by the communication devices to optimize channel conditions. The scheduler can partition a set of sub-carriers spanning an operating bandwidth into a plurality of segments. The segments can include a plurality of global segments that each includes a distinct non-contiguous subset of the sub-carriers spanning substantially the entire operating bandwidth. One or more of the global segments can be further partitioned into a plurality of local segments that each has a bandwidth that is less than a channel coherence bandwidth. The scheduler determines channel characteristics experienced by each communication device via reporting or channel estimation, and allocates one or more segments to communication links for each device according to the channel characteristics.08-13-2009
20090201862Co-existence between communications units - The present invention relates to a method for arranging co-existence between wireless devices, comprising: checking the priority class for a data service flow transmitted or received by a first communications unit, generating a priority signal for a second communications unit to indicate prioritization for the first communications unit on the basis of the checking, and adapting transmission and/or reception of the second communications unit in response to the priority signal.08-13-2009
20090201869ENHANCED MULTIPLEXING SYSTEM AND TECHNIQUE FOR UPLINK CONTROL CHANNELS - A communication system incorporates a multiplexing scheme so that a base node that schedules user equipment (UE) can determine whether an ACK/NACK and/or a service request (SR) has been received when both uplink (UL) transmissions are simultaneously scheduled. Significant complexity reduction, better link efficiency, and higher multiplexing capability since the base node can interpret selective use by the UE of either the ACK/NACK or SR UL channel. Such interpretation can be extended to when multiple downlink (DL) transmission modes can be used, specifically DL single input multiple output (SIMO), DL multiple input multiple output (MIMO) with rank 08-13-2009
20110292889METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAXIMUM TUNNEL RESET - A method and apparatus for resetting a maximum tunnel watermark, the method starting a reset timer for a maximum tunnel count at a mobile device; on expiration of the reset timer, checking whether a current value for the maximum tunnel count is less than a maximum value for the maximum tunnel count, and if yes, setting the current value of the maximum tunnel count to the maximum value of the maximum tunnel count.12-01-2011
20090252097BAND STEERING FOR MULTI-BAND WIRELESS CLIENTS - Band steering for multi-band wireless clients. In a wireless digital network having at least one central controller and a plurality of access nodes connected to the central controller, and wherein some of the access nodes support a preferred wireless band and at least one non-preferred wireless band, the central controller identifies wireless client devices capable of multi-band operation, and encourages them to connect to the preferred wireless band. Client devices may be identified as multi-band capable by tracking probe requests. The central controller keeps a list of multi-band capable clients, for example in a database. This information is provided to other central controllers, and to access nodes attached to the central controller. Multi-band capable clients are encouraged to connect on the preferred wireless band for example by having the access nodes not respond to probe requests on the non-preferred wireless bands. Connections made on the non-preferred wireless bands may be moved to the preferred wireless band.10-08-2009
20110170496Control Channel Interference Management and Extended PDCCH for Heterogeneous Network - A method for managing control channel interference is provided. The method includes a first access node performing at least one of blanking and transmitting at lower than nominal transmit power on at least a portion of a control channel. The method further includes the first access node applying at least one of blanking and transmitting at lower than nominal transmit power only on the control region of chosen subframes, wherein a second access node transmits the control region of the chosen subframes at nominal transmit power.07-14-2011
20090285166INTERACTIVE WHITE LIST PROMPTING TO SHARE CONTENT AND SERVICES ASSOCIATED WITH A FEMTOCELL - System(s) and method(s) provide access management to femtocell service through access control list(s) (e.g., white list(s)). A white list(s) includes a set of subscriber station(s) identifier numbers, codes or tokens, and also can include additional fields for femtocell access management based on desired complexity. Various example aspects such as white list(s) management, maintenance and dissemination; pre-configuration; and inclusion of wireless device(s) or subscriber(s) are also provided. An access management component can facilitate interactive and automatic prompting of detected communication devices to facilitate granting access to content and/or services associated with the femtocell to a desired communication device(s) and adding a desired communication device(s) to the white list(s) associated with a femtocell, and to facilitate modifying or terminating access of the femtocell by a communication device(s) based in part on monitored activity of the communication device(s) with regard to femtocell access.11-19-2009
20110075616Baseband unit interfacing between baseband section and radio frequency section and method thereof - The baseband unit includes a first Radio Frequency (RF) coverage unit, a second RF coverage unit, and an interface unit. The first RF coverage unit is configured to communicate with RF devices according to a first communication protocol. The second RF coverage unit is configured to communicate with the RF devices according to a second communication protocol different than the first communication protocol. Further, the interface unit is configured to selectively interface one of the first and second coverage units with the RF devices.03-31-2011
20110134860Method and apparatus for sending rank indication information, receiving method and apparatus thereof - The present invention discloses a method and an apparatus for sending rank indication (RI) information, and a method and an apparatus for receiving RI information, wherein the method for sending the RI information includes: carrying the RI information on a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) for transmitting scheduling request (SR) information when the RI information and the SR information are sent within a same subframe, and sending the RI information and the SR information by using the PUCCH for transmitting SR information. According to the present invention, the problem that the orthogonality of codes between PUCCHs is destroyed due to that the RI information and the SR information are sent within a same subframe is solved, the overall system performance thereby can be guaranteed.06-09-2011
20110134858METHOD FOR SCHEDULING DISTRIBUTED VIRTUAL RESOURCE BLOCKS - A method for efficiently scheduling virtual resource blocks to physical resource blocks is disclosed. In a wireless mobile communication system that supports a resource block group (RBG) allocation scheme, when consecutively allocated virtual resource blocks are distributively mapped to physical resource blocks, a gap for the distribution is determined to be a multiple of a square of the number of consecutive physical resource blocks constituting an RBG.06-09-2011
20110134853METHOD FOR ALLOCATING MOBILE USER RESOURCE AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION SCHEDULER USING THE SAME - Disclosed is a method for allocating mobile user resource, which comprises the steps of: randomly generating a resource allocation mapping sequence by a base station based on a hopping scheme, which has a variable hopping distance; and allocating communication resource by the base station to each UE within a cell, where the base station is present, based on the generated resource allocation mapping sequence. Since the hopping scheme is generated randomly, the resource allocation scheme according to the present invention may randomize a resource allocation procedure among different cells, thereby randomizing the inter-cell interference and decreasing dramatic changes of interference due to the user's movement.06-09-2011
20110292885PRIMARY SERVING GATEWAY RESOLUTION - Various embodiments relate to a system and related method for handling requests from a user device in a wireless communications network. Various embodiments relate to a Policy and Charging Rules Node (PCRN) attempting to bind an IP-CAN session established in a Packet Data Network gateway (PGW) with a gateway control session established in a serving gateway (SGW). In instances when the IP-CAN session and gateway control session no longer match, the PCRN may wait to receive a subsequent message from the PGW and/or SGW. When the PCRN does not receive the subsequent message containing a matching session, the PCRN may kill the sessions in all the relevant gateways. This may cause the system to reestablish a new, matching connection instead of remaining in a hanging state.12-01-2011
20130182650Scheduling Transmission of Traffic Treated Less Preferentially Despite Timing Requirements - A source device has a wireless communication interface. Through the wireless communication interface, the source device establishes a communication session over a wireless medium with a sink device and determines a maximum capacity of a buffer at the sink device for receipt of audio samples to be transmitted in packets from the source device to the sink device in an asynchronous connectionless link over the wireless medium. Scheduling access to the wireless medium by the wireless communication interface for transmission of audio samples on the link takes into account the maximum capacity of the buffer.07-18-2013
20110096746Method, Apparatus, System and Related Computer Program Product for Handover Management - It is disclosed a method including accepting, after storage of a registration message including first address information received from a first serving entity capable of access technology-independent service control, a de-registration request message including second address information identical to the first address information from a second serving entity capable of access technology-independent service control.04-28-2011
20110110315FALSE DETECTION REDUCTION DURING MULTI-CARRIER OPERATION - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate reducing false detections of control channels during blind decode when multiple component carriers are configured. A UE can perform blind detection of control channels on a plurality of carriers, wherein each control channel detected can be validated to reduce false detections. In one aspect, a reference carrier can be selected, wherein one or more detected control channels are validated so long as one detected control channel is on the reference carrier. In another aspect, control channel can be bundled such that multiple control channel detections are required for validation. Moreover, dummy control channels can be introduced that provide UE with guidance during blind decoding, as well as provide validation of detections. Further, various combinations of a reference carrier, bundling, and/or a dummy control channel can be utilized.05-12-2011
20110292900METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK - The present invention is directed to a wireless communication system is disclosed. More specifically, the present invention is directed to a method of transmitting an ACK/NACK (Acknowledgement/Negative-ACK) signal a user equipment in the wireless communication system, the method includes receiving a first downlink control channel from a base station; receiving scheduling information through a second downlink control channel from the base station; deciding an uplink resource index for transmitting an ACK/NACK signal associated with the scheduling by considering the first control channel when the first control channel has a predetermined format; and transmitting the ACK/NACK signal to the base station by using an uplink resource indicated by the uplink resource index.12-01-2011
20110292906METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR COORDINATED MULTI-POINT TRANSMISSION - A method, an apparatus, and a system for Coordinated Multi-Point (CoMP) transmission are provided, which can effectively improve the transmission reliability over the control channel and flexibility of the application. The method includes: allocating different resources to a control channel carrying coordination information and a data channel, and performing CoMP transmission over the control channel and the data channel by using the allocated different resources. The technical solutions provided in the present invention are applicable to an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) system, a Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) system, a Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA) system, or other mobile communication systems.12-01-2011
20110292903Mapping User Data onto a Time-Frequency Resource Grid in a Coordinated Multi-Point Wireless Communication Sytem - Methods and apparatus are disclosed for receiving user data in a wireless communication system (12-01-2011
20110292902METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK - The present invention is directed to a wireless communication system. Particularly, the present invention is directed to a method and an apparatus of transmitting ACK/NACK (acknowledgement/negative-ACK) signal at a user equipment in a wireless communication system, the method comprising: receiving a plurality of data blocks from a transmitting end; reserving a plurality of PUCCH (physical uplink control channel) resources for transmission of the ACK/NACK signal; mapping ACK/NACK hypothesis for the plurality of the data blocks to a PUCCH resource group including at least two reserved PUCCH resources; and transmitting at least two modulation symbols corresponding to the ACK/NACK hypothesis to the transmitting end via the PUCCH resource group.12-01-2011
20110292901Method And Arrangement In A Wireless Communication System - Method and arrangement in base station (12-01-2011
20110292899REVERSE POWER CONTROL METHODS BASED ON MULTI CARRIER - A reverse power control method based on multi-carrier includes: an access network determining a forward carrier for a service, establishing a corresponding relationship between a reverse carrier corresponding to the forward carrier and the forward carrier, and transmitting the forward carrier and the corresponding relationship to the terminal (S12-01-2011
20110292898Centralized channel selection method and apparatus for wireless networks in a dense deployment environment - A method and apparatus are described including scanning a channel, generating a report for the scanned channel, transmitting the channel report to an associated access point and receiving a channel assignment responsive to said channel report. Also described are a method and apparatus including scanning a channel, generating a first channel report, receiving a second channel report from an associated client, transmitting the first channel report and the second channel report to a server, receiving a channel assignment message from the server responsive to the first and second channel reports and transmitting the channel assignment message to the associated client. Further described are a method and apparatus including receiving a channel report from an associated access point, building an interference graph responsive to the channel report, determining channel assignments based on the interference graph and transmitting a channel assignment message to the associated access point.12-01-2011
20110292897Channel Selection Method For Wireless Networks - A method and apparatus are described including categorizing each channel into one of four categories, selecting a channel from a first category of channels, if there are any channels in the first category of channels, selecting a channel from a second category of channels, if there are any channels in the second category of channels and selecting a channel from a third category of channels, if there are any channels in the third category of channels.12-01-2011
20110292896LOCAL BREAKOUT SESSION ESTABLISHMENT METHOD AND APPARATUS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A local breakout session establishment method and apparatus in an Evolved Packet System (EPS) is provided for an HeNB to efficiently route local IP packets. A local breakout service method for a wireless communication system including a macro evolved Node B (eNB) and a Home eNB (HeNB) having a Packet Data Network (PDN) gateway (PGW) and a serving gateway (SGW) includes selecting, at a Mobility Management Entity (MME), the PGW of the HeNB and transmitting a Create Default Bearer Request message to the HeNB in response to a local breakout service request message including a local breakout Access Point Name (APN); assigning, at the HeNB, an IP address to a user equipment transmitted the local breakout service request message and transmitting a Create Default Bearer Response message including a Tunnel Endpoint Identifier (TEID) to the MME; transmitting a Bearer Setup Request message including the TEID from the MME to the HeNB; and configuring, at the HeNB, a radio bearer with the user equipment and routing data transmitted by the user equipment through the radio bearer to an Internet Protocol (IP) network by means of the internal PGW.12-01-2011
20110292893NAS-BASED SIGNALING PROTOCOL FOR OVERLOAD PROTECTION OF RANDOM ACCESS IN MASSIVE MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION - A scheme of minimizing the random access load on the network to support MTC or M2M devices is provided. In particular, the concept of grouping (e.g., collecting, combining, aggregating, etc.) MTC or M2M devices based on non-access stratus (NAS) signaling is performed. Doing so results in reduced the random access load on the network such that a large number of MTC or M2M devices can be accommodated.12-01-2011
20110292891CONTROL CHANNEL ALLOCATION METHOD, CONTROL CHANNEL SEARCHING METHOD AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS USING THE SAME - UE-specific search spaces (UE-SS) for a carrier-aggregated communication system are introduced to decrease the number of blind decoding attempts, decrease downlink control information (DCI) blocking probability, and maintain good blind decoding performance. In the proposed control channel allocation method, the control channel searching method and the communication apparatus thereof, the UE-specific search spaces are extended except control channel element (CCE) aggregation level one. Further, a new CCE aggregation level is created in the UE-specific search spaces. The sum of the number of control channel candidates for all aggregation levels is bounded by the maximum number of PDCCH candidates. In addition, uplink MIMO grant command is just allocated in a pre-configured component carrier or a set of pre-configured component carriers, but uplink MIMO grant command is not allocated in the remaining component carriers.12-01-2011
20110292890RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN FEMTOCELLS - Certain embodiments provide a system comprising a plurality of Femtocell base stations in communicative contact with each other, in use, via a control channel. The Femtocell base stations arranged to exchange information suitable for controlling a said Femtocell base station via said control channel.12-01-2011
20110292888METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CUSTOMIZING A FOCUS INACTIVITY TIMER BASED ON NETWORK WATERMARK CONDITIONS - A method and apparatus for customizing foreground application inactivity timer values based on network maximum tunnel count conditions, the method determining a maximum tunnel count value at a mobile device; and configuring at least one tunnel inactivity timer value based on the maximum tunnel count value.12-01-2011
20110292887Method and Arrangements in a Communication System - Methods and arrangements in a network node and mobile terminal, respectively, in a wireless communication system supporting aggregation of component carriers. The method in a network node involves, when resources on at least two downlink component carriers are being assigned to a mobile terminal at the same time, allocating (12-01-2011
20110292886CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT FOR A WIRELESS NETWORK - Channel assignment for access points (APs) in a wireless network includes determining at least one of a MaxSum and a MaxMin, and determining a channel assignment for the APs based on at least one of the MaxSum and the MaxMin. The MaxSum is a maximization of a system throughput and the system throughput is a sum of throughput of nodes in the network. The MaxMin is a maximization of a minimum throughput of a set of AP-client links in the network. The AP-client link is a link between an AP and a client associated with the AP.12-01-2011
20110292884METHODS AND APPARATUS SUPPORTING LOAD BALANCING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus supporting load balancing in a wireless communications system implementing decentralized control are described. Different channels, e.g., unused TV channels, are available in different locations for use for communications. Various communications technologies, e.g., WiFi, 3G Blue-Tooth, etc., may be supported by a communications device and may be allowed to be used on the available channels. A wireless communications device evaluates its current local environment, e.g., estimating potential rates that it may use and/or estimating latency, for each of a plurality of available alternative channel/technology combinations. The wireless communications device selects a channel and technology combination to use as a function of its estimates. The wireless communications device uses its selected channel and technology combination for communications, e.g., for peer to peer communications including direct peer to peer traffic signaling as part of a local peer to peer network.12-01-2011
20110292883TRANSMISSION OF WIDE BANDWIDTH SIGNALS IN A NETWORK HAVING LEGACY DEVICES - A method for generating a preamble of a frame for a wide-bandwidth channel wireless communication begins by generating a legacy carrier detect field. The method continues by generating a channel sounding field, wherein the channel sounding field includes a plurality of tones within the wide-bandwidth channel, wherein a first set of the plurality of tones corresponds to tones of a legacy channel sounding field. The method continues by generating a legacy signal field, wherein, in time, the legacy signal field follows the channel sounding field, which follows the legacy carrier detect field.12-01-2011
20120230279WIRELESS DEVICE CHANNEL SELECTION USING DYNAMIC CHANNEL ALLOCATION - Embodiments of methods and apparatus for dynamic channel allocation are disclosed. In various embodiments, an access point (AP) of an infrastructure based wireless network may allocate one or more wireless channels to wireless devices of a non-infrastructure based wireless network. The allocated channels may be selected to reduce a likelihood of communications among the devices of the non-infrastructure based wireless network interfering with communications among the devices of the infrastructure based wireless network. Additional variants and embodiments may also be disclosed and claimed.09-13-2012
20080212528Srb Enhancement on Hs-Dsch During Cell Change - The present invention relates to a radio network controller and a radio base station for prioritisation of signalling radio bearers (SRB) with regard to their content to achieve an efficient resource usage. The radio network controller can retrieve knowledge about the resource status in a Node B serving a certain user equipment and request this Node B to prioritize signalling radio bearers (SRB) carrying signalling information with regard to radio resource control that is of particular importance and intended to be efficiently forwarded to said user equipment. The Node B then prioritises such signalling radio bearers and schedules the prioritized signalling radio bearers with respect to their priorities using sufficient radio resources.09-04-2008
20110134857METHOD FOR SCHEDULING DISTRIBUTED VIRTUAL RESOURCE BLOCKS - A method for efficiently scheduling virtual resource blocks to physical resource blocks is disclosed. In a wireless mobile communication system that supports a resource block group (RBG) allocation scheme, when consecutively allocated virtual resource blocks are distributively mapped to physical resource blocks, a gap for the distribution is determined to be a multiple of a square of the number of consecutive physical resource blocks constituting an RBG.06-09-2011
20110096747METHOD AND APPARATUS OF ACCESSING CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of accessing a channel in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes receiving a first frame including configuration information on a channel allocated from a bandwidth including a primary channel, a secondary channel and an extension channel from an access point (AP), and transmitting a second frame to the AP by using the allocated channel. The configuration information includes an extension channel off-set element field that sets the extension channel as the offset of the primary channel.04-28-2011
20090245191Extension of power headroom reporting and trigger conditions - A method can include determining a power headroom report, and transmitting the headroom report. The power headroom report can provide both positive and negative values of power headroom according to the determination, in which negative values indicate the missing power in dB to fulfill requirements, such as those given by current resource allocation and modulation and coding scheme. This method can be implemented by encoding instructions for performing this method on a computer-readable medium, such that the instructions when execute cause the computer to execute the method as a computer process. The method can further include receiving a power headroom report. The method can additionally include allocating radio network resources based on the power headroom report.10-01-2009
20090290548APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MANAGING WIRELESS RESOURCES - The present invention relates to an apparatus and method for managing wireless resources, which can provide a service to improve transmission efficiency when multimedia data is transmitted in a mobile communication system. The wireless resource management apparatus includes a data analysis unit (11-26-2009
20090135778Method and apparatus for scheduling in cellular system using cable relay station - A method for scheduling in a cellular system using a relay station (RS) through an inter-antenna cooperative transmission technology based on pre-cooperation information according to each channel in a cellular system using a cable RS in order to increase the throughput of the entire system. The steps include classifying all mobile stations (MSs) in a corresponding cell based into Cooperative Transmission (CT) MSs for cooperative transmission and Single Transmission (ST) MSs for to each channel; mapping channel-by-channel channel capacities of the CT MSs and ST MSs classified according to each channel, selecting a channel with a highest priority, and receiving a request message from a corresponding MS according to whether the capacity of the selected channel satisfies preset CT criteria and selecting an MS having a metric value of a highest priority according to a corresponding scheduling algorithm, from among multiple requesting MSs.05-28-2009
20110299483Method of Handling Semi-Persistent Scheduling Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier and Related Communication Device - A method of handling Semi-Persistent Scheduling (SPS) Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier (C-RNTI) for a mobile device configured with a primary component carrier, at least one secondary component carrier and an SPS C-RNTI in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises steps of performing a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) validation process for an SPS information; and determining the SPS information is valid if the PDCCH validation process is valid and the SPS information is received on the primary component carrier.12-08-2011
20100272029METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATING INFORMATION - Methods and apparatus for efficiently communicating small amounts of information relatively frequently in a wireless communications system are described. An access point's uplink timing frequency structure includes a set of dedicated uplink communications resources, e.g., expression advertisement interval air link resources, which may be in addition to regular traffic channel resources. The set of dedicated uplink communications resources comprises a small fraction of the total uplink communications resources. An individual one of the set of dedicated uplink communications resources can carry a small amount of information bits. An expression advertisement interval occurs relatively frequently. A wireless communications device, registered with the access point, is allocated one of the set of dedicated uplink resources. The wireless communications device can transmit information using its allocated resource in both a sleep state and an active state.10-28-2010
20100303027METHOD FOR SENDING DATA PACKETS IN A DATA NETWORK DURING HANDOVER OF A MOBILE NODE - A method and equipment for transmitting data packets in a data network originating from a mobile node. In one embodiment a method involves the mobile node transmitting immediately after a handover from a first router to a second router data packets having a source address that includes a local level 3 source address in the OSI model.12-02-2010
20100284354Method and Apparatus in a Wireless Communications System - A method in a user equipment for requesting that a base station schedule the user equipment for an uplink data transmission to the base station is provided. The user equipment comprises a buffer. Directly or indirectly responsive to receiving data into the buffer to be transmitted to the base station, the user equipment generates a scheduling request trigger. The scheduling request trigger is configured to trigger the sending of a scheduling request to the base station if the trigger is pending at the next scheduling request opportunity, and to remain pending until it is cancelled. The user equipment cancels the pending scheduling request trigger when the data is accounted for in a buffer status report, which reports the size of the buffer to the base station, or when the data is included directly in a scheduled uplink data transmission whichever occurs first.11-11-2010
20100118811METHOD FOR STATE TRANSITION OF MOBILE TERMINAL - In a wireless mobile communications system, a state transition method of a mobile terminal is provided. The mobile terminal receives downlink data in a first state of the mobile terminal, a state of the mobile terminal keeps in the first state or transits to a second state based on a response message responding to the received downlink data, thereby minimizing an unnecessary state transition of the mobile terminal.05-13-2010
20100111015Method for transmitting downlink control messages in cellular system - A method for transmitting control messages is disclosed. The method includes grouping a plurality of control messages for at least one user equipment based on at least one criteria of whether or not uplink ACK/NACK channel indexes are allowed to be implicitly used in the control messages, whether or not the user equipment corresponding to the control messages is able to implicitly use the uplink ACK/NACK channel indexes, sizes of Information Elements (IEs) of the control messages, whether or not the control messages are segmented into a predetermined number of subblocks, MCS levels applied to the control messages, sizes of allocated IEs of the control messages after applying the MCS levels, and frequency partitions in which the IEs of the control messages are present, and transmitting the grouped control messages. The control messages included in each of the groups generated by grouping are equal in at said least one criteria.05-06-2010
20100103889PREAMBLE ALLOCATION METHOD AND RANDOM ACCESS METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a preamble allocation method and a random access method in a mobile communication system. In the present invention, one among preamble resources is allocated to specific mobile stations in advance, before random access. The mobile stations request random access by transmitting a preamble based on the pre-allocated preamble resource to a base station. It is therefore possible to prevent collision caused by the fact that other mobile stations transmit the same preamble.04-29-2010
20100103892Method and Arrangements for Scheduling Transmission Resources with Variable Guard Intervals - Method and arrangements for scheduling transmission resources in a first node in a cell comprised within a wireless communication network. The first node is arranged to communicate over a communication channel with at least one user equipment within the cell. The communication is made by using a frame comprising uplink resources and downlink resources with a switching point between the downlink resources and the uplink resources. The method comprises the step of obtaining a parameter referring to the expected transmission quality of the communication and/or the expected coherence properties of the communication channel. The method also comprises scheduling a transmission on an uplink or downlink resource. The resource is located on a time distance from the switching point. The time distance is based on the obtained parameter.04-29-2010
20090003275System and Method for Asynchronous Wireless Services Using Reverse Service Schema Generation - A notification service and correspondingly configured wireless device for providing asynchronous communications over a communication network for an application of the wireless device in communication with a selected service. The selected service has a source schema definition including an output notification definition associated with a correlation ID. The notification service comprises a reverse schema definition of the source schema definition such that the reverse schema definition includes an input notification operation definition corresponding to the output notification definition. The input definition is associated with the correlation ID and a parameter list of the output definition. The output definition is for defining an output message of the selected source that corresponds to an input message of the notification service defined by the input definition. The notification service has a first communication port adapted for receiving the output message of the selected service as the input message to the notification service, wherein the messages are adapted to include the correlation ID for identifying the network address of the wireless device. The information contents of the output message of the selected source are transmitted as an asynchronous communication to the application of the wireless device identified by the correlation ID.01-01-2009
20090003272Method for detecting RF link imbalances in a wireless communications network - A method for determining an RF link imbalance between an Uplink Path and a Downlink Path of an RF Link formed between a User Equipment (UE) and a Node in a wireless network is provided. The method includes determining the UE receive power levels and the UE transmit power levels for the RF Links at the UE side of the radio interface and identifying one or more RF Links having AvgSum01-01-2009
20090003274APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL CHANNEL FOR FREQUENCY RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method is provided for transmitting a control channel for resource allocation to a terminal by a base station in an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) wireless communication system. An additional resource allocation indicator is set indicating whether the number of consecutive resource block sets allocated to a terminal is greater than one. A reference control channel is generated including reference resource allocation information for a first consecutive resource block set and the set additional resource allocation indicator. An additional control channel using additional resource allocation information is generated, when there are one or more additional consecutive resource block sets. At least one of the generated reference control channel and the generated additional control channels is encoded before transmission.01-01-2009
20080285508Access terminal which handles multiple user connections - System and method for handling multiple connection requests between an Access Terminal (AT) and an Access Network (AN). The method may include receiving a first connection request. Connection request information regarding a number of connection requests may be updated based on receiving the first connection request. If there is not a currently active wireless connection, a connection may be established between the AT and the AN. If there is a currently active wireless connection, a notification may be sent indicating that the wireless connection between the AT and the AN has been established. A connection release request may be received. Accordingly, the update connection request information may be updated based on receiving the connection release request. If there is not a currently active wireless connection, the wireless connection between the AT and the AN may be closed.11-20-2008
20100085925BASE STATION - A base station communicating with a user device using multiple antennas in a system where a subframe is composed of multiple slots each composed of multiple basic time units is disclosed. The base station includes a first mapping unit configured to map one or more reference signals used for demodulation of one or more L1/L2 control channels and one or more data channels to be transmitted from one or more of the antennas within a predetermined number of basic time units from the beginning of each subframe; and a second mapping unit configured to map reference signals used for demodulation of data channels to be transmitted from other ones of the antennas to one or more basic time units following the basic time units to which the reference signals used for demodulation of the L1/L2 control channels and the data channels are mapped.04-08-2010
20090190545BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND NOTIFICATION METHOD BY THE BASE STATION - A base station includes a resources examination requesting unit that, when the base station is requested by a terminal to perform any of the following operations including addition, creation and change of a service flow, inquires of a radio resources management node whether the base station has enough radio resources to perform the operation on the service flow requested by the terminal; and a terminal notification unit that, when the base station lacks the radio resources, notifies the terminal of a base station that is selected from among neighboring base stations by the radio resources management node as a performer base station for performing the operation on the service flow requested by the terminal. The radio resources management node includes a resources examination responding unit that, when the requested target base station lacks the radio resources, selects a base station with enough radio resources to perform the operation on the service flow requested by the terminal from among the neighboring base stations as the performer base station.07-30-2009
20090190543PACKET TRANSMISSION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - A method of retransmitting packet data in a wireless communication system comprises receiving a link map information element from a transmitting station having three antennas to achieve space time transmit diversity, wherein first, second and third packet data are transmitted from first, second and third antenna of the transmitting station, respectively. The method also comprises transmitting a non-acknowledgement signal to the transmitting station if at least one packet data from the transmitting station is not properly decoded. The method also comprises receiving the packet data from the transmitting station, wherein at least two of retransmitted packet data are transmitted from different antennas of the transmitting station, and one of retransmitted packet data is transmitted from the same antenna of the transmitting station. The retransmitted packet data are received with an information element comprising a retransmission count associated with a number of retransmission made by the transmitting station.07-30-2009
20090190536RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR OFDMA SYSTEMS WITH HALF-DUPLEX RELAY(S) AND CORRESPONDING TRANSMISSION PROTOCOL - A transmission protocol is provided for wireless communications in an OFDMA system that uses a rateless code and techniques are provided for dynamically adjusting the subcarrier resources allocated to an OFDMA relay node so that the relay is used at the right time according to the instantaneous channel state information (CSI). As a result, a higher throughput is achieved between source and destination nodes based on a low complexity algorithm for determining when relay assistance is helpful for completing a transmission between the source and destination nodes.07-30-2009
20090310542MECHANISM FOR MAXIMIZING UPLINK BANDWIDTH BY OVERLAPPING CONTROL REGIONS IN WIMAX SYSTEMS - A method and system for allocating a particular uplink control region to both HARQ ACKCH and CQICH in order to maximize uplink bandwidth for data transfer in a communication network. A control region scheduling (CRS) utility assigns a higher priority to HARQ ACKCH relative to CQICH. When both HARQ ACKCH and CQICH are to be allocated for a subscriber in the same region in the same frame, HARQ ACKCH is allocated in the region while CQICH is rejected. As the substitute to the rejected CQICH, the CRS utility may use current uplink channel quality information in combination with the corresponding HARQ ACK transmission to estimate the downlink channel quality information for the subscriber. Upon receiving the HARQ ACK information, the CRS utility updates the subscriber(s) uplink channel quality information. The CRS utility also provides a configurable option of activating or de-activating the sharing of the uplink control region.12-17-2009
20090180434CENTRAL CONTROL APPARATUS, SIGNAL TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND SIGNAL FORWARDING APPARATUS FOR USE IN A MULTI-HOP WIRELESS NETWORK - The present invention provides a central control apparatus, a signal transmission apparatus and a signal forwarding apparatus for use in a multi-hop wireless network. The central control apparatus is configured to build a universal control (UC) channel between the central control apparatus, the signal transmission apparatus and the signal forwarding apparatus. Through the UC channel, the signal transmission apparatus may exchange control signals with the central control apparatus directly, so as to improve the transmission delay of the control signals.07-16-2009
20080310353Method and Apparatus to Facilitate Use of Default Transmitter-Receiver Configurations - A wireless communications system base station (12-18-2008
20080310361APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RETRANSMISSION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for retransmission in a wireless communication system. The method includes transmitting data to a Mobile Station (MS), identifying if there is an error in the transmitted data through a control message, if there occurs an error in the data, allocating resources for retransmitting data for erroneous data, transmitting information on the resources allocated for retransmission, to the MS, and retransmitting the data for the erroneous data to the MS.12-18-2008
20080310359Method and Apparatus for Sharing Resources in a Wireless System - A method and apparatus of signaling radio resource allocation in a wireless communication system comprises establishing a set of virtual resources; assigning one or more of the virtual resources to one or more mobile stations; transmitting a remapping bitmap to the mobile stations, wherein the remapping bitmap contains a resource availability bitmap and a virtual resource bitmap; and transmitting packets to the mobile stations or receiving packets from the mobile stations using the respective radio resources which are derived for the respective mobile stations from the remapping bitmap.12-18-2008
20080310357Method and Apparatus for Processing Tuneaway in Open State in Wireless Communication System - A method and apparatus for processing TuneAway operation by an access terminal and an access network in a wireless communication system is described. The beginning and end of tune away is determined from a TuneAway attribute, a TuneAwayRequest and a TuneAwayResponse messages. The access terminal and the access network operate on multiple tune away schedules. specifying tune away schedules by a separate TuneAway attribute. The same TuneAwayRequest and the TuneAwayResponse messages are shared. The tune away operation is controlled through a variable TunedAwayStatus, wherein the variable TunedAwayStatus is public data of the protocol. It is determined if an access terminal has tuned away.12-18-2008
20080310356System and Method for Large Packet Delivery During Semi-Persistently Allocated Session - Systems and methods of delivering large IP packets during a semi-persistently allocated resource session. An additional resource allocation is dynamically made and signalled to a mobile device to indicate a resource to be used to deliver the large IP packet. The packet is then transmitted using the resource thus allocated.12-18-2008
20080310354METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LOW RATE MAC/PHY FOR 60 GHZ TRANSMISSION - One or more coordinating devices may be utilized to control high speed data transmission among a plurality of wireless devices utilizing 60 GHz for high speed data transmission. Control messages may be sent and/or received between each of the plurality of wireless devices and the one or more coordinating devices utilizing low rate control connections via available secondary physical layers. The secondary physical layers may comprise Bluetooth, 802.11, and/or UWB physical layers. The controlling may comprise time coordination, frequency coordination, and/or spatial coordination that may enable the wireless devices to align and/or position directional antenna that may be utilized to perform the 60 GHz high speed data transmission. The wireless devices may utilize the low rate control connections to communicate reporting messages to the one or more coordinating devices. The reporting information may enable the one or more coordinating devices to manage available resources in the plurality of wireless devices.12-18-2008
20100034150METHOD FOR ALLOCATING CONTROL CHANNELS, METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING PACKET DATA AND RNC FOR MULTI-CARRIER HSDPA - The present invention discloses a control channel allocation method, a packet data transmission method and a RNC of a multi-carrier HSDPA (high speed downlink packet access) technology, wherein the allocation method includes: when a UE accesses a network, the network allocating K pairs of uplink and downlink control channels to be monitored by the UE; during a HSDPA service transmission process, the network selecting N pairs from the K pairs of uplink and downlink control channels to transmit control messages, wherein the selected downlink channels are the corresponding uplink channels are on a same carrier; and the network allocating a pair of uplink and downlink associate channels on each carrier where the selected N pairs of uplink and downlink control channels locate, wherein M≧N≧1 and M is a number of carriers used by the network to transmit packet data. The present invention effectively solves the problem that in the traditional single carrier HSDPA, only the transmission control of the single carrier is taken into account and the control requirement in the multi-carrier HSDPA cannot be satisfied.02-11-2010
20090196247SIMULTANEOUS TRANSMISSION OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT, CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR AND SCHEDULING REQUEST - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate simultaneous transmission of control information in a single sub-frame. For instance, simultaneous transmission can maintain single carrier waveforms for a control channel even when a plurality of information types is scheduled in concurrently. Channel quality indicators, scheduling requests and acknowledgement messages can be jointly coded. In addition, reference symbols in a sub-frame can be modulated to indicate values associated with a scheduling request or an acknowledgement message. Moreover, in situations where channel quality indicators, scheduling requests and or acknowledgement messages are simultaneously scheduled, one or more can be dropped. Further, a single carrier constraint can be relaxed to enable simultaneous transmission of information in the sub-frame at different frequencies.08-06-2009
20090196248TRANSPORT FORMAT COMBINATION SELECTION IN A WIRELESS TRANSMIT/RECEIVE UNIT - A method and apparatus for selecting a TFC in a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) is disclosed. The WTRU estimates a transmit power for each of a plurality of available transport format combinations (TFCs). A TFC is selected for an uplink dedicated channel and a TFC is selected for an enhanced uplink (EU) channel. The TFC for the dedicated channel is selected first and independently of the TFC selection of the EU channel. The TFC for the EU channel is selected within a remaining WTRU transmit power after the TFC selection for the dedicated channel.08-06-2009
20090196245VIRTUAL SCHEDULING IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - Providing for virtual management of wireless resources in a mobile communication environment is described herein. By way of example, access terminals in the communication environment can maintain connections with nearby network transmitters and report factors pertinent to wireless scheduling to a central entity, such as a macro base station. The macro base station can employ those factors in improving wireless communications for other serving cells within or near to a macro coverage area served by the macro base station. By maintaining information pertinent to prevailing wireless conditions, quality of service requirements, pilot signal reports, mobility management considerations, and so on, of transmissions within the cell, significant interference reduction can be implemented for the macro coverage area, or nearby coverage areas.08-06-2009
20090196243Radio Protocol For Mobile Communication System And Method - Radio protocol for a next generation mobile communication system is disclosed including a radio link control layer for connecting to an upper layer through a service access point provided in advance and for connecting to a lower layer through a plurality of logic channels provided in advance. The radio link control layer includes at least one radio link control entity for transmission/reception of data to/from up-link or down-link according to a form of a data transmission mode.08-06-2009
20090196240Method, apparatus and computer program to map a cyclic shift to a channel index - From the network perspective, an uplink resource allocation (PDCCH) is sent that grants an uplink resource to a plurality of user equipments UEs, and the allocation has an indication of a cyclic shift CS for each of the plurality of UEs. The granted uplink resource is mapped to a downlink resource (PHICH) in dependence on the indicated CS for each of the plurality of UEs. The mapping is such that for a predetermined number of UEs being allocated a same uplink resource in a single MU-MIMO uplink resource allocation grant, each pair of said predetermined number of UEs which map to an adjacent downlink resource exhibit an optimized CS relative to one another. The network sends to each of the respective plurality of UEs on the respective mapped downlink resource an indication (ACK/NACK) about data received (on a PUSCH). Apparatus, method, and computer programs for network and UE side implementations are detailed.08-06-2009
20090196237TRANSMISSION-COMPENSATED RADIO CHANNEL QUALITY - A channel quality of a radio channel between a transmitter and a receiver is detected by the receiver. The channel quality is compensated for an affect of a transmission on the radio channel when the receiver detected the channel quality or an affect of a future transmission on the radio channel. In a preferred example embodiment, the channel quality is compensated for both affects if present. The compensated channel quality is then used to determine one or more parameters for transmission from the transmitter to the receiver over the radio channel, e.g., an amount of data to be transmitted, a transmission power, and/or a transmission time period.08-06-2009
20090196236Method and Apparatus for Allocation of an Uplink Resource - A component in a telecommunications network including a processor configured, responsive to receiving a scheduling request from a user equipment (UE), to grant a minimum level of resource capacity to the UE for an uplink transmission from the UE to the component. The processor further configured to determine the minimum level of resource capacity based on an expected data packet payload and on a condition of a communications channel between the component and the UE.08-06-2009
20100014472WIRELESS NETWORK WITH CONTENTION AND CONTENTION-FREE PERIODS - A wireless network (01-21-2010
20100014469NodeB and Method for Transmitting Control and Scheduling Information - The present invention discloses a method for transmitting control and scheduling information. The method comprises an eNodeB transmitting control and scheduling information unable to be beamformed in a DwPTS. The control and scheduling information unable to be beamformed is switched from the downlink service slot to the DwPTS and then transmitted, so that the efficiency of time and frequency transmission is improved, the design complexity of the transmitter is reduced, the capacity of the radio access system may be improved and the design of the receiver may be simplified. The present invention also discloses a NodeB.01-21-2010
20110268043Contiguous CQI Report - The current invention concerns a method for transmitting channel quality information in a communication system. The method comprises the steps of choosing a first resource block group out of a plurality of resource block groups. Reporting channel quality information for the first resource block group and reporting channel quality information for at least one second resource block group around the first resource block group within the plurality of resource block groups or reporting a number of resource block groups around the first resource block group within the plurality of resource block groups that are within the same channel quality information category as the first resource block group.11-03-2011
20100034156Method and apparatus for reducing overhead based on the ACK channel - A method and apparatus for a wireless communication system, initially increases resources allocated to an ACKCH as resources allocated to a shared data channel (SDCH), such as a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) or a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH), increases. The resources allocated to ACK are subsequently limited to a predetermined amount.02-11-2010
20100034149RADIO COMMUNICATION IN A MULTI-RADIO LINK COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - An item of network information pertaining to available resources, which are available for transmitting radio communication data in a multi-radio link communications system, is transmitted to network devices and/or subscriber stations by a coordination device. The item of network information assigns the available resources to groups, and the resources of different groups are assigned according to at least one common group feature.02-11-2010
20100034164MAC EXTENSIONS FOR SMART ANTENNA SUPPORT - Apparatus and methods implement aggregation frames and allocation frames. The aggregation frames include a plurality of MSDUs or fragments thereof aggregated or otherwise combined together. An aggregation frame makes more efficient use of the wireless communication resources. The allocation frame defines a plurality of time intervals. The allocation frame specifies a pair of stations that are permitted to communicate with each other during each time interval as well as the antenna configuration to be used for the communication. This permits stations to know ahead of time when they are to communicate, with which other stations and the antenna configuration that should be used. A buffered traffic field can also be added to the frames to specify how much data remains to be transmitted following the current frame. This enables network traffic to be scheduled more effectively.02-11-2010
20100034160UPDATING FREQUENCY PRIORITY LISTS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate communicating frequency priority lists to wireless devices during active mode communication. The lists can be communicated according to a timer, as new lists (or updates thereto) are generated or obtained, and/or the like. In this regard, devices can receive frequency priority lists before connection to an access point is released or lost. Upon connection release or link failure, devices can use the frequency priority list to monitor frequencies for receiving paging signals. In addition, the frequency priority lists can include layer types corresponding to the frequencies that specify types of access points related to the frequencies. Certain frequencies can be avoided or monitored for paging signals according to the layer types.02-11-2010
20100034163ANCHOR CARRIER IN A MULTIPLE CARRIER WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Multiple downlink (DL) and uplink (UL) carriers can enhance wireless communication between nodes and user equipment (UE). Among the carriers, it is beneficial to have some special, by configuration designated carriers to provide synchronization, system information, paging, data and control for multi-carrier enabled UEs. Thereby, overhead system information can be reduced. For instance, synchronization and paging for a certain cell are not provided on all carriers. A carrier can provide backward compatibility for single carrier UEs for access, synchronization, broadcast, and new control region within the data region of the legacy terminals. Coordination between nodes for selecting anchor carriers that mitigate interference and for transmit power control for non-anchor carriers provide further network performance advantages.02-11-2010
20100034158PROCESSING MEASUREMENT GAPS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a wireless communication system, user equipment (UE) is provided, one or more set of rules are provided for the UE to handle the processing during a measurement gap. In some aspects, the gap measurement may be ignored. In some aspects, the processing is stored and handled at a later in time and gap measurements are performed. Depending on the system, the measurements performed during the gaps may be UE implementation dependent, wherein the UE determines whether to perform the measurement for a given gap. In some instances, the UE may not perform measurements during the gap, thereby giving priority to other processing, such as RACH processing. Depending on the type of processing required (DL-SCH, UL-SCH, TTI bundling, RACH or SR), the UE may store requests and process the measurements during the gap or ignore the gap measurement as if there were no gaps.02-11-2010
20100034157Method of dynamic resource allocations in wireless systems - A method of dynamic resource allocations in wireless network is disclosed. The method provides that a base station in the network allocates resources to users independently of other base stations and without resource planning. Resource allocations are done based at least in part on a local optimization objective and a channel quality indicator from one or more users, and result in efficient resource reuse.02-11-2010
20100034153METHOD OF TRANSFERRING DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transferring data in a wireless communication system is disclosed. A method of transferring data in a transmitting side of a wireless communication system includes checking whether at least one priority change condition is satisfied, changing a previously set priority of a plurality of upper layer channels if the at least one priority change condition is satisfied, and allocating radio resources of a lower layer channel to data of each of the plurality of upper layer channels in accordance with the changed priority.02-11-2010
20100034151METHOD OF JOINT RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND CLUSTERING OF BASE STATIONS - The present invention provides a method for implementation in a first functional entity in a wireless communication system that includes a first plurality of base stations for providing wireless connectivity to at least one mobile unit. In one embodiment of the method includes receiving, at the first functional entity, channel state information associated with a plurality of wireless communication channels between the first plurality of base stations and the mobile unit. Selection of a second plurality of base stations from the first plurality of base stations is performed jointly with resource allocation to the second plurality of base stations using the channel state information. The first functional entity then communicates information indicative of the selected second plurality of base stations and the allocated resources to the selected second plurality of base stations.02-11-2010
20100034155RANDOM ACCESS METHOD AND SIGNALLING METHOD FOR THE SAME - A method for generating an iterative sequence and a signal transmission method using the same are disclosed. As the cell size or the distance between a user equipment (UE) and a Node-B increases, the CP is repeated at least one time while the iterative sequence is generated, the CP length and the ZCZ length are adjusted, so that the sequence timing point can be easily detected, orthogonality between sequences is maintained, and the sequences can be clearly distinguished from each other.02-11-2010
20100027489FREQUENCY ALLOCATION METHOD IN WIRELESS BASE STATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS BASE STATION APPARATUS - A frequency allocation method in a base station communicating wirelessly with a terminal, for dividing a cell into six areas in a clockwise direction, and allocating a frequency to each of the divided sectors, including: dividing the cell into an outer circle and an inner circle; allocating to a first terminal positioned in the outer circle of the sector, a frequency different from a frequency allocated to a second terminal positioned in an adjacent sector of the same cell, and the frequency different from a frequency allocated to a third terminal positioned in the outer circle of an adjacent sector of the adjacent cell; and allocating the frequency allocated to the first terminal to fourth and fifth terminal positioned in the inner circle of two sectors respectively arranged two sectors away from the sector in which the first terminal is positioned.02-04-2010
20100027485METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNAL AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING COMMUNICATION RESOURCE TO DO THE SAME - A method for transmitting a control signal together with RACH transmission and a method for allocation a communication resource for the control signal transmission are disclosed. In allocating a communication resource for a control signal transmission within a transmission unit resource region for performing an RACH transmission, the present invention includes the steps of setting a resource region used for the RACH transmission to a portion of the transmission unit resource region and allocating the control signal transmission resource region unused for the RACH transmission within the transmission unit resource region.02-04-2010
20120294249Telecommunication Transmission Method and System - A method of scheduling a signal transmission to a user equipment in a transmitter system, said transmitter system comprising a plurality of spatially distributed transmitters for transmitting signals to said user equipment and a base station for controlling said plurality of spatially distributed transmitters, said method comprising, for said base station, the acts of obtaining for the user equipment a quantization vector estimating the state of the channel between the transmitter system and the user equipment, obtaining for the user equipment a weighting factor representing an attenuation of the channel between the user equipment and at least one of the plurality of spatially distributed transmitters, and scheduling a signal transmission to the user equipment using the obtained quantization vector weighted with the obtained weighting factor.11-22-2012
20120294255LINK ADAPTATION METHOD AND APPARATUS IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - A link adaptation method performed by a station (STA) in a wireless local area network (LAN) system supporting multi-user multiple-input multiple-output (MU-MIMO) is provided. The method includes: receiving a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) request, a steered sounding physical layer convergence procedure (PLOP) protocol data unit (PPDU) which is beam-formed to the STA, and a MIMO indicator including MU-MIMO-related information from an access point (AP); and transmitting feedback information including an MCS acquired from the steered sounding PPDU and the MU-MIMO-related information to the AP in response to the MCS request.11-22-2012
20120236806DISTRIBUTED CAPACITY BASED CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT FOR COMMUNCATION SYSTEMS - Apparatuses and methods for providing distributed capacity based channel assignment in a radio frequency base station servicing a local area. A method can include determining that an additional channel is needed, receiving reports from user equipment connected to the base station over the air interface indicating the gain in capacity due to the added channel, adding the new channel, receiving loss reports from one or more neighboring base stations indicating the loss in capacity and the interference caused to user equipments serviced by the neighboring base stations due to the use of the new channel. The method can also include comparing the gain in capacity to the loss of capacity by the worst user connected to the neighboring base stations due to the added channel and determining whether to continue to add the channel to increase capacity.09-20-2012
20090285163Resource Assignment Systems and Methods - In a wireless communication system, a base station assigns resources to mobile stations using indices. Each index is associated with an assignment schedule for assigning resources. Once the base station determines an assignment schedule to assign particular resources, it encodes the schedule into an index and transmits it. A mobile station receives the index and decodes it to recover the assignment schedule. Both the base station and the mobile station may use look-up tables and/or algorithms for storing or generating indices associated with assignment schedules. To assign resources so as to indicate transmission characteristics over the resources, the base station transmits assignment blocks. Each assignment block indicates original transmission, retransmission, persistent assignment, non-persistent assignment, HARQ signaling, RAS-HARQ signaling, DRCH assignment, and/or LRCH assignment.11-19-2009
20100027494WIRELESS NETWORK SYSTEM AND METHOD OF CONFIGURING THE SAME - Provided are a wireless network system and a method of configuring the same, more particularly, a wireless network system and a method of configuring the same, in which a wireless network station desiring to transmit or receive data in a high-frequency band notifies a wireless network coordinator of its carrier transmission method to enable the wireless network coordinator to efficiently manage a network. An apparatus for transmitting or receiving data includes: a request command generation unit which generates a request command to secure network resources required to transmit or receive data before actually transmitting or receiving the data over a network; and a communication unit which transmits the request command.02-04-2010
20110261768SHARING CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCES - A method for reusing control channel resources in a wireless system includes selecting a subset of control channel resources from a specified set of control channel resources in a search space of the wireless system. The subset is smaller than the set. In addition, the method includes transmitting a first control channel using only the subset of control channel resources. Further, the method includes selecting at least one of the control channel resources not transmitted in the first control channel. Furthermore, the method includes transmitting a different control channel using at least one of the control channel resources specified for but not scheduled in the first control channel.10-27-2011
20110261765RANGING AND DISTANCE BASED WI-FI SPECTRUM SELECTION - A method and apparatus for performing spectral allocation for a wireless link in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method determines a distance/range for the wireless link and assigns an optimal sub-carrier frequency to the wireless link based on (1) a higher frequency to lower frequency priority and (2) on the value of the distance/range of the wireless link. Higher frequency sub-carriers are assigned to wireless links that have a shorter distance/range and lower frequency sub-carriers are assigned to wireless links that have a longer distance/range. The method of the present work increases the spectral efficiency of the wireless communication system and improves system bandwidth.10-27-2011
20110261764CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, CONTROL METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a wireless communication system according to the present invention: a control device and a communication terminal communicate in an active period. The control device: generates a first beacon packet including one or more candidate channels; transmits the first beacon packet at the beginning of the active period; determines whether or not a use channel is to be changed based on a communication state, and generates a second beacon packet including information of a determination result; transmits the second beacon packet at the end of the active period; and, when it is determined that the use channel is to be changed, changes the use channel after the active period ends and before a next active period starts. The communication terminal: receives the first and second beacon packets; and, based on the second beacon packet, changes the use channel after the active period ends and before a next active period starts.10-27-2011
20110261775METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNALS SEGMENTATION - A method for transmitting a transport block includes segmenting the transport block into code blocks corresponding in number to a multiple of the number of layers to be used for the transmission of the transport block, attaching a Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) to the segmented code blocks, sequentially mapping the code blocks to which the CRC has been attached to at least one layer according to a predetermined mapping rule, and transmitting the code blocks.10-27-2011
20090168714RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD FOR RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A control method for a radio communication system, wherein a first apparatus transmits a radio signal used to select a radio resource to a second apparatus and when the second apparatus receives a radio signal for requesting allocation of a radio resource from the first apparatus, the second apparatus selects a radio resource to be allocated to the first apparatus based on a radio signal used to select the radio resource and transmits information of the selected radio resource to the first apparatus Consequently, the first apparatus transmits transmission data by using the radio resource specified by the information. The method includes regulating transmission of the radio signal used to select the radio resource to be allocated when the first apparatus receives a particular signal from the second apparatus.07-02-2009
20120026969INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR CONTROLLING A PROCESS - Provided is a radio communication base station device which can obtain a maximum frequency diversity effect of a downstream line control channel. The device includes: an RB allocation unit (02-02-2012
20100103886METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNALS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting control signals includes configuring a multiplexing indicator indicating that a plurality of control signals are multiplexed on a control channel, generating a multiplexed control signal by multiplexing a first control signal and a second control signal according to the multiplexing indicator and transmitting the multiplexed control signal on the control channel. Overhead due to control signaling can be reduced by transmitting a multiplexed control signal on a control channel.04-29-2010
20100103887System and Method for Implementing Effective Channel Quality Indication - A method for implementing effective channel quality indication includes, at an endpoint of a wireless network, establishing a communication session with an access station via a wireless connection. The method also includes determining a highest modulation and coding scheme (“MCS”) value supported by the endpoint using the wireless connection. The method further includes determining whether an immediately preceding MCS level is supported by the endpoint using the wireless connection. The method additionally includes transmitting a message from the endpoint. The message comprises an effective channel quality indication (“ECQI”) provides an indication of the highest supported MCS level for the wireless connection and an indication of whether the endpoint supports the immediately preceding MCS value for the wireless connection.04-29-2010
20100074212Packet transmission scheduling technique - A packet data transmission method of the HSDPA system includes collecting information on the quality of physical channels, a status of the MAC buffer, the priority level of data, the delay of data, and the like, determining the transmission order of data and the size of a data block to be transmitted based on the collected information, and transmitting the data block through the physical layer according to the order of transmissions. Since the HSDPA scheduler takes into account the delay of data, the quality of real-time services can be improved.03-25-2010
20100002637Resource Allocation in Wireless Communications System - Wireless links used as backhauls for wireless access networks may be provided by an HSDPA, while hot spots for network access may be built using another radio technology, such as WLAN. There may be several end-user terminals simultaneously accessing the network through the hot spot. Information on the number of user terminals connected to a hot spot is found out, and the information is provided to a backhaul network. The backhaul network then allocates the backhaul network resources between the user terminals connected to the hot spot and the user terminals connected to the backhaul network such that the number of user terminals connected to the hot spot is taken into account.01-07-2010
20100103895METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAPPING RESOURCE UNIT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for mapping a resource unit in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes obtaining L04-29-2010
20100091715COGNITIVE CHANNEL ADAPTATION IN WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS - Cognitive radio adaptation is employed in WSNs to reduce effects of RF interference. Communication channel quality is assessed locally at each node. Using beacons to propagate channel quality and node related information among the nodes of the network, channel adaptation decision is made either centrally by identifying a channel that is optimum for a majority of nodes through a tree-structure dissemination (Majority Voting Scheme) or in a distributed manner by identifying a channel where maximum interference for any node is less than maximum interference on the other channels (Veto Voting Scheme). If two channels have the same level of maximal interference, the channel with a lesser number is chosen. Channel quality assessment may be optimized based on expected interference type and/or statistical methods.04-15-2010
20100091718METHOD FOR THE REDUCTION OF PILOT POWER TRANSMISSION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - The innovation relates to a system and/or methodology for the reduction of pilot power transmission in mobile communication systems. More specifically, the innovation relates to varying the transmit power of a pilot signal to increase the power available to other services, such as customer voice and data communication. In addition, reducing the transmit power of the pilot signal can reduce or militate against interference with the pilot signals of neighboring or nearby cells.04-15-2010
20100091719METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SYSTEM SELECTION IN A MULTIMODE WIRELESS DEVICE - Methods and apparatus for system selection in a multimode wireless device are disclosed. The method and apparatus afford selection of a wireless communication system access technology from a number of wireless system access technologies supported by a wireless device. Selection is accomplished by storing identification information concerning access technologies pertaining to a first group of wireless system access technologies, such as 3GPP2, in a search database, which concerns the priority of access technologies pertaining to another group of access technologies, such as 3GPP. Selection of a preferred wireless communication system access technology from one of the wireless access technology groups is then based on the identification information stored in the search database.04-15-2010
20100091720METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PAGING MESSAGE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method to transmit and receive a paging message in a wireless communication system is provided. In a method to transmit a paging message, a Base Station transmits a paging message including identifier and location information of a UE to be paged to the UE and receives a paging response message from the UE in response to the paging message. In a method to receive a paging message, the UE switches from a dedicated frequency band for a specific service to a non-dedicated frequency band during a predetermined period or paging gap and checks whether or not a paging message has been received from the Base Station over the non-dedicated frequency band.04-15-2010
20100091721METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR EFFICIENTLY UTILIZING RADIO RESOURCES IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method and an arrangement for obtaining efficient radio resource utilization over a radio interface in a communication network comprising a transmitting entity (04-15-2010
20100091725BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus capable of communicating with user equipment terminals using an uplink shared channel includes a selection unit configured to select a user equipment terminal to which the base station apparatus allocates the shared channel among the user equipment terminals other than a user equipment terminal where a time frame in which a control channel for the shared channel is transmitted in downlink, a time frame in which the shared channel is received, or a time frame in which acknowledgement information for the shared channel is transmitted overlaps a time interval for measuring a cell with a different frequency; and an allocation unit configured to allocate the shared channel to the user equipment terminal selected by the selection unit.04-15-2010
20100091727BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus capable of communicating with user equipment terminals using an uplink shared channel includes a radio resource allocation unit configured to allocate radio resources to the shared channel after allocating radio resources to a random access channel, a control channel, and a Message-3 in a random access procedure.04-15-2010
20100091730APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING UPLINK SCHEDULING PRIORITY IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for determining an uplink scheduling priority in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. The apparatus includes a basic priority determination unit for calculating a basic priority metric of at least one Mobile Station (MS), a calculation unit for calculating a correction value for considering an interference level with respect to the basic priority metric by using downlink channel quality of each MS, and a final priority determination unit for determining an uplink scheduling priority by calculating a final priority metric by using the correction value.04-15-2010
20100061326METHODS FOR RESPONDING TO CO-LOCATED COEXISTENCE (CLC) REQUEST FROM A MOBILE ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUSES CAPABLE OF CONTROLLING MULTI-RADIO COEXISTENCE - A communications apparatus is provided. A first radio module provides a first wireless communications service and communicates with a first communications device in compliance with a first protocol. A second radio module provides a second wireless communications service and communicates with a second communications device in compliance with a second protocol. A Co-Located Coexistence radio manager detects activities of the first radio modules, obtains a first traffic pattern describing downlink and/or uplink traffic allocations of the first radio module from the first radio module, and generates a second traffic pattern of the second radio module according to the first traffic pattern to coordinate operations of the first and second radio modules. The second traffic pattern describes recommended downlink and/or uplink traffic allocations to a plurality of sub-frames for the second radio module, and each sub-frame defined by the second protocol includes Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing symbols.03-11-2010
20100061312RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD FOR MULTI-USERS MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING SYSTEM AND APPARAUS THEREOF - The present invention is direct to the resource allocation method for MU-MIMO-OFDM system and the apparatus thereof. The MU-MIMO-OFDM system has a plurality of users and a plurality of sub-channels. The sub-channels are assigned to the users according to the capacity ratio constraints and a scheduling rule, and then the power of the user is determined according to the limit power of the MU-MIMO-OFDM system. Wherein the values of power of the sub-channels assigned to the user are the same, the scheduling rule may be Max-Min or Max Sum-Rate rule, and the allocation of the sub-channels may be user-oriented or sub-channel oriented.03-11-2010
20100091731CHANNEL ALLOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A channel allocation method for use in a wireless communication environment, where Wireless Local Area Networks (WLANs) and Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs) coexist, includes collecting, at an access point, information on channels used by the WLANs and WPANs, determining available WLAN channels and available WPAN channels based on the channel information, allocating one of the available WLAN channels and one of the available WPAN channels to the access point, and informing the WLANs and WPANs of the allocated WLAN and WPAN channels.04-15-2010
20090154408METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SIP DATA OF IDLE MODE UE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are provided for transmitting a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) message by a User Equipment (UE) in an idle mode in an Internet Protocol Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) system. The UE transmits one combined message of an AS control message and a NAS control message including information indicating transmission of an SIP message, thereby having an effect on an upper node to reduce a delay due to message processing.06-18-2009
20100189064LINK MANAGEMENT FOR MULTIMEDIA CONTENT MOBILITY - In general, techniques are described for link management to enable multimedia content mobility. More specifically, an apparatus may implement these techniques. The apparatus may comprise one or more wireless modems and a control unit. The one or more wireless modems receive multimedia content over a first wireless communication channel from a first application and establish a second wireless communication channel for communicating with a second application. The control unit then determines channel data corresponding to one or more characteristics associated with the second wireless communication channel and configures the at least one of the wireless modems based on the channel data. The configured at least one of the wireless modems forwards the received multimedia content to the second application to facilitate multimedia content mobility.07-29-2010
20100189055Apparatus of Multi-Antenna Telecommunication System - An apparatus of a multi-antenna telecommunication system includes a beam forming unit configured to form at least two antenna beams, and a signal feeding unit connected to the beam forming unit and configured to feed beam-specific data streams to the beam forming unit. The beam-specific data streams are allocated to one and the same transceiver of the wireless telecommunication system, and each data stream includes independently and separately encoded data signals.07-29-2010
20080240025SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE TRANSMISSION POWER OF A NODE10-02-2008
20080232320Dynamic Resource Allocation Method Based on Frequency Reuse Partitioning For Ofdma/Fdd System, and Frame Transmission Method Therefor - Provided are a dynamic resource allocation method based on frequency reuse partitioning for an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) system, and a frame transmission method therefor. The dynamic resource allocation method includes: a) dividing a coverage into cells based on frequency reuse partitioning; b) selecting a candidate user to receive a channel allocated thereto based on the ratio; c) acquiring distance information for the candidate user; and d) checking whether the candidate user is in an inner or outer cell area based on the distance information. If the candidate user is in the inner cell area, a subchannel group among subchannel groups having a Frequency Reuse Factor (FRF) lower than a threshold value is selected and subcarriers of the selected subchannel group is allocated. If the candidate user is in the outer cell area, a subchannel group among subchannel groups having a FRF higher than the threshold value is selected.09-25-2008
20090168703Apparatus and method for admitting new devices in a self-healing, self-organizing mesh network - Various embodiments provide an apparatus and method for admitting new devices in a self-healing, self-organizing mesh network. An example embodiment is configured to listen on a dynamically-determined frequency for the network management message; to send jamming messages to neighbor nodes in the wireless mesh network, if the network management message is not received; to receive the network management message from a neighbor node in response to the jamming messages; to synchronize a node timer to the received network management message; and to begin data communications with neighbor sensors using the synchronized node timer.07-02-2009
20100111006MULTI-CHANNEL DIRECTIONAL DEVICES WITH BEACONS - A communication system includes first and second devices, where a processor of at least one of the first device and the second device is configured to assign a control channel common to the first device and the second device; exchange control information over the control channel; from the control information, find a data channel available to both the first device and the second device for data communications between the first device and the second device; and communicate data over the data channel between the first device and the second device.05-06-2010
20090154406DYNAMIC ADDRESS ALLOCATION METHOD FOR MOBILE AD HOC NETWORK - A dynamic address allocation method includes allowing a new terminal that desires to participate in the ad hoc network to broadcast an address block request message to neighbor terminals in order to be allocated with an address; allowing the new terminal to receive a plurality of address block reply messages from the neighbor terminals; allowing the new terminal to transmit an address block confirmation message to a 1-hop neighbor terminal in a normal state that has a largest address block on the basis of the plurality of address block reply messages; allowing the new terminal to receive an address block completion message, which includes bitmap information for an available address block, from the 1-hop neighbor terminal; and allowing the new terminal to be allocated with the address and to change its terminal state from an alone state to a normal state.06-18-2009
20090052390METHOD FOR PROCESSING DYNAMIC SERVICE FLOWS AND NETWORK-SIDE SERVICE FLOWS AND A COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - The present invention discloses a method for processing dynamic service flows, wherein the UE sends a dynamic service flow processing request carrying a processing indication; and the network side executes a resource processing process and an air interface acknowledgement process. The resource processing process is: The SFM entity sends a resource processing request to the H-PF server through an anchor SFA entity according to the received dynamic service flow processing request, with the request carrying the parameters related to the resource processing request; the H-PF server sends the result of resource processing performed by each node in the network according to the resource requirements to the SFM through a resource processing response. The air interface acknowledgement process is: The SFM returns a service flow processing response to the UE; after receiving the response, the UE saves the relevant parameters, and returns an acknowledgement to the SFM. The present invention also discloses a method for processing network-side service flows and a communication apparatus.02-26-2009
20090147738Method And Arrangement For Coding And Scheduling In Packet Data Communication Systems - The method and arrangement according to the present invention relates to of scheduling and coding in communication systems utilizing automatic repeat request (ARQ) and/or multihop scheduling and forwarding. According to the inventive method the receiving nodes selectively stores received information, also overheard information, as a priori information and feed back information about their respective stored a priori information to a sending node. The sending node forms composite data packets by jointly encoding and scheduling multiple data packets, which composite data packets are transmitted to receiving nodes. Upon receiving a composite data packet the receiving nodes uses their stored a priori information in the process of extracting data for themselves from the composite data packets.06-11-2009
20090147741PARALLEL DATA SERVICES AND SPECTRUM SENSING WITH COGNITIVE CHANNEL SWITCHING IN A WIRELESS AREA NETWORK - Data service transmission interruption is minimized by initially setting up a cluster of channels to transmit data services. As the need arises to switch channels due to the detection of an incumbent signal, the data services can be switched with substantially no delay. A group of channels from those available in a wireless network are chosen to form a cluster of channels. Each channel within the cluster is set up to convey data services with channel parameters being stored. A first operating channel is chosen from among the cluster of channels to transmit the data services. While the data services are being transmitted on the first operating channel, out-of-band spectrum sensing occurs on the other channels. Upon predetermined criteria a channel switch occurs. As each channel has already been set up the necessary channel parameters are retrieved from storage and restored without data service interruption.06-11-2009
20090147739METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DECREMENTING ASSIGNMENTS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus of decrementing access terminal assignments in a wireless communication system is provided, comprising determining if a MACID other than the MACID of an access terminal with an assignment for a particular interlace is received and decrementing the access terminal assignments according to the MACID, if the MACID other than the MACID of the access terminal with the assignment for the particular interlace is determined.06-11-2009
20090147737LATENCY-AWARE ADAPTIVE BANDWIDTH REQUEST MECHANISM FOR REAL-TIME COMMUNICATION IN WIMAX - A method and apparatus for requesting bandwidth in a subscriber station is disclosed. The method dynamically changes the size of the bandwidth request based on the prediction of the number of packets needed to be transmitted. The average delay experienced by packets in a queue is measured, and this information is then used to change the coefficient of a prediction equation. When the experienced average delay is below the agreed upon QoS latency parameter or delay target, the method reduces the size of the bandwidth requests by making the prediction equation more conservative. On the other hand, when the experienced delay is above the agreed upon latency, the algorithm will make the prediction equation more aggressive, increasing the bandwidth requests and reducing the latency for future packets. By modifying the prediction equation based on the measured delay, the method is able to select the optimal point for achieving time delay requirements while preserving air-link resources.06-11-2009
20090147746VIDEO MULTICAST, SUCH AS LAYERED VIDEO MULTICAST FOR EXAMPLE, USING RELAY DEVICES DEFINED BY A CHANNEL QUALITY PARAMETER HIERARCHY - Improved distribution of video information in an infrastructure-based wireless network is provided. A wireless channel condition between the video server node and each of the plurality of receiver nodes is measured (or accepted, or otherwise determined). Each of the plurality of receiver nodes are assigned into one of a first group and a second group using the measured wireless channel conditions, wherein receiver nodes assigned to the first group have, on average (e.g., on average over time), a better measured wireless channel condition than that of receiver nodes assigned to the second group. At least some (e.g., one or more) of the receiver nodes of the first group of nodes are selected to serve as relay nodes. Video information (e.g., N layers) is then transmitted wirelessly from the video server node for reception by each of the receiver nodes assigned to the first group. Each of the selected relay nodes then transmit at least a part (e.g., M≦N layers) of the video information for reception by at least some of the receiver nodes of the second group such that the relay nodes collectively transmit the at least a part of the video information to all of the receiver nodes of the second group. Receiver nodes assigned to the first group receive, decode and render the received video information. Similarly, receiver nodes assigned to the second group, receive, decode and render the received at least a part of the video information. The receiver nodes assigned to the second group may also use the (1) video information transmitted wirelessly by the source node and/or (2) copies of the at least a part of the video information transmitted by other relay nodes (that is, relay nodes not assigned to it), to the extent such information is received.06-11-2009
20110261778METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DOWNLINK TRANSMISSION SCHEDULING IN MULTI-CARRIER NETWORKS - A method of scheduling transmissions in a multi-carrier transmission system, includes, for each downlink transmission frame: partitioning the downlink transmission frame into a plurality of data regions each including an equal number of slots, each data region corresponding to a respective logical band; for a currently active connection: a) creating a first set of logical bands not fully occupied for transmission and having a minimum boosting level making the transmission receivable by a receiving terminal; b) extracting from the first set, a second set of logical bands available for allocating a maximum number of slots for downlink transmission to the active connection; and c) selecting the logical band for downlink transmission to the active connection from the second set as the logical band that, after allocating the slots to the considered connection, leaves a residual number of slots equal to or smaller than a predetermined minimum residual in the logical band, e.g., the smallest residual number of slots.10-27-2011
20100118819SYSTEMS, PROCESSES AND INTEGRATED CIRCUITS FOR IMPROVED PACKET SCHEDULING OF MEDIA OVER PACKET - A method of processing first and second record packets of real-time information includes computing for each packet a deadline interval and ordering processing of the packets according to the respective deadline intervals. A single-chip integrated circuit has a processor circuit and embedded electronic instructions forming an egress packet control establishing an egress scheduling list structure and operations in the processor circuit that extract a packet deadline intervals, place packets in the egress scheduling list according to deadline intervals; and embed a decoder that decodes the packets according to a priority depending to their deadline intervals.05-13-2010
20090147743 SCHEDULING IN A CELLULAR SYSTEM - In a cellular system, transmissions are made in subframes which comprise subelements. The method is used for scheduling first and second channels in a subframe, and comprises: 06-11-2009
20090147744Scalable control channel design for OFDM-based wireless systems - Overhead is kept small by a scalable control channel design suitable for OFDMA-based systems with many resource elements and many active users. For instance, optimization of control information in a wideband OFDMA-based radio system with up to 200 resource elements and multiple spatial layers and up to 1000 active users is possible. In contrast to existing approaches in LTE and WINNER, optimized flexible-length downlink control information is shown, which reduces overhead by a combination of slow and fast control signalling, of broadcast and multicast signalling, as well as of individual and table-based allocation information.06-11-2009
20090147742INTERLACING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION FRAMES - Mechanisms to interlace multiple legacy frames to enhance radio resource utilization are described. Also described are mechanisms to modify a low-latency frame structure to appear as legacy frames. In one aspect, partially blanked-out legacy frames are interlaced with time offsets so that they complement each other to leave no idle system time. To a legacy user equipment, the interlaced frame appears as normal legacy frames used by multiple legacy cells. In another aspect, the low-latency frame is modified to appear as an interlaced frame. Again to the legacy user equipment, the low-latency frame appears as legacy frames from multiple legacy cells. To the low-latency user equipment, the modified low-latency frame still appear as normal low-latency frame. In this manner, radio resources of the legacy base stations are optimally utilized. Also, low-latency base stations are enabled to provide serves to the legacy user equipments without wasting radio resources.06-11-2009
20090147740HARQ AND BANDWIDTH REQUEST METHOD IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a resource reallocation and bandwidth request method in a wireless access system. The present invention uses the synchronous HARQ mode together with the asynchronous HARQ mode according to scheduling by the HARQ retransmission burst. Therefore, a resource allocation overhead for a retransmission burst is reduced during the synchronous HARQ mode operation. Also, an uplink transmission delay is reduced, and efficiency of the radio resource is maximized.06-11-2009
20090147736UPLINK SCHEDULER ALGORITHM FOR ORTHOGONAL DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS SYSTEMS - The present invention provides a method of scheduling uplink transmissions from at least one access terminal to an access network. The method includes estimating, at the access network, at least one signal-to-noise ratio associated with each access terminal and determining, at the access network, a format for the packet based upon the estimated signal-to-noise ratio. The method also includes ranking access terminals and allocating, at the access network, resources to access terminals for transmission based on each access terminal's priority and the determined format of the packet and transmitting, from the access network, information indicative of the resources allocated to each access terminal.06-11-2009
20090147734COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A communication system which can control a data transmission properly and to which a Delayed Block ACK mode is applied, and a communication device constituting the communication system. A radio LAN base station (06-11-2009
20110194505METHODS AND APPARATUS TO SUPPORT VOICE SOLUTIONS FOR DATA CENTRIC TERMINALS - Methods and apparatus to support voice solutions for data centric terminals are described. An example method includes sending a combined registration request message for at least one evolved packet system service via a first radio access technology, receiving an EPS service registration accept message comprising an indicator that indicates that circuit switched fall back is supported, and when the user equipment has a voice centric setting, reselecting to a second radio access technology.08-11-2011
20110261771RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS - The present invention provides a radio base station apparatus and a mobile terminal apparatus compatible with respective mobile communication systems when a plurality of mobile communication systems coexist. The mobile terminal apparatus performs a cell search using a synchronization channel signal specific to a first mobile communication system made up of a plurality of component carriers multiplexed with at least one downlink component carrier in the first mobile communication system and/or a synchronization channel signal for a second mobile communication system having a relatively narrow second system band multiplexed with at least one downlink component carrier in the first mobile communication system. and makes random access using uplink/downlink component carriers allocated based on information of downlink component carriers including the synchronization channel signal used for the cell search and information of uplink component carriers included in a dynamic broadcast channel signal broadcast from the radio base station apparatus.10-27-2011
20110261769METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE OF CONTROL CHANNELS IN OFDM-BASED HIERARCHICAL CELLULAR SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for controlling inter-cell interference of control channels of hierarchical cells in a hierarchical cellular system based on Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) are provided. The inter-cell interference control method of a base station in a hierarchical cellular system based on Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) includes transmitting a broadcast channel, including information on an available bandwidth that is a part of an entire bandwidth, to a terminal, transmitting a control channel including data channel allocation information for the entire bandwidth to the terminal, and transmitting a data channel, as informed by the data channel allocation information, to the terminal. The inter-cell interference control method and apparatus support cooperative transmission of hierarchical cells while maintaining both backward compatibility and forward compatibility.10-27-2011
20110170514Methods and Arrangements in a Telecommunication System for Sending Feedback Data and User Data on a Combined Feedback and Data Channel - A method and an arrangement (07-14-2011
20110170507Methods of Allocating Packets in a Wireless Communication System - In a wireless communication system, a multi-source data multiplexing system (e.g., a media access control (MAC)) accepts information packets from a plurality of signal sources, evaluates the relative efficiencies of data transmission, and transmits the information packets in provided grant regions for maximum efficiency. The multi-source data multiplexing system may accept any form of information packet from any form of signal source. The system receives a grant region, typically including a transmission time on a data channel, and inserts an information packet into the grant region. The actual information packet placed in the grant region may be one other than the packet for which the grant region was intended. Further, the multi-source data multiplexing system may fragment an information packet and transmit only a portion of the information packet in the grant region. Alternately, the multi-source data multiplexing system may concatenate multiple information packets, or information packet fragments, from any combination of signal sources and transmit the concatenated result in the grant region. As long as any signal source is active, the composite flow of information packets remains active, and the composite flow then serves as the primary mechanism for requesting and transmitting additional bandwidth in the wireless communication system.07-14-2011
20110170498METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ENABLING RESOURCE BLOCK BUNDLING IN LTE-A SYSTEMS - A base station is provided. The base station includes a transmit path circuitry to transmit an indication of whether a subscriber station is configured with precoding matrix indicator/rank indicator (PMI/RI) reporting. The transmit path circuitry sets a pre-coding granularity to multiple physical resource blocks in the frequency domain to perform a same pre-coding over a bundled resource block if the subscriber station is configured with PMI/RI reporting. The bundled resource block includes multiple consecutive physical resource blocks in the frequency domain. The base station also includes a receive path circuitry to receive feedback from the subscriber station.07-14-2011
20110228734METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FACILITATING PREFIX ALLOCATION AND ADVERTISEMENT OR DELEGATION - An apparatus and method for facilitating prefix allocation and advertisement or delegation in a wireless communication system, including receiving a signal from a client to indicate that the client will function as a router; and prompting a server to not allocate a prefix to a link between the server and the client and to not advertise said prefix to the client. In one aspect, the apparatus and method further includes allocating a first prefix to a user equipment (UE), receiving an indication that the UE is a router; and either a) reserving a second prefix for the UE wherein the second prefix is shorter than the first prefix; or b) calculating the second prefix for the UE wherein the second prefix includes a portion of the first prefix.09-22-2011
20100128685METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING PIGGYBACK ROAMING FOR SPONSORING SPLIT ROAMING RELATIONSHIPS - A method for facilitating exchange of one or more signaling messages between a client network and an HSRP network. The method includes identifying by an SPRS router associated with a client network, one or more parameters in the received signaling messages so as to determine from the parameters one or more roaming agreements that are required between the client network and the HSRP network, to allow exchange of the signaling messages. The method further includes facilitating by the SPRS router, exchange of the signaling messages between the client network and the HSRP network via one or more SPRS hubs, when the SPRS router determines absence of the required roaming agreements. The method further includes facilitating by the SPRS router, direct exchange of the signaling messages between the client network and the HSRP network, when the SPRS router determines presence of the required roaming agreements.05-27-2010
20100128681METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSIONS BETWEEN NEIGHBOURING NODES IN A RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND ACCESS NODE THEREOF - At least one request between neighboring access nodes in a radio communications system is transmitted after verifying a class of the at least one request being transmitted between the neighboring access nodes, where the class assigned by an access node indicates a priority of the request. Based upon the verified class, the transmission of the request is controlled.05-27-2010
20100118794PARTITIONED TRAFFIC SEGMENT COMMUNICATIONS METHODS AND APPARATUS - Methods and apparatus related to partitioning traffic segments are described. An access router, having concurrent connections with two access terminals, each desiring to transmit traffic signals to the access router in the same traffic segment, partitions a traffic segment. The partition is such that a first portion of the traffic segment is allocated to a first access terminal and a second portion of the traffic segment is allocated to the second access terminal. Control information, e.g., conveying partition information, is communicated to access terminals prior to the traffic segment. In some embodiments, the partition information is communicated as part of a transmission request response signal, e.g., via phase of the request response signal. An access terminal which has been allocated a traffic segment partition portion identifies is allocation from the transmitted control information, and subsequently transmits traffic signals to the access router in its allocated portion of the traffic segment.05-13-2010
20090310556BASE STATION, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station for communicating to a mobile station that transmits an uplink signal in accordance with a SC-FDMA scheme or an OFDMA scheme includes an adjustment amount range setting unit configured to set an adjustment amount for adjusting a transmit timing of the uplink signal to have different ranges depending on types of a channel transmitted by the mobile station.12-17-2009
20090310554JAMMING GRAPH AND ITS APPLICATION IN NETWORK RESOURCE ASSIGNMENT - A wireless communication network uses backhaul negotiation based upon static and dynamic resource assignment on jamming graphs. Static reuse factor design methods including fractional frequency reuse (FFR) are addressed. The jamming graph is used to summarize the interfering relationship between transmitters (nodes in the jamming graph). Negotiation-based algorithm is used to arrive at a static resource assignment so that a large reuse factor can be achieved while jamming scenario can be avoided. As a result of such algorithm, each transmitter is assigned some resources, over which traffic transmission can be done instantaneously to reduce the packet delay for short packets. Based on the result of static resource negotiation algorithm, a dynamic resource algorithm can be run, such that the resources assigned to different nodes can be share in a bursty traffic scenario to further reduce packet delay for larger packet size cases, while jamming be also avoided.12-17-2009
20090310548APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RADIO COMMUNICATION - An apparatus and a method of performing radio communication are provided. The radio communication apparatus may determine a channel capacity of a radio channel based on a sensing duration to sense the radio channel and a false alarm probability, determine a sensing duration value and a false alarm probability value that maximize the channel capacity, and sense the radio channel based on the determined sensing duration value and the false alarm probability value.12-17-2009
20090310551Method of deciding to release communication resources - A method of deciding to release communication resources used for a network access server session in a communication network is provided, wherein the method involves receiving an Accounting Stop Request for a PDP context associated to the network access server session, deciding whether a Session Stop Indicator is included in the Accounting Stop Request, in case no Session Stop Indicator is included deciding whether further PDP contexts are associated with the network access server session, in case no further PDP context is associated with the network access server session, starting an IDLE Timer to determine a point in time for releasing the communication resources.12-17-2009
20090310545CHANNEL SELECTION IN AD HOC WIRELESS NETWORK - The present invention relates to channel selection in ad hoc wireless networks. The present invention provides a method of selecting a channel for a node in an ad hoc network of nodes, the method comprising: increasing a preference score for a channel (E) in response to receiving a stimulatory control message (hoot x) associated with the channel from another node; decreasing the preference score for the channel (A) in response to receiving an inhibitory control message (hoot y) associated with the channel from another node; selecting a channel dependent on the preference score for the channel.12-17-2009
20090310543METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR DYNAMIC STICKY REGION ALLOCATION IN MAP-BASED COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus for allocating, modifying, and terminating a fixed data region (termed “sticky region allocation”) in an orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing (OFDM) or orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) frame are provided. With sticky region allocation, the sticky region may be negotiated during the establishment of a connection between a base station and a user terminal, and a single MAP information element (MAP IE) may inform the user terminal of the location of the sticky region. Then, a user terminal can receive/send data bursts for a certain connection in multiple OFDM/OFDMA frames without needing a MAP IE for locating each burst in subsequent frames. Accordingly, the size of the control overhead, such as the downlink (DL) and uplink (UL) MAP messages, may be reduced. The reduced control overhead may increase the frame resources available for data traffic and thus, may boost the overall efficiency and performance of OFDM/OFDMA wireless systems.12-17-2009
20100124199METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR NOTIFYING AS OF USER STATE - Disclosed is a method for notifying the state of a user to an Application Server (AS), including: receiving, by a Serving-Call Session Control Function (S-CSCF), new service profile information of the user sent from a Home Subscriber Server (HSS) when the user's service profile changes; and sending, by the S-CSCF, registration information of the user to the AS. The disclosure also relates to a system for notifying the state of a user to an AS, the system including an HSS, an S-CSCF and the AS. The disclosure also provides a corresponding S-CSCF, a system for notifying the state of a user to an AS, and a corresponding AS. According to the invention, an AS may obtain the registration state of a user timely.05-20-2010
20100124197Method and apparatus for resource allocation in a communication system - A base station capable of communicating with a plurality of subscriber stations is configured to allocate a plurality of resource units to at least one subscriber station. The base station includes a controller configured to allocate a plurality of resource units from a two-dimensional logical matrix of resource units. The controller is configured to generate at least two indicator values, wherein the two indicator values are configured to identify the allocated resource units. The base station also includes a transmitter configured to transmit the two indicators to the subscriber station. The base station also is configured to construct the two-dimensional logical matrix that is adapted to enable contiguous and diverse resource unit allocations.05-20-2010
20100124198System and Method for Name Binding for Multiple Packet Data Network Access - A system and method for name binding for multiple packet data network access is provided. A method for communications device operation includes attaching to a first packet data network through an access network, thereby creating an access point name, triggering a connection to a second packet data network through the access network, and receiving an acknowledgement to the trigger. The triggering occurs over the access point name, and the acknowledgement comprises an address for the communications device. The address is allocated by a gateway for the second packet data network, and the address is allocated based on a binding generated from an identifier of the communications device, an identifier of the access point name, and a parameter.05-20-2010
20100124195METHOD OF TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a control signal in wireless communication system includes generating a multiplexed control signal by multiplexing a first control signal and a second control signal, and transmitting the multiplexed control signal on a control channel. Overhead due to control signaling can be reduced by transmitting or receiving a multiplexed control signal through one channel.05-20-2010
20100124194METHOD OF TRANSMITTING BROADCAST INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting broadcast information in a wireless communication system includes transmitting broadcast information and receiving an ACK (Acknowledgement)/NACK (Not-Acknowledgement) signal on an uplink channel from at least one mobile station in a cell, the ACK/NACK signal indicating whether the broadcast information is successfully received or not. A base station can know whether mobile stations successfully receive broadcast information or not and perform various operations to improve a reception rate of the broadcast information based on the result.05-20-2010
20100118807METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INDICATING DEACTIVATION OF SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING - A method and apparatus for performing semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) deactivation in a wireless mobile communication system are disclosed. A base station (BS) transmits a downlink control channel to a user equipment (UE), and deactivates the SPS when a binary field indicating resource allocation information contained in the downlink control channel is entirely filled with ‘1’.05-13-2010
20100118823METHOD OF TRANSMITTING FEEDBACK INFORMATION IN AN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING (OFDM)/ OFDM ACCESS (OFDMA) MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting feedback information in a wireless communication system is disclosed. More specifically, the method comprises a mobile station (MS) which determines whether to transmit feedback information to a base station (BS) without solicitation from the BS. After determining to do so, the MS transmits a request message to request the BS to allocate an uplink resource for transmitting at least one unsolicited header and thereafter receives the uplink resource allocation from the BS. Lastly, the MS transmits the at least one unsolicited header via the allocated uplink resource.05-13-2010
20100118800METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND A METHOD FOR MAPPING THE CONTROL CHANNEL TO PHYSICAL RESOURCE USING BLOCK INTERLEAVER IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method for transmitting a downlink control channel in a mobile communication system and a method for mapping the control channel to physical resources using a block interleaver are provided. In order to transmit a downlink control channel in a mobile communication system, information bits are modulated to generate one or more modulation symbols according to a specific modulation scheme, the modulation symbols are interleaved using a block interleaver, and the interleaved modulated symbols are mapped to resource elements allocated for transmission of at least one control channel in a subframe, thereby transmitting the at least one control channel.05-13-2010
20100118805MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER APPARATUS, AND METHOD - A user apparatus which wirelessly communicates with a base station apparatus within a mobile communications system is disclosed. The user apparatus includes a receive unit which receives control information in downlink; and a transmit unit which transmits a first channel in uplink, wherein the transmit unit, based on the control information, makes a value of a maximum transmit power of the first channel smaller than that of a nominal power specified for the mobile communications system.05-13-2010
20100165943BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, PROGRAM, RANDOM ACCESS RESPONSE TRANSMITTING METHOD, AND RANDOM ACCESS RESPONSE RECEIVING METHOD - A base station device includes: a random access identification information storage that stores random access identification information and mobile station device identification information correlated with the random access identification information, the random access identification information being allocated by the base station device to the mobile station device, and the mobile station device identification information identifying the mobile station device; a random access receiver that receives random access identification information transmitted by the mobile station device performing random access; a scheduler that, if the random access identification information received is stored in the random access identification information storage while being correlated with the mobile station device identification information, determines whether to transmit random access response information that is a response to the random access corresponding to the random access identification information received by using the mobile station device identification information, or by using identification information having not been allocated to a specific mobile station device, the identification information being allocated for transmitting the response to the random access; and a transmitter that allocates and transmits the random access response information based on the determination by the scheduler.07-01-2010
20110149891EFFICIENT IMPLICIT INDICATION OF THE SIZE OF MESSAGES CONTAINING VARIABLE-LENGTH FIELDS IN SYSTEMS EMPLOYING BLIND DECODING - For use in a wireless network, a base station configured to communicate in the wireless network is provided. The base station includes a processor coupled to a transmitter and configured to generate a resource allocation message. The resource allocation message includes a plurality of fixed length fields, one or more primary variable-length fields, and a plurality of secondary variable-length fields. The one or more primary variable-length fields occupy a position in the resource allocation message preceding as many of the fixed length fields as permitted by rules that govern a structure of the resource allocation message. The one or more primary variable-length fields are positioned in the resource allocation message such that when the resource allocation message is partitioned and allocated across a sequence of basic units (BUs), every primary variable-length field appears in a smallest possible sequence of BUs starting from the first BU in the sequence.06-23-2011
20110149883METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONCURRENTLY LOCATING SYSTEMATIC BITS AND PARITY BITS IN PHYSICAL CHANNEL MEMORY TO INCREASE HARQ PROCESSING SPEED IN 3GPP CPC SYSTEM - A UE receives a HS-PDSCH transmission from a base station and concurrently performs rate matching on systematic bits and parity bits (parity 1 bits, parity 2 bits) of the received HS-PDSCH transmission. The systematic bits and parity bits are buffered in a CPC circular buffer to support HARQ processing in a HS-SCCH-less operation of the base station. Memory locations are computed for the systematic bits and the parity bits according to corresponding transmission parameters such as, for example, redundancy version, number of systematic bits and/or number of physical channels. The systematic bits and the parity bits are stored in the corresponding computed memory locations of the CPC circular buffer. At least a portion of the stored systematic bits and parity bits are concurrently generated based on corresponding transmission parameters from the CPC circular buffer per request to support concurrent rate matching on systematic bits and parity bits.06-23-2011
20110149875METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENSURING ACCESS IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR A PLURALITY OF GROUPS - A method and apparatus for bandwidth brokering in a communication system (06-23-2011
20080247358METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL SENSITIVE SCHEDULING IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Method and apparatus for a channel sensitive scheduler for scheduling transmissions in a communication system. The scheduler is defined by a priority function of the channel condition as determined by amount of transmission power needed by a mobile station. In one embodiment the channel condition is determined based on the transmission pilot power of each mobile station and is used to calculate a priority value for each mobile station. The mobile stations are then scheduled to transmit based on the priority value.10-09-2008
20110149874Methods And Apparatus For Use In Facilitating Access To Aggregator Services For Mobile Communication Devices Via Wireless Communication Networks - In one illustrative example, a wireless local area network (WLAN) regularly broadcasts or otherwise communicates one or more aggregator service identifiers which identify one or more aggregator services made available via the WLAN. In addition, a mobile communication device has a memory for storing aggregator service information. During operation, the mobile device performs a scanning operation and receives, from the scanning operation, the one or more aggregator service identifiers from the WLAN. The mobile device compares a received aggregator service identifier with one or more stored aggregator service identifiers of the aggregator service information. When there is a match between the received and the stored aggregator service identifiers, the mobile device may connect with and receive the aggregator service via the WLAN. For newly-encountered WLANs, the mobile device may also automatically create and store a wireless network profile associated with the WLAN that provides the aggregator service. For each aggregator or aggregator service, the aggregator service information may include a service name of the aggregator or aggregator service, a security type for authentication, a first URL for obtaining service information for the aggregator service, and a second URL for subscribing to the aggregator service, all of which may be displayed or otherwise utilized for obtaining service.06-23-2011
20090310549USER TERMINAL APPARATUS AND BASE STATION APPARATUS - A user terminal apparatus that transmits to a base station apparatus a pilot channel at least in uplink by a single carrier method is provided with a mapping portion that maps transmission data to a long block of a sub-frame composed of plural short blocks and plural of the long blocks, and maps a pilot channel for demodulating a data channel and a pilot channel for measuring a CQI to the short blocks in accordance with a transmission band and a transmission method provided by notification from the base station.12-17-2009
20090310557COMMUNICATION RESOURCE MANAGEMENT DEVICE - A communication resource management device is capable of changing the transfer rate of a control channel related to a mobile terminal in accordance with the communication condition. The device determines whether to change the transfer rate of a first control channel related to a first mobile terminal; determines whether there is a frequency band for which it is not determined whether the frequency band is to be used in a predetermined time period based on the current transfer rate of a second control channel related to a second mobile terminal and an amount of data of signals to be transmitted in the second control channel; and allocates, to the first mobile terminal, at least a part of the frequency band for the second control channel with respect to the second mobile terminal in a predetermined period of time based on a positive decision result. The device changes the transfer rate in the first control channel while maintaining the total frequency band for plural control channels related to plural mobile terminals at a constant value.12-17-2009
20090310555System And Method For Selecting Channels In Wireless Communication - According to one embodiment, a method for wireless communication includes coupling a base station to a network access device. The network access device provides access to an Internet service provider network. The method also includes determining, at the base station, a plurality of available communication channels of a wireless service provider network that may be utilized to communicate with an endpoint. In addition, the method includes determining, at the base station, at least one interference power measurement for at least one channel of the plurality of channels. Further, the method includes determining, at the base station, at least one average interference power for at least one channel of the plurality of channels utilizing the at least one interference power measurement. The method also includes automatically selecting a channel for communication with the endpoint in response to determining the at least one average interference power. Moreover, the method includes providing the endpoint access to the wireless service provider network utilizing the Internet service provider network via the selected channel.12-17-2009
20090310550Method and apparatus for link adaptation in wirless communication network - A method and apparatus for link adaptation in a wireless communication network is provided. The method includes computing a first channel quality parameter based on one or more channel quality parameters. The one or more channel quality parameters are associated with a communication link between a Mobile Station (MS) and a Base Station (BS). The method further includes determining a qualifying transmission unit to compute a correction parameter. The correction parameter is computed based on the first channel quality parameter and one or more transmission parameters. The one or more transmission parameter is associated with the communication link. Thereafter, the method schedules a transmission mode of the communication link based on a second channel quality parameter. The second channel quality parameter is estimated based the first channel quality parameter and the correction parameter.12-17-2009
20110164581CHANNEL ALLOCATION IN PROTECTED SERVICE AREAS - In described embodiments, a channel allocation system, such as a white space (WS) channel allocation system, employs a method to populate a WS database with channel availability information for areas with protected or otherwise registered service user information server. Communication characteristics of incumbent service providers licensed or otherwise registered to operate within certain frequency spectrum are plotted over a geographic area. The channel allocation system then divides the area into tiles, and determines whether each tile can be characterized for channel availability and, for those tiles that are uncharacterized, further divides the tiles into tiles of finer resolution. Based on information in the WS database, availability of channels in areas is pre-computed, and then an iterative search of areas with successively finer resolution identifies white space channels that might be included in the channel list in response to a query from a unlicensed or unregistered user.07-07-2011
20100284347METHOD FOR ACQUIRING RESOURCE REGION INFORMATION FOR PHICH AND METHOD OF RECEIVING PDCCH - A method of acquiring information on a resource region for transmitting PHICH and a method of receiving PDCCH using the same are disclosed. The resource region for transmitting the PHICH can be specified by first information corresponding to the per-subframe PHICH number and second information corresponding to a duration of the PHICH within the subframe. The first information can be specified into a form resulting from multiplying a predetermined basic number by a specific constant. And, the specific constant can be transmitted via PBCH. Moreover, the second information can be acquired from the PBCH as well.11-11-2010
20100284353METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING TRANSMISSION RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A technique for managing the transmission resources in a wireless communications system (11-11-2010
20100329193PERMANENT DEDICATED RANDOM ACCESS PREAMBLES FOR FEMTOCELL - Methods and apparatuses for allocating permanent dedicated preambles for connection with a femtocell. Various embodiments include selecting one or more mobile communication devices to be a main device, assigning the permanent dedicated preambles to each of the one or more main devices, transmitting the assigned permanent dedicated preambles to the one or more main devices, storing a relation of the assigned permanent dedicated preambles in a memory of the one or more main devices, and explicitly releasing one or more of the assigned permanent dedicated preambles when a release condition is met.12-30-2010
20110134877COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CARRIER AGGREGATION, AND BASE STATION AND TERMINAL INCLUDED IN THE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A type 1 system and a type 2 system are classified according to whether carrier aggregation is used. A shared component carrier is used for both a type 1 terminal and a type 2 terminal, whereas a dedicated component carrier is used only for the type 2 terminal. Also, a type 2 base station transmits broadcast information by using a shared component carrier. In this instance, the broadcast information includes the shared broadcast information used for both the type 1 terminal and the type 2 terminal and the dedicated broadcast information only for the type 2 terminal. Also, the type 2 base station indicates component carriers that are used by the type 2 terminal, by using a semi-static component carrier indicator or a dynamic component carrier indicator.06-09-2011
20100118812METHOD OF ALLOCATING LOGICAL CHANNELS IN WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK - A method of allocating logical channels in consideration of an interference range in a wireless sensor network includes defining logical channels to increase the number of available channels and determining the number of logical channels in accordance with the number of nodes within an interference range, allocating the logical channels to the nodes within the interference range so that the determined logical channels do not overlap each other, and exchanging data among the nodes using the allocated logical channels.05-13-2010
20100118820COMMUNICATING DATA BLOCK IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting/receiving a data block is disclosed. In receiving at least one data block multiplexed to one physical channel, the present invention includes the steps of receiving control information for a data block transmission, checking whether there is a necessity for configuring a table having combination information of data block sizes internally, and configuring the table having the combination information of the data block sizes for a data block reception according to a result of the checking step. Accordingly, the present invention internally configures the CTFC information without receiving separate CTFC information, thereby facilitating the reception of data blocks.05-13-2010
20100118797METHODS AND SYSTEMS USING FAST DL / UL SYNCHRONIZATION FOR MOBILE SYSTEMS - Certain embodiments provide techniques and apparatus that may allow for improvements in performance and power consumption in sleep and idle mode through fast DL and UL synchronization for wireless communications systems, such as Mobile WiMAX Systems.05-13-2010
20100118808Method and apparatus for inter-frame sharing in cognitive radio system - An operating method of a source Base Station (BS) for inter-frame sharing in a Cognitive Radio (CR) system includes generating a first random number for a frame contention; requesting the frame contention to one or more destination BSs by carrying the first random number; receiving responses for the frame contention request from the one or more destination BSs; and when positive responses for the frame contention request are received from all of the one or more destination BSs, occupying one or more requested contention frames.05-13-2010
20100118801AUTONOMOUS DOWNLINK CODE SELECTION FOR FEMTO CELLS - Downlink codes may be chosen autonomously for femtocells in a wireless communication environment. Downlink transmissions are received from Home NodeBs that are neighbors of the femtocell and macrocell base stations near the femtocell. The downlink transmissions are evaluated to recognize a first set of detected downlink codes that each have a pilot energy above a predetermined detection threshold. An optimal downlink code is selected for use in connection with serving user equipment of the femtocell. The optimal downlink code is based upon the first set of detected downlink codes and selected as a downlink code from a set of downlink codes reserved for the femtocell. The optimal downlink code may be an available downlink code with a smallest amount of detected energy or a randomly selected downlink code from the available downlink codes.05-13-2010
20100080185Method and Apparatus of Handling a Timer for Triggering Buffer Status Report - A method of handling a timer for triggering buffer status report in a user equipment of a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes starting a timer used for triggering a buffer status report (BSR), and restarting the timer in a transmission time interval (TTI) for which a semi-persistent scheduling uplink grant has been configured.04-01-2010
20100080187APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING TRANSMISSION OF SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNALS FROM MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - Methods and apparatuses, through the use of a Downlink Control Indication (DCI) format or through higher layer signaling, for dynamic activation and deactivation of Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) transmissions from User Equipments (UEs) in an UL Component Carrier (CC) with configured SRS transmissions, the dynamic configuration of SRS transmissions parameters, the dynamic activation and configuration of SRS transmissions in an UL CC without previously configured SRS transmissions for a reference UE, and the configuration of SRS transmissions from multiple UE transmitter antennas.04-01-2010
20100080182HIERARCHICAL DATA COLLECTION NETWORK SUPPORTING PACKETIZED VOICE COMMUNICATIONS AMONG WIRELESS TERMINALS AND TELEPHONES - A packet-based, hierarchical communication system, arranged in a spanning tree configuration, is described in which wired and wireless communication networks exhibiting substantially different characteristics are employed in an overall scheme to link portable or mobile computing devices. The network accommodates real time voice transmission both through dedicated, scheduled bandwidth and through a packet-based routing within the confines and constraints of a data network. Conversion and call processing circuitry is also disclosed which enables access devices and personal computers to adapt voice information between analog voice stream and digital voice packet formats as proves necessary. Routing pathways include wireless spanning tree networks, wide area networks, telephone switching networks, internet, etc., in a manner virtually transparent to the user. A voice session and associate call setup simulates that of conventional telephone switching network, providing well-understood functionality common to any mobile, remote or stationary terminal, phone, computer, etc.04-01-2010
20090296644METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNAL INCLUDING DATA AND CONTROL INFORMATION VIA UPLINK CHANNEL - A method and device for transmitting a first and second uplink signal, each having data and control information is provided. The method includes channel encoding the control information of the second uplink signal based on a number of symbols of control information to produce. The channel encoding includes determining the number of symbols in accordance with a payload size of the data of the first uplink signal and a total number of transmissible symbols of a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) of the first uplink signal.12-03-2009
20090080380METHOD OF EFFECTIVELY TRANSMITTING RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION REQUEST IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method allowing a terminal with data to be transmitted in an uplink direction to transmit a radio resource allocation request message to a base station by effectively using radio resource(s) to its maximum level is disclosed. In particular, the method allows the terminal to select a radio resource allocation request message of a proper format according to a situation of radio resource(s) or the amount of data of each channel and transmit the same to the base station.03-26-2009
20100085933MULTIPOLL FOR QOS-DRIVEN WIRELESS LANS - A method and a system are disclosed for providing quality of service (QoS)-driven channel access within a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless network. At least one available TO is allocated to a selected non-PC station having traffic to transmit. A multipoll frame containing information relating to at least two allocated TOs is then sent from the PC station containing information relating to each allocated TO.04-08-2010
20120033635Method, Apparatus and System for Bearing Circuit Switched Domain Service Data Over Radio Bearer - A method for bearing CS-domain service data over radio bearer is disclosed. The method includes: letting CS-domain service data be borne over a radio high-speed packet data access channel according to a channel mapping relation between CS-domain service data and the radio high-speed packet data access channel. An apparatus and a system are also provided herein.02-09-2012
20120033634METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ADAPTIVELY OBTAINING BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION REQUESTS - A method and apparatus for adaptively obtaining bandwidth requests in a broadband wireless communication system. The method and apparatus includes dynamically varying technique combinations enabling a plurality of users to efficiently request bandwidth from a shared base station. A user may “piggyback” a new bandwidth request upon, or set a “poll-me bit” within, presently allocated bandwidth. A base station may poll users, individually or in groups, by allocating unrequested bandwidth for new requests. Polling may respond to a “poll-me bit,” and/or it may be adaptively periodic at a rate based on communication status parameters, such as recent communication activity and connection QoS levels Group polling permits a possibility of collisions. Polling policies may be established for dynamically varying user groups, or may be determined for each user. Dynamic selection of appropriate polling techniques makes use of efficiency benefits associated with each technique.02-09-2012
20120033633METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ADAPTIVELY OBTAINING BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION REQUESTS - A method and apparatus for adaptively obtaining bandwidth requests in a broadband wireless communication system. The method and apparatus includes dynamically varying technique combinations enabling a plurality of users to efficiently request bandwidth from a shared base station. A user may “piggyback” a new bandwidth request upon, or set a “poll-me bit” within, presently allocated bandwidth. A base station may poll users, individually or in groups, by allocating unrequested bandwidth for new requests. Polling may respond to a “poll-me bit,” and/or it may be adaptively periodic at a rate based on communication status parameters, such as recent communication activity and connection QoS levels Group polling permits a possibility of collisions. Polling policies may be established for dynamically varying user groups, or may be determined for each user. Dynamic selection of appropriate polling techniques makes use of efficiency benefits associated with each technique.02-09-2012
20120033632TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND RECEPTION APPARATUS - A transmission apparatus used in a mobile communication system adopting a single carrier scheme in an uplink includes: multiplexing means configured to multiplex a pilot channel, a control channel, and a data channel; and transmission means configured to transmit a transmission symbol including at least the pilot channel and the control channel using the uplink. A first pilot channel used for a reception apparatus to measure channel state of the uplink is transmitted using a frequency band over a plurality of resource blocks. A second pilot channel for compensating for a channel transmitted by the uplink is transmitted by a resource block assigned to the transmission apparatus. Control channels of the transmission apparatus and the apparatus other than the transmission apparatus are orthogonalized with each other by a FDM scheme.02-09-2012
20120033629RADIO BASE STATION - A radio base station NodeB includes a transmission power control unit 02-09-2012
20120033627Method for Sending and Detecting Downlink Control Information - A method for sending and detecting downlink control information is provided. A base station carries the downlink control information in a physical downlink control channel, and sends said physical downlink control channel through component carriers. Said base station bears first type downlink control information on an anchor component carrier, and bears third type downlink control information on a prime component carrier, wherein said first type downlink control information bears one or more types of uplink scheduling information, downlink scheduling information and uplink power control information of its component carrier, said third type downlink control information bears indication information of the second type downlink control information which bears the uplink scheduling information and/or the downlink scheduling information of one or more component carriers. A terminal detects the first type downlink control information on the anchor component carries and detects the third type downlink control information on the prime component carrier.02-09-2012
20120033624RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND TRANSMISSION FOR COORDINATED MULTI-POINT TRANSMISSION - Methods, apparatuses and articles of manufacture are disclosed that provide for partial downlink and uplink resource allocations among cooperating cells in a CoMP transmission to a user equipment. The resource allocation can be based on channel conditions and differing capabilities and restrictions of cooperating cells such as in support of heterogeneous network configurations. This Abstract is provided for the sole purpose of complying with the Abstract requirement rules that allow a reader to quickly ascertain the disclosed subject matter. Therefore, it is to be understood that it should not be used to interpret or limit the scope or the meaning of the claims.02-09-2012
20120033623Group Call Control In A Wireless Broadband Communication Network - A method and system for group call control in a broadband wireless network. A group call (push-to-talk) server initiates and regulates group call communication sessions. A wireless base station communicates with one or more group call participants. When a request to participate in a group call is received, it is examined to see if it contains a group call ID or other group call indicator. If not, regular call resources are allocated, if available. If so, it is determined whether another group member is attached to the base station. Group call resources are then reserved, if available, based on this determination. The resources allocated for the group call may also depend on whether the system supports multicast on the downlink to group members, or whether losing audio is supported. In some embodiments, network resources may be reallocated to support the group call.02-09-2012
20120033622TRANSMISSION OF SYNCHRONIZATION INFORMATION IN A HETEROGENEOUS WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication system includes at least a large service area (LSA) base station having a LSA geographical service area and a small service area (SSA) base station having a SSA geographical service area that is smaller than the LSA geographical service area and at least partially overlaps the LSA geographical service area in an overlap region. The LSA base station is configured to provide wireless service to first mobile communication devices which includes exchanging communication data. The SSA base station is configured to provide wireless service to second mobile communication devices which includes exchanging other communication data. Primary synchronization information is required by a mobile communication device for communication with the LSA base station and for communication with the SSA base station. Secondary synchronization information is required by a mobile communication device for communication with the LSA base station and tertiary synchronization information is required by a mobile communication device for communication with the SSA base station. A controller in the system allocates transmission of the primary synchronization information from at least one of the base stations over a physical channel having a defined transmission time and transmission frequency. If transmission of the primary synchronization information is allocated from both base stations, the primary synchronization information is allocated for transmission by the LSA base station and the SSA base station over the first physical channel. The controller also allocates transmission of the secondary synchronization information from at least one of the base stations over a second physical channel having a second defined transmission time and second transmission frequency. If transmission of the secondary synchronization information is allocated from both base stations, the secondary synchronization information is allocated for transmission by the LSA base station and the SSA base station over the second physical channel.02-09-2012
20090310544METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR INCREASING THROUGHPUT IN A HIERARCHICAL WIRELESS NETWORK - A method and system for increasing throughput in a hierarchical wireless network is described. The hierarchical wireless network includes a plurality of nodes and each of the plurality of nodes has a primary path to the root node. First, one or more channels from a plurality of available channels are allocated to each disjoint sub-tree associated with the root node. Then, alternate one or more disjoint paths from at least one node in the plurality of nodes to the root node through alternate disjoint sub-trees associated with the root node are determined. Next, data from the at least one node is sent to the root node through a primary path and one or more alternate disjoint paths12-17-2009
20130022019METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting control information through a PUCCH in a wireless communication system and an apparatus thereof, comprising the steps of: spreading modulation symbol sets to first slot, by using a first code; spreading modulation symbol sets to second slot, by using a second code, wherein the length of the second code is varied according to the number of the SC-FDMA symbols for PUCCH transmission.01-24-2013
20130022004Scheduled and Autonomous Transmission and Acknowledgement - Techniques for efficient signaling to and from a plurality of mobile stations are disclosed. In one embodiment, a subset of mobile stations may be allocated a portion of the shared resource with one or more individual access grants, another subset may be allocated a portion of the shared resource with a single common grant, and yet another subset may be allowed to use a portion of the shared resource without any grant. In another embodiment, an acknowledge and continue command is used to extend all or a subset of the previous grants without the need for additional requests and grants, and their associated overhead. In one embodiment, a traffic to pilot ratio (T/P) is used to allocate a portion of the shared resource, allowing a mobile station flexibility in selecting its transmission format based on T/P.01-24-2013
20130021999NETWORKING METHOD AND DEVICE FOR FREQUENCY REUSE - The present invention provides a networking method and device for frequency reuse. The method comprises dividing a total available frequency band of a system into a plurality of sub-bands, and allocating the divided sub-bands to each cell while ensuring that the sub-bands allocated to at least two cells are overlapped with each other. As a result, as compared with the networking mode in the prior art in which the sub-bands are orthogonal to each other and a frequency reuse factor is N (greater than 1), the frequency utilization rate of the system is improved. Meanwhile, as compared with the networking mode in which the frequency reuse factor is 1 in prior art, the co-channel interference between the cells is reduced.01-24-2013
20090207802METHOD OF PROCESSING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of processing control information in a mobile communication system is disclosed, by which an RRC connection setup can be quickly completed and by which control information can be processed without an unnecessary standby of a mobile terminal. The present invention includes the steps of receiving a plurality of protocol data units transmitted plural time from a transmitting side via one common logical channel by an RLC (radio link control) entity operating in a UM (unacknowledged mode) and having a receiving window and a timer, re-ordering a plurality of the received protocol data units using sequence numbers of a plurality of the received protocol data units, the receiving window and the timer, reassembling at least one service data unit by processing a plurality of the re-ordered protocol data units, and delivering the at least one service data unit.08-20-2009
20090207801METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SECTOR CHANNELIZATION AND POLARIZATION FOR REDUCED INTERFERENCE IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - The present invention provides in one embodiment channel allocation and polarization techniques for reducing cross sector communications interference in a multiple access wireless communications environment. In one embodiment, channel allocation and/or polarization techniques may be applied in multiple-access wireless communications architectures to provide selective, simultaneous communications with wireless devices using a plurality of transmitters. In some embodiments, a transmitter is coupled to an antenna configured to provide simultaneous communications with wireless devices located in different spatial areas or sectors. In some embodiments, communications between wireless devices within a single sector, between wireless devices in different sectors and between wireless devices and a wired network or wireless backhaul network may be provided.08-20-2009
20090207793ACKNAK Repetition Schemes in Wireless Networks - ACK/NAK repetition may be necessary to provide sufficient coverage for cell edge UEs. For a coverage limited UE, a NodeB may inform the UE that ACK/NAK repetition is needed. Such information can be explicitly signaled to the UE via DL control channels or conveyed through higher layer signaling. Further, a specific resource for ACK/NAK repetition and the number of repeated transmissions of ACK/NAK are further signaled to the UE.08-20-2009
20100085929MOBILE STATION, RADIO BASE STATION AND SYNCHRONIZATION ESTABLISHING METHOD - A mobile station (UE) is configured to establish uplink synchronization with a radio base station (eNB). The mobile station (UE) is configured not to return transmission acknowledgment information for downlink data until receiving a command for adjusting uplink transmission timing, when the radio base station (eNB) allocates a radio resource for transmission of the downlink data to the mobile station (UE).04-08-2010
20130021994METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING HARQ ACKNOWLEDGEMENT IN OFDM RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A Physical Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (ARQ) Indicator CHannel (PHICH) transmission method performed by a base station is provided. The method includes determining whether any PHICH resources are allocated to a current subframe; allocating, upon a determination that the current subframe does not have any PHICH resources allocated, a new PHICH resource; and transmitting a PHICH through the allocated new PHICH resource.01-24-2013
20130021995Power Optimization Using Scheduling Request Delay - Certain aspects of the disclosure relate generally to techniques for managing scheduling requests (SRs) for resources for uplink transmission. For example, certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a method for wireless communication including determining a transmit opportunity for transmitting SR for uplink resources based, at least in part, on a discontinuous reception (DRX) time cycle. According to certain aspects, a user equipment (UE) may delay transmitting the SR based on the DRX time cycle to prevent repeated interruption of the DRX cycle that may reduce benefits of the power-saving DRX scheme.01-24-2013
20130021985RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio communication apparatus includes a mapper having a first generator that generates third data by inverting code of first data to be mapped to a frequency domain that corresponds to frequency allocated resources, and a selector that selects the first data, second data to be mapped to the frequency domain that corresponds to frequency allocated resources, the third data generated by the first generator 01-24-2013
20100085931Methods and apparatuses for transmitting and receiving channel quality indicator (CQL) in broadband wireless communication system - A terminal is operable to transmit and receive CQI in a broadband wireless communication system. An operating method of the terminal for transmitting a CQI in a broadband wireless communication system includes requesting a band Adaptive Modulation and Coding (AMC) subchannel to a base station; after requesting the band AMC subchannel, transmitting a broadband CQI to the base station over a first control channel; and transmitting a first differential CQI relating to a band AMC allocated using the broadband CQI, over a second control channel. Thus, the overhead in the CQI feedback can be minimized and the CQI reception performance can be enhanced through the most robust encoding.04-08-2010
20110194523METHOD AND DEVICE FOR WIRELESS SUBFRAME RESOURCE ALLOCATION - The method for wireless resource subframe allocation comprises the following steps: allocation of the control channel based on the first RAT (Radio Access Technology) of the first control domain, which includes the OFDM symbol of the first number from the sub-frame containing multiple OFDM symbols and multiple subcarriers in the frequency domain; allocation of the control channel based on the second RAT of the second control domain including the OFDM symbol of the second number which follows said first control domain; and the allocation of a data channel in the data domain which includes the OFDM symbols positioned outside said first control domain and second control domain. This invention provides a sub-frame structure which is compatible with existing wireless communication systems. This method allows the continued use of existing control channel systems or base signal structures. The method is also capable of supporting advanced features.08-11-2011
20090040977APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SCHEDULING IN CONSIDERATION OF SERVICE CONNECTION TIME DURATION (SCTD) IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for scheduling in consideration of a Service Connection Time Duration (SCTD) in a mobile communication system. The apparatus includes a User Equipment (UE) for transmitting a Media Access Control (MAC) Protocol Data Unit (PDU) including an SCTD measured by counting a connection time to receive an uplink service through a high speed data transmission, and a Base Transceiver Station (BTS) for receiving the MAC PDU including the SCTD from the UE, allocating a priority by considering the SCTD, and allocating radio resources based on the priority.02-12-2009
20090279494METHOD FOR ALLOCATING FREQUENCY SUBCHANNELS ON AN AIR INTERFACE OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND CORRESPONDING RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION MODULE - The present invention relates to a method for allocating frequency subchannels on an air interface of a wireless communication system to users for a predefined time period, a plurality of frequency subchannels being available for communicating between a base station belonging to a cell and users under the coverage of said cell requiring a frequency subchannel allocation.11-12-2009
20100080186METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SELECTING NETWORK EQUIPMENT - A method and a system for selecting network equipment are provided. The method includes: selecting a primary pool or a pool with the highest priority from preset information when UE needs to select network equipment; and selecting the network equipment for the UE from the selected primary pool or pool with the highest priority. Thus, the relocation times of an MME and a serving SAE gateway are effectively reduced and an operation efficiency of a network is enhanced. Meanwhile, the UE having or subscribing a new service function selects to be attached to the network equipment with the new service function within a pool, such that the diversity demands for service development are satisfied, and the equipment overhead is saved.04-01-2010
20100080183System And Method For Interference Mitigation In Wireless Networks - A computer-implemented method for scheduling a packet for transmission in a wireless local area network can be used to account for hidden and/or exposed terminals. The method includes determining whether the packet is to be transmitted to a computing device through a wireless access point that is in conflict with at least one other computing device associated with a different access point. The method further includes determining whether there is a conflicting packet scheduled to be transmitted for any conflicting computing devices associated with a different access points and scheduling the packet for transmission based on any conflicting packets. The method yet further includes forwarding the packet to a wireless access point at the scheduled time.04-01-2010
20100080178TECHNIQUES FOR HIGH MOBILITY COMMUNICATIONS - Techniques for high mobility communications are described. An apparatus may comprise a fixed device having a zone management module operative to perform mobility zone classification for multiple mobile devices in a mobile communications system. The zone management module operative assigns the mobile devices to different mobility zones based on a spectral characterization parameter for each mobile device. The spectral characterization parameter represents a type of operating environment for the mobile device. The zone management module may allocate resources to the mobile devices based on the assigned mobility zones. Other embodiments are described and claimed.04-01-2010
20090086671METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TERMINATING TRANSMISSION OF A MESSAGE IN AN ENHANCED RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL - A method and an apparatus is provided for terminating an enhanced random access channel (E-RACH) message in an E-RACH transmission. Triggers for terminating the E-RACH message are provided. The actions upon termination of the E-RACH messages are provided to release enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) resources while in cell forward access channel (CELL_FACH) state or transition to cell dedicated channel (CELL_DCH) state.04-02-2009
20090086672EQUIVALENT HOME ID FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS - Facilitating user terminal (UT) access to wireless networks having disparate types of base stations (BSs) is described herein. By way of example, a distinct identifier (ID) can be reserved for a particular type of network access point (e.g. restricted or general access, full or fractional re-use, transmit power, cell size, etc.). The distinct ID can be broadcast by such access points, identifying the access point type. In some aspects, the distinct ID can be unicast to a terminal that is within a predetermined region of the network. Thus, at least within such region, the terminal can be directed to search for or handoff to a preferred type of access point (such as a home Node B). In such aspects, by providing regional-specific access, the subject disclosure can significantly reduce overhead signaling outside a home region where a home or preferred access point is expected to be found.04-02-2009
20090086669Techniques for Reducing a Cell Identification Falsing Rate in a Wireless Communication System - A technique of operating a wireless communication device includes selecting, from a primary sequence group that includes respective primary sequences, one of the respective primary sequences as a first portion of a cell identification (ID). In this case, the respective primary sequences are each associated with respective secondary sequence subgroups included in a secondary sequence group. Each of the respective secondary sequence subgroups include secondary sequences. One of the secondary sequences is selected (from one of the respective secondary sequence subgroups that is associated with the selected one of the respective primary sequences) for a second portion of the cell ID. At least some of the secondary sequences are only included in one of the respective secondary sequence subgroups. The first portion of the cell ID is encoded on a first downlink waveform that is to be transmitted and the second portion of the cell ID is encoded on a second downlink waveform that is to be transmitted. The first and second downlink waveforms are then transmitted.04-02-2009
20110194522Data Transmission Method and Corresponding Devices - A data transmission method in an enhanced CELL_FACH state, a network system, and a corresponding device, wherein the method includes the following steps. A radio transceiver receives information indicating a capability category of a UE. The radio transceiver acquires the capability category of the UE according to the information indicating the capability category of the UE. The radio transceiver performs data transmission to or from the UE according to the capability category of the UE. Since the information indicating the capability category of the UE is sent to the radio transceiver during the enhanced CELL_FACH data transmission, the radio transceiver performs the data transmission based on the capability category of a target UE, instead of the lowest capability category of the UE, thereby increasing the data transmission rate in the enhanced CELL_FACH state.08-11-2011
20090219862MOBILE STATION, WIRELESS ACCESS NETWORK APPARATUS, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND INTERMITTENT RECEPTION METHOD - A mobile station includes: means that performs discontinuous reception only for a signaling control channel, means that determines presence or absence of traffic data addressed to the own mobile station, and means that, when it is determined that there is traffic data addressed to the own mobile station, receives corresponding shared data channel. A radio access network apparatus includes: means that determines a discontinuous reception state, means that determines a discontinuous reception channel, means that reports the determined discontinuous reception channel to the mobile station, and means that, when transmission data arises, transmits a control signal using the determined discontinuous reception channel and that transmits traffic data using a corresponding shared data channel.09-03-2009
20090201865METHOD FOR CONNECTING MOBILE STATION TO BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, MULTI-CARRIER MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL MAPPING METHOD - As a random access channel (RACH), two types of RACHs, a synchronous RACH and an asynchronous RACH are prepared, condition of a mobile station is classified depending on whether there is temporal synchronization in the mobile station and whether a resource is allocated, and depending on each case, any one of the synchronous RACH/the asynchronous RACH/uplink shared control channel (USCCH) is adaptively selected to carry out connection processing.08-13-2009
20100014477Method and Apparatus for Discriminating Between Control Messages and Speech Payload - A base station detects the transition of a mobile station from a DTX mode to a continuous transmission mode. The base station schedules an uplink transmission by the mobile station during an uplink transmission period while the mobile station is in DTX mode and receives an uplink LLC PDU from said mobile station during the scheduled uplink transmission periods. The base station determines the operating mode of the mobile station based on the size of the received uplink LLC PDU.01-21-2010
20110268066Beamforming Methods in Closed-Loop MIMO - Methods and apparatus are disclosed for applying successive multi-rank beamforming strategies (e.g., successive precoding strategies) for the design of precoders over a set of parallel channels. Successive beamforming is applied to a narrow band channel model and is also applied for finer quantization of a single beamforming vector (e.g., recursive beamforming). A first embodiment provides the optimal approach with high complexity. An alternative embodiment provides successive beamforming for near optimal precoding selection with medium complexity. A low complexity method for precoder selection is also provided wherein a channel representative matrix for the set of parallel channels is determined and successive beamforming on the calculated channel representative is applied.11-03-2011
20110268060ACCESS POINT RANGE EXTENSION - A technique for expanding the range of coverage for a wireless local area network (WLAN) involves locating a wireless access point (WAP) away from an interworking unit (IWU) at the edges of the WLAN and a (typically) wired network. The WAP, when located away from the IWU, can be referred to as an untethered access point (UAP) because it communicates with the IWU on a wireless channel. Stations on the WLAN will be capable of communicating with the WAP, whether or not it is a UAP, via a known or convenient wireless protocol, such as Wi-Fi, and may or may not be capable of communicating with one another via a direct station-to-station protocol.11-03-2011
20110026482METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PILOT SIGNAL TRANSMISSION - A method and apparatus for pilot signal transmission is disclosed, which is capable of improving efficiency in a wireless communication system, the method comprising transmitting an uplink transmission frame for a first sector or cell by a mobile station through the use of basic pilot pattern in a resource block and transmitting an uplink transmission frame for a second sector or cell by the mobile station through the use of shift pilot pattern which is not overlapped with the basic pilot pattern in the resource block.02-03-2011
20090257393TECHNIQUES TO MANAGE CHANNEL PREDICTION - A system, apparatus, method and article to manage channel prediction for a wireless communication system are described. The apparatus may include a media access control processor to perform channel prediction, and a transceiver to communicate information using the channel prediction. Other embodiments are described and claimed.10-15-2009
20090232074AUCTION BASED RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS - Systems and methods to assign one or more resources in a multi-user cellular Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) uplink includes specifying a resource allocation problem for one or more resources; converting the resource allocation problem into an assignment problem; solving the assignment problem through an auction; and allocating one or more resources to cellular users to maximize a system utility.09-17-2009
20110268053PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL ACK/NACK INDEXING - A method for controlling channel signaling between a UE and a wireless network access node is described. The method includes determining whether an examined sub-frame of a plurality of sub-frames in a first resource region is unused. The index of the examined sub-frame is a last index of the plurality of sub-frames allocated for use in a first channel. The plurality of sub-frames is organized in a reverse indexing manner such that a last indexed sub-frame is adjacent to a second resource region. The second resource region is allocated to a second channel. In response to determining that the w examined sub-frame is unused, the examined sub-frame is re-allocated for temporary use in the second channel. The method also includes providing an indication of the allocation. Apparatus and computer readable media are also described.11-03-2011
20110268059APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR FEEDING BACK DATA RECEIVING STATUS - An apparatus and a method for feeding back data receiving status, applied to a system, are provided. The method includes sequencing, by a User Equipment (UE), downlink subframes for transmitting data with respect to each Component Carrier (CC), generating receiving status feedback information for the first X downlink subframes with respect to each CC according to the result of the sequencing, where X≦M, wherein M is the number of downlink subframes on each CC, and transmitting the receiving status feedback information generated with respect to each CC to a base station. Accordingly, the UE will not misinterpret the receiving status for the downlink subframes due to inconsistencies with the base station between transmitting and receiving feedback. This affects the Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) transmission, saves the uplink overheads occupied by the receiving status feedback information, and increases the uplink coverage area.11-03-2011
20110268064RESOURCE AVAILABILITY FOR PDSCH IN RELAY BACKHAUL TRANSMISSIONS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques for indicating (e.g., by a donor base station) resources available for physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) transmissions from a base station is provided. Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques for determining (e.g., by a relay node or UE) resources available for physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) transmissions from a base station.11-03-2011
20110268065APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR IMPROVING TRANSMISSION EFFICIENCY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for scheduling resources in a wireless communication system are provided. A Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) level of resource allocation information of one or more terminals is determined. A temporary MCS level for resource allocation information of a frame is determined by considering an MCS level for resource allocation information of a k-th terminal of the set of terminals. A resource amount for allocating data is determined by considering the temporary MCS level. Whether a resource is allocable to the k-th terminal is determined by considering the resource amount for the data allocation. And when the resource is allocable to the k-th terminal, the MCS level of the resource allocation information of the frame is determined by considering the MCS level of the resource allocation information of the k-th terminal.11-03-2011
20110268072APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for transmitting signals in a wireless communication system are provided. The apparatus includes N antennas, a processor coupled to the N antennas and configured to generate N transmit signals by performing precoding on R spatial streams for R spatial layers, and to transmit the N transmit signals respectively through the N antennas, wherein an information stream, a reference signal sequence, and a reference signal pattern are allocated to each of the R spatial layers, and the reference signal pattern is a time-frequency resource pattern used for transmission of the reference signal sequence, wherein each of the R spatial streams corresponds to one spatial layer, and wherein each of the R spatial streams is generated based on the information stream, reference signal sequence, and reference signal pattern allocated to a corresponding spatial layer.11-03-2011
20110200000WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND MODULATION METHOD - A wireless communication terminal apparatus wherein even in a case of performing a wideband transmission using only a downstream line, CCE assignment can be flexibly performed without any collisions of ACK and NACK signals among a plurality of unit bands. In a wireless communication terminal apparatus (08-18-2011
20120106500METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FEEDBACK TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for feedback transmission in a wireless communication system are provided. A terminal selects at least one subband among plural subbands constituting a set of subbands and transmits information about feedback measured for the at least one subband. The feedback information contains an index of the at least one subband, and the at least one subband is selected in consideration of resource mapping of the plural subbands.05-03-2012
20120106499METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CHANNEL BANDWIDTH INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting and receiving channel bandwidth information in a wireless communication system is disclosed, by which backward compatibility can be maintained. The present invention includes transmitting the channel bandwidth information including information on a maximum number of resource blocks available for a mobile station supporting the first system and transmitting information on a number of resource blocks available for a mobile station supporting the second system.05-03-2012
20120106498MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, HIGHER-ORDER APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A mobile communication system includes terminals and a plurality of base stations that use scrambling codes to perform radio communication with the terminals. Each